Sistema Integral Amphion

Ideal Rig 135
User Manual
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Amphion Integrated System
Customer
National Oilwell Varco
Rig/Hull
IR 135
11000 Corporate Centre Drive.
Project Manager
N/A
Purchase Order Number
GPK1000451
Houston, Texas 77041

USA
Phone: (281) 854-0400
Serial Number
N/A
Project Number
FAX: (281) 854-0607
8375
Document Number
Rev
10707386-FDD
www.nov.com
01
Document number
Revision
Page
10707386-FDD
01
2
REVISION HISTORY
01
03.01.2013
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Final Documentation
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
www.nov.com
Change Description
Initial Release
Reason for issue
VNB
KM
RM
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Final Documentation Package

Ideal Rig 134
P.O. Number: GPK1000451
Document Number: 10707837-TOC

Revision: 01
Page: i of ii
Table of Contents
This manual may consist of several volumes, chapters and sections and is housed in a number of
different binders as necessary to adequately document the equipment presented.
FINAL DOCUMENTATION PACKAGE

Ideal Rig 135
Amphion Integrated System
Description
Chapter 1
Chapter - Section
Installation, Operation & Maintenance
Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 1.1

Operation & Maintenance
Spare Parts ...................................................................................................................... 1.2

Spares List Commissioning/ Operating
Chapter 2
Technical Document & Drawing Package
General Drawings ........................................................................................................... 2.1

Assembly Drawing
Interface and Connection Drawing
System Diagram & Specifications ................................................................................. 2.2

Electrical Single Line Diagram
Cause & Effect Chart
Network Topology Diagram
www.nov.com
Final Documentation Package

Ideal Rig 134
P.O. Number: GPK1000451
Document Number: 10707837-TOC

Revision: 01
Page: ii of ii
Electrical/Instrument ....................................................................................................... 2.3

Electrical Block Diagram
Electrical Interconnect/ Termination Diagram
Electrical Cable Index
Hazardous Area Equipment Index
Input / Output Map
www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Amphion Manual
Chapter 1
Installation, Operation &
Maintenance
www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Amphion Manual
Section 1.1
Operation and Maintenance
www.nov.com
CHAPTER 1 INDEX 1.1

REFERENCE
8375
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
Operation & Maintenance
This document contains proprietary and confidential information

which belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited
purposes only and remains the property of National Oilwell Varco.
Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or
distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the
express written consent of National Oilwell Varco. This document is
to be returned to National Oilwell Varco upon request and in any
event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned.
www.nov.com

Rig Solutions
11000 Corporate Centre Drive
Suite 200
Phone + 281.854.0400
Fax + 281.854.0607
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10707840-IDX
01
Document number
Revision
Page
Sec
Name
1.1
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
10707840-IDX
01
2
ID
Rev
Code
AMPHION OPERATORS GUIDE
D811006160-MAN-001
01
N04
AMPHION TOOL CONTROLLER
D811001117-MAN-001
02
N04
AMPHION TECHNICAL REF (STD)
D811000238-MAN-001
04
N04
SERVICE CENTER DIRECTORY
D811001337-DAS-001
04
N04
www.nov.com
Amphion
Operators Guide
Standard AC Ideal Rig
Standard AC Ideal Rig
Amphion Operators Guide
This document contains proprietary and confidential

information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco,
L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to
hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only
and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in
part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to
others is not permitted without the express written consent of
NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or
upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This
document and the information contained and represented
herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06

RIG SOLUTIONS
Houston, TX 77041
Document Number
Rev.
D811006160-MAN-001
01
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Revision History
01
04.05.2012
First Issue
Sara Davila
Sarah
Sobreira
Kent Manes
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Reason for issue
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Change Description
Revision
01
www.nov.com
Change Description
First Issue
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page iii of xii
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: General Information
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General System Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proper Use of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-4
Chapter 2: Amphion Overview

Main Features and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Operator Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Touchscreen Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Workstation Control Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Left Control Panel Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Right Control Panel Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Main Menu Navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Alarms and Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Operator Tool Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
(This Tool) Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Back or Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Maintenance Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Operator Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Operator Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Utility Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Choose Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Choose Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Language Translation Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Clean Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Service Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Common Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
I/O Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Cyberbase Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Modbus Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Profibus Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
iii
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page iv of xii
Table of Contents
Step 7 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Screen Communication Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ownership Controls and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granting and Releasing Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Controllers and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RigSense and WITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Driller System (EDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-25
2-27
2-28
2-30
2-31
2-32
2-32
2-34
2-34
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-36
Chapter 3: Alarms and Events

System Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Message Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm and Event Sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Acknowledgement and Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-6
3-7
3-7
Chapter 4: Cathead
Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cathead Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stream Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining Tong Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining Torque Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pull Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cathead Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-5
Chapter 5: Chair (Workstation)

Workstation Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Joystick Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chair Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left Panel Switches and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deadman Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-4
iv
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page v of xii
Table of Contents
Ownership Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Encoder Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Chair Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Multi-Tool Controller (MTC) Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Emergency Stop (E-Stop) Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Joystick Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Left Joystick (Tugger) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Right Joystick (Drawworks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Hookload Gauge Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Calibration Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Chapter 6: Catwalk
Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Digital Feedback Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Local Control Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Tool On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
HPU (#1 and #2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Trough Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Trough Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Skate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Piperack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Driller and Off Driller Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Safety Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
HPU Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Radio Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Pipe Rack Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Pipe Rack (Off Driller and Driller Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Trough Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Interlock Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
System Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Safety Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Off/On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Catwalk Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Chapter 7: Drawworks
v
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page vi of xii
Table of Contents
Tripping and Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Hook Load Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Fault and Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Brake Pressure Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Parking Brake Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Derrick Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Block and Elevator Height Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Defining Block Travel Limit and Stop Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
High Travel Limit and Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Low Travel Limit and Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Defining the Drill Stop Point Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Defining Maximum Block Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Lowering and Hoisting Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Defining Hook Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Defining Max Pull Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Defining Minimum Pull Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Defining Drag Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Hook Load Limit Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Defining the Drawworks Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Mode Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Max Slow Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Slow Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Slip & Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Drag, Drag limit, and % Drag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
BOP Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Standpipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Park Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Lowering and Hoisting Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Autodrill Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Activating the Electronic Driller System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Activating or De-activating Autodrill Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Defining Parameter Setpoint Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Variable Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Auto Reaming Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Pull Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Hoist Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Lower Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Drilling Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Drawworks Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Operator Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Auxiliary Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
vi
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page vii of xii
Table of Contents
Drawworks Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm and Fault Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hook Load and Drum Encoder Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarms Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambient Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chopper/DBR Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Capacity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacity Test Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Valve Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum and Block Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lube Oil Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor/VFD Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DW Motor/VFD Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Winding Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On Line Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Block and Elevator Position Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hook Load Tare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hook Load Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standpipe Tare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Diagnostic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum Encoders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable or Disable an Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hook Load Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable or Disable an Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abnormal Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soft Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Category 2 Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-Stop (Category 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-36
7-37
7-37
7-37
7-38
7-38
7-39
7-39
7-40
7-41
7-42
7-43
7-43
7-44
7-45
7-45
7-45
7-46
7-46
7-54
7-55
7-56
7-57
7-57
7-57
7-57
7-58
7-58
7-58
7-59
7-59
7-59
7-59
7-59
7-59
7-59
7-60
7-60
Chapter 8: Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)

Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HPU Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling Fan Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HPU Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-1
8-2
8-2
8-2
8-3
vii
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page viii of xii
Table of Contents
Chapter 9: Mud Pumps
Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Mud Pump Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Strokes Per Minute (SPM) Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Defining SPM Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Standpipe Pressure Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Defining the Pressure Limit Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Defining Group Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Starting and Pausing Mud Pump Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
IBOP Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Stop All Mud Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Operator Messages and Miscellaneous Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Mud Pumps Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Mud Pumps Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Mud Pump Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Drive Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Pre-Charge, Liner Wash, and Lube Pump Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Motor Winding and Bearing Temperature Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Auxiliary Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Status and Fault Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Manual Motor Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Chapter 10: Power Slips

Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Slips Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto Greaser Controls and Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Slips Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-1
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-3
10-4
10-5
Chapter 11: Power System

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Screen Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power System Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drill Floor Equipment E-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator E-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-1
11-2
11-3
11-4
11-5
11-5
11-6
11-7
11-7
11-8
11-8
11-9
viii
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page ix of xii
Table of Contents
Choppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rectifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Control Center (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Capacity Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Bus Generator Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Bus Transformer Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Online Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Rectifier Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Bus Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumed Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Bus Consumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Bus Consumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Available Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Total Power Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Power Available (General) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-10
11-11
11-12
11-14
11-15
11-16
11-16
11-16
11-16
11-17
11-17
11-17
11-18
11-18
11-18
11-19
11-19
11-19
11-19
Chapter 12: Rotary Table

Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed and Torque Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direction Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed and Torque Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining the Throttle Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zero Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining the Torque Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary Table Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary Table Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Blower Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-1
12-1
12-2
12-2
12-2
12-3
12-4
12-4
12-4
12-4
12-4
12-5
12-5
12-6
12-7
12-7
12-7
12-8
12-8
Chapter 13: Top Drive System (TDS)

Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drill Speed and Torque Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13-1
13-1
13-2
13-2
ix
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page x of xii
Table of Contents
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Speed and Torque Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Defining a Throttle Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Zero Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Defining a Drill Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Defining a Makeup Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Defining a Spin Speed Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Defining a Spin Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Direction and Mode Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Make Up Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Break Out Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Torque Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
IBOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
Brake Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10
Link Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11
Link Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11
Link Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11
MCWS Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Derrickmans Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Top Drive Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Directional Drilling Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Status Readings and Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Drill Speed and Torque Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Speed and Torque Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Defining a Directional Drilling (DD) Throttle Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Zero Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Defining a Directional Drilling (DD) Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18
Direction and Mode Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18
Directional Mode Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19
Motor/VFD Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20
TDS Motor Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21
Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22
Blower Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22
HPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
Data Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24
Maintenance Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-25
Chapter 14: Trip Tank Pumps

Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Pump Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
x
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page xi of xii
Table of Contents
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Trip Tank Pumps Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Appendix A: Network Information

Network Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Opening a Command Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Command Descriptions and Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Ping Command Switch Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
IP Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Tracert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Nslookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Network Address Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
xi
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page xii of xii
Table of Contents
xii
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
General Information
This section of the manual contains examples of Amphion

equipment, features, and operator interface screens, and
may or may not represent your particular rig configuration.
Conventions
This manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation, and repair personnel.
Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein. National
Oilwell Varco (NOV) will not be held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences arising
from misuse of this material.
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

Notes, cautions, and warnings provide readers with additional information, and to advise the
reader to take specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. They
may also inform the reader of actions necessary to prevent equipment damage. Please pay close
attention to these advisories.
The note symbol indicates that additional information is

provided about the current topics.
!
The caution symbol indicates that potential damage to
equipment or injury to personnel exists. Follow instructions
explicitly. Extreme care should be taken when performing
operations or procedures preceded by this caution symbol.
1-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 1-2 of 4
General Information
The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of

equipment damage or danger to personnel. Failure to
follow safe work procedures could result in serious or
fatal injury to personnel, significant equipment
damage, or extended rig down time.
Illustrations
Illustrations (figures) provide a graphical representation of equipment components or screen
snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn
to scale.
For component information specific to your rig configuration, see the technical drawings included
with your NOV documentation.
Safety Requirements
NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving
hazardous situations. Proper maintenance is important for safe and reliable operation. Procedures
outlined in NOV manuals are the recommended methods of performing operations and
maintenance.
!
To avoid injury to personnel or equipment damage,
carefully observe requirements outlined in this section.
Personnel Training
All personnel performing installation, operations, repair, or maintenance procedures on the
equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on rig safety, tool operation,
and maintenance to ensure their safety.
!
Personnel should wear protective gear during installation,
maintenance, and certain operations.
Contact the NOV Drilling Equipment training department for more information about equipment
operation and maintenance training.
1-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 1-3 of 4
General Information
Recommended Tools
Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose described.
NOV recommends that only those tools specified be used when stated. Ensure that personnel and
equipment safety are not jeopardized when following service procedures or using tools not
specifically recommended by NOV.
General System Safety Practices

The equipment discussed in this manual may require or contain one or more utilities, such as
electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or cooling water.
!
Read and follow the guidelines below before installing
equipment or performing maintenance to avoid
endangering exposed persons or damaging equipment.
Isolate energy sources before beginning work.
Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation.
Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, maintenance, or

repair.
Replacing Components
Verify that all components (such as cables, hoses, etc.) are tagged and labeled
during assembly and disassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.
Replace failed or damaged components with NOV certified parts. Failure to do so

could result in equipment damage or injury to personnel.
Routine Maintenance
Equipment must be maintained on a routine basis. See the service manual for maintenance
recommendations.
!
Failure to conduct routine maintenance could result in
equipment damage or injury to personnel.
Proper Use of Equipment

NOV equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for its
intended purpose.
1-3
www.nov.com
General Information
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 1-4 of 4
Service Centers
For a directory of NOV Service Centers, see NOV document number D811001337-DAS-001, titled
Service Center Directory. This document is located in the User Manual.
The link below provides after-hours contact information for emergencies or other equipment issues
requiring an immediate response by NOV service personnel.
http://www.nov.com/ContactUs/24HrEmergencyContacts.aspx
1-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Amphion Overview
This section of the manual contains examples of Amphion

equipment, features, and operator interface screens, and
may or may not represent your particular rig configuration.
Main Features and Equipment

The Amphion system provides operators with control of drilling tools and processes from an
ergonomically-correct workstation. Usually located inside the drillers cabin, the workstations offer
tool control and status information applicable to the operations being performed.
The LER and multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets are considered safe areas for installing Amphion
components that carry no hazardous area classifications. Depending on your particular rigs
configuration, it may contain variations of the following features and equipment:
One or more operator workstations, equipped with touchscreens
One or more multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets
Integrated operator interface application for National Oilwell Varco (NOV) and thirdparty tools, systems, or processes, such as:
Alarm and Event System
Automated Drawworks System
Automated Roughneck
Bridge Racker and Tailing Arm
Casing Running Tool
Chair (Workstation) Diagnostics
Drawworks VFD Assignment Controls
Driller Auxiliaries
Fingerboard
Foxhole
Hydraulic BX Elevators
Hydraulic Cathead
Hydraulic Power Unit
Mud Pump Motor Assignment Controls
Motor Control Center (MCC)
Mud Pumps
2-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-2 of 36
Ownership Overview
Pipe Racking System
Power Management System
Power Slips
Rotary Support Table
Silicon-Controlled Rectifiers (SCR)
Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ) module
System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ) module
Top Drive System
Top Drive VFD Assignment Controls
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) System
RigSense application, RigSense server
Zone Management System (ZMS)
Engineering drawings
Equipment service manuals
Amphion tool controller service manual
Amphion operators guide
Amphion technical reference manual
2-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-3 of 36
Amphion Overview
Operator Workstation
The workstations are the user's interface to the control network and tools. A Wrap-Around
workstation is shown here.
Located in the drillers cabin, each workstation may contain:
Amphion touchscreens (four shown here)
Joysticks (one shown here)
Two discrete switch control panels
One chair
300
250
350
500 550
400 450
600
650
700
750
200
800
150
850
100
900
TONG SCALE HOOK LOAD
50
X 1000 LB
LCD WEIGHT ON BIT
X 1000 LB
1000
Sit Down
Stand Up/Sit Down
Touchscreen Computers
Workstations include self-contained touchscreens that display tool control, drilling operation,
alarm, and status information. The Wrap-Around workstation can accommodate up to four
touchscreens, all with access to tools connected to the network.
2-3
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-4 of 36
Amphion Overview
Workstation Control Panels

Joysticks are used for tools that require controlled movement, such as the drawworks or the racker.
See section titled "Joysticks" on page 2-6.
Discrete switch controls are normally dedicated to frequently-used operations (such as opening
and closing the power slips or racker jaws).
While there are many possible combinations of controls and placement of the buttons and discrete
switches, two examples of workstation control panels are presented here. Specific controls and
their placement can vary widely from one rig to the next, depending on the customers needs.
Left Control Panel Examples
MUD
PU
THRO MP #1
TTLE
MUD
PU
THRO MP #1
TTLE
MUD
PU
THRO MP #2
TTLE
MUD
PU
THRO MP #2
TTLE
M
U
D
P
U
M
P
S
MUD
PU
THRO MP #3
TTLE
OFF
/AUT
O
TDS
KE
CLO
SE
TDS
DRIL
L
CLO
SE
BRA
TDS
OPE
MUD
PU
THRO MP #3
TTLE
FLO
AT
LINK
OPE
N
POW
ER S
TILT
OPE
N
OPE
N
CLO
SE
ELE
VAT
OR
R AC
ELE
VAT
OR
KER
OFF
/AUT
O
CLO
SE
RAC
KER
X
OVE /Y
RRID
E
OFF
/AUT
O
DRA
RAC
K
TRA ER
OVE VEL
RRID
E
ON
ING
JAW
ON
OVE WORKS
RRID
E
PAR
K
RAC
KE
JAW R
S
DOL
PAR
K
LINK
CLO
SE
TDS
TDS
TDS
OPE
N
IBOP
LINK
TILT
FLO
AT
CLO
SE
LIPS
DRIL
L
TDS
P
U
M
P
S
ON
OPE
N
TDS
M
U
D
BRA
LY E
NAB
ING
BRA
KE
LE
KE
SLIP
S EN
A
OVE DS
RRID
E
OPE
N
ABL
E
CLO
SE
IBOP
2-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-5 of 36
Amphion Overview
Right Control Panel Examples
OOR
L FL
DRIL IPMENT
EQU TOP
E-S
H TO
PUS
OOR
L FL
DRIL IPMENT
EQU TOP
E-S
STO
H TO
PUS
STO
TDS
P
RT R
O
AUT
AR - ENCE
U
SEQ
RPM
TDS
AK
MAK
BRE
OUT
IN
DOW
UP
U
ORQ
AR T
PIN
AR S
E
CLO
G
RRIA
W CA
CLO
L
WEL
BAC
SE
SE
N
OPE
EAS
SE
INCR
L
TOO IP
H
ERS
OWN SE ALL
A
RELE
SE/
CLO K
LOC
N/
E
P
O
AUTO
REA
N
OPE
DEC
LOW
LIC F
RAU ALVE
HYD
V
CMC UT OFF
SH
W
AR T
AIR
KING E
WOR
R
CMC PRESSU
APV
AR S
AR
EL
TRAV
SE
C LO
N
OPE
MAIN
CMC VE
VAL
L
TOO IP
H
ERS
OWN SE ALL
A
E
REL
IPS
P/SL
R
BLE
ENA LEVATO
E
BX
PU LL
PAY
EAD
CATH
2-5
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-6 of 36
Amphion Overview
Joysticks
Unless the override is engaged, the trigger (also referred to

as a dead man switch) mounted on the front of the
joystick must be depressed in order to operate the
equipment.
Open Slips
Close Slips
Upper
Lower
Lower
Hoist
Dead man
switch
Dead man
switch
Lower
+Y
+X
-X
-Y
Hoist
Drawworks and Power Slips
Bridge Racker or PRS
The joystick mounted on the operator workstations right control panel can control:
The drawworks
The drawworks and the power slips
The racker
The tool or tools that a joystick controls depends upon your particular rig configuration and tool
ownership. Tool ownership logic prevents the operator from taking ownership of both the
drawworks and the racker simultaneously. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34.
Using the joystick to move the racker affects its destination, which varies depending on its current
mode (selected via the user interface).
If the joystick does not offer power slip controls, then the workstations control panel normally
contains a discrete switch for opening and closing the slips. This is in addition to touchscreen
controls.
2-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-7 of 36
Amphion Overview
If the joystick has the ability to control both the power slips and the drawworks, the workstations
control panel will not contain controls for opening and closing the power slips. However, the control
panel will contain a button that must be pressed in order to enable the power slips and allow the
operator to control the slips by using either the joystick or touchscreen controls.
See Chapter 7, titled "Drawworks, and Chapter 10, titled

"Power Slips.
See section titled "Workstation Control Panels" on page 2-4.
2-7
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-8 of 36
Amphion Overview
Main Menu Navigation

This section of the operators guide provides a brief overview of the main components normally
included on the main menu navigation bar. See appropriately-titled sections below, and toolspecific chapters for more detailed information about each tools menu and operator screens.
The navigation menu shown below displays along the bottom of most screens.
Active tool
Navigation menu buttons
Alarms and Events

The main menus Alarms button blinks red when there is at least one active and unacknowledged
alarm. The button displays solid red when there is at least one active but already acknowledged
alarm. Otherwise, the button displays solid blue.
Press Alarms to display the tool alarm menu.
2-8
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-9 of 36
Amphion Overview
The tool buttons blink red when there is at least one active and unacknowledged alarm for that
particular tool. The button displays solid red when there is at least one active but already
acknowledged alarm. Otherwise, the button displays solid blue.
Press the red tool button to display alarms associated with that tool. See Chapter 3, titled "Alarms
and Events for more information.
Operator Tool Menus

Press <Driller or AD> Tools to display the appropriate operators tool menu.
Driller Tools
Assistant Driller Tools
Current tool ownership status indicators display in the bottom left corner of each tool button (where
applicable). See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34 for more information.
Press to select a tool and display its default operator screen. See tool-specific chapters in this
manual for more detail.
2-9
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-10 of 36
Amphion Overview
(This Tool) Menu

The label on the tool menu button changes, depending upon the currently-selected tool. For
example, the top drives tool menu is labeled Top Drive.
Press the tool menu button to display its menu.
Most tools listed in the operators tool menu have tool-specific menus that normally include the
basic options shown here.
See section titled "Utility Menu"

on page 2-13.
See section titled "Common

Diagnostics Menu" on page 2-19.
See Chapter 3, titled "Alarms

and Events.
See section titled "Maintenance

Mode" on page 2-11.
See tool-specific chapter.
Press the Operator button to display the current tools operator screen.
See tool-specific chapters for more information about each

tools menu.
See sections below for information about each of the
above menu items.
Back or Forward
Press Back or Forward to toggle between the current screen and the previous screen.
2-10
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-11 of 36
Amphion Overview
Maintenance Mode
Press <This Tool> --> Maintenance Mode to display the Maintenance Mode screen.
Press Active to engage maintenance mode for the appropriate tool controller (also referred to as
an SBC). Press Inactive to disengage maintenance mode. A green backlight marks the current
selection.
Enable maintenance mode to engage tool override for maintenance purposes only.
Use with caution. Significant risk of equipment

damage and danger to personnel exists in
maintenance mode. Failure to observe and follow
proper safe working procedures could result in
serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant
equipment damage, and extended rig down time.
Controls are disabled at the operator workstation touchscreens when maintenance mode is
enabled.
From the diagnostic workstation (DWS) computer, select one of the following tools:
Auxiliary (normally includes the cathead, HPU, power slips, and rotary table)
Conveyor
Racker
Roughneck
Top Drive
2-11
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-12 of 36
Enabling Auxiliary maintenance mode places all auxiliary

tools into maintenance mode.
Operator Screens
Many tool screens contain common features shown in this section.
Operator Messages
Most tool screens contain messages for the operator that display along the bottom of the screen.
Keypads
Numeric keypads and alpha-numeric keyboards are pop-up windows that appear when the
operator presses a tools on-screen button, and is normally used to define a specific parameter for
a tool.
2-12
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-13 of 36
Amphion Overview
Utility Menu
Choose a tool then press Utility to display the Utility menu:
Choose Units
Choose a tool then press Utility --> Choose Units to display the Choose Units pop-up window.
Press the arrow up or down buttons to highlight and select a unit of measure.
Measurement units selected on this screen affect all

screens displayed on that particular touchscreen. Different
units of measure can be assigned to other touchscreens.
For example, one touchscreen can display metric, while
another displays U.S. measurements.
Press Close to return to the previous screen.
2-13
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-14 of 36
Amphion Overview
Choose Language
Choose a tool then press --> Utility --> Choose Language to display the Choose Language
pop-up window.
Pig Latin and English
Russian and English
This screen provides a way for the operator to select English (default), or any other language (or
languages) that the operator screens are configured to support.
Press the arrow up or down buttons to highlight and select a language.
Languages selected here affect all screens displayed on

that particular touchscreen. Different languages can be
assigned to other touchscreens. For example, one
touchscreen can display Russian, while another displays
English.
2-14
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-15 of 36
Amphion Overview
Language Translation Editor

At the Choose Language pop-up window (see section titled "Choose Language" on page 2-14),
press Edit Translations to display the Language Translation Editor window.
Document
General
Add
Delete
Close
This window provides a way for the operator to edit the translations for languages other than
English, or add translations that are missing.
Translations are stored in the operator screens one phrase at a time. Any single-line string on a
screen has its own translation. (For example, the phrase Drill Torque is translated as a whole, as
opposed to word-by-word.)
Each screen document has its own set of translations.
Document
Press Document to display available translations for the last screen selected. (There may be no
translations if that particular screen has not been configured to include them.)
General
Press General to display general translations that apply to the navigation bar and other common
screens (for example, the diagnostic or alarm screens).
2-15
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-16 of 36
Add
Use this button to add a new translation:
1. Press Add to display the Add New Translation Key pop-up window.
2. Type the new translation into the space provided, then press Enter (or Enteray as
shown on the keyboard above).
The translation (Home in this example) appears in both the left and the right panes
of the Language Translation Editor window.
3. Press to select the new translation (in the bottom right pane) to display the keyboard
pop-up window again.
4. Type its translation as you want it to appear in that pane (see example shown
below).
2-16
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-17 of 36
Amphion Overview
5. Type the translation into the space provided, then press Enter to return to the
Language Translation Editor window.
Delete
Press Delete to delete an existing translation.
Close
Press Close to close the window.
2-17
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-18 of 36
Clean Screen
Choose a tool then press Utility --> Clean Screen to temporarily disable tool screens to allow
time for cleaning the touchscreen without accidentally pressing tool controls. Press Start to begin
the onscreen timer, which counts slowly backward from ten.
Press Start as many times as necessary, then press Return.
Service Pages
Service pages are not normally available from the operator workstation touchscreens, and
therefore are not addressed in detail in this manual.
Access the service pages from the touchscreen mounted in the multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet.
The MTC touchscreen does not allow tool operation.
See the NOV document titled Amphion Tool Controller Service Manual for more information
about the service pages.
2-18
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-19 of 36
Amphion Overview
Common Diagnostics Menu
This section provides a general overview of the diagnostic

screens available through the operator interface. For more
detailed information about the tool controller service pages
interface, including advanced troubleshooting procedures,
see the NOV document titled Amphion Tool Controller
Service Manual.
Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics to display the Common Diagnostics menu.
See general descriptions for each diagnostic screen in the sections below.
Press Close to return to the main menu.
2-19
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-20 of 36
Amphion Overview
I/O Diagnostic
Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> I/O Diagnostic to display the I/O Diagnostic
screen.
The left side of the sample screen below contains buttons for selecting an I/O type (depending on
the currently-selected tool). Press to select and display information.
Item Name
I/O
Types
Information Sort buttons
Current Value
MOD: Modbus address. Information regarding commands originating from tools and
other Ethernet devices connected to the network.
No Type: No communication method has been specified and no input/output is

expected at this location.
DP1: Information from the first Applicom card on the first PROFIBUS DP network
(typically used for tools).
NET: Information regarding commands originating from a touchscreen or control

panel.
C2C: Controller-to-controller communication input devices only. The purpose of this

type is to receive input from the other controllers, not to send commands to them.
Press any of the sort buttons located along the bottom of the screen to sort information By Name,
Node, or Class.
Press the blue arrow up or down buttons to navigate through the diagnostic pages.
Press Back to return to the Common Diagnostics menu.
2-20
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-21 of 36
Amphion Overview
Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status

Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Controller-to-Controller Status to display
the Controller-to-Controller Status screen.
The controller graphic boxes display green to indicate normal communication, or red to indicate a
communication error. The controller name and current status display in the top left corner of the
controller graphic.
Press a controller box to display additional detail.
Code
0
5632
Message
Comment
OK
The other controller is functioning normally.
Client has not begun

receiving data from the
server.
The client was able to connect to the server, but

has not begun sending data.
2-21
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-22 of 36
Amphion Overview
Code
Message
Comment
5648
Client could not connect to its

server.
The other controller may not be running.
5664
Client believes that its server

has stopped working.
The other controller was connected and

running normally, but has stopped running.
Cyberbase Status
Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Cyberbase Status to display the
Cyberbase Status screen (not shown here).
This screen displays communication information between various NOV products using Ethernet
protocol, and is not available for all tools.
Modbus Status
Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Modbus Status to display the Modbus
Status screen.
The illustration shown here relates to the top drive. Green node graphics indicate that it is
operating and communicating properly; red indicates an alarm or communication error.
2-22
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-23 of 36
Amphion Overview
Press a node to display detailed information related to its status (shown below).
The Node Status pop-up window lists all Web Objects on the controller with which the
communications node is associated. It also displays the value of each Web Object. The values are
live, and change as the values from the remote controller change.
Press the Node Status window to display the nodes Process Input image.
A process image is essentially a group of bits that the controller holds in its memory to maintain a
complete map of the current state of the inputs or outputs from a given communications node. The
Process Image pop-up window displays either all of the output or all of the input process image for
that communications subsystem mode.
Press Switch to Output Image to display the same information regarding the nodes output
image.
Press anywhere outside of the output image display to return to the Modbus screen.
2-23
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-24 of 36
Profibus Status
Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Profibus Status to display the Profibus
Network Status screen.
Green indicates the node is communicating through the Profibus network; red indicates the node
is not communicating through the network; yellow indicates the node is reporting diagnostic
information. The controller has not lost communication with the node, but the node may have a
problem (see note below).
The absolute encoder buttons normally display yellow at

startup, then turn green after approximately one minute.
Yellow is normal for emergency-stop (e-stop) conditions.
Press any node button to display a detailed node status pop-up window.
Node number
Status code
2-24
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-25 of 36
Amphion Overview
Profibus Status Codes

Code
Message
Node is functioning normally
33
Node is not communicating with the network
36
Node is not configured
45
Dialog software is not memory-resident
47
Invalid board number
93
Driver is not accessible
255
IO_RefreshInput was not executed beforehand
Step 7 Status
Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Step 7 Status to display the Step 7 Status
screen.
This screen displays information from programmable logic controllers (PLCs). This Ethernet
communication protocol is not used on all communications systems.
Press any node to display additional information.
2-25
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-26 of 36
Press the status detail box to display the nodes input image.
Press the right arrow to display additional input image information, or press Switch to Output
Image to display the same information regarding the nodes output image.
Press anywhere outside of the output image display to return to the Step 7 Status screen.
2-26
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-27 of 36
Amphion Overview
Screen Communication Logs
Screen Communication Log troubleshooting screens in

this section are intended for use by trained NOV
technicians.
Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Screen Communication Logs to display
the main Screen Communication Logs main screen.
Press the buttons along the top of the window to display different communication information (see
general descriptions in sections below).
2-27
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-28 of 36
Tool Controllers
Press Tool Controllers to display the Tool Controllers Communication Log screen.
Press anywhere inside the Controller box to display additional information.
Amphion software communicates simultaneously with all the tool controllers connected to the
network. The Tool Controller Communication Log screen displays basic information about each
tool controller, such as the method of communication being used between the controller and the
software, and the amount of time the software has been communicating with the tool.
Press any communication box to display message information.
2-28
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-29 of 36
Amphion Overview
Press any message to display more detail.
2-29
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-30 of 36
Ownership
Press Ownership to display the tool Ownership Communication Log screen.
This window contains information about the tool ownership system, such as a record of the
ownership configuration file. Tool ownership is a built-in safety feature, designed to prevent more
than one operator from simultaneously controlling a tool. (See section titled "Tool Ownership" on
page 2-34.)
Press any of the Ownership States boxes to display more detail.
2-30
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-31 of 36
Amphion Overview
HTTP Requests
Press HTTP Requests to display the HTTP Request Communication Log window.
This window contains the last several messages passed between the touchscreen software and
the tool controllers.
2-31
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-32 of 36
Write Monitor
Press Write Monitor to display the Write Monitor Communication Log screen.
This window contains only requests that were used to write commands or data to the tool
controllers.
Exceptions
Press the Exceptions tab to display the Exceptions Communication Log screen.
This screen contains a list of errors that occurred during applet communications.
2-32
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-33 of 36
Amphion Overview
2-33
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-34 of 36
Tool Ownership
This section contains information about Amphion tool ownership, and is intended to provide rig
personnel with a basic understanding of the concept of tool ownership and how it affects rig
operations.
Amphion tools can be controlled from operator workstations using joysticks, discrete switches, and
touchscreen controls. For safety reasons, control of most tools is limited to one operator
(workstation) at a time.
All tools affected by Amphion tool ownership are owned by the system at startup. Consequently,
before a tool can be controlled from any workstation, the operator must submit an ownership
request by pressing the Ownership button located on the tool screen. Once a workstation
assumes ownership of a tool, that workstation retains ownership; subsequent ownership requests
from other workstations are invalid until ownership is released.
To prevent untimely operation shutdowns due to hardware

or power failures that affect workstation controls, the
controller releases tool ownership only from those
workstations affected by the failure. Hardware or power
failures that do not affect tool operation will not cause tool
ownership release.
Ownership Controls and Status

Where applicable, tool screens contain an Ownership button. The buttons color and text indicates
its ownership status.
A green ownership button, displaying the word Available, indicates the tool is
available for ownership. Your station can assume ownership only if the button is
enabled, and the word Take appears in black text along the bottom of the button.
If the text Ownership appears in white, and the button is disabled, your station
cannot assume ownership of the tool. If you are unable to take ownership because
your station already has ownership of another conflicting tool, the name of that tool
appears in white text along the bottom of the button.
An orange ownership button indicates that the tool is currently owned by one of
the operators. The text display inside of the button indicates the workstation that
currently owns the tool.
A red ownership button indicates an emergency stop is engaged, and the tool is
unavailable.
2-34
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-35 of 36
Amphion Overview
Granting and Releasing Ownership

Where applicable, before granting tool ownership to a workstation, the controller verifies that the
following conditions are met:
The IP address of the workstation requesting ownership has permission to control

the tool (see "Tool Controllers and Security below).
The tool is not owned by any other workstation.
Once an operator is finished using a specific tool, he or she should release ownership of that tool
by pressing the Ownership button again.
Alternatively, use the operator workstation control panels Tool Ownership - Release All button.
Tool Controllers and Security

An Amphion tool controller (sometimes referred to as an ATC, or an SBC) is an embedded
computer designed to run platform-independent software to control machinery in industrial
applications. The Amphion tool controller consists of a high-end processor with Ethernet
connectivity as the standard communication protocol, with optional Profibus hardware for tool
remote I/O communications where necessary.
Amphion controllers are traditionally located in safe area MTC cabinets, however certain situations
may require that they be installed in hazardous areas. In such cases, the appropriate certification
must be obtained, and they must be installed inside approved enclosures.
Administrative access to software stored on the tool controller is password protected to prevent
accidental modification to tool parameters or settings.
2-35
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 2-36 of 36
Optional Components
RigSense and WITS
RigSense is a stand-alone drilling instrumentation system used to provide drillers and other key
personnel with instant access to critical drilling data. It can display, plot, print, export, and archive
up to 255 channels of data, which can be retrieved and viewed over the entire life of the well.
RigSense transmits and receives Wellsite Information Transfer Specification (WITS) information.
WITS is a communication protocol that enables companies operating different computer systems
to share information using a standard format for data transfer.
RigSense can easily be tailored to any rigs requirements, and the data can be viewed in either
time- or depth-based format.
See the MD Totco RigSense manual for more information.
Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ)

S-DAQ gathers data from rig sensors and equipment. Drilling parameters are displayed in realtime,
in both analog and digital formats. Each channel can be configured with alarm functions.
S-DAQ can apply algorithms to the data, then forward the information to applications such as
RigSense. S-DAQ and RigSense communicate using Ethernet.
System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ)

Data for RigSense is supplied by V-DAQ, which gathers data from sensors and equipment. It can
apply algorithms to the data, then forward the information to RigSense. V-DAQ and RigSense
communicate using Ethernet.
Electronic Driller System (EDS)

NOVs Electronic Driller System is built into the drawworks and Amphion touchscreen control
systems.
EDS is designed to provide a constant drilling state at the bit, which cannot be achieved using
manual or other types of drawworks braking systems. The constant bit state is achieved through
closed-loop control of selected primary drilling parameters (such as weight on bit or delta
pressure), and the ability to regulate the disc brake for continuous feed of the drill line.
Continuously running secondary control parameters (rate of penetration and torque) provide
additional control necessary for a steady state during unexpected events, such as a drilling break
or stick-slip situation.
The driller can activate modes through the touchscreens, and adjust individual parameter
setpoints.
See product-specific NOV EDS documentation, and

Chapter 7, titled "Drawworksfor more information.
2-36
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Alarms and Events
This chapter contains examples of Amphion operator

interface screens and controls, and may or may not
represent your particular rig configuration.
System Alarms
The navigation menu bars Alarms button flashes red when there is at least one active and
unacknowledged alarm. The button displays solid red when there is at least one active, but already
acknowledged, alarm. Otherwise, the button displays solid blue.
When an alarm is triggered (and unacknowledged), the Alarms button flashes red on both the
navigation menu and tool menu (for tools that have an active alarm) as shown here.
Flashing Red = Active/Unacknowledged
Solid Red = Active/Acknowledged
Tool menu
Alarms button
Navigation menu
Alarms button
3-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 3-2 of 8
Alarms and Events
Press Alarms on the navigation menu to display the Alarms Menu. Flashing red tool buttons
indicate an active and unacknowledged alarm; solid red indicates an active, but acknowledged
alarm for that tool. Tools that have no active or unacknowledged alarms display solid blue.
Active/unacknowledged
alarm (flashing red)
Alarms Menu
3-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 3-3 of 8
Alarms and Events
Press to select a tool from the Alarms Menu, or choose a tool, and select Alarms to display the
Alarm Messages window.
The alarm system displays and stores the most recent 200 alarms for the currently-selected tool.
!
All alarm data clears when electrical power is removed
from the control system.
Alarm Message Display
Red line items indicate that the alarm condition is active, and the alarm itself has not
been acknowledged.
Yellow line items indicate that the alarm was acknowledged, but the alarm condition
has not been corrected.
Orange line items indicate that the alarm condition was corrected, but has not been
acknowledged.
Grey historical line items indicate that the alarm was acknowledged, and the
condition causing the alarm state was corrected.
Blue line items are events of interest that have occurred, but do not indicate an
alarm condition.
3-3
www.nov.com
Alarms and Events
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 3-4 of 8
Alarm and Event Sort

The alarms display (Default Sort) in the following order:
1. Unacknowledged/active alarms
2. Unacknowledged/inactive alarms
3. Acknowledged/active alarms
4. Acknowledged/inactive alarms
5. Events
Within each category, the alarms are sorted by:
1. Active Date (the date and time the alarm was triggered)
2. Inactive Date (the date and time the alarm condition was corrected)
3. Description (alphabetically by description)
Press any of the Sort buttons (located along the top of the screen) to sort by description, active
date, or inactive date.
The Description column displays a general description of the alarm.
The Active Date column displays the date and time the alarm was triggered.
The Inactive Date column displays the date and time the alarm was cleared.
The Acknowledged column displays the date and time the alarm was
acknowledged.
Alarm Acknowledgement and Detail

Press the Acknowledge Page button (located on the sort bar along the top of the Alarms screen)
to acknowledge all alarms currently displayed on the screen.
Press any individual alarm to display more detail.
3-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 3-5 of 8
Alarms and Events
The alarm detail includes an alarm ID, a description of the alarm condition, the date and time that
the alarm was tripped, cleared, and acknowledged, as well as its group, priority, and status.
The alarm shown here has not been acknowledged. Press Acknowledge to do so, then press
Close. The alarm displays yellow to indicate that it has been acknowledged (however, the alarm
condition remains active).
Press the yellow alarm line item again to view its details if necessary.
Press Close to return to the Alarms window.
3-5
www.nov.com
Alarms and Events
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 3-6 of 8
Alarm Setup
Depending on your particular rig configuration, alarms can

be set for certain items on some tool screens. See toolspecific chapters to determine whether a particular tool
screen offers this feature.
Certain tool screens may contain gauges, bar graphs, or digital readings that have alarm setup
capabilities. This depends on your specific rig configuration.
Press the gauge, bar graph, or digital reading to display the Alarm Configuration pop-up window.
You can set four alarm levels: high-high, high, low, or low-low.
Press Change Level to display the pop-up keypad. Define the alarm value, then press Set to close
the keypad.
Click Enable or Disable to turn the alarm on or off.
Press the descriptions Change button to display the keyboard pop-up window. Type a brief
description of the alarm into the space provided, then press Enter to close the keyboard.
Press Close to close the Alarm Configuration pop-up window and save the values.
Press Turn Beeper Off to disengage the alarm horn inside the cabin. It is activated when the
alarm level reaches high-high or low-low.
3-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 3-7 of 8
Alarms and Events
Alarm Displays
Alarms display on the operator screen. For example, when the reading on a gauge reaches the
user-defined high alarm level (but remains below the high-high range), the graph or gauge
background displays yellow.
The same is true if the reading reaches the low range (but remains above the low-low range).
If the reading reaches the user-defined high-high range, or falls into the low-low range, the
background displays red, and the touchscreen computer (or HMI) beeps.
Alarm Sounds
Press the gauge, bar graph, or digital reading to display the Alarm Configuration pop-up window.
Disable the beeper by pressing the Turn Beeper Off button.
3-7
www.nov.com
Alarms and Events
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 3-8 of 8
3-8
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Cathead
Operator Screen
Press Driller Tools --> Cathead to display the Cathead operator screen.
Tool Ownership
Assume ownership of the cathead to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page
2-34.
Status Displays
The left side of the operator screen contains vertical realtime Torque and Pull Force graphs.
Digital readings are represented by green or blue bars that rise and fall to indicate the current
values. Black markers indicate the current user-defined setpoint values. See section titled
"Defining Tong Length" on page 4-3.
4-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
Cathead
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 4-2 of 6
Cathead Selection
Press Select Cathead and then press Make Up or Break Out.
A green backlight marks the current selection. Press Ok to return to the operator screen.
Stream Controls
Press the Stream Controls - Pay or Pull button to define the direction of the cathead.
This function may also be controlled using the Cathead - Release/Pull left joystick.
4-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 4-3 of 6
Cathead
Slow Mode
Press the Slow Mode button to operate the cathead at a slower speed during pull-in operations.
Slow mode has no effect on pay-out operations; it is automatically energized during the first
second to prevent the line from snapping (due to tension being released too quickly) then deenergized to allow pay out at normal speed.
The Slow Speed status display located along the top right of the screen displays if the mode is
active (Slow) or inactive (Normal).
Messages
Operator messages display along the bottom of the screen.
Defining Tong Length

Press Tong Length to display its keypad pop-up window.
Define the tong length value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
4-3
www.nov.com
Cathead
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 4-4 of 6
Defining Torque Setpoint
Define the tong length value before defining the torque

setpoint value.
Press Torque to display its keypad pop-up window.
Define the torque setpoint value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Use
the arrow up or down keys to adjust the setpoint value as needed. See the section titled "Operator
Screen" on page 4-1.
Pull Force
The current Pull Force Setpoint and Pull Force values display at the top right of the screen. The
system calculates the Pull Force Setpoint value, dividing the torque setpoint by the tong length to
define the appropriate hydraulic pressure required to achieve the specified line pull value.
If the operator presses Pull before the closed loop control system reaches the appropriate
pressure value, an interlock message displays (pressure setpoint not reached). Once the
pressure setpoint is reached, the interlock clears, and the pull can continue normally. During the
actual pull operation, the pressure output is static, so the loop is inactive.
4-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 4-5 of 6
Cathead
Cathead Tool Menu

Press the Cathead button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Cathead tool menu.

on page 2-13.

See Chapter 3, titled "Alarms and

Events.
See section titled "Operator

4-5
www.nov.com
Cathead
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 4-6 of 6
4-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Chair (Workstation)
Workstation Status Screen

Press Driller Tools --> Chair to display the drillers Chair Status screen.
Tool Signals
A green tool background indicates that the operator has ownership of the tool (as shown here).
Green tool signals indicate the current tool operation or the position of the switch or joystick.
When the operator is not actuating the switch or button, the signal display is grey.
5-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
Chair (Workstation)
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-2 of 12
Green signal displays also confirm that the signal from the discrete switch to the workstations
remote I/O and tool controller was successfully received. Failure to display green when the
workstations switch or button is actuated indicates a faulty switch or I/O point.
See section titled "Operator Workstation" on page 2-3 for

information about workstation controls.
Joystick Status
A green joystick background indicates that the joystick is in use (as shown here).
The yellow indicator on the graphs display the current position of the right joystick. If the display
does not depict the correct position (for example, if the joystick is pressed forward, but the yellow
indicator is not at the top of the y-axis), recalibrate the joystick. (See section titled "Joystick
Calibration" on page 5-9.)
Green JS Buttons display indicates that the associated button on the joystick is depressed; grey
indicates an idle state.
The left joysticks Plus and Minus buttons display green to indicate joystick movement; grey
indicates an idle state. The Deadman button displays green to indicate that the Deadman is
engaged; grey indicates an idle state.
5-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-3 of 12
Chair (Workstation)
Chair Status
PS - 24 V DC (1 and 2): Green indicates that the 24-volt DC power supplies are
working properly; red indicates a fault state.
Ethernet Switch (1 and 2): Green indicates that the Ethernet switches are
communicating properly; red indicates a fault state.
Left Panel Switches and Buttons

The TDS and ADS status display buttons are located on the left side of the Chair Status screen.
Their controlling switches and buttons are located on the left panel of the driller chair.
Status lights display green to indicate the current selection. The background will display green if it
is owned; grey indicates it is not owned by the driller.
5-3
www.nov.com
Chair (Workstation)
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-4 of 12
Deadman Override
The Deadman Override, located in the middle of the screen, is a back up to the deadman switch
on the joystick.
Ownership Release
The Ownership - Release All display is located in the bottom right corner of the Chair Status
screen.
The Ownership - Release All indicator displays green when the Ownership - Release All button
is pressed on the right panel of the drillers chair; otherwise, it displays grey. See section titled
"Granting and Releasing Ownership" on page 2-35.
Encoder Status Displays

The current encoder count status displays are located at the top of the Chair Status screen.
Digital displays show the encoder counts for the mud pumps, top drive, and rotary table. The
background will display green if it is owned; grey indicates it is not owned by the driller.
Messages
5-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-5 of 12
Chair (Workstation)
Chair Tool Menu

Press the Chair button, located on the main menu bar, to display the workstation menu.

on page 2-13.


and Events.
See section titled "Calibration"

on page 5-9.
See section titled "Status" on

page 5-6.
See section titled "Workstation

Status Screen" on page 5-1.
5-5
www.nov.com
Chair (Workstation)
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-6 of 12
Status
Press Chair --> Status to display the Status menu.
Multi-Tool Controller (MTC) Status

Press Chair --> Status --> MTC Status to display the default LER MTC Status screen.
The default screen is related to the local electrical room (LER).
HVAC Purge Loss: Red indicates a HVAC purge loss alarm is active; green
indicates a normal state.
Pipecat OLM Fault: Red indicates a communication fault with the OLM; green
indicates a normal state. See Chapter 6, titled "Catwalk."
Ethernet Switches (#1-3): Green indicates that the Ethernet switches and
converters are communicating properly; red indicates a fault state.
PS - 24 V DC (1-5): Green indicates that the 24-volt DC power supplies are working
properly; red indicates a fault state.
5-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-7 of 12
Chair (Workstation)
Press the PS MTC button located in the upper right to display the Power System MTC Status
screen.
Drawworks OLM: Green indicates proper communication with the OLM; red
indicates a fault state.
Ethernet Switches (#1-5): Green indicates that the Ethernet switches and
PS - 24 V DC (1-5): Green indicates that the 24-volt DC power supplies are working
Converters (Mud Pumps, RigSense, and SDAQ): Green indicates that the
5-7
www.nov.com
Chair (Workstation)
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-8 of 12
Emergency Stop (E-Stop) Status

Press Chair --> Status --> EStop Status to display the EStop Status screen.
Red displays indicate the emergency stop is engaged; green indicates the emergency stop is not
engaged. The text next to the display indicates the emergency stop type and location.
5-8
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-9 of 12
Chair (Workstation)
Calibration
Press Chair --> Calibration to display the Calibration menu.
Joystick Calibration
Press Chair --> Calibration --> Joystick Calib to display the Joystick Calibration screen.
Left Joystick (Tugger)

Press the Calibrate - Start button to begin.
The joystick remains in calibration mode for 20 seconds. Start with the joystick in the center
(resting) position. Move the joystick through its full range of motion during the 20-second period.
The Success light displays green to indicate a successful calibration.
The Failure light displays red to indicate a failed calibration. Repeat the procedure until calibration
is successful.
5-9
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-10 of 12
Chair (Workstation)
Right Joystick (Drawworks)

Press the Calibrate - Start button to begin.
The joystick remains in calibration mode for 20 seconds. Start with the joystick in the center
(resting) position, and verify that the yellow on-screen indicator is located in the center of the X
and Y axes (as shown above). Move the joystick through its full range of motion during the 20second period.
The Success light displays green to indicate a successful calibration.
The Failure light displays red to indicate a failed calibration. Repeat the procedure until calibration
is successful.
Hookload Gauge Calibration

Press Chair --> Calibration --> Hookload Gauge Calib to display the Hookload Gauge
Calibration screen.
!
This process calibrates the value displayed on the operator
workstations hookload gauge. It does not affect calibration
of the hookload sensors themselves. Use this calibration
procedure only if the workstation gauge does not
correspond to the values displayed on the Drawworks
screen. See Chapter 7, titled "Drawworks.
Press Start Calibration to start the hookload gauge calibration process.

Follow the screen prompt to complete the calibration process.
Press Reject to stop the calibration process.
5-10
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-11 of 12
Chair (Workstation)
Calibration Status Displays

The calibration status displays are located at the top left of the Hookload Gauge Calibration
screen.
Status indicators display the following information:
Calibration Active: Blue indicates calibration is active; grey indicates calibration is

not active.
Calibration Suceeded: Green indicates calibration succeeded; grey indicates

calibration has not succeeded.
Calibration Aborted: Red indicates calibration has aborted; grey indicates

calibration has not aborted.
5-11
www.nov.com
Chair (Workstation)
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 5-12 of 12
5-12
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Catwalk
Operator Screen
This chapter of the manual contains some references to

"PipeCatTM;" however, the Catwalk is the tool that is
implied.
Press Driller Tools --> Catwalk to display the Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen.
Tool Ownership
The driller cannot take ownership of the Catwalk. Only a local control station or radio station can
take ownership.
6-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
Catwalk
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-2 of 16
Status Displays
All information on the Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen is display-only. Current status
indicators display along the left side of the screen.
Status displays indicate the current state for each of the following:
Home Prox (Skate and Trough): Displays green to indicate that it is in the home or
parked position; grey to indicate it is not seen in the home or parked position.
Safety Curtain (DS and ODS): Displays green to indicate there is nothing impeding
the curtain; red to indicate there is something impeding the curtain.
OLM Fault: Displays red to indicate a failure to communicate to the OLM; grey to
indicate no active fault.
HPU Running (1 and 2): Displays green to indicate the HPU is running; grey to
indicate the HPU is not running.
Oil Cooler Fan Running: Displays green to indicate the oil cooler fan is running;
grey to indicate the oil cooler fan is not running.
6-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-3 of 16
Catwalk
Digital Feedback Displays

Current digital feedback readings display along the right side of the screen.
Digital readings display the following information:
Trough Winch Pressure: Displays the current pressure at the winch.
Hydraulic Tank Temperature: Displays the current hydraulic tank temperature.
HPU Pressure (1 and 2): Displays the current HPU pressure.
Winch Encoder Position: Displays the current position of the encoder.
Trough Setpoint Position: Displays the current trough stopping position.
Pipe Cat Cycle Count: Displays the current count the Catwalk has been run up and
down.
Messages
6-3
www.nov.com
Catwalk
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-4 of 16
Local Control Station

The local control station is located by the HPUs, and it is used to control the Catwalk. The current
status of Catwalk controls is displayed on the Catwalk local control station or radio station.
Buttons, joysticks, and toggle switches are used to control the Catwalk. The current status of the
Catwalk controls can also be seen on the Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen. See section
titled "Operator Screen" on page 6-1.
Emergency Stop
The PipeCat Emergency Stop button is located at the top left of the local control station.
Press the pipecat emergency stop button to stop Catwalk operation. To remove the Catwalk from
emergency stop mode, press and turn the button until it pops out.
Ownership
The Ownership button is located at the top left of the local control station.
Take/Release: Press the button to take or release control of the Catwalk. Displays
green to indicate that ownership has been taken by the local station; grey indicates
the local station does not have ownership of the Catwalk.
Available: Displays green to indicate the tool is available for ownership; grey
indicates it is not available.
6-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-5 of 16
Catwalk
Interlock
The Interlock toggle switch is located at the top center of the local control station.
Override/Reset/Lamp Test: Move the toggle switch left to override or reset

controls, or move the toggle switch right to conduct a lamp test. The toggle switch
must be held to the right for five seconds before the lamp test will be performed.
Alarm: Displays red to indicate an active alarm; grey indicates there is no active
alarm. If there is an active alarm, check the messages displayed at the bottom of the
Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen. See section titled "Operator Screen" on
page 6-1.
Tool On
The Tool On button is located at the top center of the local control station.
Press the Tool On button to turn the Catwalk on. A green display indicates the tool is on; grey
indicates the Catwalk is not on. The operator must have ownership of the Catwalk before this
button can be used to turn the tool on.
6-5
www.nov.com
Catwalk
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-6 of 16
HPU (#1 and #2)

The HPU toggle switches are located at the top right of the local control station.
Hand/Off/Auto: Move the toggle switch left to place the HPU in hand control, move
the toggle switch center to turn off control power, or move the toggle switch right to
place the HPU in auto control.
Run: Displays green to indicate the HPU is running; grey indicates the HPU is not
running.
Trough Setpoint
The Trough Setpoint button is located at the top right of the local control station.
Press the Trough Setpoint button to define the setpoint. To reset the trough setpoint, activate and
hold the Override switch to bypass the previous setpoint, move the trough to the new location, and
reset the value.
Trough Lift
The Trough Lift joystick is located at the bottom left of the local control station.
Toggle the joystick up to lift the trough up or toggle the joystick down to lower the trough. The input
from the joystick is proportional; a small movement of the joystick will generate a slow movement in
the trough.
6-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-7 of 16
Catwalk
Skate
The Skate joystick is located at the bottom left of the local control station.
Toggle the joystick up to move the skate forward or toggle the joystick down to move the skate
back. The input from the joystick is proportional; a small movement of the joystick will generate a
slow movement in the skate.
Piperack
The Piperack button is located at the bottom right of the local control station.
Setup: Press the Setup button to enable individual adjustment of the load arm vdoor, middle, or flare through the use of the Driller and Off Driller Side toggle
switches. See section titled "Driller and Off Driller Side" on page 6-8.
Mode: Displays green to indicate piperack setup mode is active; grey indicates
piperack setup mode is not active.
6-7
www.nov.com
Catwalk
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-8 of 16
Driller and Off Driller Side

The Driller and Off Driller Side toggle switches are located at the bottom center of the local control
station.
When not in Piperack Setup mode:
Load Arms (Up/Down) for Load Arm V-Door: Move the toggle switch left to move
the arms up, or move the toggle switch right to move the arms down.
Index (In/Out) for Load Arm Middle: Move the toggle switch left to tilt the indexes
in, or move the toggle switch right to tilt the indexes out.
Kicker (Up/Down) for Load Arm Flare: Move the toggle switch left to move the
kickers up, or move the toggle switch right to move the kickers down.
When Piperack Setup mode is active:
Load Arms (Up/Down) for Load Arm V-Door: Move the toggle switch left to move
the load arm v-door arm up, or move the toggle switch right to move the load arm vdoor arm down.
Index (In/Out) for Load Arm Middle: Move the toggle switch left to tilt the load arm
middle index in, or move the toggle switch right to tilt the load arm middle index out.
Kicker (Up/Down) for Load Arm Flare: Move the toggle switch left to move the
load arm flare kicker up, or move the toggle switch right to move the load arm flare
kicker down.
Safety Pin
The Safety Pin toggle switch is located at the bottom right of the local control station.
Move the toggle switch left to move all safety pins up, or move the toggle switch right to move all
safety pins down. This action can only be accomplished while the trough is fully lowered.
6-8
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-9 of 16
Catwalk
HPU Oil Cooler

The HPU Oil Cooler toggle switch is located at the bottom right of the local control station.
Move the toggle switch left to place the HPU oil cooler in hand control, move the toggle switch
center to turn off control power, or move the toggle switch right to place the HPU oil cooler in auto
control.
Radio Station
The radio station is a remote control, and it is used to control the Catwalk. The current status of
Catwalk controls is displayed on the Catwalk radio station or local control station.
Buttons and toggle switches are used to control the Catwalk. The current status of the Catwalk
controls can also be seen on the Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen. See section titled
"Operator Screen" on page 6-1.
6-9
www.nov.com
Catwalk
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-10 of 16
Pipe Rack Setup

The Pipe Rack Setup button is located at the top left of the radio station.
Press the button to enable individual adjustment of the load arm v-door, middle, or flare.
ESD
The Emergency Stop button indicator is located at the top left of the radio station.
Press the ESD button to stop Catwalk operation. To remove the Catwalk from emergency stop
mode, press and turn the button until it pops out.
6-10
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-11 of 16
Catwalk
Pipe Rack (Off Driller and Driller Side)

The Pipe Rack toggle switches are located at the top center of the radio station.
Toggle switches are used to control each of the following when not in Pipe Rack Setup mode:
Trough Lift (Up/Down) for V-Door: Move the toggle switch up to move the trough
up, or move the toggle switch down to move the trough down.
Index (In/Out) for Mid: Move the toggle switch up to tilt the indexes in, or move the
toggle switch down to tilt the indexes out.
Kicker (Up/Down) for Flare: Move the toggle switch up to move the kickers up, or
move the toggle switch down to move the kickers down.
Skate (Forward/Back) for Flare: Move the toggle switch up to move the skate
forward, or move the toggle switch down to move the skate back.
Toggle switches are used to control each of the following when Pipe Rack Setup mode is active:
Trough Lift (Up/Down) for V-Door: Move the toggle switch up to move the v-door
trough up, or move the toggle switch down to move the v-door trough down.
Index (In/Out) for Mid: Move the toggle switch up to tilt the mid index in, or move
the toggle switch down to tilt the mid index out.
Kicker (Up/Down) for Flare: Move the toggle switch up to move the flare kicker up,
or move the toggle switch down to move the flare kicker down.
Skate (Forward/Back) for Flare: Move the toggle switch up to move the flare skate
forward, or move the toggle switch down to move the flare skate back.
6-11
www.nov.com
Catwalk
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-12 of 16
Trough Setpoint
The Trough Setpoint button is located at the top right of the radio station.
Press the Trough Setpoint button to define the setpoint. To reset the trough setpoint, activate and
hold the Interlock Reset button to bypass the previous setpoint, move the trough to the new
location, and reset the value.
Interlock Reset
The Interlock Reset button is located at the top right of the radio station.
Press the Interlock Reset button to reset the interlock.
System Start
The System Start button is located at the bottom left of the radio station.
Press the System Start button to start the HPUs.
6-12
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-13 of 16
Catwalk
Safety Pins
The Safety Pins toggle switch is located at the bottom left of the radio station.
Move the toggle switch up to move all safety pins up, or move the toggle switch down to move all
safety pins down. This action can only be accomplished while the trough is fully lowered.
Status Displays
All information on the status indicators is display-only. Current status indicators display along the
bottom right of the radio station.
Tool On: Displays green to indicate that the Catwalk is on; grey to indicate the
Catwalk is not on.
Pipe Rack Setup: Displays red to indicate the pipe rack setup mode is active; grey
to indicate pipe rack setup mode is not active.
HPU #1: Displays green to indicate HPU #1 is running; grey to indicate HPU #1 is
not running.
HPU #2: Displays green to indicate HPU #2 is running; grey to indicate HPU #2 is
not running.
Hydr Press: Displays red to indicate an active hydraulic pressure alarm; grey to
indicate there is no hydraulic pressure alarm.
Interlock: Displays red to indicate there is an active interlock; grey to indicate there
are no active interlocks.
Battery: Displays green to indicate good battery life; red to indicate battery needs
to be changed soon; grey to indicate battery is dead or that the radio station is off.
6-13
www.nov.com
Catwalk
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-14 of 16
Off/On
The Off/On key is located at the bottom right of the radio station.
Move the key away from the operator to turn the radio station on, or move the key towards the
operator to turn the radio station off. Turning on the radio station initiates ownership of the Catwalk
and conducts a lamp test of the radio station.
6-14
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-15 of 16
Catwalk
Catwalk Tool Menu

Press the Catwalk button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Catwalk tool menu.

on page 2-13.


and Events.

6-15
www.nov.com
Catwalk
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 6-16 of 16
6-16
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Drawworks
Tripping and Drilling

The left side of both the Drawworks Tripping and Drawworks Drilling screens contain many
common components, with a few exceptions. Components for both screens are addressed here.
Press Driller Tools --> Drawworks to display the (default) Drawworks Tripping screen.
7-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-2 of 60
Press Drawworks --> Operator --> Drilling to display the Drawworks Drilling screen. See the
section titled "Drawworks Tool Menu" on page 7-33.
Tool Ownership
Assume ownership of the drawworks from the Drawworks Tripping screen.
Messages
Operator messages display along the bottom of the Tripping and Drilling screens.
Hook Load Reading

The current hook load weight displays on the upper left side of the Drawworks Drilling and
Drawworks Tripping screens.
7-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-3 of 60
Drawworks
Fault and Status Displays

The right side of the Drawworks Tripping and Drilling screens contain status displays.
E-Stop: Red indicates a category 0 emergency stop is detected; grey indicates an

idle or normal state.
CAT2 Stop: Red indicates a category 2 emergency stop is detected; grey indicates
an idle or normal state.
Soft Trip: Red indicates a drawworks soft trip is detected; grey indicates an idle or
normal state.
Chair System: Red indicates a fault is detected with the workstation controls; grey
indicates an idle or normal state.
Drive System: Red indicates a fault is detected in the drive system; grey indicates
Brake System: Red indicates a fault is detected in the brake system; grey indicates
Other Alarms: Red indicates an auxiliary fault; grey indicates an idle or normal
state.
Override: Red indicates the override is engaged; grey indicates an idle or normal
state. There is an Override button located on the lower left panel on the drillers
chair. Pushing and holding the Override button will shut down all power.
Power Limit: Red indicates the drawworks variable frequency drives (VFDs) and
motors reached a predefined power limit value; grey indicates power limit is not and
was not active; yellow indicates it was active and now is no longer active. See
Chapter 11, titled "Power System."
7-3
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-4 of 60
Brake Pressure Displays
See section titled "Alarm Definitions" on page 7-59, and

Chapter 3, titled "Alarms and Events.
The parking brake graph is located on the upper right of the Tripping and Drilling screens and
displays current pressure.
A yellow bar rises and falls to show brake pressure feedback. A digital reading displays the brake
pressure to the right of the graph.
7-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-5 of 60
Drawworks
Parking Brake Controls

This function is controlled using the driller chairs lower left control panel parking brake discrete
switch (Off/Auto or On).
Parking Brake
7-5
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-6 of 60
Drawworks
Derrick Graphics
The Drawworks Tripping screen derrick graphic contains markers for both high and low travel
limits and stops.
The Drawworks Drilling screen graphic also contains markers for high travel limits, and a yellow
drill stop point marker (low travel stops are not marked).
High travel limit

High travel stop
Block and
elevator positions
Low travel stop
Low travel limit
Tripping screen
Drill stop point

Drilling screen
7-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-7 of 60
Drawworks
Block and Elevator Height Displays

The Top of Block and the Elevator Position readings display to the right of the derrick graphic on
both the Drawworks Tripping and Drawworks Drilling screens.
Red block and elevator position backgrounds indicate that the block requires calibration. White
indicates the system is calibrated and accurate. See section titled "Block and Elevator Position
Calibration" on page 7-46.
Defining Block Travel Limit and Stop Values

The Drawworks Tripping screen contains controls for defining block travel limits and stops.
The Drawworks Drilling screen displays the high travel user-defined values; however, they can
only be changed at the Drawworks Tripping screen. The Drawworks Drilling screen does not
display low travel values.
See section titled "Defining the Drill Stop Point Value" on page 7-9.
High Travel Limit and Stop

Press High Travel Limit or High Travel Stop to display the appropriate keypad.
Highest block height
High block stop point
7-7
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-8 of 60
Drawworks
Use the high travel limit keypad to define the maximum block height value, then press Set to
confirm the value and close the keypad.
Use the high travel stop keypad to define the high travel stop value. The block stops here before
reaching its maximum travel limit. Press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
To continue travel to the high travel limit after stopping at the high travel stop, zero the joystick
(return to home position), then move the joystick again in the hoist direction.
Low Travel Limit and Stop

Press Low Travel Limit or Low Travel Stop to display the appropriate keypad.
Lowest block height
Low block stop point
Use the low travel limit keypad to define the lowest possible block height value, then press Set to
Use the low travel stop keypad to define the low travel stop value. The block stops here before
reaching its low travel limit. Press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
To continue travel to the low travel limit after stopping at the low travel stop, zero the joystick (return
to home position), then move the joystick again in the lower direction.
Pressing the Drawworks Override button may be required to go further than the low travel limit.
!
Pressing the Drawworks Override button could cause
equipment damage.
7-8
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-9 of 60
Drawworks
Defining the Drill Stop Point Value

At the Drawworks Drilling screen, press Drill Stop Point to display its keypad.
Use the drill stop point keypad to define a drill stop point value.
Enter a negative value to allow the elevators to travel below the drill floor, and the Link Tilt feature
of the top drive to be used. When the links are fully retracted (in Drill mode), the top drive elevators
are raised several feet above their normal (Float) position. The blocks are then able to travel to a
lower position before the elevators come in contact with the drill floor.
Enter a positive value if the elevators are not retracted.
Press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
7-9
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-10 of 60
Defining Maximum Block Speeds

At the Drawworks Tripping screen, press Max Hoist Speed or Max Lower Speed to display its
keypad.
Define maximum speed values, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
Markers on the hoist gauge indicate active speed limits.
The maximum hoisting and lowering speed values are

limited by the number of lines strung. Other system
constraints (such as hook load) can limit travel speeds.
7-10
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-11 of 60
Drawworks
Lowering and Hoisting Controls

This function is located beside the drillers workstation right control panel. It is controlled by moving
the drawworks joystick forward (Lower) or backward (Hoist).
The joystick can control the drawworks, depending on tool

ownership.
See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34 for more
information.
7-11
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-12 of 60
Defining Hook Load Limits

Use the max pull limit controls on the Tripping screen to define a maximum hook load weight for
the drawworks. The value set here depends upon the operation being performed. This value is
used to calculate a velocity limit during hoisting.
The actual measured hook load during hoisting operations may be slightly higher or lower than the
value entered, as the measurement is taken at one end (deadline).
The velocity limit does not override the deceleration

rates of the system. Therefore, if the limit is reached
and the system is moving fast, it decelerates
according to the calculated deceleration rate. This
could cause a large overshoot of the entered hook
load value. Use caution when running in tight
formation. This protection cannot prevent against
over-pull in every situation. It is ultimately the drillers
responsibility to prevent over-pull.
Press Load Limits located on the top center of the Tripping screen to display the Hook Load
Limits screen.
Hook Load Limits controls and values are available only

on the Tripping screen.
7-12
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-13 of 60
Drawworks
Defining Max Pull Limit

Press Max Pull to display its keypad.
Define a maximum pull limit value for the drawworks, then press Set to confirm the value and close
the keypad.
Max Pull Limit controls and values are available only on

the Tripping screen.
7-13
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-14 of 60
Defining Minimum Pull Limit

Press Minimum to display its keypad.
Define a minimum hook load limit value for the drawworks, then press Set to confirm the value and
close the keypad.
Minimum Pull Limit controls and values are available only

on the Tripping screen.
7-14
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-15 of 60
Drawworks
Defining Drag Limit

Press Drag Limit to display its keypad. The drag control screen can also be accessed by pressing
the Drag button located in the upper left side of the Tripping screen.
Define a drag limit value for the drawworks, then press Set to confirm the value and close the
keypad.
Drag Limit controls and values are available only on the

Tripping screen.
Press Ok on the Hook Load Limits screen to return to the Drawworks Tripping screen.
Hook Load Limit Displays

The current hook load limits display at the top center of the Tripping screen.
The digital hook load limits are display only.
7-15
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-16 of 60
Defining the Drawworks Mode

Mode Select
At the Drawworks Tripping screen, press Mode to display the automated drawworks system
Mode Select window.
Press Mode Select to select a mode. Press Close to return to the Tripping screen. A green
backlight indicates the current selection.
Normal: Used to operate the drawworks at 100% of the maximum speed.
Slow: Used to operate the drawworks at 10% of the user-defined maximum speed.
See section titled "Defining Maximum Block Speeds" on page 7-10. Slow mode can
also be activated or de-activated by pressing the Slow Mode button on the Drilling
and Tripping screens.
Brake Only: Used in power loss situations. Allows free spooling of the drill line and
limits operation of the drawworks to brake use only, at the user-defined maximum
speed. Mode will display Brake Only on the Drilling and Tripping screens.
Slip & Cut: Permits drilling line to be slipped to a new position and cut. See section
titled "Slip & Cut" on page 7-17.
Max Slow Speed

Press Max Slow Speed to display its keypad.
Define a maximum slow speed for the drawworks, then press Set to confirm the value and close
the keypad. Press OK to return to the Tripping screen.
7-16
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-17 of 60
Drawworks
Slow Mode
The slow mode button is located on the left side of the Drilling and Tripping screens.
Press the Slow Mode button to activate and de-activate the slow mode. When in slow mode, the
background will flash yellow and the Mode digital display will read Slow.
Slip & Cut

While this mode is active, the drum speed is limited to the user-defined value (maximum drum
spool speed), and all position-based limits and safeties are disabled. In other words, this mode
allows free spooling of the drill line and block without position protection. All brake functions are
normal.
Slip & Cut mode bypasses High and Low Travel Limit
settings, allowing free movement of the block without
position protection. Potential damage to equipment or
injury to personnel exists. Exercise extreme caution in
this mode.
1. Ensure that motors are assigned and auxiliaries are turned on.
2. Press to select Slip & Cut mode to display the Confirm Slip & Cut Operation popup window.
7-17
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-18 of 60
3. Press Yes! Start Slip & Cut from Local Station to display the Slip & Cut Control
screen (see below).
Alternatively, press No to abort the procedure and return to the previous screen.
Slip & Cut cannot be performed from the Driller Chair. It

must be performed from the local station.
4. Press the RPM button to display the maximum drum speed keypad.
7-18
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-19 of 60
Drawworks
5. Define a maximum drum revolution speed value using the keypad, then press Set to
6. After closing the keypad, the following pop-up window appears:
7. Press Transfer To Local to request that control be transferred to the local control
station.
7-19
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-20 of 60
The Local Station indicator flashes green when the transfer request is received,
and displays solid green when accepted.
8. From the local control station, turn the switch to Local to accept the transfer
request.
9. Perform the necessary slip and cut operations, then request that control be returned
to the driller by turning the switch mounted on the local control panel to Drillers
Control.
10. Press Accept Control from the operator workstation touchscreen.

The indicator flashes green until the operator accepts the transfer.
7-20
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-21 of 60
Drawworks
11. Press Close.

The drawworks mode resets to Normal.
Press Mode Select again to display the drawworks Mode Select pop-up window
(see section titled "Mode Select" on page 7-16) to select another mode.
!
Perform a full block calibration after each slip & cut
operation. See section titled "Block and Elevator Position
7-21
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-22 of 60
Drag, Drag limit, and % Drag

Press Drag in the upper left side of the Tripping screen to display its control screen.
Press Bridge Protection - Off or On to activate or de-activate the bridge protection.

A green backlight displays the current selection. When the bridge protection is on,
the % Drag graph will be displayed on the Drilling and Tripping screens. See
section titled "Tripping and Drilling" on page 7-1.
Press the Zero Drag button to automatically reduce the drag limit to zero.
Press the Drag Limit button to display its keypad. The drag keypad can also be
accessed by pressing the Load Limits button located on the Tripping screen.
Define a max drag limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Press OK to
return to the Tripping screen.
7-22
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-23 of 60
Drawworks
The % Drag graph is located on the left side of the Tripping and Drilling screens. The vertical
graph marks the feedback for drag percentage. The bridge protection must be On for the % Drag
graph to be displayed.
Graph Bar: Displays green when the drag is enabled and there is no warning.
Graph Bar: Displays yellow when the drag is enabled and there is an exceeding
limit warning.
Graph Bar: Displays red when the drag is enabled and is exceeding the limit.
Enabled: Displays green to indicate the drag is enabled; grey to indicate the drag is
disabled.
BOP Interlock
The BOP Interlock button is located along the top portion of the Drawworks Drilling and Tripping
screens. Press the BOP Interlock button to temporarily override the BOP.
The BOP Interlock status displays the current status, Normal, Overridden, or Inhibit.
Standpipe
The current Standpipe psi is displayed on the upper right of the Drilling and Tripping screens.
The standpipe psi is display only.
7-23
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-24 of 60
Park Status
The current Park Status is displayed in the upper right corner of the Drilling and Tripping
screens.
The park status is display only.
Lowering and Hoisting Rate

The lowering and hoisting gauge displays the blocks lowering or hoisting rate. The user-defined
maximum hoist and lower speed markers indicate the current speed limit.
See section titled "Defining Maximum Block Speeds" on page 7-10.
The lowering and hoisting gauge displays only on the

Drawworks Tripping screen.
7-24
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-25 of 60
Drawworks
Autodrill Mode
Autodrill mode launches (and allows operation of the drawworks through) the Electronic Driller
SystemTM (EDS) application.
Activating the Electronic Driller System

1. At the Drawworks Drilling screen, press the AutoDrill button to turn autodrill on
while the parking brake is engaged. See section titled "Parking Brake Controls" on
page 7-5.
The Autodrill status reading changes from Off to Ready. Press Close to return to
the Drawworks Drilling screen. Press the AutoDrill button again to turn autodrill
mode off.
2. Manually release the parking brake.
Once torque transfer completes, autodrill begins running, and the autodrill status
changes to On.
During manual drilling operations, the rate of penetration

(ROP) value is zero. If Autodrill is active, but there is no
movement, ensure that the ROP setpoint value is
acceptable, and the user-defined number of lines strung is
correct.
See section titled "Defining Parameter Setpoint Values" on
page 7-27, and section titled "Block and Elevator Position
7-25
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-26 of 60
Activating or De-activating Autodrill Parameters

Press the colored WOB (Weight On Bit), Torque, or Delta P (Pressure) buttons to activate or deactivate a parameter. A light blue highlight around the button indicates it is active.
ROP is active by default when autodrill mode is turned on.
Digital readings display above each parameters vertical graph. Black markers on the graphs mark
the user-defined setpoint values.
Activate or
De-activate
7-26
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-27 of 60
Drawworks
Defining Parameter Setpoint Values

The system attempts to achieve as many of the user-defined setpoints as possible for activated
parameters. For example, if WOB and ROP are both active, and the system reaches the ROP
setpoint first, the system attempts to reach the WOB setpoint also. If the system reaches the WOB
setpoint first, attempts to reach the ROP setpoint continue. If drilling operation speeds increase
and WOB decreases (for instance, when encountering a softer formation), the system again
attempts to reach the ROP setpoint value.
Activate the parameter (see section titled "Activating or De-activating Autodrill Parameters above),
then press its Setpoint button to display its keypad pop-up window.
Activate or
Deactivate
Variable Adjust
Current
Setpoint Value
Define
Setpoint
Define the setpoint value, then press Set to confirm the value and return to the Drilling screen.
If Autodrill mode is on, but there is no movement, ensure

that the ROP setpoint value is acceptable, and the userdefined number of lines strung is correct. See section titled
"Block and Elevator Position Calibration" on page 7-46.
7-27
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-28 of 60
Variable Adjustment
The realtime drilling trend display (see section titled "Auto Reaming Setup below) is driven by
digital signals received at certain intervals. Dampening (also referred to as time-constant
adjustment) can improve the readability of the weight on bit (WOB) and delta pressure displays by
limiting the frequency of the display update.
Press the (WOB or Delta P) Variable Adjust button to display its pop-up window.
Variable Adjust
Press the down or up blue arrow buttons to decrease or increase the value.
Press the left (Faster) or right (Slower) arrow buttons to adjust the signal refresh interval.
Press Close to return to the Drawworks Drilling screen.
You can also zero or adjust the parameter value at this

screen by pressing Zero, WOB, or Zero Delta P.
7-28
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-29 of 60
Drawworks
Auto Reaming Setup

Press Reaming from the Drilling screen to display the Auto Reaming Setup screen.
Enable
Press the Enable button to enable or disable the reaming feature.
The text display changes to reflect the current status, Ready or Disabled.
Pull Limit
Press Pull Limit to display its keypad.
Define the setpoint value, then press Set to confirm the value and return to the Auto Reaming
Setup screen.
7-29
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-30 of 60
Hoist Speed
Press Hoist Speed to display its keypad.
Setup screen.
Lower Speed
Press Lower Speed to display its keypad.
Setup screen.
7-30
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-31 of 60
Drawworks
Distance
Press Distance to display its keypad.
Setup screen.
Press Help to display the Auto Reaming Help screen.
Press Close to return to the Auto Reaming Setup screen. At the Auto Reaming Setup screen,
press Close to return to the Drawworks Drilling screen.
7-31
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-32 of 60
Drilling Trends
Press Drilling Trends to display a realtime graph that charts the data for activated drilling
parameters. The colors on the graph correspond to the active parameters on the Drawworks
Drilling screen.
Press Gain Adjust to display the gain adjust pop-up window.
Drag the slider or use the blue lower or higher buttons to adjust the appropriate variables gain
factor.
Press Close to return to the drilling parameter trends window.
Press Ok to return to the Drawworks Drilling screen.
7-32
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-33 of 60
Drawworks
Drawworks Tool Menu

From any Drawworks screen, press the Drawworks button located on the main menu bar to
display its tool menu.

on page 2-13.


and Events.
See section titled "Tool Diagnostic

Menu" on page 7-57.
See section titled "Calibration

Menu" on page 7-46.
See section titled "Status Menu"

on page 7-36.
See section titled "Tripping and

Drilling" on page 7-1.
7-33
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-34 of 60
Operator Menu
Press Drawworks --> Operator to display the Drawworks Operator menu.
Auxiliary Controls
Press Drawworks --> Operator --> Auxiliary Controls to display the Auxiliary Controls screen.
Press the appropriate Stop or Start button to enable or disable a blower, lube pump, or the lube
cooling fan. A green backlight displays the current selection.
Motor Running: Green indicates the motor is running; grey indicates the motor is
not running.
Air Pressure: Green indicates there is sufficient air pressure; grey indicates an idle
state.
7-34
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-35 of 60
Drawworks
Assignment
Press Drawworks --> Operator --> Assignment to display the Assignments screen.
Press the appropriate Deassign or Assign button to assign or de-assign VFD motors to the
drawworks. A green backlight displays the current selection.
Drive Ready: Green indicates the assigned motor is ready to run; grey indicates
the motor is not ready to run.
Drive Running: Green indicates the VFD motor is assigned and running; grey
indicates the VFD motor is not running.
Drive Fault: Red indicates a fault or alarm condition; grey indicates a normal state.
7-35
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-36 of 60
Status Menu
Press Drawworks --> Status to display the Drawworks Status menu.
Drawworks Status
Press Drawworks --> Status --> Drawworks to display the Drawworks Status screen.
7-36
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-37 of 60
Drawworks
Alarm and Fault Status Indicators

Hook load sensors, drum encoders, motors, brake, chopper, temperatures, flow, and pressure
status indicators display throughout the Drawworks Status screen.
See the NOV model-specific drawworks Alarm & Fault

Response Specification document for detailed drawworks
alarm information.
Also, see section titled "Alarm Definitions" on page 7-59,
and Chapter 3, titled "Alarms and Events.
Hook Load and Drum Encoder Displays

The hook load and drum encoder status indicators are located in the upper left corner of the
Drawworks Status screen.
Hook Load Sensor (1, 2, and 3): Red indicates failure on a sensor; grey indicates
no failure.
Drum Encoder (1, 2, and 3): Red indicates failure on an encoder; grey indicates no
failure.
Alarms Reset
The alarms reset button is located on the right side of the Drawworks Status screen.
Press Alarms Reset to reset alarm displays after appropriate action has been taken to clear the
condition.
7-37
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-38 of 60
Ambient Air
The ambient air digital display is located on the right portion of the Drawworks Status screen.
The reading displays the current ambient air temperature.
Motor Displays
Motor displays are located on the top center of the Drawworks Status screen.
Blower Running: Green indicates the blower is running; red indicates a blower
start was attempted, but there was no feedback; grey indicates no attempted start.
Diff Pressure Low: Red indicates that the difference between the suction and the
exhaust of the blower is too low, and the motor is not receiving proper air flow; grey
Air Diff Temp High: Red indicates that the air differential pressure is too high; grey
VFD Status: Green indicates that the VFD is assigned and ready; grey indicates
that the VFD is not assigned; yellow indicates the VFD is assigned but not ready;
red indicates that the VFD is assigned and there is a fault or alarm condition.
Exhaust: Displays the current temperature (F) reading.
Speed: Displays the current speed (rpm) reading.
Torque: Displays the current torque (ft-lb) reading.
7-38
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-39 of 60
Drawworks
Chopper/DBR Status Display

The chopper status display is located in the center of the Drawworks Status screen.
The chopper/DBR status displays green to indicate the chopper is running; red indicates an alarm
state.
Brake Displays
Brake displays are located on the left portion of the Drawworks Status screen.
Park Apply Fail: Red indicates an alarm state; grey indicates a normal state.
Park Release Fail: Red indicates an alarm state; grey indicates a normal state.
Servo Fail: Red indicates an alarm state; grey indicates a normal state.
Solenoid Fail: Red indicates an alarm state; grey indicates a normal state.
Park Solenoid: Green indicates the brake is disengaged; grey indicates the brake
is engaged.
Air Supply: Red indicates a significant lack in air pressure due to a Category 2 Estop; yellow indicates a pre-alarm condition that requires monitoring; grey indicates
a normal or idle state. A digital reading displays air supply pressure (psi). Press
Alarms Reset to reset the alarm after the appropriate action has been taken to
clear the alarm.
Brake Pressure: The pressure graph contains a digital reading and a yellow bar
that rises and falls to mark the current brake pressure value.
7-39
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-40 of 60
Drawworks
Brake Capacity Test

Use the brake capacity test to verify that the friction brake has the torque capacity to hold the rated
load by applying torque from the motor against the friction brake.
!
The system must be parked with minimal hook load (empty
traveling assembly) prior to beginning this test.
This button is only active when the driller has ownership of

the drawworks, the drawworks is parked, and both drives
are assigned. See section titled "Assignment" on page 735.
At the Drawworks Status screen, press Capacity Test to display the brake capacity test pop-up
window.
Press Yes! Start Brake Capacity Test.

Alternatively, press No to abort the procedure and return to the previous screen.
7-40
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-41 of 60
Drawworks
The system begins applying torque to the motors with a very small speed command, attempting to
detect drum movement.
A Green Pass display indicates the brake passed the test; a red Fail display indicates the brake
failed the test.
The capacity percentage digital reading displays to the right of the test results.
Press Close to return to the Drawworks Status screen.
Capacity Test Status Displays

The Capacity Test status displays are located at the center of the Drawworks Status screen.
Load Capacity: Displays the current brake load capacity.
Pass: Green indicates the brake passed the capacity test; yellow indicates the
brake slipped during the test and there is a reduced brake capacity. The brake
capacity is still greater than 80% of the rated capacity.
Fail: Red indicates the brake failed the capacity test.
7-41
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-42 of 60
Brake Valve Test

The Valve Test checks the valves that control the brakes.
This button is only active when the driller has ownership of

the drawworks, the drawworks is not parked, and a drive is
assigned. See section titled "Assignment" on page 7-35.
Press Valve Test to display the next pop-up window.
Wait until the brake valve test completes.
A pop-up window appears to indicate the test passed or failed. Click Close to return to the
Drawworks Status screen.
7-42
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-43 of 60
Drawworks
Drum and Block Status Information

Drum and block status information is located in the center of the Drawworks Status screen.
Elevator Position: Displays block position.
Drum Setpoint: Displays drum speed setpoint.
Drum Speed: Displays drum speed feedback.
Park Status: Displays status of system, Parked or Not Parked.
Lube Oil Displays

Lube Oil status displays are located in the bottom center of the Drawworks Status screen.
Status readings display the following information:
Lube Oil (F): Displays lube oil temperature.
Lube Oil (psi): Displays lube oil pressure.
Pump Running: Green indicates the pump is running; grey indicates the pump is
not running; red indicates a fault state.
Fan Running: Green indicates the fan is running; grey indicates the fan is not
running; red indicates a fault state.
7-43
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-44 of 60
Motor/VFD Status
Press Drawworks --> Status --> Drive to display the Motor/VFD Status Detail screen.
Digital speed (command and feedback), torque (limit and feedback), motor winding temperature
readings, on line capacity, and VFD and DBR statuses display throughout the screen.
Status and fault indicators display the following information:
Chopper/DBR - Health: Green indicates it is closed and no faults; red indicates it is

closed and there is a fault; grey indicates the disconnect switch is open.
Chopper - DBR Air Flow: Green indicates sufficient air flow; grey indicates a
normal state.
Status - Ready: Green indicates the drive is ready; grey indicates an idle state.
Status - Assigned: Green indicates the chopper is assigned; grey indicates the
chopper is not assigned.
Status - Fault: Red indicates a fault state; grey indicates a normal state.
Status - Running: Green indicates the drive is running; grey indicates an idle state.
VFD Fault Reset: Issues reset command to VFD drive when faulted. Press VFD
Fault Reset to reset the VFDs after the appropriate action has been taken to clear
faults.
7-44
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-45 of 60
Drawworks
DW Motor/VFD Status
DW/VFD (A and B) status digital displays are located in the middle of the screen.
Speed Command: Displays motor commanded speed.
Speed Feedback: Displays actual motor speed.
Torque Limit: Displays the positive motor torque limit to the drive.
Torque Feedback: Displays the actual motor torque from the drive.
Motor Winding Temperatures

Winding temperature digital displays are located on the lower portion of the screen.
The temperature feedback for each of the motor phases is displayed (A, B, and C).
On Line Capacity
The on line capacity digital display is located in the upper left portion of the screen.
The on line capacity is displayed in kilowatts.
7-45
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-46 of 60
Calibration Menu
Press Drawworks --> Calibration to display the Drawworks Calibration menu.
Block and Elevator Position Calibration

Press Drawworks --> Calibration --> Block Calibration to display the first Block Height
Calibration screen.
1. Ensure that the system is parked, then press Full Calibration to begin.
Once full block calibration begins, the block normally

travels at 25% of its normal speed. The last calibration
value will also be erased.
2. Press Yes to display the next block height calibration screen. Alternatively, press No
to abort the procedure and return to the previous screen.
7-46
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-47 of 60
Drawworks
3. Press Lines Strung to select the appropriate number of lines.
4. Verify the Current Selection displayed is correct, then press Close to return to the
Block Height Calibration screen.
5. Press Continue to display the next block height calibration screen.
7-47
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-48 of 60
6. Move the drum to a transition between layers, then press the button that
corresponds to that layer transition (1st, 2nd, or 3rd).
7. Press Continue to display the next Block Height Calibration screen.
8. Lower the block until the elevator rests on the slips, rotary table, or at a known height
position, then press the Set Elevator Position button to display its keypad.
7-48
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-49 of 60
Drawworks
9. Enter the correct elevator position value, then press Set to confirm the value and
close the keypad.
10. Verify that the new value displayed is correct, then press Continue.
11. Press Enter Length of Assembly Manually.
7-49
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-50 of 60
12. Manually measure the length of the traveling assembly (from the top of the block, to
the bottom of the elevator).
13. Press the measurement button (shown above in feet), then enter the value using the
keypad.
14. Define the length, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
7-50
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-51 of 60
Drawworks
15. Verify that the new value displayed is correct, then press Continue.
16. Press Finish. Block height calibration is complete.
7-51
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-52 of 60
Drawworks
!
The block travel speed is no longer reduced to 25%; it now
moves at 100%.
The first Block Height Calibration screen displays.
17. Press Elevator Position Calibration to display the Elevator Position Reset
screen.
18. Move the elevator to a known position (such as the drill floor at 0.0 feet), then press
the New Elevator Position button to display the keypad.
7-52
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-53 of 60
Drawworks
19. Define the position, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
The following screen appears.
20. Press Set Elevator Position to store the value, then press Close.
Elevator position reset is complete.
7-53
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-54 of 60
Hook Load Tare

Press Drawworks --> Calibration --> Hook Load Tare to display the Hook Load Tare calibration
screen.
1. Press the Tare Weight button to display its keypad.
2. Define the tare weight, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
3. Verify that the new value displayed is correct, then press Save.
Press Reset to reset the tare weight value.
7-54
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-55 of 60
Drawworks
Hook Load Sensors
Hook load sensor digital readings display weight on the hook load. The three sensors readings
should be close in number. One that is significantly off indicates a failing sensor.
7-55
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-56 of 60
Drawworks
Standpipe Tare
!
Turn mud pumps off before performing his procedure.
Press Drawworks --> Calibration --> Standpipe Tare to display the Standpipe Sensor
Selection and Tare calibration screen.
1. Press Use Sensor (1 or 2) button to select a sensor. A green backlight indicates the
current selection.
2. Press Zero Standpipe Pressure to zero the reading.
7-56
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-57 of 60
Drawworks
Tool Diagnostic Menu

Press Drawworks --> Tool Diagnostic to display the Drawworks Tool Diagnostic menu.
Drum Encoders
Press Drawworks --> Tool Diagnostic --> Encoders to display the Drum Encoders screen.
Three sensors are used to calculate the block position.
Status Displays
Status: Displays either Enabled or Disabled to indicate the encoder status.
Count: Displays the current count value for each encoder.
Sensor Failure: Displays red to indicate a sensor failure; grey to indicate a normal
state.
Enable or Disable an Encoder

Press the appropriate Enable Sensor toggle button to enable or disable an encoder. The text
status reading will display Enabled or Disabled.
!
For safety reasons, NOV recommends that all three
encoders are enabled at all times.
7-57
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-58 of 60
Drawworks
Hook Load Sensors

Press Drawworks --> Tool Diagnostic --> Hook Load Sensors to display the Hook Load
Diagnostic Screen.
Status Displays
Status: Displays either Enabled or Disabled to indicate the encoder status.
Hook Load (lb): Displays the current weight for each sensor.
Sensor Failure: Displays red to indicate a sensor failure; grey to indicate a normal
state.
Enable or Disable an Encoder

Press the appropriate Enable Sensor toggle button to enable or disable an encoder. The text
status reading will display Enabled or Disabled.
Inconsistencies between hook load readings could indicate

a sensor failure.
!
For safety reasons, NOV recommends that all three
sensors be enabled at all times.
7-58
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-59 of 60
Drawworks
Alarms
See the NOV model-specific drawworks Alarm & Fault

Response Specification document for detailed drawworks
alarm information.
Also, see Chapter 3, titled "Alarms and Events.
Alarm Definitions
Trip
Action taken by the control system in response to an abnormal condition.
Abnormal Condition
The measurement of a process variable that is outside the normal operating

conditions. This value is determined by, or based upon, the recommendations of the
equipment manufacturer.
Loss of communication with the variable frequency drive (VFD).
Loss of communication with remote I/O of the drawworks control system.
Loss of utilities (air supply, cooling water, electrical).
Failure of an instrument connected to the control system.
Fault
Instrument failure or process condition that makes the signal to the control system
greater than 20.2 ma, or less than 3.8 ma.
A condition in which two components on the same circuit are not in the same state
(for example, a switch and relay not in the same state where monitored).
Alarm
A text message displayed on the alarm banner and the Alarms screen until cleared. Abnormal
conditions, faults, soft trips, and all category stops generate an alarm.
Soft Trip
A condition where continued operation may cause damage to the drawworks or its associated
systems. The trip bit is set, and an alarm triggers, notifying the driller of the condition. When the
driller moves the joystick below the +/- 25% position, commands above 25% are limited to 25% of
the driller-defined maximum. Once the system is parked, it remains parked until the fault is cleared
or acknowledged.
7-59
www.nov.com
Drawworks
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 7-60 of 60
Category 2 Stops
The first type of category 2 stop is a controlled stop with power remaining available
to the VFDs/motors. Joystick commands are disabled. After drum speed is reduced
to zero rpm, the spring brakes are set. Once they are engaged and the load is
secured, the speed and torque commands to the VFDs are zeroed. If the system
cannot be decelerated by the motors, the friction brakes stop the drum before the
solenoid valves de-energize, and the system initiates a Category 2 - Brake Only
stop (described below).
The second type is referred to as a Brake Only stop, which is a controlled stop that
reduces joystick movement commands to zero. VFDs shut down, and the friction
brake speed controller decelerates the system to zero rpm. After drum speed
reaches zero rpm, power to the brake systems solenoid valves is removed, which
sets the spring-applied brakes.
The third type is referred to as a Category 2 Stop Open Loop stop, which initiates
the same sequence of events as the Brake Only stop, except the friction brake is
applied to achieve a calculated deceleration rate, without speed control. This stop is
initiated when an encoder fault is detected, and the system cannot determine which
encoder is valid.
E-Stop (Category 0)
Category 0 emergency stops immediately removes power to the VFDs and motors (uncontrolled
stop; VFDs trip and coast to a stop), removes pressure from the spring-applied brakes, and applies
full pressure to air-applied service brakes. This stop can be initiated either automatically by the
control system, or by manually pushing the E-Stop button located on the driller workstation control
panel.
7-60
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)
Operator Screen
Press Driller Tools --> HPU to display the HPU operator screen.
8-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 8-2 of 4
HPU Controls
Press the Stop or Start button to control the HPU.
A green backlight indicates the current selection.
Cooling Fan Display

The current HPU Cooling Fan status is displayed on the right portion of the operator screen.
Green indicates the HPU cooling fan is running; grey indicates it is not running.
Messages
8-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 8-3 of 4
HPU Tool Menu

Press the HPU button, located on the main menu bar, to display the HPU tool menu.

on page 2-13.


Events.

8-3
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 8-4 of 4
8-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Mud Pumps
Operator Screen
Press Driller Tools --> Mud Pumps to display the Mud Pumps operator screen.
Tool Ownership
Assume ownership of the mud pumps to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on
page 2-34.
9-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
Mud Pumps
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-2 of 14
Mud Pump Status Displays

Status indicators display to the right of each mud pumps SPM (strokes per minute) graph.
Auxiliaries OK: Grey indicates an idle state; green indicates auxiliaries are running
Drive OK: Green indicates the drive is running properly; grey indicates an idle
state; yellow indicates the drive is not ready; red indicates a fault state.
Power Limit: Yellow indicates the system is limiting power; grey indicates the
system is not limiting power. See Chapter 11, titled "Power System.
Strokes Per Minute (SPM) Displays

The Mud Pumps operator screen contains a SPM graph for each mud pump.
A digital SPM reading displays at the top of the graph, and a light blue bar rises and falls on the
vertical graph on the left to mark the current SPM reading. The vertical graph on the right marks
the command SPM.
9-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-3 of 14
Mud Pumps
Defining SPM Values

SPM (strokes per minute) setpoint controls are located to the right of each mud pumps SPM
graph.
Press the appropriate mud pumps (SPM) Set button to display its keypad.
Define a SPM value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
Use the blue arrow up or down buttons to incrementally increase or decrease this value.
The current user-defined SPM setpoint value displays on the control button.
Standpipe Pressure Display

A vertical standpipe pressure graph displays in the top right of the Mud Pumps operator screen.
A digital PSI reading displays at the top of the graph, and a light blue bar on the right vertical
graph marks the maximum PSI allowed. The vertical graph on the left marks the feedback PSI in
light blue.
9-3
www.nov.com
Mud Pumps
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-4 of 14
Defining the Pressure Limit Value

Standpipe pressure limit controls are located beneath the Standpipe pressure graph.
Press the Pressure Limit - Set button to display its keypad.
Define a maximum pressure limit value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
The current user-defined pressure limit value displays on the control button.
Defining Group Speed

Group Speed controls are located beneath the standpipe pressure graph.
Press the Group Speed - Set button to display its keypad.
Define a group speed value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Use the
blue arrow up or down buttons to incrementally increase or decrease this value.
The current user-defined group speed value displays on the control button.
9-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-5 of 14
Mud Pumps
Starting and Pausing Mud Pump Motors

Mud pump motor controls buttons are located beneath each mud pumps SPM (strokes per
minute) graph and setpoint controls.
On: Press the On button to start a pump motor.
Pause: Press the Pause button to slowly stop and pause a pump motor.
Pause: Press the Pause button again to return a mud pump to its previously
operating SPM.
Group: Press the Group button to place the mud pump in group mode to receive
speed commands.
IBOP Status Display

The internal blowout preventer (IBOP) status display is located in the center of the Mud Pumps
operator screen.
Yellow indicates the IBOP is closed; grey indicates the IBOP is open. See section titled "Torque
Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.
9-5
www.nov.com
Mud Pumps
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-6 of 14
Stop All Mud Pumps

The Stop All MPs button is located in the lower right corner of the Mud Pumps operator screen.
Press Stop All MPs to slowly reduce the SPM value to zero and place all mud pumps in pause
mode.
Press the Controls - Pause button again to return a mud pump to its previously operating SPM.
(See section titled "Defining Group Speed" on page 9-4.)
Operator Messages and Miscellaneous Controls

By default, operator messages display along the bottom of the Mud Pumps operator screen.
Press Misc Controls to display MP (1 and 2) Aux Override and Fault Reset controls along the
bottom of the Mud Pumps operator screen.
Safety interlocks prevent certain auxiliary operations from engaging where applicable. If an
operation must be performed without interlocks, press and hold the Override button while issuing
commands. See section titled "Auxiliary Controls" on page 9-13.
Press the Fault - Reset button to reset fault displays after appropriate action has been taken to
clear the condition.
Press Messages to display the operator messages again.
9-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-7 of 14
Mud Pumps
Mud Pumps Control Panel

The mud pumps control panel is located on the upper left side of the drillers chair.
Press the Mud Pump E-Stop button to stop all mud pumps. Mud pump speed can be increased
(clockwise) or decreased (counter-clockwise) by turning the MP (#1 & 2) Throttle encoders.
9-7
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-8 of 14
Mud Pumps
Mud Pumps Tool Menu

Press the Mud Pumps button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Mud Pumps tool
menu.

on page 2-13.


and Events.
See section titled "Auxiliary

Controls" on page 9-13.
See section titled "Mud Pump

Status" on page 9-9.

9-8
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-9 of 14
Mud Pumps
Mud Pump Status

Press Mud Pumps --> Mud Pump Status to display the default Mud Pump #1 Status screen.
All information on the Mud Pump Status screen is display-only. Speed (command and actual),
torque (limit and actual), motor winding, and motor bearing temperature readings display
throughout the screen. (See section titled "Defining SPM Values" on page 9-3.) Choose a mud
pump from the menu on the right side of the screen to display its screen. A green backlight
indicates the current selection.
9-9
www.nov.com
Mud Pumps
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-10 of 14
Drive Monitor
The Drive Monitor (A and B) status displays are located on the top left and right portions of the
Mud Pump Status screen.
Drive Monitor - Ready: Green indicates the drive is ready; grey indicates an idle
state.
Drive Monitor - Assigned: Green indicates the drive is assigned; grey indicates it
is not assigned.
Drive Monitor - Running: Green indicates the drive is running; grey indicates it is
not running.
Drive Monitor - Fault: Red indicates a fault state; grey indicates a normal state.
Actual Speed: Displays the current speed (rpm) reading.
Torque Limit: Displays the user-defined torque limit (ft-lb) reading.
Actual Torque: Displays the current torque limit (ft-lb) reading.
Blower
The Blower (A and B) status displays are located in the bottom left and right portions of the Mud
Pump Status screen.
Green indicates the blower is running; grey indicates it is not running; red indicates a fault state.
9-10
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-11 of 14
Mud Pumps
Pre-Charge, Liner Wash, and Lube Pump Displays

The Pre-Charge, Liner Wash, and Lube Pump status displays are located on the top center
portion of the Mud Pump Status screen.
Pre-Charge Pump Status: Green indicates the pump is running; grey indicates it is
Liner Wash Pump Status: Green indicates the pump is running; grey indicates it is
Lube Pump Status: Green indicates the pump is running; grey indicates it is not
running; red indicates a fault state.
Speed Command: Displays the motor commanded speed (rpm) reading.
Torque Limit: Displays the user-defined torque limit (ft-lb) reading.
9-11
www.nov.com
Mud Pumps
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-12 of 14
Motor Winding and Bearing Temperature Displays

The Motor Winding and Bearing Temperature digital displays are located in the bottom center
portion of the Mud Pump Status screen.
Winding Temps (A, B, and C): Displays temperature feedback for each of the
motor windings.
Bearing Temps (DE and NDE): Displays temperature feedback for each of the
motor bearings (drive end and non drive end). A small red rectangle in the bottom
right corner of the display indicates that an alarm trigger for a high-high value has
been set.
Press Mud Pump (#1 or #2) to display the same pump status screen for the other mud pump.
9-12
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-13 of 14
Mud Pumps
Auxiliary Controls
Press Mud Pumps --> Auxiliary Controls to display the default Mud Pump #1 Auxiliary
Controls screen.
Assume ownership of the mud pumps to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on
page 2-34. Choose a mud pump from the menu on the right side of the screen to display its
screen. A green backlight indicates the current selection.
Status and Fault Displays

Status displays for the blowers, liner wash pump, lube pump, and charge pump display to the left of
their respective manual controls. (See "Manual Motor Controls in the section below.)
Motor Running: Green indicates the motor is running; grey indicates an idle state.
Air Pressure: Green indicates the blowers air pressure value is within an
acceptable range; grey indicates there is no air pressure.
Water Pressure: Green indicates the pumps water pressure value is within an
acceptable range; grey indicates there is no water pressure.
Oil Pressure: Green indicates the pumps oil pressure value is within an acceptable
range; grey indicates there is no oil pressure.
9-13
www.nov.com
Mud Pumps
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 9-14 of 14
Manual Motor Controls

Manual controls for the blowers, liner wash pump, lube pump, and charge pump are located to the
right of their respective status displays.
Stop: Press Stop to manually stop a pump or blower motor.
Start: Press Start to manually start a pump or blower motor.
A green backlight displays the current selection.
Press Mud Pump (#1 or #2) to display the same Auxiliary Controls screen for the other mud
pump.
9-14
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Power Slips
10
Operator Screen
Press Driller Tools --> Power Slips to display the Power Slips operator screen.
Tool Ownership
The joystick has the ability to control both the power slips and the drawworks. The workstations
left control panel contains a button that must be pressed in order to enable the power slips and
allow the operator to assume ownership. Push the Slips Enable button, then assume ownership of
the power slips to enable controls. The Slips Enable button must be pressed to activate the slips
controls from the right hand joystick.
10-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
10
Power Slips
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 10-2 of 6
Slips Enable
See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34.
Status Displays
The right portion of the Power Slips operator screen contains fault and status displays.
Slips Open or
Slips Closed
Slips Pressure
Green displays indicate the current state of the slips.
A red display indicates that the pressure value has fallen below an
acceptable level; grey indicates a normal state.
10-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 10-3 of 6
Power Slips
10
Messages
Power Slips Controls

Press the Controls - Open or Close button on the screen to control the power slips. A green
backlight indicates the current selection.
Also, the current Power Slips status is displayed at the top right of the operator screen.
The power slips status is display only.

Alternatively, use the operator workstations right joystick power slips controls.
Use the buttons on the right side of the joystick to control the slips. See section titled "Operator
Workstation" on page 2-3 for more information.
10-3
www.nov.com
10
Power Slips
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 10-4 of 6
Auto Greaser Controls and Displays

Press the Manual Controls - Stop or Start buttons to enable or disable manual controls.
A red Grease Level display indicates that the grease has fallen below an acceptable level.
A digital reading displays the number of cycles completed since the last greasing.
Press the Manual Controls - Stop or Start button to manually stop or start the auto greaser. A
green backlight indicates the current selection.
10-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 10-5 of 6
Power Slips
10
Power Slips Tool Menu

Press the Power Slips button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Power Slips tool
menu.

on page 2-13.


Events.

10-5
www.nov.com
10
Power Slips
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 10-6 of 6
10-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Power System
11
Overview
The purpose of the Amphion power system is to monitor and analyze the status of the drilling
power source, and report power capacity and power consumed values to each tool. From these
values, each tool calculates a power available value:
Power Available = Power Capacity Power Consumed
Programming code stored on each tools controller determines whether power available is
sufficient for its purposes, or if the tool needs to go into power limit mode.
For more information about power calculations:
See section titled "Power Capacity Calculations" on page 11-16.
See section titled "Power Consumed Calculations" on page 11-18.
See section titled "Power Available Calculations" on page 11-19.
On smaller rigs, the Amphion power system may be the only power management system on the
rig. In this case, it monitors the status of the generators or utility power directly. It also monitors the
overall system load, in addition to the drilling load.
The primary objective of the Amphion power system is to deliver power availability information to
all drilling tools in order to prevent a system overload and blackout.
11-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
11
Power System
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-2 of 20
Operator Screen
Press Driller Tools --> Power System to display the Power System Overview operator screen.
All information on this screen is display-only.
11-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-3 of 20
Power System
11
Screen Symbols
Green symbols indicate an on, running, or closed state; red symbols indicate an off, stopped, or
open state; white symbols indicate an unknown status.
Chopper Remote I/O
Inverter (INV)
Circuit Breaker (CB)
Rectifier
Feeder Breaker (FB)
Generator
Digital indicators display the following information:
Amps: Displays amplitude.
KW: Displays kilowatts.
KVAR: Displays kilovolt amperes reactive.
11-3
www.nov.com
11
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-4 of 20
Power System
Power System Menu

Press the Power System button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Power System
menu.

on page 2-13.


Events.
See section titled "Power Limit" on

page 11-14.
See section titled "Motor Control

Center (MCC)" on page 11-12.
See section titled "Drives" on

page 11-8.
See section titled "Generators" on

page 11-5.

11-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-5 of 20
Power System
11
Generators
Status Displays
Press Power System --> Generators to display the default Engine/Generator 1 screen.
All information on this screen is display-only. Choose a generator from the menu on the right side
of the screen to display its screen. A green backlight indicates the current selection.
Circuit Breaker Closed: Green indicates the circuit breaker is closed; grey
indicates it is open.
Ready to Sync: Green indicates the generator is ready to sync; grey indicates it is
not ready to sync.
Start Issued: Green indicates a start has been issued to open; grey indicates an
idle state.
Droop Mode: Green indicates droop mode on a generator has been activated; grey
Idle Mode: Green indicates the generator is in idle mode; grey indicates it is not in
idle mode.
Generator CB OC Trip: Red indicates an over-current trip has occurred on the

generator circuit breaker; grey indicates a normal state.
Engine Emergency Stop: Red indicates the engine emergency stop is activated;
grey indicates a normal state.
11-5
www.nov.com
11
Power System
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-6 of 20
Power Supply Fault: Red indicates a power supply fault is active; grey indicates a
normal state.
Reverse kW: Red indicates a reverse kilowatt alarm; grey indicates a normal state.
Over Frequency: Red indicates an over frequency alarm; grey indicates a normal
state.
Over Current: Red indicates an alarm for over current; grey indicates a normal
state.
Voltage Exciter Fault: Red indicates a voltage exciter fault; grey indicates a normal
state.
Central Alarm: Red indicates an active central alarm; grey indicates a normal
state.
Profibus Comm Loss: Red indicates poor communication via profibus; grey
Generator Data
Generator data is located on the left side of the Engine/Generator screen.
Graphs and digital displays indicate the current state for each of the following:
kW: Digital reading is represented by a light blue bar that rises and falls to indicate
the current value in kilowatts.
kVAR: Digital reading is represented by a light blue bar that rises and falls to
indicate the current value in kilovolt amperes reactive.
Amps: Digital reading is represented by a light blue bar that rises and falls to
indicate the current value in amplitude.
11-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-7 of 20
Power System
11
Drill Floor Equipment E-Stop

The Drill Floor Equipment E-Stop button is located on the driller chairs upper right control panel.
Pushing the Drill Floor Equipment E-Stop button shuts down the drill floor equipment.
Generator E-Stop
The Generator E-Stop button is located on the driller chairs lower right control panel.
Pushing the Generator E-Stop button shuts down the generator.
11-7
www.nov.com
11
Power System
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-8 of 20
Drives
Press Driller Tools --> Power System --> Drives to display the Drives menu.
Inverters
The Drawwork, Mud Pump, and Top Drive/Rotary Table Drive Status screens contain many
common components, with one exception. Components for all screens are addressed here.
Press Power System --> Drives --> Inverters to display the default Mud Pump 1A Drive 1
Status screen.
All information on this screen is display-only. Choose a tool from the menu on the right side of the
screen to display its screen. A green backlight indicates the current selection.
11-8
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-9 of 20
Power System
11
Ready: Green indicates the inverter is ready; grey indicates it is not ready.
Running: Green indicates the motor is running; grey indicates it is not running.
Fault: Red indicates a fault state; grey indicates a normal state.
Power Supply Fault: Red indicates a power supply fault; grey indicates a normal
state.
Encoder Fault: Red indicates an active encoder fault; grey indicates a normal
state.
Disconnect Closed: Green indicates that the switch is closed; grey indicates that it
is open.
Fuse Status: Green indicates there is no fuse problem; grey indicates there is a
fuse problem.
Ethernet Comm Loss: Red indicates poor communication via ethernet; grey
indicates good communication.
Profibus Comm Loss: Red indicates poor communication via profibus; grey
indicates good communication.
Motor Status Displays

Motor status displays are located on the left side of the Drive Status screen.
Motor Speed: A digital rpm reading displays at the bottom of the graph, and a light
blue bar rises and falls on the vertical graph to mark the current rpm reading.
Motor Torque: A digital ft-lb reading displays at the bottom of the graph, and a light
blue bar rises and falls on the vertical graph to mark the current ft-lb reading.
Press MP1 (A and B), DW (A and B), TD, MP2 (A and B), or RT to display the same drive status
screen for another tool.
11-9
www.nov.com
11
Power System
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-10 of 20
Choppers
Press Power System --> Drives --> Choppers to display the Choppers Status screen.

Disconnect Closed: Green indicates that the switch is closed; grey indicates that it
is open.
Enable: Green indicates the chopper is enabled; grey indicates it is not enabled.
Fuses OK: Green indicates the fuses are operating normally; red indicates a fault
state.
Fan Running: Green indicates the fan is running; grey indicates it is not running.
Brake Resistor Air Pressure: Green indicates that sufficient air pressure is
present; grey indicates that the air pressure has fallen below an acceptable level.
Brake Resistor Over Temp: Red indicates that the temperature has exceeded an
General Fault: Red indicates a general fault; grey indicates a normal state.
state.
Ethernet Comm Loss: Red indicates a communication fault; grey indicates a

normal state.
Current Feedback: Displays the current feedback at the chopper.
11-10
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-11 of 20
Power System
11
Rectifiers
Press Power System --> Drives --> Rectifiers to display the Rectifier status screen.

Circuit Breaker Closed: Green indicates the circuit breaker is closed; grey
indicates it is open.
Fuses OK: Green indicates the fuses are operating normally; grey indicates an
abnormal state.
MOV Fuse Blown: Red indicates the MOV fuse has blown; grey indicates a normal
state.
Over Temperature: Red indicates that the temperature has exceeded an

Ground Fault: Red indicates a ground fault is active; grey indicates there is no
ground fault.
Disconnect Switch: Green indicates the switch is closed; grey indicates it is open.
Blower Running: Green indicates the blower is running; grey indicates it is not
running.
state.
Ethernet Comm Loss: Red indicates a communication failure; grey indicates a

normal state.
11-11
www.nov.com
11
Power System
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-12 of 20
Motor Control Center (MCC)

Press Power System --> MCCs to display the MCC Status screen.

Mud Pump (1 and 2) - Blower (A and B): Green indicates the blower is on; grey
Mud Pump (1 and 2) - Liner Wash: Green indicates the liner wash pump is on;
grey indicates an idle state.
Mud Pump (1 and 2) - Charge Pump: Green indicates the charge pump is on; grey
Mud Pump (1 and 2) - Lube Oil: Green indicates the lube oil pump is on; grey
Trip Tanks - Pump (1 and 2): Green indicates the pump is on; grey indicates an
idle state.
Rotary Table - Blower: Green indicates the blower is on; grey indicates an idle
state.
Top Drive - Left Blower: Green indicates the left blower is on; grey indicates an
idle state.
11-12
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-13 of 20
Power System
Top Drive - Right Blower: Green indicates the right blower is on; grey indicates an
idle state.
Top Drive - HPU: Green indicates the HPU is on; grey indicates an idle state.
Drawworks - Blower (A and B): Green indicates the blower is on; grey indicates
an idle state.
Drawworks - Lube Pump: Green indicates the lube pump is on; grey indicates an
idle state.
Drawworks - Lube Fan: Green indicates the lube fan is on; grey indicates an idle
state.
Brake Resistors - Blower (A and B): Green indicates the blower is on; grey
HPU - HPU #1: Green indicates the HPU is on; grey indicates an idle state.
HPU - Blower: Green indicates the blower is on; grey indicates an idle state.
11
11-13
www.nov.com
11
Power System
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-14 of 20
Power Limit
Press Power System --> Power Limit to display the Power Trend screen.
All information on this screen is display-only. This trend graph displays realtime online power
capacity and consumed kilowatt (kW) values.
On-Line status displays in the top right corner indicate the following:
1, 2, and 3: Green indicates the generator (1, 2, or 3) is online; grey indicates it is

not online.
Capacity Online: Indicates the amount of kW available for use.
Consumed kWatts: Indicates the amount of kW being consumed by operations.
Consumed %: Indicates the percentage of kW being consumed.
11-14
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-15 of 20
Power System
11
Plant
From the Power Trend screen, press the Plant button to display the Power Plant screen.
On Line: Green indicates the generator is on line; grey indicates it is not online.
Capacity (kW and amps): Displays kW and amps being produced for consumption.
Consumed (kW and amps): Displays kW and amps being consumed by

operations.
Press the Trends button on the lower right corner of the screen to return to the Power Trend
screen.
11-15
www.nov.com
11
Power System
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-16 of 20
Power Capacity Calculations
See NOV document titled Amphion Tool Controller

Service Manual for more information about the Debug
Monitor module.
The Amphion power system calculates a total system capacity. Then, depending on the bus
configuration, it determines the capacity available to each individual tool.
AC Bus Generator Capacity

When the Amphion power system is monitoring the status of generators (as is normally the case
on smaller rigs), the system capacity is determined by multiplying the capacity of one generator by
the number of generators online.
(Capacity of 1 Generator) x (Number of Generators Online) = System
Capacity
The default value for each generator depends on your particular rig configuration. However, each
generators maximum rated capacity values can be set using the Debug Monitor modules
generators.<x>.capacity.kw file.
AC Bus Transformer Capacity

When the Amphion power system is monitoring power available at a transformer (as is normally
the case on larger rigs), it will determine the system capacity in one of the following ways,
depending on the signals that are received.
When calculating power available or power consumed values (described later in this section) using
a transformer, the Amphion power system maintains the transformers maximum rated capacity
value in the Debug Monitors transformers.<x>.capacity.kva file. The transformers default values
depend on your particular rig configuration.
When kW and kVAR load signals are available for the transformer, the Amphion power system
actively calculates a power factor based on the ratio of the kW and kVAR feedback values. The
transformers capacity kW value is calculated by multiplying the kVA rating value by the power
factor value.
(kVA rating) x (power factor) = Capacity kW
When the system has more than one transformer, the system capacity value equals the sum of all
online transformers capacity kW values.
System Capacity
When the rigs PMS sends a power available signal, the Amphion power system does not have the
data necessary to determine the exact total online capacity for the entire rig. Therefore, the
Amphion power system calculates a total power consumed value by reading the power consumed
value from each drilling tool at the drilling bus. It then calculates a system capacity value by adding
the power available value received from the rigs PMS to its calculated total power consumed
value.
(PMS) Power Available + Total Power Consumed (Drilling Bus) = System Capacity
11-16
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-17 of 20
11
Power System
Total Online Capacity

When the rigss PMS opts to provide a power consumed signal, they must also provide the online
status of the generators as a separate set of signals. The Amphion power system tracks the total
online capacity value for the rig. It uses the generator online status signals to determine the Total
Online Capacity.
(Capacity of 1 Generator) x (Number of Generators Online) = Total
Online Capacity
The Amphion power system also calculates a power available value by subtracting the power
consumed value from the total online capacity value.
Total Online Capacity - Power Consumed (PMS) = Power Available
The Amphion power system uses this calculated power available value in the same manner as
described in the section titled "System Capacity" on page 11-16.
DC Rectifier Capacity
For most rigs, the maximum rated capacity value for each rectifier can be set using the Debug
Monitor modules powerPlant.co.maxKwAtRect file. The rectifiers default values depend on your
particular rig configuration.
The Amphion power system calculates the rectifiers individual total capacity values by using one
of the following calculated values or methods:
By adding the consumed power value (from the rectifier) to the available power
value (from the AC Bus)
Consumed Power (rectifier) + Available Power (AC Bus) = Total
Capacity
By using the maximum rated capacity value of the rectifier
The system uses whichever value is lowest. If a rectifier is not online, its reported total capacity
value is zero.
DC Bus Capacity
The Amphion power system calculates the DC bus capacity value based on the sum of all online
rectifiers capacity values. This could be calculated using either the individual total capacity values,
or by using the sum of the individual maximum rated capacity values as described in the section
above, titled "DC Rectifier Capacity.
11-17
www.nov.com
11
Power System
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-18 of 20
Power Consumed Calculations
The method that the Amphion power system uses to

determine total system power consumed varies based on
your particular rig configuration.
DC Bus Consumed
The Amphion power system calculates the DC bus power consumed value based on the sum of all
power consumed values read from each of the tool inverters. On rigs with multiple DC buses, the
system maintains separate power consumed values for each DC bus.
AC Bus Consumed
When the Amphion power system is monitoring the status of the generators (as is normally the
case on smaller rigs) it determines the AC bus power consumed value based on the sum of the
load kW values read from each generator.
When the Amphion power system is receiving a power consumed value from a larger rigs power
management system (PMS), it uses the value provided by the PMS as the AC bus power
consumed value.
11-18
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-19 of 20
11
Power System
Power Available Calculations

System Total Power Available
The Amphion power system calculates the systems total power available value by subtracting the
total power consumed value from the total online capacity value.
Total Online Capacity - Total Power Consumed = Total Available
Power
Tool Power Available (General)

Individual tools read power capacity and power consumed values from the power systems tool
controller to determine the available power value. Programming code stored on each tools
controller determines whether the power available value is sufficient for its purposes, or if the tool
needs to go into power limit mode. See the following section titled "Power Limiting.
In other words, the power system tool controller does not determine whether a tool is placed in
power limit mode; rather, the individual tools controller determines this, based on the power
available value and the parameters set up within the tools controller.
Power Limiting
Generally speaking, if the power demands exceed the power available, the maximum power
consumption allowed for all drives is reduced simultaneously. While there is normally no
prioritization of one tool versus another (unless your rig is configured as such), power may not be
reduced proportionally between the tools consuming power. The system is designed to ensure that
there is always enough torque to hold the static load of the drawworks. In addition, power limiting is
dynamic, so all power can be diverted to a single drive if the other drives are not demanding that
power.
The motor control center (MCC) and lighting circuits are not subject to power limiting, so the power
they consume also reduces the total shared power available.
11-19
www.nov.com
11
Power System
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 11-20 of 20
11-20
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Rotary Table
12
Operator Screen
Press Driller Tools --> Rotary Table to display the Rotary Table operator screen.
Tool Ownership
Assume ownership of the rotary table to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on
page 2-34.
12-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
12
Rotary Table
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 12-2 of 8
Speed and Torque Displays

The left side of the operator screen contains realtime Speed (throttle) and Torque graphs that
reflect their current values.
Digital readouts can be found directly above the graphs.
Digital readings are represented by blue or green bars that rise and fall to indicate the current
values. Black markers indicate the current user-defined setpoint values. Also, see section titled
"Speed and Torque Controls" on page 12-4.
Gear
The Gear status display is located in the upper right corner of the screen.
The current gear status is displayed, High or Low.
Slips
The Slips status display is located in the upper right corner of the screen.
The current slips status is displayed, Open or Closed. See Chapter 10, titled "Power Slips."
12-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 12-3 of 8
Rotary Table
12
Status Displays
The status and alarm displays are located on the right side of the screen.
Status displays located on the right side of the screen indicate the current state for each of the
following:
Slips Open: Displays green to indicate the slips are open; grey to indicate slips are
closed or it is unknown.
Slips Closed: Displays green to indicate the slips are closed; grey to indicate slips
are open or it is unknown.
High Gear: Displays green to indicate high gear is active; grey indicates high gear
is not active.
Low Gear: Displays green to indicate low gear is active; grey indicates low gear is
not active.
Power Limit: Displays yellow to indicate power limiting is being actively applied to
the rotary table; grey to indicate an idle status. See Chapter 11, titled "Power
System."
Brake On: Displays yellow to indicate the brake is applied; grey to indicate the
brake is released.
Drive Fault: Displays red to indicate an active drive fault; grey to indicate a normal
status.
Blower Alarm: Displays red to indicate an active blower fault; grey to indicate a
normal status.
Slips Pressure: Displays red to indicate pressure is low; grey indicates there is no
alarm and pressure is fine.
12-3
www.nov.com
12
Rotary Table
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 12-4 of 8
Direction Controls
Press Forward (CW or clockwise) or Reverse (CCW or counter-clockwise) to define the rotary
table direction.
Brake Controls
Press On or Off to release or lock the rotary table. Press Auto to auto engage and release the
brake.
Messages
Speed and Torque Controls

Defining the Throttle Setpoint
Press the Throttle button to display its keypad.
12-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 12-5 of 8
Rotary Table
12
Define the throttle (speed) value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
Use the blue arrow up or down buttons located under the speed graph to incrementally adjust the
value as needed. See section titled "Speed and Torque Displays" on page 12-2.
The RT Throttle encoder is located on the upper right panel of the drillers chair. Rotary table
speed can be increased (clockwise) or decreased (counter-clockwise) by turning the rotary table
encoder.
Zero Throttle
Press Zero Throttle to slowly reduce the speed of the rotary table to zero rpm.
Defining the Torque Setpoint

Press the Torque button to display its keypad.
Define the torque setpoint value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
Use the blue arrow up or down buttons located under the graph to incrementally adjust the value
as needed.
In order to define the torque setpoint, the rotary table VFD

must be assigned. See section titled "Assignment" on page
7-35.
12-5
www.nov.com
12
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 12-6 of 8
Rotary Table
Rotary Table Tool Menu

Press the Rotary Table button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Rotary Table tool
menu.

on page 2-13.


and Events.

See section titled "Motors" on

page 12-7.
12-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 12-7 of 8
Rotary Table
12
Motors
Press Rotary Table --> Motors to display the Rotary Table Motor Status screen.
Tool Ownership
Assume ownership of the rotary table to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on
page 2-34.
Rotary Table Status Displays

Digital speed (command and actual), torque (limit and actual), fault reset, and status indicators
display throughout the screen. (See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 12-4.)
Status and fault indicators display along the right and center portions of the screen and display the
following information:
Speed: Displays the actual speed of the motor.
Speed Command: Displays the current speed command value received by the
motor.
Torque: Displays the actual torque on the motor.
Torque Limit: Displays the user-defined torque limit value. See section titled
Drive - Assigned: Displays green to indicate that the drive is assigned; grey to
indicate it is not assigned.
Drive - Ready: Displays green to indicate that the drive is ready; grey to indicate an
idle state.
Drive - Running: Displays green to indicate that the drive monitor is running; grey
to indicate an idle state.
12-7
www.nov.com
12
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 12-8 of 8
Rotary Table
Drive - Fault: Displays red to indicate a fault state; grey to indicate a normal state.
Blower Running: Displays green to indicate that the blower is running; grey to
indicate an idle state.
Blower Pressure Sw: Displays green to indicate the blower pressure switch is on;
grey to indicate it is off.
Manual Blower Controls

Manual controls for the blower are located on the left portion of the screen.
Press Blower - Stop or Start to manually stop or start the blower motor.
Fault Reset
The Fault Reset button and the Reset Count displays are located on the right portion of the
screen.
Press Fault Reset to reset fault displays after appropriate action has been taken to clear the
condition.
Reset Count displays the number of fault resets that have occurred.
!
Resetting the faults does not clear active faults or alarms.
12-8
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Top Drive System (TDS)
13
Operator Screen
Press Driller Tools --> Top Drive to display the Top Drive operator screen.
Tool Ownership
Assume ownership of the top drive to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page
2-34.
13-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-2 of 26
Status Readings
Drill Speed and Torque Displays
Vertical Drill Speed (throttle) and Torque graphs display along the left side of the Top Drive
operator screen.
values. Black markers indicate the current user-defined setpoint values.
See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page

13-4 for information about defining various setpoint values.
Current throttle (speed), drill torque, makeup torque, spin speed, and spin torque values display
along the top of the screen. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.
13-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-3 of 26
13
Status Displays
Current status indicators display along the right side of the Top Drive operator screen.
BX Elev Closed: Green indicates that the BX elevator is closed; grey indicates the
BX elevator is open. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP
Brake On: Yellow indicates that the brake is engaged; grey indicates the brake is
not engaged. See section titled "Brake Controls" on page 13-10.
IBOP Closed: Yellow indicates the internal blowout preventer (IBOP) is closed;
grey indicates the IBOP is open. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and
IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.
Maintenance Mode: Yellow indicates maintenance mode is active; grey indicates

maintenance mode is not active.
Power Slips Closed: Yellow indicates the power slips are closed; grey indicates
the power slips are not closed. See Chapter 10, titled "Power Slips.
Ramp Failed: Red indicates that the motor ramp-up failed; grey indicates a normal
state with no fault. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.
Drive Fault: Red indicates a variable frequency drive (VFD) fault; grey indicates a
normal state with no fault. See section titled "Motor/VFD Status" on page 13-20.
Hydraulic Alarm: Red indicates hydraulic pressure has fallen below acceptable
limits; grey indicates the hydraulic pressure is normal.
!
If the top drive continues rotating with low hydraulic
pressure, severe equipment damage may occur.
Lube Alarm: Red indicates that the gear box lubrication pressure has fallen below
an acceptable level (alarm state); grey indicates the pressure is normal. See section
titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.
Blower Alarm: Red indicates a blower fault; grey indicates a normal state with no
fault. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.
13-3
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-4 of 26
Messages

Defining a Throttle Limit
Press Throttle to display the throttle setpoint keypad.
Define a maximum throttle (drill speed) value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the
keypad.
Press the blue arrow up or down buttons located at the bottom of the graph to incrementally
increase or decrease the Throttle setpoint value.
The TD Throttle encoder is located on the upper right panel of the drillers chair. Top drive speed
can be increased (clockwise) or decreased (counter-clockwise) by turning the top drive encoder.
Zero Throttle
Press Zero Throttle to remove throttle from the top drive and reduce its speed to zero rpm.
Defining a Drill Torque Limit

Press Drill Torque to display the drill torque limit keypad.
Define a drill torque limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
13-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-5 of 26
13
Press the blue arrow up or down buttons located at the bottom of the drill torque graph to
incrementally increase or decrease the Drill Torque value.
Defining a Makeup Torque Limit

Press Makeup Torque to display the makeup torque limit keypad.
Define a makeup torque limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
Defining a Spin Speed Limit
The top drive must be turned off before setting spin

parameters.
Press Spin Speed to display the spin speed keypad.
Define a spin speed limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
13-5
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-6 of 26
Defining a Spin Torque Limit
The top drive must be turned off before setting spin

parameters.
Press Spin Torque to display the spin torque keypad.
Define a spin torque limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
Direction and Mode Controls

The top drive Direction and Mode controls display near the top center portion of the operator
screen. These controls remain on the operator screen during all other selected operations.
Press Direction - Forward, Off (disable), or Reverse to define the top drives spin direction. A
green backlight marks the current selection.
Press Mode - Drill, Spin, or Torque to select a top drive mode:
Select Drill mode to run the top drive at the Throttle (speed) and Drill Torque
setpoints. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.
Select Spin mode to run the top drive at the user-defined Spin Speed and Spin
Torque setpoints. See section titled "Defining a Spin Speed Limit" on page 13-5.
13-6
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-7 of 26
Press and hold the Torque button to run the top drive using the user-defined
Makeup Torque setpoint. Release the button to return to Spin mode. See section
titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.
Press and hold the Torque button to execute a make up or break out sequence.
The selected direction determines if it is a make up or break out sequence.
13
Make Up Sequence
With the Top Drive direction set to Forward: When the Torque button is pressed the
Top Drive will verify that the connection is shouldered by first executing a spin in
sequence. When the feedback torque is at or greater than the spin torque setting,
the torque limit is then ramped up to the makeup torque setting. Once the torque
feedback is equal to or greater than the makeup torque setting, the connection is
complete and the operator can release the Torque button. At this point the torque
limit will then be ramped down.
If the Torque Wrench is in Auto, the first action in the

sequence will be to set the Link Rotation and close the
torque wrench clamp. The last action in the sequence is to
release the clamp. See section titled "Torque Wrench" on
page 13-8.
Break Out Sequence
With the Top Drive direction set to Reverse: When the Torque button is pressed the
Top Drive will begin to ramp the torque limit to the maximum torque setting. When
the connection breaks and the torque feedback is less than the spin torque setting,
the Top Drive will then go into the spin out phase and stay there until the operator
releases the Torque button.
If the operator selects Torque while in Drill mode the

Torque Wrench will always be used whether or not the
Top Drive is in Auto mode. If the connection needs to be
broken out without using the Torque Wrench, the operator
must select Torque Mode while in Spin mode.
A green backlight marks the current selection.
13-7
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-8 of 26
Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls

Press Elev/TW/IBOP to display the top drives torque wrench, elevator, and internal blowout
preventer (IBOP) controls.
Torque Wrench
Press and hold the Torque Wrench - Clamp button to manually clamp the torque
wrench onto the drill pipe. A blue outline surrounds the button when active.
Press the Torque Wrench - Auto toggle button to use automatic torque wrench
mode during makeup operations.
Elevator
Press the Elevator - Open button to open the elevator.
Press the Elevator - Arm button to prepare the elevator to close.
13-8
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-9 of 26
13
You can also control the elevator using the TD Elevator - Open or Close discrete switch located
on the operator workstations left control panel.
TD Elevator
IBOP
Press the IBOP - Open or Close button to open or close the internal blowout preventer (IBOP).
13-9
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-10 of 26
Brake Controls
Press Brake to display the top drives brake controls.
If there is a VFD fault active, the brake is held in the

applied state and cannot be released until the fault is
cleared.
Press the Brake - On, Auto, or Off buttons to set the top drive brake mode:
Select Brake - On to engage the brake.
Select Brake - Auto to automatically disengage the brake when the operator
demands throttle, and automatically engage the brake when the operator returns the
speed to zero throttle position. The brake will not engage until the drive stops, and is
not holding torque.
Select Brake - Off to disengage the brake.
Press the Stand Jump - Off or On buttons to activate and de-activate stand jump functionality:
Select Stand Jump - Off to de-activate stand jump functionality.
Select Stand Jump - On to activate stand jump functionality.
13-10
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-11 of 26
13
Link Controls
Press Links to display the top drives link controls.
Link Rotation
Use Link Rotation controls to rotate both the torque wrench and the link tilt assemblies.
Press and hold the CW (clockwise) or CCW (counter-clockwise) button to rotate the
link adapter in the selected direction.
The Link Tilt must be in Float to enable Link Rotation or Link Tilt rotation (see section titled
"Link Tilt below).
Link Tilt
Press the Link Tilt - Drill, Float, or Tilt buttons to control the elevator links:
Select Drill to tilt the elevator links backward into a position that allows drilling
operations to proceed.
Select Float to allow the elevator links to float into a neutral position. Link float can
also be controlled using the TD Link Float discrete switch located on the driller
chairs left control panel.
Select Tilt to tilt the elevator links forward to the preset derrickman position. Press
the button once to tilt forward to the preset derrickman position. The link tilt can also
be controlled using the TD Link Tilt discrete switch located on the driller chairs left
control panel.
13-11
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-12 of 26
MCWS Controls
Press MCWS to display the top drives Monkey board Collision Warning System controls.
Derrickmans Stop
Press Set to determine the derrickmans stop height.
Override
Press Enable to override the interlocks to the drawworks and allow for continued hoisting.
!
Overriding the interlocks could cause potential damage to
equipment or injury to personnel. Extreme care should be
taken when performing this operation.
Press Elev/TW/IBOP to display the torque wrench, elevator, and IBOP controls again. See section
titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.
13-12
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-13 of 26
13
Top Drive Tool Menu

Press the Top Drive button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Top Drive tool menu.

on page 2-13.


and Events.
See section titled "Maintenance

Mode" on page 13-25.

13-13
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-14 of 26
Directional Drilling Mode

Press Top Drive --> Operator to display the Top Drive Operator menu.
Press Top Drive --> Operator --> Directional Drilling Mode to display the Directional Drilling
Mode screen.
13-14
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-15 of 26
13
Status Readings and Displays

Drill Speed and Torque Displays
Vertical Drill Speed (DD throttle) and Torque graphs display along the left side of the Directional
Drilling Mode screen.
values. Black markers indicate the current user-defined setpoint values.

13-17 for information about defining setpoint values.
Current directional drilling speed (DD throttle) and torque values display along the top of the
Directional Drilling Mode screen.
13-15
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-16 of 26
Status Displays
Current status indicators display along the right side of the Directional Drilling Mode screen.
Power Slips: The power slips status display changes to reflect the current status,
Open or Closed. See Chapter 10, titled "Power Slips.
IBOP Closed: Yellow indicates the internal blowout preventer (IBOP) is closed;
grey indicates the IBOP is open. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and
IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.
BX Elev Closed: Green indicates that the BX elevator is closed; grey indicates the
BX elevator is open. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP
Brake On: Yellow indicates that the brake is engaged; grey indicates the brake is
not engaged. See section titled "Brake Controls" on page 13-10.
Ramp Failed: Red indicates that the motor ramp-up failed; grey indicates a normal
state with no fault. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.
Drive Fault: Red indicates a variable frequency drive (VFD) fault; grey indicates a
normal state with no fault. See section titled "Motor/VFD Status" on page 13-20.
Hydraulic Alarm: Red indicates hydraulic pressure has fallen below acceptable
limits; grey indicates the hydraulic pressure is normal.
!
If the top drive continues rotating with low hydraulic
pressure, severe equipment damage may occur.
Lube Alarm: Red indicates that the gear box lubrication pressure has fallen below
an acceptable level (alarm state); grey indicates the pressure is normal. See section
titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.
Blower Alarm: Red indicates a blower fault; grey indicates a normal state with no
fault. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.
13-16
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-17 of 26
13
Messages
Operator messages display along the bottom of the screen. Messages include operational status
information (such as brief descriptions of interlock conditions that are preventing certain
operations).

Defining a Directional Drilling (DD) Throttle Limit
Press DD Throttle to display the directional speed limit keypad.
Define a directional speed limit (throttle) value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the
keypad.
Press the blue arrow up or down buttons located at the bottom of the graph to incrementally
increase or decrease the DD Throttle setpoint value. See section titled "Drill Speed and Torque
Displays" on page 13-15.
Zero Throttle
Press Zero Throttle to remove throttle from the top drive and reduce its speed to zero rpm.
13-17
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-18 of 26
Defining a Directional Drilling (DD) Torque Limit

Press DD Torque to display the directional torque limit keypad.
Define a directional torque limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.
Press the blue arrow up or down buttons located at the bottom of the torque graph to incrementally
increase or decrease the DD Torque value.
Direction and Mode Controls

The top drive Direction and Mode controls display near the top center portion of the Directional
Press Direction - Forward, Off (disable), or Reverse to define the top drives spin direction. A
green backlight marks the current selection.
Press Mode - Drill, Spin, Torque, or Directional to select a top drive mode:
Select Drill mode to run the top drive at the Throttle (speed) and Drill Torque
setpoints. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.
Select Spin mode to run the top drive at the user-defined Spin Speed and Spin
Torque setpoints. See section titled "Defining a Spin Speed Limit" on page 13-5.
Press and hold the Torque button to run the top drive using the user-defined Make
Up Torque setpoint. Release the button to return to Spin mode. See section titled
Press and hold the Torque button to execute a make up or break out sequence.
The selected direction determines if it is a make up or a break out sequence.
Select the Directional button to turn on directional drilling.
13-18
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-19 of 26
13
Directional Mode Controls

Top drive Directional Mode controls display near the lower center portion of the Directional
Stop: Select Stop to discontinue rotation and go to a steady state.
Bump CW: Select Bump CW to rotate the top drive shaft in a clockwise direction.
Bump CCW: Select Bump CCW to rotate the top drive shaft in a counter-clockwise
direction.
Follow: Select Follow to control the top drive from the top drive rotary encoder on
the Amphion chair.
Rocking: Select Rocking to set the rocking mode. This mode is used to ensure the
drill string is moving while drilling with a mud motor.
Distance to Reference: Displays the present location of the top drive shaft in
degrees and the distance remaining in order to reach the reference point. This will
primarily be used during rocking operations.
Bump Distance: Bump distance may be set by pressing the blue arrow keys;
distance changes in increments of one degree. Bump distance may also be set by
pressing the Bump Distance button and using the keypad.
Rocking Reverse Energy: Displays the energy set by the operator during the
rocking mode set up.
Energy Now: Displays the actual energy required to turn the top drive shaft. The
blue graph to the left indicates the current value.
Set Reference: Press the Set Reference button to reset the Energy Now display to
have a maintained offset.
Use as Set Point: Press the Use as Set Point button to take the Energy Now value
and send it to the Rocking Reverse Energy display. This becomes the energy set
point.
See NOV document number 10522200-SPC, titled

Concept of Operations for Directional Drilling on Amphion
TDS Systems.
13-19
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-20 of 26
Motor/VFD Status
Press Top Drive --> Operator --> Motors to display the Motor/VFD Status screen.
13-20
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-21 of 26
13
TDS Motor Status Displays
Speed: Displays the actual speed of the motor.
Speed Command: Displays the current speed command value received by the
motor.
Torque: Displays the actual torque on the motor.
Torque Limit: Displays the user-defined torque limit value. See section titled
Drive - Assigned: Displays green to indicate the drive is assigned; grey to indicate
it is not assigned.
Drive - Ready: Displays green to indicate the drive is ready; grey to indicate an idle
state.
Drive - Running: Displays green to indicate the drive monitor is running; grey to
indicate an idle state.
Drive - Fault: Displays red to indicate a fault state; grey to indicate a normal state.
Blower Running (1 and 2): Green indicates the blower is running; grey indicates
the blower is not running.
Blower Pressure SW (1 and 2): Green indicates that there is air pressure coming
from the blower; grey indicates there is no air pressure from the blower.
Motor Overtemp (A and B): Red indicates the motor temperature has exceeded
acceptable limits; grey indicates the motor temperature is ok.
Lube Motor Running: Green indicates the lube motor is running; grey indicates
the lube motor is not running.
Lube Oil Pressure: Displays green to indicate oil pressure is ok; grey indicates
there is no oil pressure detected.
13-21
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-22 of 26
Fault Reset
The Fault Reset button and Reset Count displays are located in the middle of the Motor/VFD
Status screen.
Press the Fault Reset button to clear fault displays after the condition is corrected. The Reset
Count display shows the number of times the fault has been reset from the screen but not the total
number of times it has been reset.
!
Resetting the faults does not clear active faults or alarms.
Blower Controls
Press Blower/Blower2 - Stop or Start buttons to manually control the blower and blower2 motors.
13-22
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-23 of 26
13
HPU
The HPU button is located in the lower left corner of the screen.
A green backlight indicates that the Auto mode is selected. See Chapter 8, titled "Hydraulic Power
Unit (HPU)."
Messages
13-23
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-24 of 26
Data Trends
Press Top Drive --> Operator --> Data Trends to display the Top Drive Trends screen.
The Trends screen displays the top drives drilling speed and torque values graphically:
Press Speed (Day) to display drilling speed data for the past 24 hours.
Press Speed (Hour) to display drilling speed data for the past hour.
Press Torque (Day) to display torque speed data for the past 24 hours.
Press Torque (Hour) to display torque speed data for the past hour.

13-4.
Press Top Drive --> Operator --> Operator to display the Top Drive Operator screen again. See
section titled "Operator Screen" on page 13-1.
13-24
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-25 of 26
13
Maintenance Mode
Press Top Drive --> Maintenance Mode to display the Maintenance Mode screen.
Press Top Drive - Active to engage maintenance mode for the top drive. Press Top Drive Inactive to disengage maintenance mode. A green backlight indicates the current selection.
See section titled "Maintenance Mode" on page 2-11.
13-25
www.nov.com
13
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 13-26 of 26
13-26
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Trip Tank Pumps
14
Operator Screen
Press Driller Tools --> Trip Tank Pumps to display the Trip Tank Pumps operator screen.
14-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
14
Trip Tank Pumps
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 14-2 of 4
Pump Controls
Press the Stop or Start button to control the Trip Tank Pump (1 and 2).
Messages
14-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 14-3 of 4
Trip Tank Pumps
14
Trip Tank Pumps Tool Menu

Press the Trip Tank Pumps button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Trip Tank
Pumps tool menu.

on page 2-13.


and Events.

14-3
www.nov.com
14
Trip Tank Pumps
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page 14-4 of 4
14-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Network Information
This chapter contains general information about the

Amphion control system, and may or may not represent
your particular rig configuration.
Network Commands
Opening a Command Prompt
1. Press <Ctrl+Escape> to display the Windows Start menu.
2. Click Run, then type cmd into the field provided.
Figure A-1. Command prompt
3. Press <Enter> or click OK.

4. At the C:> prompt, type the appropriate network command, then press <Enter>.
Command Descriptions and Syntax

Ping
Use the ping command with a url, IP address, or host name to test network connectivity, or to
verify communication. Use the ping localhost command if both the host name and IP address are
unknown (see Figure A-5 on page A-3).
See section titled "Network Address Assignments" on page A-5 in this appendix for a complete IP
address list.
A-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
Network Information
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page A-2 of 6
Figure A-2. Ping using a url address
Figure A-3. Ping using the host name
Figure A-4. Ping using an IP address
A-2
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page A-3 of 6
Network Information
Figure A-5. Ping localhost
Ping Command Switch Options
Figure A-6. Ping command switch options
Use the ping command to display a list of command switches.

Syntax example: ping
-t 123.45.67.8
IP Config
Use the ipconfig command to determine the domain name server (DNS), IP address, subnet
mask, and default gateway assigned to the current computer.
Use the ipconfig /all command to list the IP address, subnet mask address, and other information
for each network card to which the current computer is connected.
Tracert
Use the tracert command and either the url or IP address to display hop information (all network
devices between the computer and the destination address).
Syntax example: tracert
www.varco.com or tracert 123.45.67.8
A-3
www.nov.com
Network Information
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page A-4 of 6
Nslookup
Use the nslookup command and a url address to troubleshoot name resolution issues. Displays
server name and IP address information.
Syntax example: nslookup
www.varco.com
Figure A-7. Nslookup command
A-4
www.nov.com
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page A-5 of 6
Network Information
Network Address Assignments
See NOV document number D801000721-GEN-001, titled

Amphion Standard DCDA Network IP Addresses, or your
rig-specific Amphion Network Topology document.
A-5
www.nov.com
Network Information
D811006160-MAN-001
Revision 01
Page A-6 of 6
A-6
www.nov.com
Amphion
Tool Controller Service Manual

For use with www versions 1.6.0 and earlier
Reference
Reference Description
D811001117-MAN-001
Amphion Tool Controller

Service Manual

www.nov.com

RIG SOLUTIONS
Houston, TX 77041
Document Number
Rev.
D811001117-MAN-001
02
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Revision History
02
27 Oct 2009
Second Issue
Laurie
Braaten
Jane
Kellstrom
Paul
Williams
01
22 Jun 2009
First issue
Laurie
Braaten
Paul
Williams
Jeff Faga
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Reason for issue
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Change Description
Revision
Change Description
01
First Issue
02
Second Issue to rename document title and reformat using new template style.
Amphion GPL Statement

This program contains proprietary as well as free software; you can redistribute and/or modify the free portion of the software under the terms of the GNU General
Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. To viewand/or obtain a copy of the
free software used in this product,please visit ftp://ftp.amphion.nov.com/gpl/.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall convey to you the right to utilize National Oilwell Varco trademarks, trade names, services marks or other
National Oilwell Varco proprietary materials.
In addition, you shall not have the right to publish the name of National Oilwell Varco without the prior permission of National Oilwell Varco in writing.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licensealong with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street,
Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page i of x
Table of Contents
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NOV Service Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-4
Chapter 2: Amphion Control Overview

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Multi-Tool Controller (MTC) Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Network Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Tool Controller Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Advantech Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Beckhoff Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
CompactFlash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Communication Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Ethernet (ENET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Profibus (Process Field Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
COM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Mouse/Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Main Service Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
IP Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Software Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Controller Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Locating Tool Controller IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
What is Profibus? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Tool Controllers and NOV Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Chapter 3: Getting Started

Connecting to the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
With a DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Without a DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-3
3-3
3-5
i
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page ii of x
Table of Contents
Verifying the Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Determining an IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Using the CompactFlash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Using a Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Using a Monitor and Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Browser Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Disable Proxy Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Install Java . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Java Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Open UDP Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Chapter 4: Network Links

IP Network Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device or Tool Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Address List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add a New Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add a Group Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rename a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Send Address List to Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Show or Hide IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investigate Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-8
Chapter 5: Software Management Links

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Software Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Backup and Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Varball Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Upload a Varball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Install, Download, or Delete a Varball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Back Up a Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Software Installer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Install WWW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Ownership Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Process Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Tool Jar File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Install Controller Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Install .tgz or .tar.gz Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Library Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Install Operating System Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Install Applicom Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Install Documentation Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Transfer Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Uploading Files to the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
ii
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page iii of x
Table of Contents
Tool Controller Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying a File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Downloading a File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
Chapter 6: Debug Monitor

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Standard Debug Item Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Selecting Items to Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Creating a Link to Monitored Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Graphing Data for Individual Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Recording and Graphing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
The Graph Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Saving Recorded Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Graph Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Graph Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Show All Graphs on Same Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Show All Graphs Stacked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Show All Graphs Full Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Show All Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Plot One Object Against Another . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Object Grouping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Plot Information Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Move, Size, Display (On/Off), and Line Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Individual Graph Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Mousing Inside the Graph Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Changing and Saving Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Chapter 7: I/O Diagnostics

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
I/O Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Profibus DP1 or DP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
NET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Controller-to-Controller (C2C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
No Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Step7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Cyberbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
I/O Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
I/O Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Setting or Forcing Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Displaying Input/Output Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
iii
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page iv of x
Table of Contents
Chapter 8: Scheduler Diagnostics
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing Communication Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Show Distribution Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Show C2C Inconsistencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-1
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-4
8-4
Chapter 9: Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Screen Communication Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-1
9-1
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-6
9-7
9-8
9-8
Chapter 10: Cyberbase Status

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-1
10-1
10-2
10-2
10-4
10-5
10-7
10-8
10-9
10-9
Chapter 11: Modbus Status

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-1
11-1
11-2
11-2
11-4
11-5
11-7
11-8
11-9
11-9
iv
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page v of x
Table of Contents
Chapter 12: Profibus Network Status
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-1
12-1
12-2
12-3
12-4
12-5
12-7
12-8
12-9
12-9
Chapter 13: Step 7 Status

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13-1
13-1
13-2
13-2
13-4
13-5
13-7
13-8
13-9
13-9
Chapter 14: State Diagrams

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State Diagram Language Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unified Modeling Language Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosing Problems Using State Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14-1
14-1
14-2
14-3
14-4
Chapter 15: Axis Controller

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting an Axis Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axis Controller Overview Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Override Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Normal Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Position Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feedback Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Negative Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Positive Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15-1
15-1
15-2
15-2
15-2
15-2
15-2
15-3
15-3
15-3
15-3
15-3
15-3
15-3
v
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page vi of x
Table of Contents
Editing a Field Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axis Controller Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Execution Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15-4
15-5
15-5
15-6
Chapter 16: Download Alarms

Chapter 17: Operator Screen Configuration
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
My Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Navigation Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the Current Tool Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding a Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the Button Title and Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting a Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moving a Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the Default Tool Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring Original Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saving Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17-1
17-1
17-2
17-2
17-3
17-4
17-5
17-6
17-6
17-6
17-6
17-6
17-6
Chapter 18: Service Pages Configuration

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Show or Hide the Path Editor Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Show or Hide the State Diagram Viewer Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add or Delete Custom Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add a Custom Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete a Custom Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18-1
18-1
18-2
18-2
18-3
18-3
18-3
Chapter 19: Ownership Configuration

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Ownership File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Save Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add a Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit a Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove a Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set the Base IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set the Base IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19-1
19-1
19-2
19-3
19-3
19-4
19-5
19-5
19-5
19-6
19-6
19-7
19-7
vi
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page vii of x
Table of Contents
HMIs (Touchscreens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-7
Add a Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-8
Edit a Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9
Remove a Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9
Set the Base IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9
Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9
Add a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-10
Edit a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-11
Remove a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-12
Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-12
Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-12
Add a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-13
Edit a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-15
Remove a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-15
Edit a Groups Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-15
Remove a Tool from a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-16
Exclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-16
Add an Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-16
Edit an Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-17
Remove an Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-17
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-18
Add Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-18
Editing a Buttons Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-20
Remove All Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21
Add a Process Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21
Select the Navigation Bars Home Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23
Add a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-24
Edit a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-25
Add a Link to a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-26
Edit a Tool Button Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-27
Remove a Link from a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-27
Remove a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-28
Chapter 20: Simulation Control

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable and Turn On Simulation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disable or Pause Simulation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Define a Tool Controller as a Dedicated Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set WebObjects Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load an Existing a Simulation File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Download a Simulation File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20-1
20-1
20-2
20-3
20-3
20-3
20-3
20-4
vii
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page viii of x
Table of Contents
Upload a Simulation File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4
Chapter 21: Array Manipulator

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1
Chapter 22: Trigger Editor

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating an Event Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boolean Value Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Value Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing a Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting a Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22-1
22-1
22-1
22-2
22-3
22-4
22-5
22-5
22-6
Chapter 23: Consistency Checker

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1
Chapter 24: Set Date and Time

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1
Chapter 25: Path Editor

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2
Selecting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3
Traverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Fillet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Attribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Changing Point Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5
Setting Path Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6
Adding, Deleting, and Editing Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7
Adding Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7
Deleting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Editing Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Adding Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Selecting a View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Show or Hide Teach Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Learning a Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Traverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11
Show Traverse Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11
Set Traverse Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12
viii
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page ix of x
Table of Contents
Show or Hide Indices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guess Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Show or Hide Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Open Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25-13
25-14
25-15
25-15
25-16
25-18
25-18
Chapter 26: Set IP Address on Network Device

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1
Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1
Chapter 27: Controller Links

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-1
Java Virtual Manager (JVM) Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-2
Log Manager/Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3
Restart the JVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-5
Flashing the Applicom Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-5
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8
Verifying that the Tool Controller is Working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9
Restarting the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-10
Halting the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-10
Operator Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-11
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-11
Chapter 28: Advanced Operations

Replacing a Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-1
Removing and Installing a CompactFlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-3
Tool Controller IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-5
About the admin_config.xml File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-7
The Controller Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-8
The Webserver Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-10
The Logging Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-11
Interfacing With Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-15
Tool Controller User Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-15
Installing PuTTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-16
Starting an Interactive Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-16
Connecting to the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-18
Listing Tool Controller Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-18
Installing Tool Controller Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-19
Restarting the JVM (restartj9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-19
Rebooting the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-20
Linux Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-20
cd, ls, ls -l, pwd, cp, mw Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-21
ps Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-21
top Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-22
ix
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page x of x
Table of Contents
netstat Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-22
Vi Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-23
Appendix
Profibus Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
I/O Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
I/O Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Node Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Byte and Bit Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Setting Up and Using AmphiCom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
SERVICE Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
SBC Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Quick Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
Using AmphiCom with Microsoft Excel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
Dynamic Data Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
Writing Data to the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
Visual Basic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10
x
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 1-1 of 4
General Information
Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein. National
Oilwell Varco (NOV) will not be held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences arising
from misuse of this material.
Conventions
Notes, cautions, and warnings provide readers with additional information, and to advise the
reader to take specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. They
may also inform the reader of actions necessary to prevent equipment damage. Pay close
attention to these advisories.
Notes

provided about the current topics.
Cautions
!
equipment or injury to personnel exists. Follow instructions
explicitly. Extreme care should be taken when performing
operations or procedures preceded by this caution symbol.
Warnings

observe and follow proper procedures could result in
property loss, or significant equipment damage.
1-1
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 1-2 of 4
General Information
Illustrations
snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn
to scale.
Safety Requirements
NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving
outlined in NOV manuals are the recommended methods of performing operations and
maintenance.
!
Personnel Training
equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on rig safety, tool operation,
!
Contact the NOV training department for more information about equipment operation and
maintenance training.
Recommended Tools
NOV recommends that only those tools specified be used when stated. Ensure that personnel and
equipment safety are not jeopardized when following service procedures or using tools not
specifically recommended by NOV.
1-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 1-3 of 4
General Information

The equipment discussed in this manual may require or contain one or more utilities, such as
!
Isolate all energy sources before beginning work.

repair.
R
during disassembly and reassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.
Replace failed or damaged components with NOV certified parts. Failure to do so

could result in equipment damage, or personal injury.
Routine Maintenance
Equipment must be maintained on a regular and routine basis. See the service manual for
maintenance recommendations.
!

NOV equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for
their intended purpose.
1-3
www.nov.com
General Information
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 1-4 of 4
NOV Service Centers

The link below provides after-hours contact information for emergencies or other equipment issues requiring
an immediate response by NOV service personnel.
http://www.nov.com/contact_us/24hr_EmergencyList.asp
Also see NOV document number D811001337-DAS-001, titled Service Center Directory.
1-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-1 of 12
Amphion Control Overview

Introduction
The Amphion service pages interface provides extensive information about how the tool is
performing. The interface is Web-based, accessible using a Web browser. A technician can
connect to most devices connected to the network to monitor its performance and help diagnose
problems.
This manual explains how to:
R
Connect to the device
Configure device settings
Replace a tool controller
Identify performance problems
Identify communication problems
This manual does not address drilling operation screens or

specific tool calibration procedures. Please refer to toolspecific documentation, or the rig-specific Amphion
operators guide for additional information.
2-1
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-2 of 12
Multi-Tool Controller (MTC) Cabinet

The MTC cabinet houses the workstation and network control components, and is normally
located in the drill floor local electrical room (LER).
Network Switches
The MTC cabinet contains redundant network switches developed particularly for use in industrial
environments. They allow construction of switched Ethernet networks that conform to the IEEE
802 and 802.3u standard using copper wire or optical fiber in a ring topology. Switches are
mounted by snapping them onto a standard DIN rail.
Power Supplies
Two redundant 24-volt DC power supplies provide power via a common bus to most components
inside the MTC. In general, each component has its own circuit breaker to provide maximum
maintenance flexibility.
There are also two 5-volt power supplies dedicated to the Advantech tool controllers, and two 24volt power supplies dedicated to the Beckhoff tool controllers that work in parallel to share power
demands. One, however, is sufficient should the other fail.
The multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet provides power distribution for workstation equipment, and
supports dual redundant uninterruptible power supply (UPS) feeds. It is designed for installation in
a safe area, and supports bottom-entry cable penetration.
See rig-specific engineering cabinet assembly diagram

and electrical connection diagram for more detailed
information.
2-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-3 of 12
Tool Controller Hardware

The tool controller assembly, located in the control system (MTC) cabinet, is an industrial CPU to
which you can connect using a browser. Two typical tool controllers are shown here.
Advantech Tool Controller

COM 1
Power
Ethernet
status lights
Fuse
(10-Amp/250-Volt)
ON
COM
OFF
LAN
SE
Ethernet
FU
E
US
F U SE
Profibus
status light
KEY
MSE
BLINKING
RST
Mouse/
Keyboard
GREEN = OK
VGA
PWR
COMPACT
FLASH
Video
Power
status light
HDD
Hard disk drive

status light
DP1
Profibus DP1
Compact
Flash card
2-3
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-4 of 12
Beckhoff Tool Controller

CPU status
indicators
Profibus status
indicator
Power status
indicator
CX Profibus Scanner
BECKHOFF
DRL-DPM-BKF
BF
ST
Profibus
BECKHOFF
BECKHOFF
BradCommunications
Ethernet
port 1
CPU Module
Ethernet
port 2
Profibus
CompactFlash
card insert
CompactFlash
card eject
Power
connections
Power
!
Do not remove the CompactFlash card before turning off
power. Do not turn off the tool controller while it is
controlling a tool or communicating with other devices on
the network.
Advantech: Press the Power button on the tool controller to turn it on or off.
Beckhoff: Press the tool controllers individual circuit breaker located inside the
MTC cabinet to turn it on or off.
Refer to your rig-specific MTC assembly drawing for the exact location of the power
switch.
The Power LEDs display green when the tool controller is on.
2-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-5 of 12
CompactFlash Card
Tool controllers contain a processor and memory, and run a specialized version of the Linux
operating system. A Java Technology program is embedded on a removable device called a
CompactFlash memory card. On the Advantech tool controller, the CompactFlash card is installed
in a slot in the tool controller chassis, secured by a screw-down panel. The Beckhoff tool controller
has a CompactFlash eject button.
The CompactFlash LED (HDD) blinks when the card is in use (information is being read or
written).
Communication Ports
!
Although some tool controllers have keyboard, mouse, and
monitor ports similar to a standard PC, they should not be
used during normal operations.
Connecting directly to the tool controller using the COM1
or the keyboard/mouse and video ports is a non-standard
procedure for this product. To prevent possible equipment
damage, do not experiment with connections.
Ethernet (ENET)
Connects the tool controller to the local area network (LAN).
R
Advantech: A green light located near the port displays solid green when
communication is established, and another blinks yellow when the tool controller is
sending or receiving data.
Beckhoff: LAN 1 or LAN 2 (related to Ethernet ports 1 and 2) displays solid green
when communication is established, and blinks when the tool controller is sending
or receiving data.
Profibus (Process Field Bus)

Profibus is optional. Connects the tool controller to remote I/Os. The Profibus communication
status indicator normally displays green, indicating a ready status. Blinking green indicates that
data is being transmitted or received.
Blinking red LEDs indicate a data exchange error. Steady red indicates a wiring problem, a bus
speed discrepancy, or a node-address conflict. Blinking red and green indicates that the Applicom
card was flashed, but there is no Profibus hardware attached to it.
COM1
Can be used to connect a computer to the tool controller using a a serial cable (Advantech only).
Mouse/Keyboard
PS/2 port that can be used to connect an keyboard or mouse to the tool controller (Advantech
only).
2-5
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-6 of 12
Video
Can be used to connect an SVGA monitor to the tool controller (Advantech only).
Main Service Page

Type the appropriate tool controllers IP address into your Web browsers address field to connect
to the tool controller interface.
Click the IP Network link located on the left side of the page to display a grouped list of devices
connected to the network.
The center and right side of the page contains additional links to the current tool controller
interface. See general descriptions below.
The top right corner of the page displays the current controllers tool name.
Page options are not the same for all tool controllers.
After selecting a link, click the Contents link to return to main service page.
You can also use the Back or Forward buttons in your browser to navigate between pages.
2-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-7 of 12
IP Network
Contains links and information about devices connected to the rig network, including IP address
assignments, communication status information, and IP configuration options. See Chapter 4,
titled "Network Links for more information.
Software Management
Contains links to software version information and software installer and file transfer utilities
(normally used by rig technicians and software engineers). See Chapter 5, titled "Software
Management Links for more information.
Diagnostics
Contains links to I/O and other communication status screens. Also contains a link to axis
controllers and state diagrams (where applicable), which are interactive documents used to debug
tool problems. See the following chapters in this manual for more information:
R
Chapter 6, titled "Debug Monitor
Chapter 7, titled "I/O Diagnostics
Chapter 8, titled "Scheduler Diagnostics
Chapter 9, titled "Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status
Chapter 10, titled "Cyberbase Status
Chapter 11, titled "Modbus Status
Chapter 12, titled "Profibus Network Status
Chapter 13, titled "Step 7 Status
Chapter 14, titled "State Diagrams
Chapter 15, titled "Axis Controller
Chapter 16, titled "Download Alarms
Configuration
This section contains links to the following modules. See the appropriately-titled chapter for
additional information.
R
Operator Screen Configuration
Service Pages Configuration
Ownership Configuration
Simulation Control
Array Manipulator
Trigger Editor
Consistency Checker
Set Date and Time
Path Editor
Set IP Address on Network Device
2-7
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-8 of 12
Controller Links
Contains the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) status and restart controls, the current tool controllers
status, halt, start, and restart controls, and Applicom card flash controls. Also contains a link to the
current tool controllers log manager files, the operators drilling control touchscreen interface, and
other NOV technical documentation.
R
See the rig-specific Amphion operators guide for information about the operators
drilling control (touchscreen) software interface.
See Chapter 27, titled "Controller Links.
2-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-9 of 12
Locating Tool Controller IP Addresses

R
See NOV document number D801000721-GEN-001, titled Amphion Standard

DCDA Network IP Addresses.
Refer to the Amphion users or technical reference manual for a complete list of IP
addresses.
Use the main service pages IP Network link. See section titled "Device or Tool
Selection" on page 4-2, and section titled "Investigate Address" on page 4-8.
Refer to rig and network drawings.
The IP address of the tool controller may be printed on the CompactFlash card
label. Remove the card from the tool controller and look at the label.
See section titled "Determining an IP Address" on page 3-8.
2-9
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-10 of 12
What is Profibus?
Process Field Bus (Profibus) refers to the hardware. Profibus DP is the software (communication
protocol) for connecting multiple industrial devices on a shared pathway or channel (bus).
Laptop
Computer
Ethernet
Hub
Tool
Controller #1
Tool
Controller #2
Tool
Controller #3
DP1
DP1
DP1
Profibus
Sensor
Digital
I/O
Actuator
Profibus
Profibus
VFD
I/O Devices on Tool #1
Sensor
Digital
I/O
Actuator
Sensor
Digital
I/O
Actuator
Encoder
Features:
R
Ability to connect I/O devices and simple field devices to an automation system
Flexible communication for peer-to-peer networking and data collection
High-speed data transfer of small volumes of data between central and peripheral
devices
High data integrity
One master can service several slaves
Several masters can participate on the bus
See a complete description of this protocol at http://www.profibus.com.
2-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-11 of 12
Tool Controllers and NOV Tools

Ethernet communication is used for network communication, and Profibus DP is used to
communicate between tool controllers and the remote I/Os. Profibus refers to the hardware,
whereas Profibus DP refers to the protocol for connecting multiple industrial devices on a shared
pathway or channel (bus).
One Applicom communication card installed in some tool controllers provides Profibus
communication with individual tool remote I/Os, when required.
A tool controller may have one Applicom card (master) or no Applicom cards. The card (labeled
DP1) communicates with the remote I/O.
The tool controller program sends read and write commands to the ApplicomIO interface, which
transfers them through the master Applicom card to the slave (point or node on the tool). If the
program sends a read command, the slave responds by sending input back to the tool controller.
If the program sends a write command, the slave responds by performing the command.
Tool
Controller
Control Program
Profibus Card
(inside tool
controller)
Profibus
Device
DP Master
DP Slave
Input data
Input data
Output data
Output data
IO_ReadByte...
Applicom IO
interface
IO_WriteQByte...
Flashing an applicom uploads the configuration as set in

the applicom.zip file located in the /varco/data/applicom
folder to the Applicom card, and is burned to EEPROM.
Once the Applicom card has been flashed, the settings are
retained until flashed with a different configuration.
See Chapter 27, section titled "Flashing the Applicom
Card" on page 27-5 for instructions.
2-11
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 2-12 of 12
2-12
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-1 of 18
Getting Started
Connecting to the Tool Controller
1. Connect your computer to the rig network. See section titled "TCP/IP Network
Settings" on page 3-3.
2. Determine the IP address of the tool controller.
There are several ways to do this. See section titled "Determining an IP Address" on
page 3-8.
3. Type the tool controllers IP address into the Web browsers address field, then
press <Enter> to display the main service page (shown here).
If you are able to connect to the main service page, your computer settings do not
require adjustment.
If you are unable to connect, see section below.
To optimize your browser for the Web interface, see section

titled "Browser Settings" on page 3-13.
If you are unable to connect to the tool controller interface:
3-1
www.nov.com
Getting Started
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-2 of 18
1. Verify that the tool controller is turned on. See section titled "Power" on page 2-4.
2. Verify that the Profibus communication status light card is blinking. See illustrations
in section titled "Tool Controller Hardware" on page 2-3.
3. Verify that the Ethernet cable is connected the tool controller, and the Ethernet
indicator lights display green. To locate the port and the indicator lights, see
illustrations in section titled "Tool Controller Hardware" on page 2-3.
4. Verify that your computer is connected to the network.
5. Ping the tool controller. See section titled "Verifying the Connection" on page 3-7.
6. Verify that the computers IP address is correct. Each IP address consists of four
parts, separated by periods:
xxx.xxx.xxx.yyy
The first three parts (xxx.xxx.xxx) are the same for all devices. The fourth part
(yyy) must be unique for each device on the network.
If another computer is already connected to the network, the address you are
attempting to assign to your system may already be in use. Ping the address you
are attempting to use. If you get a response, the address is already taken.
For more information, see section titled "Determining an IP Address" on page 3-8.
3-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-3 of 18
Getting Started
TCP/IP Network Settings

Your computer may already be set up to connect to the network automatically. If not, configure
network settings manually as described in this chapter.
NOV standard computer settings have DHCP (dynamic host configuration protocol) enabled, as
most rigs have a DHCP server. Computers use DHCP to automatically obtain configuration
information that allows them to join networks. Specific procedures depend upon your particular
rigs DHCP server.
To connect directly to a single tool controller, or if the rig does not have a DHCP server. See
section titled "Without a DHCP Server" on page 3-5.
If you are attempting to connect to a non-NOV network, and cannot connect after following the
procedures outlined in this chapter, contact your network administrator for assistance.
With a DHCP Server

Connect your computer to the network, and attempt to connect to the controller computer. If you
are unable to connect, it may be necessary to repair your network connection by clearing existing
IP address settings:
1. Click Start --> Run.
2. Type cmd into the space provided, then press <Enter>.
A command line prompt window appears.
3. Type ipconfig, then press <Enter> to display the network settings for each
adapter.
The IP address beginning with 128.1.x.x for the first adapter indicates that it is
configured for the 128.1.0.0 network.
IP addresses of 0.0.0.0 indicate that the adapter is not configured because the
computer is using dial-up networking.
4. Type ipconfig
/release, then press <Enter>.
5. Type ipconfig
the DHCP server.
/renew, then press <Enter> to receive a new IP address from
3-3
www.nov.com
Getting Started
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-4 of 18
6. Type exit, then press <Enter> to close the window.
The name of the Ethernet adapter varies depending on the

manufacturer. If you unsure about which adapter to select,
repeat the steps in this section for each Ethernet adapter
listed to identify one that works.
If you are still unable to connect:

1. Click Start --> Control Panel --> Network Connections.
2. Right-click Local Area Connection, the click to select Repair from the pop-up
menu.
3-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-5 of 18
Getting Started
Without a DHCP Server

1. Click Start --> Control Panel.
2. Double-click the Network Connections icon to display the Network Connections
pop-up window.
3. Right-click Local Area Connection, then click to select Properties from the menu
to display the Local Area Connection Properties window.
4. Scroll down to display and click to select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), then click
Properties to display the pop-up window shown here.
5. Click to select the Use the following IP address radio button.
3-5
www.nov.com
Getting Started
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-6 of 18
To connect to another network using DHCP, select Obtain

an IP address automatically.
6. Type the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway into the spaces
provided.
If you do not have rig-specific settings, see NOV document number
D801000721-GEN-001, titled Amphion Standard DCDA Network IP Addresses.
Two computers on the same network cannot have the

same IP address. Make sure the IP address for your
computer is not already in use.
7. Click OK.
8. Click OK again to close the Properties window.
3-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-7 of 18
Getting Started
Verifying the Connection

The ping command tests the network connection between your computer and the tool controller.
2. Type cmd into the space provided, then press <Enter>.
A command line prompt window appears.
3. Type ping
[IP address] into the space provided, then press <Enter>.
The figure shown here illustrates successful communication with the tool controller.
If you cannot access the service pages, but are able to ping the tool controller:
R
Verify that you used the correct IP address when attempting to connect to the
service pages.
Shut off the tool controller, then ping it again to verify that the IP address is no
longer part of the network. Turn the tool controller back on. Verify the IP address
again. If you are still able to ping the tool controller, allow it to run for up to four
hours. A known issue exists, wherein tool controller start-up time is slow under
certain conditions.
Verify that the CPU running light, located on the front of the control system cabinet,
is on. If the tool controller program has stopped running, this light will not be
illuminated.
If ping responds with Request timed out, the IP address for the tool controller is incorrect. See
section titled "Determining an IP Address" on page 3-8.
3-7
www.nov.com
Getting Started
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-8 of 18
Determining an IP Address
The IP address is stored in the CompactFlash in the tool controller. This procedure explains how
to bypass normal procedures and determine the IP address directly from the CompactFlash.
To prevent damage to the tool controller, do not

experiment with commands while connected to a
computer as described in this section.
There are three ways to access this information directly:

R
Using the CompactFlash card and your computer.
Using a serial cable between the tool controller and your computer (Advantech tool
controllers only).
Using a monitor and keyboard connected to the unit.
The Advantech tool controllers have COM1, video, and

mouse/keyboard ports. The Beckhoff tool controllers may
or may not include a module containing DVI and USB
ports. See the illustrations in section titled Tool Controller
Hardware on page 2-3 for port locations.
Using the CompactFlash Card

1. Mount the CompactFlash card on your computer using a compact flash adapter.
2. Open Windows file explorer and locate the device named VARCO_FAT, then
double-click to open.
3. Locate and double-click the file named Win2Flash.exe.
After the application gathers data, it displays the IP address (in addition to other
information about the card).
Using a Serial Connection

1. Connect the tool controller to a computer using a serial (null modem) cable between
the COM1 port on the tool controller and your computers serial port. To locate the
COM1 port on the tool controller, see section titled "Tool Controller Hardware" on
page 2-3.
2. Click Start --> Programs --> Accessories.
3. Launch the HyperTerminal application.
4. HyperTerminal may automatically prompt you to create a new connection. If not click
File --> New Connection to display the View Properties window.
3-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-9 of 18
Getting Started
Arrow-down button
Configure button
5. Click the Connect To tab if necessary.

6. Click the Connect using arrow-down button and click to select COM1.
7. Click Configure to display the COM1 Properties window.
Click the down arrow next to each port setting and select the following from the
drop-down menus:
Q
Bits per second: 9600
Data bits: 8 data bits
Parity: None
Stop bits: 1t
Flow control: None
8. Click Apply, then click OK.

9. Click the Settings tab.
10. Click to select the Terminal keys radio button.
3-9
www.nov.com
Getting Started
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-10 of 18
11. Click the Emulation arrow-down button and click to select ANSI.
12. Set the Backscroll buffer lines to 500.
13. Click OK.
14. Shut down the tool controller. Wait five seconds, then turn the unit on again to cycle
power.
The program displays a series of messages followed by a login prompt.
15. Continue with step 3 in section titled "Using a Monitor and Keyboard" on page 3-11
below.
3-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-11 of 18
Getting Started
Using a Monitor and Keyboard

1. Connect a VGA monitor and a keyboard to the tool controller.
2. Turn the tool controller off, wait five seconds, then turn the unit on again to cycle
power.
3. After initial startup messages, type root at the login prompt and press <Enter>.
4. Type ifconfig, then press <Enter>.
The IP address and other network information displays.
The IP address begins with the prefix inet addr.
3-11
www.nov.com
Getting Started
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-12 of 18
If the information you need is located earlier in the buffer,

press and hold the <Shift> key, then press the <Page Up>
key to scroll through the information.
5. Type exit, then press <Enter>.

6. Disconnect the serial cable or monitor and keyboard connections.
3-12
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-13 of 18
Getting Started
Browser Settings
National Oilwell Varco (NOV) recommends using Microsoft Internet Explorer version 5.5 or later
to connect to the tool controller. Other browsers may work, but have not been tested (versions 5.5,
6.0, 7.0, and 8.0 have been tested). Instructions in this manual are based on the assumption you
are using Internet Explorer version 6.0
This section provides steps for optimizing your browser to work with the tool controller.
Disable Proxy Server

1. Launch Internet Explorer.
2. Click Tools --> Internet Options to display the Internet Options pop-up window.
3. Click to select the Connections tab.

4. Click LAN Settings to display the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings pop-up
window (shown below).
3-13
www.nov.com
Getting Started
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-14 of 18
Deselect
5. Click to deselect Use a Proxy Server and click OK.
Contact your system administrator if the proxy server

option is disabled.
6. Click OK again to close the Internet Options window.
3-14
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-15 of 18
Getting Started
Install Java
1. Launch Internet Explorer.
2. Type www.java.com into the browsers address field.
3. Click Free Java Download, then follow screen prompts to install java on your
computer.
4. Restart Internet Explorer.
5. Connect to the tool controller by following instructions in the section section titled
"Connecting to the Tool Controller" on page 3-1.
Java Settings
1. Click Start --> Control Panel --> Java to display the Java Control Panel pop-up
window.
2. If necessary, click to select the General tab, then click Settings to display the
screen shown below.
3-15
www.nov.com
Getting Started
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-16 of 18
Deselect
3. If necessary, click to deselect the Keep temporary files on my computer radio

button.
4. Click OK.
5. Click OK again to close the Java Control Panel pop-up window.
3-16
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-17 of 18
Getting Started
Open UDP Ports

A feature in Windows XP Service Pack 2 blocks UDP streaming data coming from the tool
controller, forcing the applets to use an alternative HTTP servlet method of communication, which
can slow communications considerably.
Although it is possible to unblock whole programs in Windows Firewall, NOV recommends
unblocking specific ports instead.
1. Click Start --> Control Panel, then double-click Windows Firewall to display the
Windows Firewall pop-up window.
2. Click to select the Exceptions tab.

3. Click Add Port to display the Add Port pop-up window (shown below).
3-17
www.nov.com
Getting Started
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 3-18 of 18
4. Click to select UDP.

5. Type widget
Name field.
udp 10109 (for UDP port 10109) into the space provided in the
6. Type 10109 into the space provided in the Port Number field.
7. Click OK to return to the Windows Firewall pop-up window.
8. Click Add Port again to display the Add Port pop-up window.
9. Repeat steps 5 - 7 to appropriately name and open the following ports:
Q
10110
10111
10112
10113
10114
10115
10116
10117
10118
10119
10120
3-18
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-1 of 10
Network Links
IP Network Menu
Click IP Network to display the IP Network menu.
Click to select a group and display a list of all known devices connected to the network within that
group, or click to select an action (discussed later in this chapter).
4-1
www.nov.com
Network Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-2 of 10
Device or Tool Selection

Click IP Network --> NOV Tool Controllers (or any other group) to display a list of all known
devices connected to the network within that group.
If the network links system is still attempting to communicate with a device the text displays in
yellow, and the message not yet tested displays next to its name.
Devices that do not respond to a ping display in red, along with an unresponsive to ping status
message.
If the ping is successful, the text display is black, and no status message appears.
Close and reopen the menu to refresh the ping status

message displays.
Click to select a device from the submenu to display its main service page, as shown in section
titled "Main Service Page" on page 2-6.
Click the Show or Hide IP Addresses toggle menu item to display or hide each devices IP
address. See section titled "Show or Hide IP Addresses" on page 4-8.
4-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-3 of 10
Network Links
Edit Address List

Click IP Network --> Edit Address List to display the device groups connected to the network.
From this window, you can add, delete, and rename device groups, or add, delete, and rename
device names within each group.
Click the icon located to the left of the group to expand and display the devices within the group.
Click OK or cancel to close the window and return to the main Web page.
4-3
www.nov.com
Network Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-4 of 10
Add a New Group

Right-click Network Device Groups, then click Add Group.
Type a group name into the space provided, then click OK to close the Add Group pop-up window.
The new group is now listed in the Edit Address List window.
See "Add a Group Device below.
Add a Group Device

Right-click the device group, then click Add Network Device.
Type the device name and valid IP address into the spaces provided, then click OK to return to the
Edit Address List window. The new device is listed within the group.
4-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-5 of 10
Network Links
Rename a Group
Right-click the device group, then click Edit Group Name.
Type a name into the space provided, then click OK to close the Change Group Name pop-up
window. The new group name is listed in the Edit Address List window.
Delete a Group
Right-click the device group, then click Delete Group.
Click Yes or No to confirm or cancel and return to the Edit Address List window.
4-5
www.nov.com
Network Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-6 of 10
Edit a Device
Right-click a network device, then click Edit Network Device.
Type the appropriate information into the spaces provided, then click OK to save changes and
return to the Edit Address List window.
Delete a Device
Right-click a network device, then click Delete Network Device.
Click Yes or No to confirm or cancel and return to the Edit Address List window.
4-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-7 of 10
Network Links
Send Address List to Controllers

Click IP Network --> Send Address List to Other Controllers to update and store IP address
information to the tool controllers.
After a few minutes the Copy Results confirmation window appears.
Click OK to close the window.
4-7
www.nov.com
Network Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-8 of 10
Show or Hide IP Addresses

Click IP Network --> Show IP Addresses or Hide IP Addresses toggle menu command to
display or hide the assigned network device IP addresses.
Click the toggle menu command again to show or hide the IP address information.
Investigate Address
Use the address investigator to evaluate the communication status of devices connected to the
network using the ping command, then (if successful) attempts to make an HTTP connection.
Click IP Network > Investigate Address, then type an IP address into the space provided.
Click OK to begin the investigation.
Not every device that is online and on the network will

respond to a ping.
If the device responds to the ping request, the system then attempts to make an HTTP connection.
If the device responds with its name (as shown below), the device is likely an NOV tool controller.
4-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-9 of 10
Network Links
If the HTTP request returns error code 404 (file not found), the system attempts to locate the
devices default web page. I/O devices and network switches have their own Web servers,
whereas an HMI does not. If the remote device responds to the ping, but does not have a Web
server, the device is likely an HMI (operator workstation touchscreen), and displays the message:
refused HTTP connection. Windows HMI? (see below).
If the remote device responds to the ping, but the device is not a tool controller, and has a Web
server, the investigator will display that pages title in most cases (see below), which helps the
operator to determine the device type.
4-9
www.nov.com
Network Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 4-10 of 10
Certain devices, such as network switches, require a user

name and password.
If the HTTP request returns error code 503, the address is probably assigned to V-DAQ. The
system verifies this, then displays a message to that effect.
Click OK to close the window.
4-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-1 of 22
Software Management Links

Overview
The purpose of this module is to report software version information installed, and allow the
operator to back up, restore, or install software to the system.
!
Several functions within the Software Management
module require an administrator password. Only trained,
qualified personnel should install or update tool controller
software.
An administrative password is required the first time the user attempts to access a restricted
function. A password is not required again unless the browser is closed and restarted.
Type the password into the space provided, then click OK to continue.
Click the Contents link at any time to return to the main

service page.
5-1
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-2 of 22
Software Versions
Click Software Versions to display an overview of the currently selected tool controllers software
configuration.
Click Show Details to display additional information, such as software versions and error
messages (see below).
Click the Contents link to return to the main service page.
5-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-3 of 22
Backup and Restore

Click Backup and Restore, then type the administrator password into the space provided if
necessary.
Click Login to continue and display the Tool Personality Manager page.
Varballs currently
stored on the
tool controller
Varball Overview
A varball is an archive of tool controller files that are not a generic flash image, but rather files that
make that tools flash card unique. The varball is essentially an archive of the tools personality,
and is commonly referred to as its personality archive file.
Upload a Varball
Click Browse to locate and select an existing varball file stored on your computers hard drive or
an accessible server.
Click Upload Varball to upload the selected file to the tool controller.
Uploading a varball simply stores the file to the tool

controller. See installation instructions in section titled
"Install, Download, or Delete a Varball" on page 5-4.
5-3
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-4 of 22
Install, Download, or Delete a Varball

All varballs currently stored on the tool controllers flash card are listed beneath the Upload
Varball entry field. Each file lists the last modified date, which is normally the date that the archive
was created. However, if the file was downloaded, erased, then uploaded again, the date of the
last upload displays.
Each varball listed includes the option to install, download, or delete.
R
Click the associated Install button to overwrite the existing varball with the selected
file. The tool controller restarts after a new varball is installed.
Click the associated Download button to download and save the varball to your
computers hard drive or to an accessible server.
Click the associated Delete file to delete the varball from the tool controller.
Back Up a Controller
Use Create New Personality Archive to create a backup of the controllers tool- and rig-specific
files (its personality); this creates a new varball file and stores it on the tool controller. The file is a
snapshot of the controllers current configuration. It can be stored on the controller and used at a
later time to restore the controllers configuration, copied to your computers hard drive, or stored
on an off-site server for safe keeping. This file might also be useful to NOV support services to
help trouble shoot problems occurring on the rig.
1. Click Create New Personality Archive.
A new varball file displays at the bottom of the list, with todays date and time stamp
associated with it.
2. Click that files Download button.
3. At the File Download confirmation pop-up window, click Save.
4. At the Save As pop-up window, define a destination for the file being downloaded.
5-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-5 of 22
Software Installer
This feature provides a way for the operator to install the software modules or files to one or all tool
controllers.
Click the Software Installer link, then type the administrator password into the space provided (if
necessary).
Click Login to continue and display the Software Installer page.
Click the arrow-down button to display the drop-down list of software module options, then click to
select a module. See general descriptions of each software module below.
5-5
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-6 of 22
Install WWW
The www version software contains the basic programming framework designed for the
operators tool control screens. It includes Web server extensions, HTML pages, common utilities,
diagnostics, and the navigation menu system. This software is constantly being improved, and is
therefore updated quite regularly.
Every tool controller on the rig should contain the same

www software version.
1. At the main Software Installer page, ensure that Install WWW is selected from the
drop-down list, then click Begin to display the first screen.
The current www version displays near the top of the screen.
2. Click Browse to locate and select a different www file located on your hard drive or
an accessible network server.
3. Once the www file is defined, click to select either This Controller Only or All
Controllers.
Selecting This Controller Only installs software only

to the currently-selected tool. Selecting All
Controllers installs software to all tool controllers
listed in the current ownership.xml file.
Use proper lock and tag out procedures before
implementing.
4. Click Next to continue.
5-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-7 of 22
After installation, each affected tool controller restarts. The new software becomes
active upon startup.
5. Restart all operator touchscreen computers to ensure that software changes are
recognized.
See the NOV document number D811000238-MAN-001, titled Amphion Technical
Reference Manual for detailed startup and shutdown procedures.
To uninstall a www update, install the previous version.
Ownership Configuration File

The ownership.xml file helps determine the tools IP address and specifies permissions for each
tool. It also provides structure for the operators screen navigation system, and assists in providing
a network map for tool controllers to communicate with one another.
Every tool controller on the rig should contain the same

ownership configuration file.
1. At the main Software Installer page, click the arrow down button to display the
software installation drop-down menu.
2. Click to select Install Ownership Configuration File, then click Begin to display
the first screen.
5-7
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-8 of 22
3. Click Browse to locate and select a file located on your hard drive or an accessible
network server.
4. Once the ownership configuration file is defined, click to select either This
Controller Only or All Controllers.
This file should be the same on every tool controller

connected to the rig network. The ownership.xml file
can be uploaded to a single tool controller, or to every
tool controller on the network.
listed in the current ownership.xml file. It will not
install software to tool controllers listed on the new
ownership.xml file.
implementing.

After installation, each affected tool controller restarts. The new software becomes
active upon startup.
6. Restart all operator touchscreen computers to ensure that the new software
changes are recognized.
See the NOV document number D811000238-MAN-001, titled Amphion Technical
Reference Manual for detailed startup and shutdown procedures.
5-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-9 of 22
Process Screen
The typical screen document communicates with only one tool, and the document is normally
located on that tool controller. A process screen is a screen document that communicates with
more than one tool at a time. Therefore, process screen documents are normally hosted on a
number of, if not all, tool controllers.
This file should be the same on every tool controller that

hosts a process screen file.
2. Click to select Install Process Screen, then click Begin to display the first screen.
3. Click Browse to locate and select a process screen file located on your hard drive or
an accessible network server.
5-9
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-10 of 22
4. Once the process file is defined, click to select either This Controller Only or All
Controllers.
Selecting This Controller Only installs software only to

the currently-selected tool. Selecting All Controllers
installs software to all tool controllers listed in the current
process screen file.
Tool controllers do not require a restart after installing new

process screen documents. The updated screen displays
when the operator reloads or navigates to the screen.
Tool Jar File

Tool-specific controller software is contained within tool jar files. Use this option to install an
upgrade to a specific tool controller.
!
Use this option only under the supervision of trained and
certified NOV software personnel.
2. Click to select Install Tool Jar File, then click Begin to display the first screen.
5-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-11 of 22
3. Click Browse to locate and select the tool jar file you wish to install from your
computers hard drive or an accessible network server.
4. Click Next to continue installation and restart the controller.
5-11
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-12 of 22
Install Controller Archive

2. Click to select Install Controller Archive, then click Begin to display the first
screen.
The current version of the controller archive displays near the top of the screen.
3. Click Browse to locate and select the controller archive file you wish to install from
your computers hard drive or an accessible network server.
4. Once the controller archive file is defined, click to select either This Controller Only
or All Controllers.

implementing.
5-12
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-13 of 22
Install .tgz or .tar.gz Archive

2. Click to select Install Any .tgz or tar.gz Archive, then click Begin to display the first
screen.
3. Click Browse to locate and select the archive file you wish to install.
4. Once the file is defined, click to select either This Controller Only or All
Controllers.

ownership.xml file.
5-13
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-14 of 22
Library Component
Library components are base controller software modules, upon which tool-specific software
modules are built.
Library component software updates can be installed on one or all controllers.
2. Click to select Install Library Component, then click Begin to display the first
screen.
3. Click Browse to locate and select the library component update file you wish to
install from your computers hard drive or an accessible network server.
4. Click to select either This Controller Only or All Controllers.

implementing.
5-14
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-15 of 22
Install Operating System Scripts

Operating scripts (sometimes referred to as the base layout) located on the tool controller run the
startup program and help with basic utilities (such as archiving tool personality files and restarting
the controller). The operating scripts occasionally require updates during other software updates.
Updates to all scripts are included in a single archive file.
2. Click to select Install Operating System Scripts, then click Begin to display the
first screen.
The current script file version displays near the top of the screen.
3. Click Browse to locate and select a different file located on your computers hard
drive or an accessible network server.

implementing.
5-15
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-16 of 22
Install Applicom Configuration

The tool controller gathers data a number of ways, one of which is over a Profibus network
connection using the controllers Applicom card. This card must be configured prior to use.
!
A trained NOV software specialist should conduct or
supervise any installation or update of the Applicom
configuration file.
2. Click to select Install Applicom Configuration, then click Begin to display the first
screen.
3. Click Browse to locate and select an Applicom configuration file from your
computers hard drive or an accessible network server.
5-16
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-17 of 22
Install Documentation Archive

Online manuals for tool controller are stored in their own archive, separate from the www installer
archive. Documentation archives should be the same on every controller.
2. Click to select Install Documentation Archive, then click Begin to display the first
screen.
3. Click Browse to locate and select a documentation archive file.


ownership.xml file.
5. Click Next to continue installation.
5-17
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-18 of 22
Transfer Files
Several functions within the Software Management

module require an administrator password. Only trained,
qualified personnel should install or update tool controller
software.
At the main service page, click the Transfer Files link to display the currently-selected controllers
File Transfer page.
A modify file link displays to the right of all files that can be
modified. See section titled "Modifying a File" on page 520.
5-18
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-19 of 22
Uploading Files to the Tool Controller

1. Click the Browse button to locate and select a file from your computers hard drive.
The file displays in the previously blank space to the right of the Upload File button.
2. Click Upload File to begin the process.
3. The uploaded filename displays at the bottom of the main File Transfer pages file
list.
Tool Controller Files

Click the Show Parent Directory link to display the next-highest, or parent directory, of the
currently-selected directory.
Click the Show Parent Directory link again to expand the directory (partial screen shown below).
5-19
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-20 of 22
Modifying a File
1. If necessary, click to select a parent directory folder to display its file contents.
A modify file link displays to the right of all files that can be
modified.
2. Click Modify File. to display the File Transfer page.
3. Click to select either Delete, Rename, Make Backup, or Cancel Modifications:

Q
Select Delete to delete the file.
Select Rename to rename the file, then type the new name into the space
provided.
Select Make Backup to create a backup copy of the file. The file displays
beneath the original, containing a bak extension as shown here.
Click Cancel Modifications to exit the screen without making any changes to
the file.
5-20
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-21 of 22
Downloading a File
Follow these procedures to copy files from the tool controller to your computers local hard drive.
1. If necessary, click to select a directory folder to display its file contents.
2. Click to select a file.

3. At the File Download pop-up window, click Save.
4. Follow screen prompts to complete the download process and save the file to your
computers hard drive.
5-21
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 5-22 of 22
Quick Links
A group of links to commonly-used files display near the bottom of the main File Transfer page.
See section titled "Downloading a File above.
5-22
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-1 of 20
Debug Monitor
Overview
The Debug Monitor module is an advanced diagnostic and monitoring feature of the Amphion tool
controller interface. In addition to diagnosing problems and monitoring tool performance in real
time, you can change stored tool information, record, and graph tool performance data. It provides
a way to display every possible parameter stored on the controller.
Information in this section is intended for use by

trained, qualified personnel only. Debug Monitor
allows you to change values for items stored in the
controller. Use extreme caution when changing these
values. Although some protections are built in, some
changes may bypass safety interlocks, allowing free
movement of the tool, which can result in collisions,
serious damage to equipment, or serious or fatal
injury to personnel.
Click OK to continue.
6-1
www.nov.com
Debug Monitor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-2 of 20
Standard Debug Item Descriptions

In addition to tool-specific items, the following basic debug items appear in the Chooser screen for
most tool controllers:
R
controller.name: Displays the assigned name of the controller, normally a rigspecific controller and tool name.
controller.recording: Displays a Boolean value, indicating whether the controller is

recording data. Twenty different parameters can be recorded at once, lasting
approximately 100 seconds each. Only one user can record data from the same
controller at any given time.
c2cClients: Displays controller-to-controller status information for input devices.
Profibus Card1, Profibus Card2: Displays status and information on the first and
second Profibus DP networks (where applicable).
controller.lifeCounter: Displays controller activity by counting from zero to the

maximum 16-bit integer (65,535). If this counter does not change, the tool controller
program is not running.
controller.savePermit: Displays whether the operator can save objects and arrays
(true or false).
controller.stats.avgCycleTime: Displays the average cycle time based on the last

20 cycles.
A cycle includes calculation and sleep time. Calculation

time includes time used to read input, perform calculations,
and write output.
controller.stats.CalcTime: Displays calculation time.
controller.stats.lastCycleTime: Displays the last cycle time.
controller.stats.maxCalcTime: Displays the longest amount of time taken to

perform a calculation since the program has been running.
The first calculation normally requires more time than

subsequent cycles.
controller.stats.maxCycleTime: Displays the longest amount of time taken to

complete a cycle since the program has been running (see note above).
6-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-3 of 20
Debug Monitor
controller.stats.minCycleTime: Displays the shortest amount of time taken to

complete a cycle since the program has been running.
controller.stats.maxCycleTime and .minCycleTime can

be set to zero to determine the maximum and minimum
calculation and cycle times for a given period of time.
controller.stats.refreshInputTime: Displays the time taken to read input from all

devices on the tool.
controller.stats.refreshOutputTime: Displays the time taken to write output to

devices on the tool.
6-3
www.nov.com
Debug Monitor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-4 of 20
Selecting Items to Monitor
See section titled "Standard Debug Item Descriptions

above for general descriptions of common debug items.
1. Click the Debug Monitor link (located under Diagnostics) to display the top level
directory Chooser screen for the currently-selected tool controller.
2. Click the plus sign to expand a top level directory (see below).
6-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-5 of 20
Debug Monitor
Expanded top level

directory controller
3. Locate the items you wish to monitor, then click to select. Click again to deselect if
necessary.
4. Click OK to display the next Debug Monitor screen.
6-5
www.nov.com
Debug Monitor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-6 of 20
Click Select Monitors to display the Chooser screen again if you wish to add
items.
To remove items from the list, click to select, then click Remove.
Debug Monitor values are updated approximately 20

times per second.
6-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-7 of 20
Debug Monitor
Creating a Link to Monitored Items

A URL can be generated by WebObject name or WebObject index.
A WebObject index refers to the place in the tool controller where the object occurs. The indices of
WebObjects can change if the tool controllers configuration changes. Therefore, a URL generated
by index may not display the same WebObjects on a similar, but differently-configured tool
controller.
A URL generated by WebObject name is more accurate, and is therefore recommended by NOV.
1. Select the items you wish to monitor, as described in section titled "Selecting Items
to Monitor" on page 6-4.
2. Click Generate URL (at the Debug Monitor screen shown on page 6-6) to create a
link to all items displayed.
3. Click Names, then click Favorites --> Add to Favorites. Assign a name and
location for the URL in your browsers Favorites folder.
By default, the link appears in Microsoft Internet Explorers browsers Favorites
folder as Debug Monitor. NOV recommends that you assign a more specific name
to reflect this particular set of parameters. In general, browsers have a limit of 256
characters for the URL name. If you have numerous items to monitor, the browser
may truncate the URL string, making it impossible to locate the correct link. The
character limit depends on the names themselves and the number of items you
choose.
4. Click the appropriate URL (located in your Favorites folder) to launch the Debug
Monitor using the selected/linked items.
6-7
www.nov.com
Debug Monitor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-8 of 20
Graphing Data for Individual Items
Live graphing does not record every controller cycle; it only

updates the graph at the screen refresh rate. Recorded
data includes values for every controller cycle. See section
titled "Recording and Graphing Data" on page 6-9.
1. Select the items you wish to graph (as described in section titled "Selecting Items to
Monitor" on page 6-4), then click OK.
2. Click an individual items graph button to display a small graph pop-up window.
Graph button
The graph refreshes the data automatically.
6-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-9 of 20
Debug Monitor
Recording and Graphing Data

You can record data for up to 20 items, over a maximum time period of 100 seconds. This feature
is helpful in diagnosing intermittent problems.
Live graphing does not record every controller cycle; it only

updates the graph at the screen refresh rate. Recorded
data includes values for every controller cycle.
1. Click the Record toggle button for up to 20 items.

Click the Record toggle button again to deselect the item for recording.
Items highlighted in red will be recorded. Items highlighted

in black will not be recorded.
Record button
Start Recording button

2. Click Start Recording.
6-9
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-10 of 20
Debug Monitor
3. Allow recording to continue until it stops automatically, or click Stop Recording to

display a graph of the recorded data (see below).
Recording stops automatically after approximately 100

seconds, however you can stop recording at any time
(when the tool reaches a certain position, for example) by
pressing the Stop Recording button.
See section titled "The Graph Viewer below.
!
Returning to the tool controller main Web page clears
unsaved recordings. See section titled "Saving Recorded
Data" on page 6-12.
6-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-11 of 20
Debug Monitor
The Graph Viewer
Display options discussed in this section apply to graphs

generated from recorded data. See section titled
"Recording and Graphing Data" on page 6-9 for
information about selecting and recording data.
See section titled "Recording and Graphing Data" on page 6-9.

The main graph window displays graph plots. Each plot floats independently on its own axis, and
each is drawn in a separate color.
The illustration shown above displays all graphs full height. See section titled "Graph Display
Options" on page 6-13 for more information.
6-11
www.nov.com
Debug Monitor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-12 of 20
Saving Recorded Data

You can save recorded data in CSV format (comma-separated value, also called commadelimited), which can be opened and manipulated by other software, such as Microsoft Excel.
At the Graph Viewer window, click File --> Save CSV File.
Assign a name and location for the recorded data, then click Save to confirm.
Click File --> Open CSV File, then click to select the appropriate file to display saved data in the
Graph Viewer window.
Graph Labels
Press and hold down the <Ctrl> button on your keyboard, then click anywhere inside the graph to
display an Add Graph Label pop-up option.
Click Add Graph Label to display the Add Graph Label pop-up window.
Use the space provided next to Graph Label to type custom text for the label.
Click Insert Value to insert the parameters value at that particular point on the
graph.
Click Insert Time to insert a time stamp at that particular point on the graph.
To edit, remove, or move a graph label, press and hold the <Ctrl> button on your keyboard, and
click the label to display the pop-up menu.
6-12
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-13 of 20
Debug Monitor
Graph Display Options

Click Graph located in the menu bar to display the drop-down menu items.
Show All Graphs on Same Scale

Click Show All Graphs on Same Scale to display all WebObjects on the same scale.
Show All Graphs Stacked

Click Show All Graphs Stacked to display each WebObject separately, but stacked (as shown
here).
6-13
www.nov.com
Debug Monitor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-14 of 20
Show All Graphs Full Height

Click Show All Graphs Full Height to display each WebObject at its maximum height, filling the
screen vertically (as shown here).
Show All Graphs

Click Show All Graphs to display the graphs for all WebObjects recorded. See section titled "Plot
Information Panel" on page 6-15.
Plot One Object Against Another

Click Plot One Graph Against Another to display the selection pop-up window. Click the downarrow buttons to display and select the horizontal and vertical axis objects.
Click Animate to animate the WebObjects recordings from the beginning to the end.
Click Close to close the pop-up window.
6-14
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-15 of 20
Debug Monitor
Object Grouping
Click Graph Grouping to display the Graph Grouping pop-up window.
Each WebObject displays on the top left side of the Graph Grouping pop-up window.
Click to assign a group to each object, then click to select (check) or deselect (uncheck) group
movement, resizing, and visibility options for each group.
Click OK to close the pop-up window.
Plot Information Panel

The left side of the window contains one plot information panel for each graph plot (shown here).
The panel is labeled with the name of the WebObject plotted and graphed, as well as other
controls that can be used to manipulate the graphs appearance.
Thumbnail
WebObject
Move, Size, Display (On/Off), and Line Width

Click the on/off button to toggle the display on or off.
The other arrow-up and -down buttons move, size, or change the line width (as labeled) by one
pixel each time it is clicked.
Hold down one meta key <Shift>, <Alt>, or <Ctrl> to move, size, or change the line width by ten
pixels each time the arrow-up or -down key is clicked.
Hold down two meta keys while to move, size, or change the line width by 50 pixels each time the
arrow-up or -down key is clicked.
Hold down all three meta keys to move, size, or change the line width by 100 pixels each time the
arrow-up or -down key is clicked.
6-15
www.nov.com
Debug Monitor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-16 of 20
Individual Graph Display Options

Click the color thumbnail to display the Change Graph Options pop-up window.
Click Set Color to display the color selection pop-up window and define the
WebObjects graph color.
Click Show Value Label to display each points actual value.
Click Show Time Label to display each points time stamp.
Click Isolate Graph to display only that WebObject on the graph (making all other
graphed objects invisible). See section titled "Show All Graphs" on page 6-14.
Click Fill Screen to magnify that objects graph to its maximum, filling the screen
vertically.
Click any of the Point Decoration radio buttons to change the way each data point
is displayed; normal (none), vertical line, plus signs, or dots.
Click OK to close the Change Graph Options pop-up window.
6-16
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-17 of 20
Debug Monitor
Mousing Inside the Graph Area

When moving the mouse over the main graph area, a grey line appears, and moves along with the
tip of the mouse pointer. A digital time displays in the top left portion of the Graph Viewer window,
and changes accordingly with mouse movement. Each WebObjects Plot Information Panel also
displays a value in its lower left corner, which represents its value where the grey line intersects
with the graph plot.
Graph time
Mouse position
and grey line
Difference in value between the

top and the bottom of grey rectangle
Width of rectangle in terms of space for individual plot
in graph time
Value of the
graph where grey
line intersects
the graph plot
Clicking and dragging inside the main graph area creates a grey rectangle. A second and third
reading displays inside each WebObjects Plot Information Panel; the second represents the
width of the rectangle in graph time; the third represents the difference in value between the top
and the bottom of the rectangle in terms of space for individual plot.
Press <Ctrl> on your keyboard while clicking and dragging the mouse inside the graph area to
display the pop-up menu shown here.
Click Zoom Into Rectangle to magnify the area, or click Show Data Inside Rectangle to display
the Data Sheet View pop-up window (see below).
6-17
www.nov.com
Debug Monitor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-18 of 20
This table displays time, data points, and one or more plots in other columns.
Click OK to close the Data Sheet View pop-up window.
6-18
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-19 of 20
Debug Monitor
Changing and Saving Values

trained, qualified personnel only. Debug Monitor
allows the user to change values for items stored in
the controller. Although some protections are built in,
movement of the tool. This can result in collisions and
serious damage to equipment, or serious/fatal injury
to personnel. Use extreme caution.
1. Click the Edit button (items do not need to be highlighted).

Edit button
2. Type a new value into the space provided, then press <Enter> to save the value, or
press <Esc> to cancel changes.
3. If necessary, type the administrators password into the space provided, then click
OK to continue.
An alert message Response is read only displays if the user attempts to change
a restricted item.
6-19
www.nov.com
Debug Monitor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 6-20 of 20
A persistent value remains stored in the tool controller after power to the tool and the controller are
turned off. The tool controller program uses those stored values as the initial item value upon
startup.
4. Click Save Objects to save all persistent values to the CompactFlash.
5. Type the administrators password into the space provided, then click OK.
A confirmation message displays.
6. Click anywhere on the screen to close the confirmation message.
Persistent values cannot be saved to certain tools while

they are on.
6-20
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-1 of 10
I/O Diagnostics
Overview
The I/O Diagnostic module is intended to compliment the Debug Monitor, and separates I/O points
by type (see section titled "I/O Types" on page 7-3). While it provides similar functions, its
emphasis is directed more on providing a tool to manipulate I/O systems that reside within the tool
controller. It also attempts to present each I/O point as a single unit, whereas the Debug Monitor
presents individual WebObjects that are part of an I/O point.
For information about Profibus addressing, see the

appendix of this manual.
Type the password into the space provided, then Click OK to continue.
Main Page
Click the I/O Diagnostics link (located under Diagnostics) to display the current tool controllers
default I/O Diagnostics page.
7-1
www.nov.com
I/O Diagnostics
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-2 of 10
This page displays the top level directory of all I/O points on the current tool controller. Click the
markers located to the left of the directory to expand and display its contents.
Continue clicking the markers as necessary to expand each WebObject. Use the tabs located
along the top of the page to filter displayed I/O types (general descriptions below).
7-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-3 of 10
I/O Diagnostics
I/O Types
Tabs located across the top of the I/O Diagnostics page provide a way to display all I/O types at
once, or only those of a certain type. The tabs are created dynamically, so there may not be a tab
for every possible I/O type. In addition, different tabs may appear on different controllers. Within
each tab, I/O points are sorted alphabetically by WebObject name.
Click the All I/O Points tab to display all I/O types. For information about Profibus addressing, see
the appendix of this manual.
Profibus DP1 or DP2

Click the Profibus Card DP1 or Profibus Card DP2 tab to display Profibus DP1 or DP2
I/Os.
R
Transmission: Profibus
I/O Type: DP1 or DP2
I/O Identifier: [Profibus node number][I/O type code][Byte number][.{Bit number}]/

{_String length]}
I/O Type DP1 refers to the first Applicom card on the first Profibus DP network (typically used for
communication between the tool controller and hydraulic or pneumatic actuators that move
mechanical parts of the tool). DP2 refers to the optional second Applicom card on the second
Profibus DP network.
The I/O Identifier refers to a specific byte or bit at a given node. Only the digital inputs and outputs
need to specify the bit number. The range of byte numbers is 0 to 225; the range of bit numbers is
0 to 8.
I/O identifier examples (see section titled "I/O Identifiers" on page 7-7):
R
12DQ6.2: Refers to a digital output (DQ) point writing to bit 2 of byte 6 on Profibus
node 12.
8IR16: Refers to a (floating point) real input (IR) value that would be read from bytes
16 through 19 on Modbus node 8.
21SI4_30: Refers to a string input (SI) value that would be read from bytes 4
through 33 on Modbus node 21.
7-3
www.nov.com
I/O Diagnostics
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-4 of 10
NET
Click the NET tab to display all Net I/O types.
R
Transmission: Ethernet
I/O Type: NET
I/O Identifier: If the identifier begins with the letter N, it is non-streamed (normal); if
it begins with any other character, it is streamed, and will reset automatically to its
previous value.
Displays information regarding commands that originated from a touchscreen or workstation

control panel (console).
Controller-to-Controller (C2C)
Click the Controller-to-Controller tab to display all C2C I/Os.
R
I/O Type: C2C
I/O Identifier: [remote controller name]:[remote controller WebObject name]
The purpose of this type is to receive input from the other controllers, as opposed to sending
commands to them. Therefore, only input classes are assigned to this I/O type.
7-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-5 of 10
I/O Diagnostics
!
A C2C request contains the remote controller name. When
a remote controller receives a C2C data request, it
compares its own service name to the name contained in
the request. If the service name does not match the
controller named in the request, then the controller will not
respond. Therefore, It is critical that all C2C configurations
match one another.
Modbus
Click the Modbus tab to display all Modbus I/Os.
Modbus is a protocol suite designed for industrial automation. Like Profibus, Modbus has nodes,
however there are no cards. Profibus is byte-oriented, whereas Modbus is word-oriented.
R
I/O Type: MOD
I/O Identifier: [Modbus node string][I/O Type code][Word Number]{.[Bit

Number]}{_[String Length]}
Displays information regarding commands that originated from tools and other Ethernet devices
The I/O Identifier refers to a specific word or bit at a given node. Only the digital inputs and outputs
need to specify the bit number. The range of word numbers is 0 to 125; the range of bit numbers
(when given) is 0 to 15.
I/O identifier examples (see section titled "I/O Identifiers" on page 7-7):
R
12DQ6.2: Refers to a digital output (DQ) point writing to bit 2 of byte 6 on Profibus
node 12.
8IR16: Refers to a (floating point) real input (IR) value that would be read from bytes
16 through 19 on Profibus node 8.
21SI4_30: Refers to a string input (SI) value that would be read from bytes 4
through 33 on Profibus node 21.
7-5
www.nov.com
I/O Diagnostics
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-6 of 10
No Type
Displays information regarding I/O points that have not been configured.
Step7
R
I/O Type: S7
I/O Identifier: [Step7 node string][I/O type code][Byte number].[Bit number]
Displays information from programmable logic controllers (PLCs). This Ethernet communication
protocol is used on older systems (tab not shown here).
Cyberbase
Click the Cyberbase tab to display all Cyberbase I/Os.
R
I/O Type: CY
I/O Identifier: [Cyberbase Node String][I/O Type Code][Byte Number]{.[Bit

Number]}{_[String Length]}
Displays communication information between various NOV products; Ethernet communication

protocol (tab not shown here).
A Cyberbase node represents a specific device on the Ethernet network that has its own IP
address. Cyberbase node names can have alphabetic characters.
7-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-7 of 10
I/O Diagnostics
I/O Properties
Right-click the I/O, then click Properties to display the I/O properties window.
I/O Identifier
I/O Type
The properties pop-up window contains information about the selected I/O. Each I/O contains an I/
O type (see section titled "I/O Types" on page 7-3) and an I/O identifier. Once the tool controller
starts up, the I/O type and identifiers are fixed, and cannot be changed unless the controller is
reconfigured and restarted.
See section titled "I/O Types" on page 7-3.
I/O Identifiers
I/O Identifiers are unique names for the I/O item. The identifier may begin with a node name (or
number), followed by a two-character class abbreviation. There are 14 types of
I/O device classes (7 input, and 7 output):
R
DI: Digital Input (1 bit) items return a true or false result based on a condition
(Boolean values). For example, a proximity sensor detects metal and the digital
input item displays a True value.
DQ: Digital Output (1 bit) items display a zero or 1, off or on, false or true value
representing a command sent to the tool.
AI: Analog Input (2 byte, integer) items convert word input data and display a more
meaningful unit. For example, a pressure sensor may report values from 455 to
15,000, however 455 represents zero pressure. This item would convert and report
0 (instead of 455).
AQ: Analog Output (2 byte, integer) items convert word output data to display a
more meaningful unit. For example, when an operator sends a command using
inches through a touchscreen, the analog output device converts the inches to a
value that the tool recognizes.
7-7
www.nov.com
I/O Diagnostics
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-8 of 10
IR: Real Input items return a real, or float value (a 32-bit floating point number as
opposed to an integer).
QR: Real Output items display a real value (a 32-bit floating point number), as
opposed to an integer representing a command sent to another device.
IW: Analog Word Input (2 bytes, integer) items return an integer that may indicate
pressure or a tool position. This may be a 16- or 32-bit integer, depending on the
device or tool.
QW: Analog Word Output (2 bytes, integer) items send commands to tools. This
may be a 16- or 32-bit integer, depending on the device or tool.
ID: Analog Double Word Input (4 bytes, integer) items return an integer that may
indicate pressure or a tool position. This may be a 32-bit integer, depending on the
device or tool.
QD: Analog Double Word Output (4 bytes, integer) items send commands to
tools. This may be a 32-bit integer, depending on the device or tool.
SI: String Input items return text, such as status messages.
SO: String Output items send text, such as status messages.
Setting or Forcing Values

Sometimes its possible to set the value directly (using the Set Value option described below). This
is often the case with inputs of type NET (see section titled "I/O Types" on page 7-3). Where this is
not possible, you can force the value for any I/O item stored by the tool controller. For example, if
the hydraulic sensor reports a no power status (indicating that a tool may have failed), you can
change the hydraulic pressure powers on/off value to allow tool operation to continue.
Forcing an output value can also be used to identify whether the tool controller program interlock
or the hardware is causing a component failure. For example, if the jaws of the roughneck will not
close, and you are unable to force them to close using the Force Value option described below, a
wiring or hardware problem is likely.
Alternatively, if you suspect a faulty sensor, change the condition (such as tool pressure), then
verify that the value shown on the I/O Properties pop-up window reflects the change. If it displays
the correct value, the sensor is functioning properly.
Use extreme caution when forcing a value. Forcing a

value bypasses safety interlocks, allowing free
movement of the tool. This can result in collisions and
serious damage to equipment, or serious/fatal injury
to personnel. Obtain permission from the rig manager
before using this feature.
1. Locate and right-click an I/O, then click Properties (as described above) to display
the I/O Properties pop-up window (shown below).
7-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-9 of 10
I/O Diagnostics
Force Enabled displays T (True) if the current value was forced.
Forced Value: Displays the forced value.
Value: The current status or value as reported from the I/O device or tool.
2. Click Set Value or Force Value.

3. If necessary, type the administrator password into the space provided, then click OK
to display the Set Value or Force Value pop-up window.
4. Type the desired value into the space provided, then click OK.
5. Click OK again to return to the I/O Diagnostic page.
!
Click Un-Force Value to reset the device to its actual
value. Forced values remain forced until you unforce them
or restart the tool controller. Do not leave values in a forced
state.
7-9
www.nov.com
I/O Diagnostics
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 7-10 of 10
Displaying Input/Output Detail

The Inputs & Outputs detail window lists all input and output points of that type (or all types, if the
All I/O Points tab is selected) used by the current controller, in alphabetical order. Electrical
drawings contain I/O identifiers, but normally do not provide the WebObject name that the
controller uses. This screen provides a way for a technician to locate a WebObject name by its I/O
identifier.
Right-click the I/O, then click Show Inputs & Outputs to display the Inputs & Outputs detail
window.
Click OK to return to the I/O Diagnostics page.
7-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 8-1 of 4
Scheduler Diagnostics
Overview
Controllers run through a cycle once every twenty milliseconds (or 50 times per second). A cycle
includes all calculations, communications, inputs and outputs. The controller keeps track of its
communication schedule by organizing its obligations in its communications calendar.
The purpose of the Scheduler Diagnostic module is to provide information about the controllers
communications calendars. If, for example a device is requesting information from a controller, but
the controller does not appear to be processing the requests often enough, the Scheduler
Diagnostic module provides a way to view the controllers communication calendar, and also
provides the option to modify requests.
Selecting Tool Controllers

Click the Scheduler Diagnostics link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Select
Controllers pop-up window.
By default, all tools are selected (checked) except V-DAQ.
Scheduler Diagnostic will attempt to contact all selected

controllers. Attempting to contact controllers that are offline
can take several minutes.
Click to select or deselect (uncheck) controllers, then click OK.

The Scheduler Diagnostic module first determines the controller name from the Controller-toController system (Chapter 9, titled "Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status), then gathers
configuration data. After a few moments, the main Scheduler Diagnostics page (shown below)
appears.
8-1
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 8-2 of 4
Main Page
The main Scheduler Diagnostic page contains an information panel for each controller selected
(see section titled "Selecting Tool Controllers above). Each panel contains a list of devices with
which the controller communicates.
Tool controller
name and
IP address
Device name
Expected
and actual
communication
frequency
Change
frequency
Scroll bar
The Expected and Actual communication frequency displays for each device. A pink background
appears in cases where the two frequencies differ by more than five percent.
Use the scroll bar to move up or down through the panels.
8-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 8-3 of 4
Changing Communication Frequency
Do not operate machinery when changing

communication frequency. Doing so causes the tool
controller to restart. Failure to observe and follow
proper procedures could result in serious or fatal
injury to personnel, significant property loss, or
significant equipment damage.
Click the appropriate controllers Change button. If necessary, type the administrators password
into the space provided, then click OK to continue and display the Change pop-up window.
Type the desired change into the space provided, then click Make the Change.
Click Yes at the confirmation window to store the change and restart the tool controller.
8-3
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 8-4 of 4
Show Distribution Map

Click the appropriate controllers Show Distribution Map to display its communications calendar
in table format.
Each cell contains a device name that the controller communicates with during each controller
cycle. Cells are color-coded by device (all instances of a specific Modbus device may be red, for
example). If no device is scheduled in a cell, it is labeled available.
The map can be saved in Microsoft Excel-compatible .csv format. Click Save to File to assign a
name and location for the data.
Click OK to close the map.
Show C2C Inconsistencies

Click Show C2C Inconsistencies to display a text box with information about all instances of
inconsistent C2C communications.
If no inconsistencies exist, the button is disabled.
8-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 9-1 of 8

Overview
The C2C module provides information about the communication subsystems on the tool
controllers. It reports the status of each C2C node that the currently-selected tool controller is
communicating with, and displays the WebObjects that each C2C node is associated with.
The C2C system communicates over the Ethernet network.
Main Page
Click the Controller-to-Controller Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the
currently-selected tools Controller-to-Controller Status page.
The controller graphic boxes display green to indicate normal communication, or red to indicate a
communication error. The controller name and status number display in the top left corner of the
controller graphic.
9-1
www.nov.com
D811001123-GEN-001/04
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 9-2 of 8
Status Details
Right-click a controller box to display more details.
In addition to the name of the controller and a status message, the detail pop-up window also lists
all WebObjects on that controller whose values depend on input from those controllers. It also
displays the value of each WebObjects. The values are live, and change as the values from the
remote controller change.
Code
Message
Comment
OK
The other controller is functioning

normally.
5648
Client could not connect to its

server.
The other controller may not be running.
5664
Client believes that its server has

stopped working.
The other controller was connected and

running normally, but it has stopped
running.
9-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 9-3 of 8

technicians.
At the Controller-to-Controller Status page, press and hold <Shift+Ctrl+Alt>, then click a
controller box to display the Screen Communication Logs window.
Click the buttons along the top of the window to display different communication information (see
Press Close to return to the previous page.
9-3
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 9-4 of 8
Tool Controllers
Click Tool Controllers to display the Tool Controllers screen.
Click anywhere inside the Controller box.
network. The Tool Controller screen displays basic information about each tool controller, such as
the method of communication being used between the controller and the software, and the amount
of time the software has been communicating with the tool.
Click any communication box to display message information.
9-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 9-5 of 8
Click any message to display more detail.
9-5
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 9-6 of 8
Ownership
Click Ownership to display tool Ownership screen.
Tool ownership is a built-in safety feature, designed to prevent more than one operator from
simultaneously controlling a tool.
Click any of the Ownership States boxes to display more detail.
9-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 9-7 of 8
HTTP Requests
Click HTTP Requests to display the HTTP Request window.
9-7
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 9-8 of 8
Write Monitor
Click Write Monitor to display the Write Monitor screen.
controllers.
Exceptions
Click Exceptions to display the Exceptions screen.
This displays error messages, if any, between the applet and the controller.
9-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-1 of 10
Cyberbase Status
Overview
The Cyberbase Status module provides information about the communication subsystems on the
tool controllers. It reports the status of each cyberbase node that the currently-selected tool
controller is communicating with, and displays all WebObjects that each node is associated with.
Cyberbase node information is availabe only for rigs

equipped with a cyberbase control system.
Main Page
Click the Cyberbase Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the current tool
controllers default Cyberbase Status page.
The node graphics display green to indicate normal communication, or red to indicate a
communication error.
The node name and status displays in the top left corner of the node graphic.
10-1
www.nov.com
10
Cyberbase Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-2 of 10
Status Details
Click any node to display its Node Status pop-up window.
The Node Status window lists all WebObjects on the controller that the communications node is
associated with. It also displays the value of each WebObject. The values are live, and change as
the values from the remote controller change.
Click Next to display a continuation of the list; click Previous to return to the first window.
Process Image
Click anywhere inside the Node Status window to display the Process Image pop-up window.
complete map of the current state of the inputs or outputs from a given communications node.
These are divided into smaller sections. A single WebObject might write to or read from only a
single bit in the image, or it may write to, or read, a long string of bits.
10-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-3 of 10
Cyberbase Status
10
The Process Image pop-up window displays either all of the output or all of the input process
image for that communications subsystem mode.
Click Switch to (Output/Input) Image to toggle between the output and input images.
Click anywhere outside of the Process Image window to close it and return to the main
Cyberbase Status page.
Use the blue left- or right-arrow buttons to scroll through the process images.
10-3
www.nov.com
10
Cyberbase Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-4 of 10

technicians.
At the Cyberbase Status page, press and hold <Shift +Ctrl+Alt>, then click a controller box to
display the Screen Communication Logs window.
10-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-5 of 10
Cyberbase Status
10
Tool Controllers
10-5
www.nov.com
10
Cyberbase Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-6 of 10
10-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-7 of 10
Cyberbase Status
10
Ownership
10-7
www.nov.com
10
Cyberbase Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-8 of 10
HTTP Requests
10-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-9 of 10
Cyberbase Status
10
Write Monitor
controllers.
Exceptions
10-9
www.nov.com
10
Cyberbase Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 10-10 of 10
10-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-1 of 10
Modbus Status
Overview
The Modbus Status module provides information about the communication subsystems on the
tool controllers. It reports the status of each modbus node that the currently-selected tool controller
is communicating with, and displays all WebObjects that each node is associated with.
Main Page
Press the Modbus Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Modbus Status page.
11-1
www.nov.com
11
Modbus Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-2 of 10
Status Details
Process Image
11-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-3 of 10
Modbus Status
11
Click anywhere outside of the Process Image window to close it and return to the main Modbus
Status page.
11-3
www.nov.com
11
Modbus Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-4 of 10

technicians.
At the Modbus Status page, press and hold <Shift+Ctrl+Alt>, then click a controller box to
display the Screen Communication Logs window.
11-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-5 of 10
Modbus Status
11
Tool Controllers
11-5
www.nov.com
11
Modbus Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-6 of 10
11-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-7 of 10
Modbus Status
11
Ownership
11-7
www.nov.com
11
Modbus Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-8 of 10
HTTP Requests
11-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-9 of 10
Modbus Status
11
Write Monitor
controllers.
Exceptions
11-9
www.nov.com
11
Modbus Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 11-10 of 10
11-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-1 of 10
Profibus Network Status

Overview
The Profibus Network Status module provides status information about the nodes
communicating on the Profibus network. It reports the status of each Profibus node that the
currently-selected tool controller is communicating with, and displays all WebObjects that each
node is associated with.
For information about Profibus addressing, see the appendix of this manual.
Main Page
Click the Profibus Network Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Probifbus
Network Status page.
Green indicates the node is communicating normally through the Profibus network.
Red indicates the node is not communicating through the network.
Yellow indicates the node is reporting diagnostic information; the controller has not
lost communication with the node, but the node may have a problem.
The absolute encoder buttons normally display yellow at

startup, then turn green after approximately one minute.
Yellow is normal for emergency-stop (e-stop) conditions.
12-1
www.nov.com
D811001123-GEN-001/04
12
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-2 of 10
Status Details
Node number
Status code
Profibus Status Codes

Code
Message
Node is functioning normally
33
Node is not communicating with the network
36
Node is not configured
45
Dialog software is not memory-resident
47
Invalid board number
93
Driver is not accessible
255
IO_RefreshInput was not executed beforehand
12-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-3 of 10
12
Process Image
Click anywhere outside of the Process Image window to close it and return to the main Profibus
Network Status page.
12-3
www.nov.com
12
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-4 of 10

technicians.
At the Profibus Network Status page, press and hold <Shift+Ctrl+Alt>, then click a controller
box to display the Screen Communication Logs window.
12-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-5 of 10
12
Tool Controllers
12-5
www.nov.com
12
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-6 of 10
12-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-7 of 10
12
Ownership
12-7
www.nov.com
12
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-8 of 10
HTTP Requests
12-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-9 of 10
12
Write Monitor
controllers.
Exceptions
12-9
www.nov.com
12
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 12-10 of 10
12-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-1 of 10
Step 7 Status
Overview
The Step 7 Status module provides information about the communication subsystems on the tool
controllers. It reports the status of each step 7 node that the currently-selected tool controller is
communicating with, and displays all WebObjects that each node is associated with.
This page displays information from programmable logic controllers (PLCs).
Step 7 node information is available only for rigs with PLCs

that are communication using Step 7 protocol as part of
the control system.
Main Page
Click the Step 7 Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Step 7 Status page.
13-1
www.nov.com
D811001123-GEN-001/04
13
Step 7 Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-2 of 10
Status Details
Process Image
13-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-3 of 10
Step 7 Status
13
Click Switch to (Output or Input) Image to toggle between the output and input images.
Click anywhere outside of the Process Image window to close it and return to the main Step 7
Status page.
13-3
www.nov.com
13
Step 7 Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-4 of 10

technicians.
At the Step 7 Status page, press and hold <Shift+Ctrl+Alt>, then click a controller box to display
the Screen Communication Logs window.
13-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-5 of 10
Step 7 Status
13
Tool Controllers
13-5
www.nov.com
13
Step 7 Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-6 of 10
13-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-7 of 10
Step 7 Status
13
Ownership
13-7
www.nov.com
13
Step 7 Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-8 of 10
HTTP Requests
13-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-9 of 10
Step 7 Status
13
Write Monitor
controllers.
Exceptions
13-9
www.nov.com
13
Step 7 Status
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 13-10 of 10
13-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 14-1 of 6
State Diagrams
Overview
State diagrams document step-by-step programming logic behind tool functions, states, or
movements. The diagrams found here are the documents used to create the tool controller
program, and can be used to diagnose problems.
Not all tools have diagrams. If the link does not appear on
the service page, see Chapter 18, titled "Service Pages
Configuration,
section titled "Show or Hide the State
Diagram Viewer Link" on page 18-2.
Main Page
Click the State Diagrams link (located under Diagnostics) to display the State Diagram Viewer
page.
The first screen displays the upper-left corner of the diagram (diagrams normally print on 11" x 17"
paper, and are too large to display on a standard computer screen).
1. Press and hold the left mouse button, then move to view other sections of the
diagram.
14-1
www.nov.com
14
State Diagrams
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 14-2 of 6
2. Click Navigator to view a list of state diagrams available for the current tool.
3. Click to select a diagram.
State Diagram Language Protocol

State Diagram Viewer uses the Unified Modeling Language (UML) standard for documenting
program logic. Statements and various if, else if, and else commands are used to construct logical
algorithms required to control a specific tool. A standard statement interrogates the state of a
switch (a stated variable), then executes the appropriate command line (statement), depending on
the state of the switch.
See section titled "Unified Modeling Language Table below.
14-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 14-3 of 6
State Diagrams
14
Unified Modeling Language Table

Symbol
Name
Description
Initial State
The diagram starting point.
Final State
Represents completion of an activity. Most

diagrams dont have completions because they
are cyclic.
Represents the state of an object. A state is the
condition of an object, or an interaction, during
which it satisfies some condition, performs an
action, or waits for an event. The object is
named in the upper-eft corner of the diagram.
State
The top of the symbol displays the name of the

state. The actions performed during the state
are listed inside the symbol. Three possible
actions for each state are:
entry/ performed when the object

enters the defined state
do/
continually performed while the
object is in the defined state
exit/
performed once when the
object leaves the defined state
Substate
Represents a substate (contained within a

state).
14-3
www.nov.com
14
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 14-4 of 6
State Diagrams
Symbol
Name
Description
Statements associated with transition paths
describe events and conditions required to
move from the current or previous state, and
include actions that may take place upon exit
from the state.
Events and conditions appear first, and are
separated by Boolean AND OR statements.
Events and conditions

/actions or events,
statement
State Transition
Path
Actions follow conditions, and are preceded by

a forward slash (/). Actions are separated by
commas.
Statement syntax:
someCondition = true AND

someOtherCondition = false
OR someDifferentCondition =
true
/someActionOrEvent =
TAKES_PLACE,
someOtherActionOrEvent = STOP
action a=true
State 1
action c=true
State 3
State 2
Factored State
Transition
This transition uses the same notation and

syntax as a regular transition path. The symbol
shows two mutually exclusive paths, originating
from different states (State 1 and State 2), then
merging through a common junction point to
reach transition (State 3).
action b=false
See http://www.omg.org/technology/documents/
formal/uml.htm for the complete UML specification. State
diagrams are in sections 2.12 and 3.74.
Diagnosing Problems Using State Diagrams

1. Establish communication with the tool operator via telephone or by using some
other means to step through the problem.
2. Select a tool, then click the State Diagrams link to display the State Diagram
Viewer page.
3. Click Navigator, then click to select a diagram for the component or process you
wish to monitor (see below).
14-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 14-5 of 6
State Diagrams
14
4. A green box identifies the current state of the tool.

As the operator controls the tool, follow the process on the State Diagram.
Green transition statements indicate that the device met condition requirements.
Red transition statements indicate that the device did not meet condition
requirements.
5. When the problem occurs, locate the red transition statement.
14-5
www.nov.com
14
State Diagrams
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 14-6 of 6
14-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 15-1 of 8
Axis Controller
Overview
Axis controller software is used to control a tools axis of motion (such as the upper arm of a pipe
racking system). It accepts and translates raw data into controlled motion of some part of the tool.
The Axis Controller module communicates the operation of the axis controller software using
standard UML (Unified Modeling Language) diagrams. UML can provide several different types of
diagrams to present the same software feature (for example, state diagrams, timing diagrams, and
flow charts).
The Axis Controller module is available only for tools that

use axis controller software.
Selecting an Axis Controller

Click the Axis Controller link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Axis Controller page.
If the link does not appear on the main service page, the
tool does not use axis controller software.
Click to select an axis controller link from the list and display the Axis Controller Overview screen
(shown below).
15-1
www.nov.com
15
Axis Controller
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 15-2 of 8
Axis Controller Overview Screen

Field Descriptions
Using your mouse, hover over any field on the Axis Controller Overview screen to display a field
description to the right of the grey window.
Override Mode
The motion profiler and the PID (proportional, integral, derivative) are not used. A velocity
command is sent directly to the mover. Acceleration and deceleration limits are ignored.
Normal Mode
R
Open Loop: The velocity output from the motion profiler is sent directly to the
mover. The PID is not used. The motion profiler is in Normal mode. Acceleration
and deceleration limits are observed.
Closed Loop: This is the default mode. All components of the axis controller are
used for closed-loop position control. The motion profiler is in Normal mode. This
mode is changed by code that resides outside of the axis controller. A change in
mode only takes effect when the axis controller is on. This value cannot be changed
from the Web interface. Acceleration and deceleration limits are observed.
Multi-Axis: A position stream is fed directly to the PID. The motion profiler is in Rig
mode. Acceleration and deceleration limits are observed.
State
The default value is Off. This controls the function of the axis controller. When the mode is set from
outside the axis controller, the axis controller does not operate differently until the state changes.
The state is changed from inside the axis controller itself. Its values normally follow the mode
values, except the state can also have the values Off, Quick Stop, or Override. This value cannot
be changed from the Web interface.
15-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 15-3 of 8
15
Axis Controller
On
The default value is F (false). The axis controller value is either on (T) or off (F). This value is set by
code that resides outside of the axis controller itself. The state does not typically change unless
the axis controller is on. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.
Throttle
The throttle is a request to move the axis. The default value is 0.00. The value range is
+/-100.00. The axis controller provides limits to the throttle, but it is used more often by the motion
profiler. When the axis controller is turned off, the throttle value is limited to 0.00. This value cannot
be changed from the Web interface.
Position Input
The position input is used in multi-axis control mode by the motion profiler. Another motion profiler
can feed a position stream to position input. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.
Feedback Position
The feedback position provides the current position of the axis to the motion identifier and the PID.
It is used in calculations that determine how to move the axis in order to match the requested
position. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.
Maximum Negative Velocity

This number provides the PID with a maximum negative velocity limit for the axis. The axis
controller ensures that a negative number is provided. This value can be changed from the Web
interface. See section titled "Editing a Field Value below.
Maximum Positive Velocity

This number provides the PID with a maximum positive velocity limit for the axis. The axis
controller ensures that a positive number is provided. This value can be changed from the Web
interface. See section titled "Editing a Field Value below.
Quick Stop
This value is either T (true) or F (false). When the value is T (true), the axis controller stops the
axis immediately. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.
15-3
www.nov.com
15
Axis Controller
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 15-4 of 8
Editing a Field Value

If a field background turns gold when you pass your mouse over it (as shown here), you can
change the value.
Click the field to display the Edit Value pop-up window,
Enter a new value into the space provided, then click Set Value to confirm and save the value to
the controller.
R
Click Restore to restore the default value
Click Cancel to abort changes
15-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 15-5 of 8
Axis Controller
15
Axis Controller Diagrams

At the Axis Controller Overview screen, click the button labeled Axis Controller execute ()
diagram to display a standard UML diagram.
This diagram mirrors the programming code exactly, without displaying actual code. It contains a
column for each of the different software modules that make up the axis controller (Axis
Controller, Motion Profiler, PID, and Mover), depicting the main execution loop of the axis
controller and the calls that it makes to its components during each control cycle*.
*one cycle occurs every 20 milliseconds

State Diagrams
If a box in the diagram turns gold when you pass your mouse over it (as shown below), more
information is available about that step. Click the Manage State box to display its State Diagram
(see below). Other boxes display execution diagrams (see section titled "Execution Diagrams" on
page 15-6).
Click the box to display another diagram that drills down into that step of the program.
15-5
www.nov.com
15
Axis Controller
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 15-6 of 8
The State Diagram is a standard UML state diagram, but presents live values. The current state is
represented by a green box. Arrows flowing in or out of the green state box represent state
transitions.
Text displayed along each arrows path is divided by a forward slash (/). The text that precedes the
slash mark is a Boolean statement which indicates the conditions under which the machine would
transition from one state to another. Individual parts of the Boolean statement are red (false),
green (true), or black (unknown).
The text that follows the slash mark is a list of consequences that result from making that
transition.
Execution Diagrams
If a box in the diagram turns gold when you pass your mouse over it (as shown below), more
information is available about that step.
Click the box to display another diagram that drills down into that step of the program (see
below).
15-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 15-7 of 8
Axis Controller
15
15-7
www.nov.com
15
Axis Controller
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 15-8 of 8
15-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 16-1 of 2
Download Alarms
The Download Alarms module provides a way for the operator to download a text file containing a
list of current system alarms.
Click the Download Alarms link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Windows Explorer
File Download pop-up window.
Click Save, then define a name and destination for the file being downloaded.
The default text file name is AlarmEventServlet. NOV

recommends assigning a unique name to the file, with a
.csv (comma-separated value) extension. The file can then
be opened with Microsoft Excel, or another spreadsheet
program (example .csv file shown here).
16-1
www.nov.com
16
Download Alarms
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 16-2 of 2
16-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 17-1 of 6

Overview
The Operator Screen Configuration module provides a way for the user to modify the currentlyselected tools menu that displays on the operator workstation touchscreen (HMI). An
administrative password is required the first time the user attempts to access a restricted function.
A password is not required again unless the browser is closed and restarted.
Main Page
The operator screens contain blue buttons used to navigate between tools and tool screens. Click
the Operator Screen Configuration link (located under Configuration) to display the
Administrative Controls login screen.
Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click Log In to display the
currently-selected tool controllers Operator Navigation Configuration page.
Cathead
Tool Menu
Default
Screen
A green outline indicates the tool controllers default screen button.
17-1
www.nov.com
17
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 17-2 of 6
Current Tool Menu

Menus for each tool differ, depending on the tool selected. However, every tool menu contains the
following three standard buttons:
R
Utility: Displays the standard utility menu, such as Choose Units, Choose
Language, and Clean Screen buttons.
Common Diagnostics: Displays the standard diagnostic menu.
Alarms: Displays alarm information about tools connected to the control network...
The three standard buttons are functional from the

operator touchscreens and the MTC cabinet computers.
Other tool menu buttons are specified by the software programmer, depending on the tool.
My Tools Menu
One tool controller is capable of hosting more than one tool. For example, the auxiliary tool
controller (as shown here) may host the cathead, the HPU, the power slips, and the rotary table; a
top drive controller may host both the top drive and the casing running tool.
Click the My Tools button* to display all tools hosted on the currently-selected tool controller.
Click to select a tool and display its menu (see section titled "Current Tool Menu above).
*The My Tools button may be labeled differently,

depending on your rig configuration.
17-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 17-3 of 6
17
Main Navigation Bar

The main navigation menu displays along the bottom of most operator screens. It is defined by the
software programmer, and may vary from rig to rig. However, every operator menu bar contains
the following three buttons:
R
Back: Displays the previous screen (functional from the touchscreens).
<Currently-Selected Tool>: Displays the currently-selected tools menu (Driller

Chair is the currently-selected tool shown below).
Alarms: Button displays blue under normal conditions; blinks red when there is at
least one active and unacknowledged alarm; solid red when there is at least one
active but already acknowledged alarm (functional from the touchscreens).
My Tools: Displays a menu for all available tools. This buttons label may vary
depending on your rig configuration (Driller Tools, or AD Tools, for example).
Active tool display
Standard navigation menu buttons
17-3
www.nov.com
17
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 17-4 of 6
Changing the Current Tool Menu

At the main Operator Navigation Configuration screen (see illustration on page 17-1), click the
screen or a tool menu button to display one of the pop-up menus shown here.
Basic
Main (Vertical Buttons)
Submenu (Horizontal Buttons)
Tool button pop-up menus vary depending on configuration.
In general, you can add up to six vertical (main menu), and

five horizontal (submenu) buttons to the tool menu.
However, you cannot change (such as add submenu
buttons, edit labels, or delete) certain standard menu
items, or (such as Utilities, Common Diagnostics, and
Alarms).
17-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 17-5 of 6
17
Adding a Button
Using one of the pop-up menus shown above:
R
Click Add Button to add a new button to the main (vertical) tool menu
Click Add Submenu to add a submenu (horizontal) button to one of the main
(vertical) buttons.
Adding a secondary button to one of the main vertical

buttons disables the main vertical buttons ability to direct
the user to a specific screen. The vertical button instead
becomes a mechanism for displaying the submenu
(secondary horizontal buttons).
New (vertical)
Main Menu Button
New (horizontal)
Submenu Button
The default name for new buttons added (both main and submenu) is title.
See section titled "Changing the Button Title and Link below.
17-5
www.nov.com
17
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 17-6 of 6
Changing the Button Title and Link

Click the button to display its pop-up menu.
Click to select Edit Button and display the Edit Button pop-up window.
Type a button title into the space provided.
Click the arrow-down button to display a drop-down list of screen description files.
Click to select a file to link it to the button.
Click OK to save changes and close the Edit Button pop-up window.
Deleting a Button
Click to select Delete Button.
Moving a Button
Click to select Move Up, Move Down, Move Left, or Move Right to change the buttons position in
the menu.
Setting the Default Tool Screen

Click to select Set As Default Tool Screen to make the selected button the default tool screen for
the operator. The default tool screen is the first screen displayed to the operator when the tool is
selected. A green outline indicates the tool controllers default screen button.
See the illustration shown on page 17-1.
Restoring Original Configuration

Click to select Restore Original Configuration to revert to the original tool menu
Saving Configuration
Click to select Save Configuration to save changes to the tool controller.
17-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 18-1 of 4

Overview
The Service Pages Configuration module provides a way for the user to modify the following
options on the tool controllers main service page:
R
Show or hide the Path Editor link
Show or hide the State Diagram viewer link
Add or delete custom links
Main Page
Click the Service Pages Configuration link (located under Configuration) to display the
Administrative Controls login screen.
currently-selected tool controllers Maintenance Configuration page.
18-1
www.nov.com
18
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 18-2 of 4
The example screen shown above contains custom links

for Power Limit Commissioning and Power Limit. These
are not standard links. See section titled "Add or Delete
Custom Links" on page 18-3.
Show or Hide the Path Editor Link

The Path Editor module allows the operator to edit paths for path-based equipment, such as pipe
racking systems.
See Chapter 25, titled "Path Editor for more information about this module.
Click to select (or deselect) the box beside Show Path Editor to show (or hide) the Path Editor
link (located under Configuration) on the tool controllers main service page.
Show or Hide the State Diagram Viewer Link

State Diagrams provide a UML (Universal Modeling Language) state-logic view of the internal tool
code itself, and can be used to diagnose problems.
See Chapter 14, titled "State Diagrams for more information about this module.
Click to select (or deselect) the box beside Show State Diagram Viewer to show (or hide) the
State Diagrams link (located under Diagnostics) on the tool controllers main service page.
18-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 18-3 of 4
18
Add or Delete Custom Links

The Service Pages Configuration page provides a place for the operator or service personnel to
create or delete custom links on the main service page.
Add a Custom Link

1. Type a display name into the space provided in the Display Name column.
Type display name (step 1)
Select HTML file (step 3)
Add link (step 4)
2. Click the arrow-down button located beneath Link to File to display the drop-down
list of available HTML files on the currently-selected tool controller.
3. Click to select and link an HTML file.

4. Click to select Add This LInk (located in the Add/Delete column), then click Save
Changes.
The new link displays at the bottom of the Configuration column on the main
service page.
Delete a Custom Link

Click to select Delete This Link (located in the Add/Delete column), then click Save Changes.
The link no longer appears in the tool controllers Configuration column on the main service page.
18-3
www.nov.com
18
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 18-4 of 4
18-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-1 of 28
This module is intended for use by NOV service

personnel only. Unauthorized use could result in
property loss, or significant equipment damage and
rig down time.
Overview
The Ownership Configuration module provides a way for the user to modify the ownership.xml
file.
The primary purpose of the ownership.xml file is to define ownership rules, such as which
operator screens control which tool controller. The ownership lock-out system runs on the operator
tool screens, rather than on the tool controller, so the controller itself doesnt determine who can
write to it. In other words, the operator screens determine whether it is possible to write values to
one controller or another.
The ownership.xml file should contain the name (or ID) of each tool controller connected to the
network. This name does not appear in the operator screens, but it must match the assigned
screen tool name. The tool controller ID should be named logically, such as Fore Racker (spaces
are allowed), as opposed to abbreviations such as PRS1.
A script reads the tool controller name from the admin_config.xml file and compares it to the list
of tool controllers contained in the ownership.xml file. When a tool controller ID matches a screen
tool name, the corresponding IP address (from the ownership.xml file) is assigned to that tool
controller.
Main Page
Click the Ownership Configuration link (located under Configuration) to display the
Administrative Controls login page.
currently-selected tool controllers Ownership Configuration page (shown below).
19-1
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-2 of 28
The default Ownership Configuration page displays a skeleton ownership.xml file.

A Load Ownership File and Save Changes button are located at the bottom of the page.
Load Ownership File

1. At the main Ownership Configuration page, click Load Ownership File to display
the Load pop-up window.
2. Click the down-arrow button and click to select the location of the ownership.xml
file you wish to load.
3. Locate the file, then click to select.
4. Click OK to close the Load pop-up window.
19-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-3 of 28
19
Save Changes
Save Changes allows the user to save an edited ownership.xml file to any of the following
locations:
R
The currently-selected (host) tool controller
All tool controllers
A specific tool controller
Local hard disk
At the main Ownership Configuration page, click Save Changes.
Select a location, then click OK.

Before saving, the system conducts a number of tests to verify the integrity of the ownership.xml
file. Possible issues, if detected, are displayed in a separate notification window, however they do
not prevent the user from saving the file.
Tool Controllers
The list of tool controllers corresponds with NOV tool controllers connected to the rig network.
Right-click tool controllers to display the pop-up menu shown here.
19-3
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-4 of 28
Add a Tool Controller

At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click SBCs, then click Add SBC to display the popup window shown here.
You can either select a tool controller from the drop-down list of suggested controllers and
standard IP addresses (as shown here),
or you can type the name of the tool controller into the space provided, then select an IP address
from the IP Address drop-down menu.
Click OK to save changes and close the pop-up window.

The new tool controller appears below the SBCs on the main Ownership Configuration page.
19-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-5 of 28
19
Edit a Tool Controller

At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the tool controller (located under SBCs), then
click Edit SBC to display the Edit SBC window.
Make the necessary changes, then click OK to close the window.
Remove a Tool Controller

At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the tool controller (located under SBCs), then
click Remove SBC.
Click OK to remove the tool controller and close the confirmation window.
Set the Base IP Address

With few exceptions, the IP address of every device connected to the rig network should be on the
same IP subnet. Setting the base IP address changes the IP address of every tool controller
contained in the ownership.xml file, and also the Network element and HMIs (see sections titled
Networkand HMIs (Touchscreens) below).
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click SBCs, then click Set Base IP Address to
display the pop-up window shown here.
Click the down-arrow buttons, then click to select the base IP address numbers.
19-5
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-6 of 28
Change Item Display Order

At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click SBCs, then click Change Order to display the
pop-up window shown here.
The tool controllers are listed in alphabetical order by default.

R
To Move: Click to select a tool controller, then click Move Up or Move Down to
change the display order.
To Delete: Click to select a tool controller, then click Remove.
Network
The tool controller uses the Network element during startup to set up its IP address (see section
titled "Overview" on page 19-1).
In addition to setting up the IP address, it locates the netmask and gateway information from the
Network element in the ownership.xml file. The gateway is usually a routing device whose
address is normally the base IP subnet address with a .1 added to the end (for example,
192.168.31.1). A standard net mask is 255.255.255.0.
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Network to display the pop-up menu shown
here.
19-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-7 of 28
19
Edit Network Settings

At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Network, then click Edit Network Settings
Click the drop-down arrows and define the Netmask and Gateway numbers.
Click OK to save the addresses and close the pop-up window.

See section titled "Set the Base IP Address" on page 19-5.
HMIs (Touchscreens)
An entry located in the ownership.xml file lists all touchscreens or other screen devices, their IP
addresses, and their ownership group. Therefore, only devices that have a recognized IP address
can be part of the driller or assistant driller ownership group.
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click HMIs to display the pop-up menu shown here.
19-7
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-8 of 28
Add a Touchscreen
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click HMIs, then click Add HMI to display the pop-up
window shown here.
You can either select a touchscreen from the drop-down list of suggested HMIs and standard IP
addresses (as shown here),
or you can select a group and IP address from the Group and IP Address drop-down menus.
The new tool touchscreen appears below the HMIs on the main Ownership Configuration page.
19-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-9 of 28
19
Edit a Touchscreen
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the HMI, then click Edit HMI to display the popup window shown here.
Remove a Touchscreen
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the HMI, then click Remove HMI.
Click OK to confirm and close the pop-up window.

See section titled "Set the Base IP Address" on page 19-5.

See section titled "Change Item Display Order" on page 19-6.
Tools
While a tool controller corresponds to a physical computer (that can control more than one tool), a
tool corresponds to a specific piece of equipment that is used during rig operations.
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Tools to display the pop-up menu shown here.
19-9
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-10 of 28
Add a Tool
1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Tools, then click Add Tool to
2. Type the name of the tool into the space provided. This name appears on the
operator tool screens.
3. Click the SBC Host down-arrow, then click to select a host.
The SBC Host is the specific tool controller that controls the tool being added. The
SBC Host drop-down menu is populated by the tool controllers lister under SBCs
on the main Ownership Configuration page.
See section titled "Add a Tool Controller" on page 19-4.
4. Click the Ownership Prefix down-arrow, then click to select a prefix.

NOV recommends that you select the /operator/ prefix.The Ownership Prefix must
match the tool controllers WebObject names.
5. Type the remaining portion of the Ownership Prefix into the space provided (see
description below).
19-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-11 of 28
19
This space normally contains the tool name, however if the tool controller only
controls one tool, it can be left blank. Otherwise, type the same information as that
contained in the Name field, except remove all spaces. For example, if the name of
the tool is Rotary Table, then type RotaryTable (no spaces) into the Ownership
Prefix space provided.
6. Click the Ownership Type arrow-down button, then click to select either exclusive,
none, or any.
Q
Exclusive: Select exclusive to allow only groups that include this tool to
assume ownership.
Any: Select any to allow any group to assume ownership and write to the tool
controller
None: Select none to allow anyone to assume ownership and write to the tool
controller.
7. Click OK to save changes and close the Add Tool pop-up window.
The new tool appears under Tools on the main Ownership Configuration page,
which can be edited or removed (see sections below).
Edit a Tool
Right-click the tool listed below Tools, then click Edit Tool to display the pop-up window shown
here.
Make changes as necessary, then click OK to close the pop-up window.
19-11
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-12 of 28
Remove a Tool
Right-click the tool listed below Tools, then click Remove Tool to display a confirmation pop-up
window.
Click OK to confirm and close the pop-up window.

Groups
Tool ownership system is built around relationships between a set of tools and a set of ownership
groups, as opposed to a single owner.
For example, the drillers workstation may have three touchscreens used to assume ownership of
one or more tools, all belonging to the drillers ownership group. Typically the driller, assistant
driller, and a remote workstation (such as one mounted on an MTC cabinet) have separate
ownership groups.
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Groups to display the pop-up menu shown
here.
19-12
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-13 of 28
19
Add a Group
1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Groups, then click to select Add
Group to display the pop-up window shown here.
2. Type the name of the ownership group into the space provided.
3. Click to select Group can view service screens to allow this group to exit the
operator screens and view the service pages described in this manual. If selected,
this option appears as a Utilities submenu item.
The service pages require a mouse and keyboard. The

operator workstations are not normally equipped with a
mouse and keyboard, however the multi-tool controller
(MTC) cabinets are. Typically the Remote group has the
ability to view service pages.
4. Click Add to display the Add Allowed Tool window.
19-13
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-14 of 28
5. Click the Allowed Tools down-arrow button to display a drop-down list of defined
tools.
This drop-down list also displays the tool controller name in the first bracket, and
whether it is defined as exclusive or not (none) in the second bracket.
Adding an allowed tool to a group is required only if the tool

is defined as exclusive. See step 6 in section titled Add a
Toolon page 19-11.
6. Click to select a tool from the list.

Your selection appears in the Allowed Tools list.
7. Select a WebObject from the Enabler Input field (optional).
The Enabler Input field specifies the name of a WebObject whose value must be T
(True) in order for this group to assume ownership of the tool. This allows hard-wired
lockout switches or emergency shut down switches to interlock the ability to assume
ownership, and also to cause the loss of ownership should the switch position
change.
8. Type a short message into the space provided next to Disabled Message
(optional).
This message displays on the operator screen when the Enabler Input is stopping
the operator from assuming ownership. This message should consist of one or two
words, as it may display on the tool ownership button, where space is limited.
9. Click OK to save changes and close the window.
19-14
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-15 of 28
19
Edit a Group
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the group, then click Edit Group to display the
Edit Group window.
Edit the fields as necessary, then click OK to close the window.
Remove a Group
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click a group, then click Remove Group.
Click OK to close the confirmation window.
Edit a Groups Tool

At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click a group tool, then click Edit Tool to display the
window shown here.
19-15
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-16 of 28
Remove a Tool from a Group

Right-click the group tool, then click Remove Tool.
Click OK to close the confirmation window

Exclusions
Exclusions are designed to prevent any one ownership group from owning two or more specific
tools at the same time. For example, the drillers workstation typically has one joystick that is
capable of controlling both the pipe racking system and the drawworks. Conflicting signals from the
joystick would result in confusion should the driller assume ownership of both tools at the same
time. The Exclusions element allows the user to make ownership of certain tools mutuallyexclusion.
Add an Exclusion
1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Exclusions to display the popup menu shown below.
2. Click Add Exclusion to display the Add Exclusion window.
3. Click Add, then select a tool.
4. Click Add again to select another tool.

The two selected tools cannot be owned by the same ownership group at the same
time (that is, they are mutually-exclusive).
5. Add any other tools as needed, then click OK to save changes and close the Add
Exclusions window.
6. Click Add again, then select another tool.
Added exclusions display beneath Exclusions on the Ownership Configuration
page.
19-16
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-17 of 28
19
Edit an Exclusion
At the Ownership Configuration page, expand the Exclusions element to display all existing
exclusions.
Right-click an exclusion, then click Edit Exclusion to display its pop-up window.
Click to select a tool from the list, then click Remove to remove the tool, or click Add to add a tool
to the exclusion.
Remove an Exclusion
At the Ownership Configuration page, expand the Exclusions element to display all existing
exclusions.
Right-click the exclusion, then click Remove Exclusion.
Click OK to close the confirmation window.
19-17
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-18 of 28
Navigation
The Navigation element allows the user to define how the operators tool navigation menus
function on the operator screens. Although the Operator Screen Configuration module provides
a way for the user to define individual tool menus (see Chapter 17), it does not allow the user to
change the overall operator menu (outside of individual tool menus). The Navigation element
provides a way to define how the tool menus are displayed, and allows the user to add multi-tool
process screens.
At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Navigation to display the pop-up menu shown
here.
Add Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons

This menu option provides a way for the user to add a sub-group of preconfigured tool buttons to
the Navigation element. The navigation menus on the operator screens generally contain two
buttons by default: My Tools, and Other Tools (depending on specific rig configurations). The My
Tools menu contains a list of tools available for ownership to that particular workstation. The Other
Tools menu contains a list of other tools on the rig. The user can change the name of these tool
menu buttons, and specify which tools appear in their menus.
1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Navigation, then click Add
Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons.
The new item, Preconfigured Main Menu Button, displays beneath Navigation on
the Ownership Configuration page.
2. Right-click Preconfigured Main Menu Button to display the pop-up menu shown
here.
19-18
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-19 of 28
19
3. Click Add Main Menu Button to display the Add Main Menu Button pop-up
window.
4. Type the button name (or label) into the space provided next to Menu Button Name.
Due to limited space on the operators main menu

navigation bar, a maximum of two additional buttons is
recommended.
5. Click Add, then select the tools you want displayed in the new buttons menu.
6. Click OK to close the window.
The new menu button displays beneath Preconfigured Main Menu Button on the
Ownership Configuration page.
19-19
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-20 of 28
Editing a Buttons Menu
See the procedure described in section titled "Add

Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons" on page 19-18.
1. Right-click the added main menu button (described in step 6 above) to display its
menu.
2. Click Edit Button display the window shown in step 3 on page 19-19 above.
Q
To Change the Menu Buttons Name: Type a new name into the space
provided.
To Add a Tool to the Menu: Click Add, then select the tools you want displayed
in the new buttons menu.
To Delete a Tool from the Buttons Menu: Click to select a tool, then click
Remove.
Change
To Change Menu Display Order: Select tools, then click Move Up or Move
Down to change the display order of the tool in the buttons menu.
For consistency and ease-of-use, NOV strongly

recommends that the tool menu be arranged
alphabetically.

19-20
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-21 of 28
19
Remove All Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons

1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Preconfigured Main Menu
Button to display its menu.
2. Click Remove Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons, then click OK to confirm.
Add a Process Screen

A process screen is a screen that displays data from, or allows the operator to control or monitor,
more than one tool. A process screen can appear in a menu of tool choices.
This element allows the user to create and define process screens that need to be included in the
operators navigation menus.
1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Process Screens (located
beneath Navigation).
2. Click Add Process Screen.
3. Type a screen name into the space provided.

This name appears on the operators tool menu.
4. Type the full path to the process screens XML file located on the tool controller into
the space provided next to URL.
19-21
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-22 of 28
5. Click Scan for Screens to allow the system to search the XML file for tool names
found in that file (see below).
6. Click to select an XML file.

This populates the URL field located above it.
7. Click Scan for Tools to allow the system to search the tool controllers
ownership.xml file and determine which tools are involved in the process screen.
This populates the drop-down list adjacent to it, and also dims/disables unavailable
tools.
8. Click the down-arrow to display the tool drop-down menu, then click to select a tool.
9. Click Add to include the tool in the process screen.
10. Click the down-arrow to display the tool drop-down menu again, then click to select
another tool.
11. After all tools are added, click to select any of the tools listed in the Tools Involved
in Process Screen, then click Remove, Move Up, and Move Down buttons to
remove tools or change the display order.
19-22
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-23 of 28
19
Select the Navigation Bars Home Screen

This element provides a way for the user to define which screen displays when the user pressed
the Home button on the operator workstations touchscreen. Only one process screen can be
defined as the Home screen.
1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Process Screens (located
beneath Navigation).
2. Click Select Home Screen.
3. Click to select a process screen.
See section titled "Add a Process Screen" on page 19-21.
4. Click OK to confirm and close the window.

19-23
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-24 of 28
Add a Tool Button

This element provides a way for the user to define menu specifications for a tool. This might be
used in the absence of a nav_config.xml file.
Alternatively, the Operator Screens Configuration module can derive the nav_config.xml file
from this specification. (See Chapter 17.) In the absence of preconfigured main menu buttons, the
system uses the tools defined here to populate the operators My Tools or Other Tools menu. If a
nav_config.xml file exists, however, the system uses the specifications in that file, and this
specification is ignored.
1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Tool Buttons (located beneath
Navigation).
2. Click Add Tool Button to display the Add Tool window.
3. Click the down-arrow to display a list of available tools.
4. Click to select a tool.

5. Type the tools Default Page URL into the space provided.
This is the tools default screen XML file that displays on the operators screen.
6. Click a radio button to define whether the tool selected is A Varco Tool or V-DAQ.
7. Click OK to close the Add Tool window.
19-24
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-25 of 28
19
Edit a Tool Button

1. At the Ownership Configuration page, expand Tool Buttons (located beneath
Navigation).
2. Right-click one of the tools listed.
3. Click Edit <Tool Button Name> to display the Edit Tool window.
4. Click the down-arrow to display a list of available tools, then click to select a different
tool if necessary.
5. Type the tools Default Page URL into the space provided if necessary.
This is the tools default screen XML file that displays on the operators screen.
6. Click a radio button to define whether the tool selected is A Varco Tool or V-DAQ.
7. Click OK to close the Edit Tool window.
19-25
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-26 of 28
Add a Link to a Tool Button

This element allows the user to add a menu item to the tool menu on the operator workstation
screen. The link consists of a button name and the full path name of the XML file.
Navigation).
2. Right-click one of the tools listed, then click Add Link to display the Add Link
window.
3. Type the name of the tool menu button into the space provided next to Label.
4. Type the Document URL into the space provided, or click Scan for Screens to
generate a list of all XML files on the tool controller.
5. If you chose to scan for screens, click the down-arrow button, then click to select an
XML screen file.
The Document URL field populates automatically.
6. Click OK to save the link and close the Add Link window.
The new tool menu link displays beneath the tool on the Ownership Configuration
page.
You can add another link to this link by right-clicking the

parent link, then following the procedures in this section.
The parent link, however becomes a submenu item, and
the system ignores information contained within the parent
link.
19-26
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-27 of 28
19
Edit a Tool Button Link

Navigation), then expand the tool containing the link.
2. Right-click the link, then click Edit Link to display the Edit Link window.
3. Make changes to the link information as necessary.

4. Click OK to close the Edit Link window.
Remove a Link from a Tool Button

Navigation), then expand the tool containing the link.
2. Right-click the link, then click Remove <Link Name> to display the Remove <Link
Name> confirmation window.
3. Click OK to close the confirmation window.
19-27
www.nov.com
19
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 19-28 of 28
Remove a Tool Button

Navigation).
2. Right-click one of the tools listed, then click Remove <Tool Name> to display the
Remove Tool confirmation window.
3. Click OK to close the confirmation window.

19-28
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 20-1 of 4
Simulation Control

trained, qualified personnel only. Simulation Control
allows you to change the way the tool controller
handles real world input and output. Use extreme
caution when changing the mode of operation.
Although some protections are built in, some changes
may bypass safety interlocks, allowing free movement
of the tool, which can result in collisions, serious
damage to equipment, or serious or fatal injury to
personnel.
Overview
When a tool controller is in simulation mode, it appears that it is operating with actual tools when it
is not.
The Simulation Control module provides a way for the user to control the built-in simulation system
by performing the following actions:
R
Enable and disable simulation mode
Specify whether the controller is a dedicated simulator
Save simulation data to a file
Load simulation data file onto a controller
Specify whether to simulate WebObjects only
Main Page
Click the Simulation Control link (located under Configuration) to display the Password login
pop-up window.
Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click OK to display the currentlyselected tool controllers Setup Simulation page (see below).
20-1
www.nov.com
20
Simulation Control
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 20-2 of 4
Enable and Turn On Simulation Mode
Simulation mode must be enabled before it can be turned

on.
1. Click Set Enabled to restart the tool controller and enable simulation mode.
Allow one to two minutes for the tool controller to restart.

2. The current simulation data file displays beneath the On/Off buttons. To use a
different file, see section titled "Load an Existing a Simulation File" on page 20-3.
3. After the tool controller restarts, click Turn Simulation Mode - On to begin
simulation mode.
20-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 20-3 of 4
Simulation Control
20
Disable or Pause Simulation Mode

R
Click Set Disabled to disable simulation mode. In order to return to simulation

mode, the tool controller must restart.
Alternatively, click Turn Simulation - Off to pause simulation mode. This leaves
simulation mode enabled and available.
Define a Tool Controller as a Dedicated Simulator

Unless a tool controller is defined as a dedicated simulator, it remains in simulation mode only until
it restarts or simulation mode is shut off.
If a tool controller is defined as a dedicated simulator, it starts up in simulation mode.
To define a tool controller as a dedicated simulator:
R
Enable and turn on simulation mode.
Click Set Dedicated.
Set WebObjects Only

To control the feedback that a component (such as the Axis Controller) receives while in simulation
mode using the Amphion service pages interface (see Chapter 6, titled "Debug Monitor), click
Set Web Objects Only - True.
Click Set Web Objects Only - False to allow the simulator to receive feedback from another
source.
Load an Existing a Simulation File

Simulation files are normally used by service personnel during a tools initial setup. Normally
current WebObject values are downloaded, then changed (disabling a limiter, for example). The
file is uploaded to the tool controller, which is then placed in simulation mode, providing a way to
set up conditions for testing.
Click to select a file from the Simulation Files area.
Click Load Simulation Data File. The tool controller uses this as the current data file, and its
values are used by the simulation engine. However, the tool controller uses the default simulation
file when it restarts.
20-3
www.nov.com
20
Simulation Control
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 20-4 of 4
To define the default simulation file, click to select a file, then click Set as Default Simulation Data
File.
Create a Simulation File

Click Save Current Settings to New File to create a list of the tool controllers simulation objects
and their current values. This is then saved to a *.csv file in the /varco/data/simulation directory.
This file becomes the Current Simulation Data File.
Download a Simulation File

Click to select a file from the Simulation Data Files area, then click Download to Local Machine.
Define the download location on your computers hard drive, then click OK.
Upload a Simulation File

Click Upload to Controller, then define the location of the file you wish to upload to the tool
controller.
Click OK.
20-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 21-1 of 4
Array Manipulator
Overview
This applet allows the operator to view and change the values in WebObject arrays stored in
memory on the controller. This module compliments the Debug Monitor, which only allows the
operator to view and edit values of single WebObjects. The Array Manipulator allows the operator
to view and edit values in whole arrays.

trained, qualified personnel only. Array Manipulator
allows you to change values for items stored in the
controller. Use extreme caution when changing these
values. Although some protections are built in, some
movement of the tool, which can result in collisions,
serious damage to equipment, or serious or fatal
injury to personnel.
Main Page
Click the Array Manipulator link (located under Configuration) to display the administration login
pop-up window.
Type the password into the space provided, then click OK to display the currently-selected tool
controllers Array Manipulator page (see below).
21-1
www.nov.com
21
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 21-2 of 4
Array Manipulator
Select an array
Select a layer
The array manipulator displays raw data in tabular (array) form.

Use the vertical and horizontal scroll buttons to scroll up and down, or left and right.
Click the Select an Array down-arrow button to display available arrays, then click to select an
array.
If an array has more than two dimensions, click the Layer arrow-down button, then click to select a
dimension from the drop-down menu.
To edit an array value:
1. Select an array and layer (where applicable).
2. Click to select an array value.
21-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 21-3 of 4
Array Manipulator
21
3. Type a new array value into the space provided, then press <Enter> to enable the
Save Array button and display the administrator login window.
4. Type the password into the space provided, then click OK.
5. Click Save Array.
21-3
www.nov.com
21
Array Manipulator
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 21-4 of 4
21-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 22-1 of 6
Trigger Editor
Overview
Use Trigger Editor to create, edit, and delete alarm and event triggers.
The tool controller program monitors alarms and events

once per second.
Reference Checking
When the Trigger Editor starts up, the system reads the list of alarm and event triggers, and
compares them to the list of WebObject names to ensure that they are valid. If a trigger refers to a
WebObject that does not exist, a pop-up window displays, giving the operator the option of deleting
the trigger.
Alarm Priority
Define the Alarm Priority at the Edit Trigger window (shown later in this chapter).
A Critical Alarm triggers an audible horn. Acknowledging the alarm without correcting the
condition temporarily disables the horn. However, if the alarm condition is not corrected, it will
become unacknowledged again after a few minutes, sounding the horn again. The alarm condition
must be corrected in order to permanently silence the horn.
A Normal Alarm can be acknowledged, and remain acknowledged (and active) until the condition
is corrected.
22-1
www.nov.com
22
Trigger Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 22-2 of 6
Main Page
Click the Trigger Editor link (located under Configuration) to display the administration login popup window.
Type the password into the space provided, then click OK to display the currently-selected tool
controllers Trigger Editor page.
Click the Contents link to display the main service page.
22-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 22-3 of 6
Trigger Editor
22
Creating an Event Trigger

1. Right-click the Triggers root node to display the Add Trigger menu item.
2. Click Add Trigger to display the Edit Trigger window (shown below).
3. Click Change to display the Choose Web Object pop-up window.

Click the markers located to the left of the directory to expand and display the
contents.
22-3
www.nov.com
22
Trigger Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 22-4 of 6
4. Click to select a WebObject, then click OK to display the appropriate Edit Trigger
window (both are shown below).
The system determines whether the selected WebObjects trigger is based on a
Boolean value (true or false), or a numerical value (greater than and/or less than).
Q
True: Triggers an alarm or event when the condition exists.
False: Triggers an alarm or event when the condition does not exist.
Greater Than: Triggers an alarm or event when the item exceeds the value.
Less Than: Triggers an alarm or event when the item falls below the value.
Boolean Value Triggers

1. At the Edit Trigger window, click to select an alarm priority (see section titled "Alarm
Priority" on page 22-1).
2. Click the down-arrow and select a Boolean value (True or False) from the dropdown menu.
3. Type an alarm message into the space provided.
Alarm descriptions are limited to 120 characters.
4. Click OK to close the Edit Trigger window.
22-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 22-5 of 6
Trigger Editor
22
Numeric Value Triggers

1. At the Edit Trigger window, click to select an alarm priority (see section titled "Alarm
Priority" on page 22-1).
2. Type a Greater Than and/or Less Than value into the space(s) provided.
Q
Leave one field blank to deactivate that test.
Enter a value into both spaces to trigger the alarm if either value is true.
3. Type an alarm message into the space provided.

Alarm descriptions are limited to 120 characters.
4. Click OK to close the Edit Trigger window.
Editing a Trigger
1. Click the Trigger Editor link to display the Trigger Editor screen (see section titled
"Main Page" on page 22-2).
2. Click the markers located to the left of the directory to expand and display the
contents, then right-click an object to display the Edit or Delete Trigger menu.
3. Click Edit Trigger to display the appropriate Edit Trigger window.

4. Make desired changes to the trigger.
See sections titled "Boolean Value Triggers and "Numeric Value Triggers on page
22-4.
5. Click OK, then type the administrative password into the space provided.
6. Click OK again.
22-5
www.nov.com
22
Trigger Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 22-6 of 6
Deleting a Trigger
1. Click the Trigger Editor link to display the Trigger Editor screen (see section titled
"Main Page" on page 22-2).
2. Click the markers located to the left of the directory to expand and display the
contents, then right-click an object to display the Edit or Delete Trigger menu.
3. Click Delete Trigger to display a confirmation window.

4. Click Yes.
5. Click OK, then type the administrative password into the space provided.
6. Click OK again.
22-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 23-1 of 2
Consistency Checker
Overview
The Consistency Checker module provides a way for the user to determine the software versions
for each tool controller connected to the rig network. This is normally used by NOV personnel that
set up the tool controllers to ensure that the following are consistent:
R
Base controller software
Operating system scripts (base layout) version
WWW version
ownership.xml files
ip_list.xml files
Process screens
Tool controller time settings
Main Page
Click the Consistency Checker link (located under Configuration) to display the current tool
controllers Consistency Checker window.
The currently-selected tools controller is used as a reference and compared with other controllers.
The reference controllers background displays green.
Items that contain the same information as the reference controller display with a white
background.
Items that cannot be found or contain different information display with a pink background.
Click any cell displaying the text No Match in the columns labeled Ownership or IP List inside
the table to display the ownership and IP list Differences table (shown below).
23-1
www.nov.com
23
Consistency Checker
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 23-2 of 2
Files found on the reference tool controller display on the left side of the window, while files from
the other tool controller display on the right.
Lines that appear in the file on the reference tool controller, but not on the other controller display
with a blue highlight. Lines that appear in the files on the other tool controller, but not on the
reference tool controller display with a yellow highlight. Lines that match are not highlighted.
Click OK to close the Differences window and return to the main Consistency Checker window.
Click any cell displaying the text No Match in the column labeled Process Screens to display the
process screens Differences table.
This window displays a list of process screens found on both tool controllers, and those that are
found on one controller, but not the other.
Click OK to close the Differences window and return to the main Consistency Checker window.
Click Refresh to refresh the Consistency Checker window.
23-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 24-1 of 2
Set Date and Time

Overview
The Set Date and Time module provides a way for the user to set the date and time on the tool
controller.
Main Page
Click the Set Date and Time link (located under Configuration) to display the current tool
controllers Set Date and Time window.
Click Copy Local Time to Controller.
Click Yes to confirm the synchronization of the tool controllers date and time with the rig networks
date and time.
Setting the date and time restarts the tool controller.

Definite risk of equipment damage or danger to
personnel exists. Failure to observe and follow proper
procedures could result in serious or fatal injury to
personnel, significant property loss, or significant
equipment damage and rig down-time.
24-1
www.nov.com
24
Set Date and Time
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 24-2 of 2
24-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-1 of 18
Path Editor
This chapter provides information about the Path Editor

module of the Amphion service pages interface using
www version 1.6.3.
Overview
The Path Editor module allows the operator to edit paths for path-based tools. Pipe racking
systems are normally the only path-based tool.
The Path Editor is a simple, three-dimensional drawing program. The paths that it allows the user
to edit exist as arrays of numbers that are held in the tool controllers memory, and as files on the
tool controllers flash card. Each path is composed of a number of different arrays.
When Path Editor starts up, it reads the path information from the tool controller, and displays the
first path as an x-y plane. It cannot be used to create or delete paths; it can only be used to edit
existing paths stored on the selected tool controller.
A path is a collection of points and connection between points. It does not necessarily have to be a
single, continuous line from point to point. It can be several disconnected lines (paths) of motion
displayed on different parts of the screen.
25-1
www.nov.com
25
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-2 of 18
Path Editor
Main Page

trained, qualified personnel only. Path Editor allows
you to change values for items stored in the controller.
Incorrect setup can result in loss of tool control that
can only be restored by a National Oilwell Varco
(NOV) service engineer. Although some protections
are built in, some changes may bypass safety
interlocks, allowing free movement of the tool, which
can result in collisions, serious damage to equipment,
or serious or fatal injury to personnel.
Click the Path Editor link (located under Configuration) to display the current tool controllers
default Path Editor page.
Current racker
jaw position
(teach position)
x-y plane
View controls
Use your mouse to hover over the outline in the top left corner of the page to display the view
controls. Click the arrow up, down, left, or right, to rotate the display. Click the plus or minus
symbols to zoom in or out.
The orange circle in the main display area indicates the current racker jaw position (also used as
the teach position).
A light green axis indicator displays at the zero-zero point of the x-y plane.
25-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-3 of 18
Path Editor
25
Selecting Points
Dots represent each point on the path. Click any point to highlight the path and display a pop-up
window containing the selected points various values.
selected point
Each point has an x, y, and z coordinate, as well as a traverse, fillet, and an attribute value (see
general descriptions below). The selected point displays as a red dot.
You can also click and drag to select multiple points at one time. Right-click anywhere on the
screen, then click to select Change to Mouse Drag Moves.
Click and drag to select a group of points (see below).
25-3
www.nov.com
25
Path Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-4 of 18
The selected points display as red dots. When multiple points are selected, they can be
manipulated as a group. The range of the selected points values (minimum and maximum) display
in the pop-up window.
Traverse
The racker must be able to move to each point on the path without running into pipe or other
equipment. Each point on every path has a traverse value, which specifies the position of the
racker on its track when it approaches that point. The track that the racker runs on is assumed to
always be parallel to either the x- or y-axis (depending on the type of racker). For any given racker,
either the x-coordinate of the racker column or the y-coordinate is fixed. The traverse value for
each point specifies the other, non-fixed coordinate of the racker column for that point. The
traverse value for a point displays as an optional line that extends from the point toward the
rackers position on the track (see section titled "Set Traverse Type" on page 25-12 below).
For most points, the traverse value is the same as either the x- or y-coordinate of the point,
because we expect that the racker will move its arm directly through the fingerboard slot, and will
not approach it from an angle. Where the traverse value is the same as the x- or y-coordinate of
the point, the traverse line on the screen is blue. Where this is not true, the traverse line on the
screen is red. This provides an indication to the tool programmer that there might be something
unusual about a specific points traverse value.
Fillet
The fillet value represents a measure of the distance from the selected point that the racker may
miss that point. For example, if the point is at a corner, the racker will not go all the way to that
corner point, stop, change direction, then move to the next point on the path. Instead, it moves on
a smooth, curved path that grazes the point, missing it by the distance specified by the fillet. A light
blue circle displays around the point, representing the fillet. The fillet circles are translucent.
Multiple fillet circles (layered on top of one another) appear darker.
Attribute
The attribute value is not represented on the screen, and is related to coding within the motion
system. For example, it may indicate that a point is a pipe in the fingerboard, or that it is a foxhole
point. The code developer is responsible for determining the attributes meaning, which can
change from one application to another. Therefore, it cannot be conclusively defined in this
document.
25-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-5 of 18
Path Editor
25
Changing Point Values

Click the Change Values button to display the Manipulate Points pop-up window.
You can also right-click anywhere on the screen (after

selecting a point), then click to select Manipulate Points
from the pop-up menu (see illustration in section titled
"Setting Path Parameters" on page 25-6).
A graphical representation of the current point displays on the left side of the window.
Use the drop-down menu to click and select either Change By (number), or Change To (actual
value).
Enter new values into the appropriate fields, then click Preview. A graphical representation of the
proposed changes displays on the left side of the window. The original and proposed values
display on the right side of the window.
25-5
www.nov.com
25
Path Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-6 of 18
Setting Path Parameters

Right-click anywhere on the screen to display the pop-up menu. Click to select Set Path
Parameters to display the pop-up window shown here.
currentlyselected
path
This window contains a list of all available paths for the currently-selected tool.
Click the radio button to select any path. The currently-selected paths selected radio button is
checked; the visible box is checked for all paths currently displayed on the screen.
Click to the visible box to show or hide a particular path. Click Show All or Hide All to show or
hide all paths. You can also click Hide Other Paths (see menu above) to display only the currentlyselected path.
The default color for each path is black. Click the color box to display the color selection pop-up
window (see below).
25-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-7 of 18
Path Editor
25
Click to select a color, then click OK to save. Alternatively, click Reset to assign the default color to
the path.
Click OK to apply the changes and close the Set Path Parameters pop-up window.
Adding, Deleting, and Editing Points

After selecting a point, right-click anywhere on the screen to display the pop-up menu.
Adding Points
Click to select Add Points to display the pop-up window shown here.
Enter the number of points to add into the space provided.

Define the first point by entering the x, y, z, and traverse values into the spaces provided, then
define the offset values (if applicable).
To add a point at the tools current position, click Set from Teach Point.The current value of the
tools coordinates automatically populate the First Point fields.
Define the Fillet and Attribute values where applicable.
Click to deselect or select Link Points With Connection to link the new points to one another.
Define a value for the Path Attribute (where applicable).
25-7
www.nov.com
25
Path Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-8 of 18
You can also add a point using the Learn Point menu item.
See section titled "Learning a Point" on page 25-10.
Deleting Points
Select the point or points you wish to delete, then right-click anywhere on the screen to display the
pop-up menu.
Click to select Delete Point, then click Yes at the confirmation window.
This action deletes the selected point and all related connections.
Editing Points
After selecting a point, right-click anywhere on the screen to display the pop-up menu.
Click to select Edit Point to display the Edit Point pop-up window.
Enter the x, y, z, and traverse values into the spaces provided.

Define the Fillet and Attribute values where applicable.
25-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-9 of 18
Path Editor
25
Adding Connections
After selecting a point, right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Add Connection.
A line appears on the screen between the selected point an your mouse position. Position the
mouse over another point, then drag the line to another point to create a connection between the
two points.
Selecting a View
Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click View to display the sub-menu.
Click to select any of the view plane (X-Y, X-Z, or Y-Z), or click to select an image change (Flip
Left to Right, Flip Top to Bottom, or Center Image).
Flipping does not change the point coordinates; it only

changes the view.
25-9
www.nov.com
25
Path Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-10 of 18
Show or Hide Teach Point

If the teach point is not displayed on the main Path Editor page, right-click anywhere on the screen,
then select (Show or Hide) Teach Point.
Learning a Point
The Learn Point menu item uses the Teach Point to to add a point to the currently-selected path.
are directly related to the current teach position (or teach point).
The orange circle in the main display area indicates the current racker jaw position (also used as
the teach position).
Physically move the tool into the correct position.

Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Learn Point.
If this menu option is not displayed as a menu option, click

Show Teach Point first.
The new point is added to the current path of the teach point.
25-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-11 of 18
25
Path Editor
Traverse
Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Traverse to display the sub-menu.
Show Traverse Length

Click Show Traverse Length to display the Show Traverse Length pop-up window.
The racker must be able to move to each point on the path without running into pipe or other
equipment. Each point on every path has a traverse value that specifies the position of the racker
on its track when it reaches that point. Click Show Full Traverse to display full lines between the
path point and the position of the racker in its track for that point.
25-11
www.nov.com
25
Path Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-12 of 18
Click Show Traverse Tail to display an abbreviated version of the full traverse lines.
Set Traverse Type

Click Set Traverse Type to display the Set Traverse Type pop-up window.
The traverse value of each point is essentially the x- or y-coordinate of the racker in its track. This
marks the spot where the racker must be in its track in order to reach its arm out to grab the pipe at
the path point. For any given racker, either the x- or y-coordinate is fixed. That is, the racker will
always move (traverse) on a line that is either parallel to the x-axis or a line that is parallel to the yaxis. If the racker is moving parallel to the x-axis, then the traverse value of the point is the ycoordinate of the racker when it comes to that point. If the racker is moving parallel to the y-axis,
then the traverse value of the point is the x-coordinate of the racker. There are several different
kinds of rackers, and there is no way for the Path Editor to determine which type of racker is in use.
Set Traverse Type provides a way for the user to specify this.
Click to select the appropriate racker type (see below), then click OK.
R
Racker Type 1: Use for PRS 3, 8, or Bridge Racker and Guide Arm. The traverse
value should match the points y-value. If it does not, the tail displays red (see
section titled "Show Traverse Length" on page 25-11).
25-12
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-13 of 18
25
Path Editor
Racker Type 2: Use for PRS 4, 5, or 6. The traverse value should match the points
x-value. If it does not, the tail displays red (see section titled "Show Traverse Length"
on page 25-11).
See the description of traverse in section titled "Traverse"

on page 25-4.
Show or Hide Indices

Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Show Indices to display index information for
each point.
Click Hide Indices to hide index information.
25-13
www.nov.com
25
Path Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-14 of 18
Save
Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Save to display the pop-up menu.
Click to select a location to save the edited path file.
Saving to memory allows the user to test the path prior to making it a permanent change (by
saving it to persistent storage). This way, if the path is incorrect, the user can simply restart the tool
controller to restore its previous path.
Saving to persistent storage saves the current path information to the tool controller.
Saving fingerboard geometry saves only the fingerboard geometry to persistent storage. See
"Fingerboard Geometry below.
25-14
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-15 of 18
25
Path Editor
Fingerboard Geometry
Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Fingerboard Geometry to display the submenu.
Guess Fingerboard Geometry

The Path Editor can normally guess the fingerboard geometry from the path information. After it
makes a guess, the user should be able to manipulate the fingerboard geometry to ensure that it
accurately reflects the fingerboard arrangement on the rig.
The fingerboard geometry has one or more sections. Each section contains one or more slots (or
fingers). Each slot contains one or more pipes. All points containing pipe should be assigned an
attribute of 5.
Using the co-linearity of subsequent points, the Path Editor should be able to guess where the
slots are. Path names should give a clue as to where the sections are located. For example, there
should only be one path per section. However, since guessing is not an exact science, the Path
Editors fingerboard editor can make up for incorrect guesses.
Click Guess Fingerboard Geometry to display the Path Editors fingerboard geometry guess (see
below).
25-15
www.nov.com
25
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-16 of 18
Path Editor
Edit Fingerboard Geometry

Right-click and select Edit Fingerboard Geometry to display the Edit Fingerboard Geometry
pop-up window.
Slot Numbering
Pipe Numbering
Reverse Slot Numbering: Click to reverse the slot numbering.
Reverse Pipe Numbering: Click to reverse the pipe numbering.
Flip Slot Rectangles: Click to flip the slot rectangles from top to bottom, or viceversa.
25-16
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-17 of 18
25
Path Editor
Click to select a pipe (represented by a circle) and edit its ID number, its x-y coordinates, or its
diameter.
Click a slot (represented by a rectangle) to select and edit its ID number, its x-y coordinates, or its
width and height.
25-17
www.nov.com
25
Path Editor
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 25-18 of 18
Double-click a slot (represented by a rectangle) to select and an entire sections ID number.
Click Apply, then click OK to close the Edit Fingerboard Geometry pop-up window.
Show or Hide Fingerboard Geometry

Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Fingerboard Geometry --> (Show or Hide)
Fingerboard Geometry to show or hide the fingerboard geometry.
Open Fingerboard Geometry

Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Fingerboard Geometry --> Open Fingerboard
Geometry to display the Question pop-up window.
Click Fingerboard to open the fingerboard geometry currently stored in persistent storage.
Click Local Hard Drive to display the location selection pop-up window. Locate the file on your
local hard drive, then click Open.
25-18
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 26-1 of 2

Overview
This module provides a way for service personnel to assign an IP address to a device connected
to the rig network. When a device is first installed, it may not be visible on the network because the
IP address is set to its factory default.
Main Page
1. Click the Set IP Address link (located under Configuration) to display the
Administrative Controls login pop-up window.
2. Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click Log In to
display the currently-selected tool controllers Network Device Address
Configuration page.
3. If you already know the IP address you want to assign to the currently-selected tool,
type it into the space provided, then click Continue, and skip to step 6.
If the device is missing from the IP Network list (see section titled "IP Network
Menu" on page 4-1), click the Click Here link to display a list of devices currently
missing from the network.
26-1
www.nov.com
26
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 26-2 of 2
4. Click to select a device.

5. Type the IP address into the space provided, then click Continue.
6. If desired, click the Click here to start again to assign IP addresses to other
invisible devices on the network.
!
To ensure correct IP address assignments, disconnect all
other unassigned devices on the network (leaving only the
intended device on the network).
26-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-1 of 12
Controller Links
Overview
The purpose of this module is to provide Java Virtual Machine (JVM) and controller information,
and allow the operator to view and manage related logs, restart the JVM or tool controller, halt the
tool controller, flash the Applicom card, display operator screens, or view online documentation.
!
Several functions within the Controller module require an
administrator password. Only trained, qualified personnel
should use those functions.
Type the administrative password, then click Login to continue.
27-1
www.nov.com
27
Controller Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-2 of 12
Java Virtual Manager (JVM) Status

This applet (also referred to as the dashboard) displays the current state of the JVM and the tool
controller. The JVM is a program that runs on the tool controller. Java software consists of code
that is designed to run in a virtual machine. The JVM on the tool controller actually runs two
separate Java programs simultaneously. One is a tool controller program, and the other is a Web
server. The controller program interfaces with equipment outside of the tool controller. The Web
server provides HTML Web pages and runs servlets. The Web server and the controller
communicate with one another, but they are essentially independent programs. It is possible for
one or both to operate without the other.
A green box indicates that the JVM is operating normally; red indicates a communication fault. The
status box also displays the currently-selected tool controller name and life counter.
It is possible for the JVM (top portion of the box) to display

green, while the controller (bottom portion of the box)
displays red. This indicates that the JVM is running
normally, while the tool controller is not.
The entire status box may also display red momentarily
during a restart.
27-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-3 of 12
27
Controller Links
Log Manager/Viewer
Various subsections of the controller generate log entries when significant events occur (such as
errors).
Click the Log Manager/Viewer link to display a list of log files stored on the current tool controller.
The main Log Manager/Viewer page displays the file size, date and time modified, and links to
either view or delete (reset) the log file.
Click the link located beneath View Log to display the log file.
Click the link located beneath Reset to delete the log file.
Most log files, with the exception of the j9.log file, have a fixed length (normally 100 KB). When the
log file exceeds this length, it is renamed (a .1 is appended to the file name), and a new log file is
created. If the second log file exceeds the maximum size, it replaces the first log file, and another
is created.
Most log files (with the exception of the j9.log file), are maintained between controller restarts, and
continue accumulating messages while the controller is running.
Each entry in the log file follows a basic pattern. Entries begin with a keyword (debug, info, warn,
error, or fatal), followed by the date and time (hours:minutes:seconds, milliseconds), and the
name of the code entity that posted the entry (displayed in square brackets). This basic information
is followed by the message itself.
An example of an io.log file and a general description of other common types of log files is given
below.
27-3
www.nov.com
27
Controller Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-4 of 12
The j9.log and j9.previous.log files are different from the other log files. They
capture outputs from the JVM itself, and record error messages resulting from
serious controller program or Web server failures. A new file is created every time
the JVM starts up, and the previous j9.log file overwrites the file named
j9.previous.log. This file can be a useful troubleshooting tool when the tool
controller is not running.
The io.log file contains messages from the subsystem that manages
communications between the tool controller and input/output devices. This file can
be a useful troubleshooting tool when an input or output point object could not be
created, or not reading or writing, since it captures messages that do not apply to
other I/O logs.
The ora.log file contains messages from the tool controller program itself. This file
can also be a useful troubleshooting tool when the controller is not running.
The c2c.log file contains information related to inputs and outputs between the
current tool controller and other tool controllers.
The step7.log file contains information related to inputs and outputs that use the
Siemens Step7 protocol.
The alarm.log file contains errors messages from the alarm manager subsystem.
This file does not contain actual alarms.
The varball.log file contains the name of the last varball installed, the controller
version, the www version, the base layout used to create the varball, and a list of
files installed.
The version.log file contains the date and time of every www version installed, as
well as the name of the file that was decompressed. It also records the date and
time the varballs were created on the tool controller.
27-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-5 of 12
Controller Links
27
Restart the JVM

Use this link to restart the controllers Java program running inside the virtual machine. When you
restart the JVM, it restarts the software, without restarting the tool controller itself. This is often
preferable, as it takes less time and is less disruptive to operations.
Click the Restart JVM link to begin this process.
A message displays, informing the user that the JVM is restarting. This takes several minutes.
During this time, you will be unable to access the controller using the browser.
Flashing the Applicom Card

This procedure is intended for use on tool controllers that have an Applicom I/O card installed.
Only tool controllers that communicate using Profibus protocol with tool hardware have or need an
Applicom I/O board. The Applicom board provides an entry point for the tool controller to the
Profibus network. This network is separate from the Ethernet network used by other I/O protocols
(such as Modbus, C2C, and Cyberbase). Flashing the Applicom card loads the necessary network
information into the flash memory on the Applicom hardware.
!
If youve replaced the Profibus module, you must initialize,
then flash the CompactFlash card.This procedure should
only be performed by trained, qualified personnel. Potential
damage to equipment, rig down-time, or injury to
personnel exists.
1. Prepare the tool controller for communication with the Profibus network, if
applicable.
New Applicom cards for Beckhoff tool controllers do not

come from the factory already flashed. You must burn an
image to the card prior to installation. Contact an NOV
service representative for information regarding initializing
Beckhoff version Applicom cards.
2. Click the Flash Applicom Card link to display the Administrative Controls Login
screen.
3. Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click Log in to
display the current tools Flash Applicom Card page.
27-5
www.nov.com
27
Controller Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-6 of 12
4. Click Proceed.
The tool controller program pauses. After approximately ten seconds, the flashing
process begins.
5. When flashing is complete, scroll to the bottom of the screen and ensure that the
message: Initialization succeeded displays, indicating a successful flash (see
below).
If an error message displays, see instructions that follow

this procedure.
27-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-7 of 12
Controller Links
27
6. Click the Back button to return to the Flash Applicom Card page, then click
Cancel.
The tool controller program and Profibus Applicom card automatically restart after
flashing is complete.
7. Click Contents to return to the main service page.
8. Verify that the Profibus Communication Status lights on the Profibus Applicom cards
are blinking green. For help locating this light, see Chapter 2, section titled "Profibus
(Process Field Bus)" on page 2-5.
An unsuccessful flash displays an error message (shown below).
27-7
www.nov.com
27
Controller Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-8 of 12
Unsuccessful
flash
Troubleshooting
R
If an error message displays, the number of Profibus Applicom cards in the unit may
differ from the number of cards in the unit it is replacing.
If the number of cards matches, cycle power (turn the tool controller off, wait five
seconds, then turn it on again), then attempt to flash the card again. If the problem
persists, replace the tool controller.
If an error message displays, or the green light on the card does not flash, cycle
power to the tool controller (turn the unit off, wait five seconds, then turn it on again).
Then see section titled "Verifying that the Tool Controller is Working" on page 27-9.
27-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-9 of 12
Controller Links
27
Verifying that the Tool Controller is Working

1. Verify that the Profibus communication status light on each Profibus Applicom card
is blinking. For help locating this light, see illustrations in Chapter 2, section titled
"Tool Controller Hardware" on page 2-3.
2. Plug in the Profibus connectors.
3. Verify that there is still a green blinking light on each Applicom Card.
4. Click Profibus Network Status (located under Diagnostics) on the main service page
to view Profibus network status.
5. Verify that the node numbers shown match the tool network configuration, and that
all nodes are green. For more information, see Chapter 12, titled "Profibus Network
Status.
6. Notify the operator that the tool controller was replaced and is powered on.
27-9
www.nov.com
27
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-10 of 12
Controller Links
Restarting the Tool Controller

This link provides a way for service personnel to restart the tool controller hardware.
!
This procedure should only be performed by trained,
qualified personnel. Potential damage to equipment, rig
down-time, or injury to personnel exists.
Click the Restart Controller Computer to restart the tool controller.

The message beginning with the text, Reboot was successful displays when the tool controller
hardware has successfully shut down. After a few minutes, the controller restarts and becomes
available online.
Halting the Tool Controller

This link provides a way for service personnel to shut down the tool controller hardware.
!
This procedure should only be performed by trained,
qualified personnel. Potential damage to equipment, rig
down-time, or injury to personnel exists.
Click the Halt Controller Computer to restart the tool controller.

The message System halt was successful displays when the tool controller hardware has
successfully shut down.
27-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-11 of 12
Controller Links
27
Operator Screens
Click Operator Screens to display the standard HTML operator tool screens.
A typical top drive screen is shown here.
See your Amphion operators guide for rig-specific tool

screens.
Documentation
Click Documentation to display available online documentation (if available). To view online
documentation, the manuals package must be installed.
27-11
www.nov.com
27
Controller Links
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 27-12 of 12
27-12
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-1 of 24
Advanced Operations

trained, qualified personnel only. Use extreme caution
when changing too configuration settings. Incorrect
setup can result in loss of tool control that can only be
restored by a National Oilwell Varco (NOV) service
engineer.
Replacing a Tool Controller

1. Turn the tool controller off at the power switch inside the MTC cabinet.
switch.
2. Beckhoff: Disconnect the power plug from the tool controller.
Advantech: Turn off power switch, then disconnect the power plug from the tool
controller.
3. Disconnect the ground wire.
4. Remove the Ethernet and Profibus connectors (where applicable).
5. Remove the tool controller from the DIN rail or rack.
6. Remove the tool controller from the cabinet.
7. Remove the CompactFlash card from the old tool controller.
8. Insert the card into the new tool controller.
See section titled "Removing and Installing a CompactFlash" on page 28-3 for
more information.
9. Mount the new tool controller on the DIN rail or rack.
10. Plug in the Ethernet cable(s).
Do not attach Profibus connectors yet.
28-1
www.nov.com
28
Advanced Operations
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-2 of 24
11. Prepare the tool controller for communication with the Profibus network (if
applicable).

12. Attach the ground wire and power leads.

13. Turn the tool controller on, then wait approximately one minute for it to start up.
14. Using the MTC cabinets keyboard, or a laptop computer, connect to the tool
controller through a Web browser.
For more information about connecting to the network using a browser, see Chapter
3, section titled "Connecting to the Tool Controller" on page 3-1.
The IP address has not changed; the CompactFlash Card

is the same.
15. If there is not a Profibus connection, skip to step 21. If there is a Profibus
connection, follow the remaining steps of this procedure.
16. Verify that the Profibus communication status light is blinking. For help locating this
light, see Chapter 2, section titled "Tool Controller Hardware" on page 2-3.
17. Plug in the Profibus connectors.
18. Verify that the Profibus status indicator is blinking green.
19. Click the Profibus Network Status link (located under Diagnostics) on the main
service page to view Profibus network status.
20. Verify that the node numbers shown match the tool network configuration, and that
all nodes are green. For more information, see Chapter 12, titled "Profibus Network
Status.
21. Notify the operator that the tool controller has been replaced and turned on.
28-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-3 of 24
Advanced Operations
28
Removing and Installing a CompactFlash

The CompactFlash stores tool controller information. You may need to replace this card if:
R
You receive a new tool controller to replace an existing unit, and the new unit was
shipped without a CompactFlash card. You must remove the card from the old tool
controller and install it on the new one.
The tool controller shipped without a CompactFlash card.
The card itself has failed. If the tool controller was working, then stops working,
replace the tool controller. If the new tool controller still does not work, the
CompactFlash card may need to be replaced.
!
Replacing an existing CompactFlash card removes all
persistent (permanent) values stored in the tool controller.
Use only cards supplied by NOV.
1. Park all tools in a safe position and turn them off.

2. Turn the tool controller power off.
3. Locate the CompactFlash slot and gently remove the card.
Take note of its orientation; you must reinsert the card the
same way.
4. Prepare the tool controller for communication with the Profibus network (if
applicable).

5. Insert the replacement card into the slot until it snaps into place.
6. If applicable, replace the CompactFlash cover, then tighten the screws.
7. Turn the tool controller power on.
8. Verify that the green power indicator light located on the front of the tool controller is
illuminated.
28-3
www.nov.com
28
Advanced Operations
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-4 of 24
9. Connect to the tool controller from a Web browser.

For more information about connecting to the network using a browser, see Chapter
3, section titled "Connecting to the Tool Controller" on page 3-1.
28-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-5 of 24
Advanced Operations
28
Tool Controller IP Addresses
See NOV document number D801000721-GEN-001, titled

Amphion Standard DCDA Network IP Addresses.
The IP addresses for every tool controller are stored in the ownership.xml file. Each IP address is
associated with a controller name. The controller name for a particular tool controller is stored in
the admin_config.xml file as the screen_tool_name element.
When the tool controller starts up, a script reads the screen_tool_name element in the
admin_config.xml file, then compares it with the list of SBC elements in the ownership.xml file.
If the script finds a match between the screen_tool_name and the id attribute of an SBC element,
then the corresponding ip attribute of that element is assigned to be the IP address of the tool
controller.
Examples of the admin_config.xml and the ownership.xml files are shown below.
admin_config.xml:
<admin_config>
<controller>
<class_name>com.nov.
<screen_tool_name>Racker</screen_tool_name>
</controller>
</admin_config>
ownership.xml:
<config>
<sbc id=Assistant Chair ip=192.168.31.41/>
<sbc id=Auxiliary ip=192.168.31.27/>
<sbc id=Drawworks ip=192.168.31.34/>
<sbc id=Racker ip=192.168.31.20/>
</config>
In the example above, the rackers IP address is 192.168.31.20.

Every tool controller has a standard IP address of 192.168.0.3, so that if it is isolated on an
Ethernet network, this address can be used to make a connection, regardless of another assigned
IP address.
It is possible to change the IP address of a tool controller by editing the ownership.xml file and
restarting the tool controller, but this is not recommended. One way to do this is to use a software
tool specially designed to edit the ownership.xml file. See Chapter 19, titled "Ownership
Configuration.
28-5
www.nov.com
28
Advanced Operations
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-6 of 24
An IP address change does not take effect until after the tool controller is restarted. After restart
the tool controller cannot be accessed using the old IP address.
Improper setup may cause the following problems:
R
Tool controller program disabled, tool inoperable
Controller-to-controller communications become disabled
Tool controller to Web browser connection disabled
Tool controller to touchscreen (HMI) connection disabled
28-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-7 of 24
Advanced Operations
28
About the admin_config.xml File

The admin_config.xml file (located in the /varco directory on the tool controller) contains
configuration settings.
Almost all configurable tool controller properties are stored as default values in the controller itself,
and these properties rarely need to be changed.
To change the admin_config.xml file, either use a text editor specifically designed to edit XML
files, or use a plain text editor (such as the Linux Vi Editor, or the Windows Notepad
accessory). See section titled "Vi Editor" on page 28-23.
!
NOV recommends that you do not use Microsoft Word, as
it adds large numbers of unnecessary elements to the file.
A basic example of an admin_config.xml file is shown below, depicting three principle elements
that are most commonly found in the file. Of these, the class_name and the screen_tool_name,
are required to make a tool controller behave properly.
<admin_config>
<controller>
<class_name>com.nov.bridgeRacker.module.BridgeRacker</class_name>
<admin_password>admin</admin_password>
</controller>
</admin_config>
There are also a number of optional elements (that usually do not appear in the
admin_config.xml file that can affect a number of properties on the tool controller (described
below).
28-7
www.nov.com
28
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-8 of 24
Advanced Operations
The Controller Element

The properties shown here appear inside the controller XML element, which is contained within
the admin_config.xml file.
Element
Data Type
Description
class_name
Java Class
Name
Identifies the Java class name of the tool

controller module to run as the controller
program. The default value is
com.varco.ora.ToolController, which
specifies a controller that does essentially
nothing. A tool programmer must define the
name of the controller class to run the tool.
admin_password
Text String
Specifies the administrative password which

must be used for most operations on the main
service page. The default value is admin.
screen_tool_name
Text String
Specifies the screen name of this tool

controller. The default value is Golden Image.
This name will be used as the name of the tool
controller that appears on the main service
page. Also, the name is checked against a list
of names and IP addresses located in the
ownership.xml file. The name that matches
the screen_tool_name is used to look up and
assign the IP address of the tool controller. See
Chapter 26, titled "Set IP Address on Network
Device.
ctrl_storage_path
Linux Path
Specifies the storage path for persistent data

on the controller. The default value is ./data/
persistent/.
Integer
Specifies the tool controllers cycle time in

milliseconds. This is how long it takes the
controller to make one complete update of all
WebObject values, I/O reads and writes, and
internal variable updates. The default value is
20. Setting this value to less than 1 will result in
a value of 20.
Integer
If the cycle_time_ms element is not specified,

then the controller searches for the
sleep_time_ms element. If cycle_time_ms is
specified, then sleep_time_ms is ignored. The
sleep_time_ms element defines the amount of
time the controller will sleep after finishing each
cycle. The default value is 10. The controller
ensures that the cycle time is always 10 more
than the sleep time (if the sleep time is
specified), and the sleep time is 10 less than
the cycle time (if the cycle time is specified).
cycle_time_ms
sleep_time_ms
28-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-9 of 24
Element
Advanced Operations
Data Type
Description
Integer
Specifies the network I/O reset time (defined in

seconds). The default value is 1. This is the
amount of time the controller waits before it
determines that digital, real, and word inputs of
type NET (which reset themselves) are no
longer receiving input, and should be reset to
their default values. The reset time of any I/O
point will not be greater than this value.
comms_per_cycle
Integer
Specifies the width of the communications

calendar. This is how many clients can be sent
updates each controller cycle. The default
value is 4.
ae_enabled
True Or
False
Enables (true) or disables (false) alarms and

events. The default value is true.
Linux Path
Holds the path and name of the alarm and

events log file. The default is ./data/alarmevent/alarm-event.xml. This feature is
currently disabled.
Integer
Specifies the maximum number of alarm and

event records that will be kept in memory at
any given time. Older alarm and event records
will be discarded. The default value is 200.
Linux Path
Specifies the name of the configuration file that

will be used by the alarm and events engine to
specify alarm and event triggers. The default
value is ./data/alarm-event/
monitor.properties.
Integer
The canary is a software subroutine that

monitors the controllers life counter to look for
long controller cycle times. This specifies the
amount of time that the canary will sleep
between checks. The default value is zero,
which disables the canary.
Any
The presence of this element in the

admin_config.xml file is interpreted as true,
meaning that this controller is compatible with
earlier generation (Rev B) controllers. The
default value is false.
net_io_reset_time
ae_log_name
ae_max_records
ae_monitor_conf
internal_canary_sleep_ms
rev_B_compatibility
28
28-9
www.nov.com
28
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-10 of 24
Advanced Operations
Element
Data Type
Description
disableStreamedIO
Any
The presence of this element in the

admin_config.xml file is interpreted as true,
meaning that all inputs of type NET are
prevented from using streaming
communications. The default value is false,
which means that inputs of type NET are
interpreted as streaming, and reset themselves
if they have not received data for a certain timeout period (see net_io_reset_time above).
Individual NET I/O points do not reset
themselves if their .ioIdentifier WebObject is a
value that starts with n. No NET I/O points
reset themselves if the disableStreamedIO
element appears in the admin_config.xml file.
datalog
Xml
Element
Specifies the configuration for data logging on

the controller. A description of this element is
outside the scope of this chapter.
The Webserver Element

The properties shown here may appear inside the webserver XML element, which is contained
within the admin_config.xml file. This element is on the same level as the controller element
(described above).
For example:
<admin_config>
<controller>
</controller>
<webserver>
<http_context>//*</http_context>
<static_content_base_dir>file:/varco/www</static_content_base_dir>
</webserver>
</admin_config>
These elements are rarely used.

Element
Data Type
Description
http_context
Text String
This is the HTTP context that the Web server

will use. The default value is //*.
static_content_base_dir
Text String
This is the base directory that the Web server

will use to server up static HTML content. The
default value is file:/varco/www.
http_port
Integer
This is the default port number that the Web

server will assume for incoming HTTP
requests. The default value is 80.
28-10
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-11 of 24
Element
min_threads
max_threads
max_idle_time_ms
servlet_list
28
Advanced Operations
Data Type
Description
Integer
The Web server assigns a thread to handle

each incoming request. The number of threads
used roughly corresponds to the number of
requests the Web server can handle at once.
The default value for the minimum number of
threads is 2.
Integer
This is the maximum number of threads the

Web server assigns to incoming requests.
Each thread uses system resources. The
default maximum is 50.
Integer
This element defines the amount of time in

milliseconds that the Web server waits until it
determines an incoming HTTP connection idle.
The default value is 5000, which is five
seconds.
XML
element
This element contains a list of sub-elements.

Each sub-element has two attributes. The
path_spec attribute is a Linux path name that
specifies the path name of the servlet. The
servlet_class attribute specifies the full Java
class name of the servlet. This provides a way
to list the servlets that the Web server uses, but
it is unnecessary and is not supported.
The Logging Element

The properties shown here appear inside the logging_properties element, which is contained
within the admin_config.xml file.
This element is on the same level as the controller element (described earlier in this chapter).
For example:
<admin_config>
<controller>
</controller>
<logging_properties >
<property name=log.rootCategory value=ERROR />
</logging_properties >
</admin_config>
The controller logging system uses the open source Apache Log4J package. An elements
function in the admin_config.xml file is to set the values of these properties.
The Log4J package is built upon the idea of logger hierarchy. It contains a root log, called the
rootCategory and several sub-logs. The following logs are stored on the tool controllers:
R
ora.log stores messages from the base controller package
28-11
www.nov.com
28
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-12 of 24
Advanced Operations
io.log stores messages from the I/O system generally
c2c.log stores messages from the controller-to-controller I/O system
step7 stores messages from the Siemens Step7 I/O system
alarm stores messages from the alarm system
Additional log files can be found in the /varco/log directory, but they are not controlled by the
logging system.
There are five logging levels. The source code for the controller program contains messages that
are printed into the logs (or not, depending on a hard-coded level for each possible message). In
other words, if the logging level of the message is less than the level of the log level setting, then
the message is written to the log; if the logging level of the message is more than the level of the
log level setting, then the message is not written to the log.
The levels are:
R
FATAL: This designates very severe error events that will presumably lead the
controller to abort.
ERROR: This designates error events that may or may not allow the controller to
continue running. This is the default logging level for all logs. At this level, all FATAL
messages are written to the logs.
WARN: This designates potentially harmful situations. All ERROR and FATAL
messages are written to the logs.
INFO: This designates informational messages that highlight the progress of the
controller on a coarse-grained level. All WARN, ERROR, and FATAL messages are
written to the logs.
DEBUG: This designates fine-grained informational events that are useful in

debugging the controller. All messages are written to the logs.
Property
Possible
Values
Description
log.rootCategory
FATAL,
ERROR,
WARN,
INFO, or
DEBUG
This sets the logging level of

the root log. The other logs
(ora, io, c2c, etc.) inherit this
property unless their own level
is set. The default logging level
is ERROR. Setting this
property is unnecessary, since
each sub-log has its own level
property.
log.category.com.varco.ora
FATAL,
ora,
ERROR,
ora,
WARN,
ora, INFO,
ora, or
DEBUG,
ora

the ora.log. The default value
is ERROR, ora.
28-12
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-13 of 24
Property
28
Advanced Operations
Possible
Values
Description
log.category.com.varco.ora.io
FATAL, io,
ERROR,
io, WARN,
io, INFO,
io, or
DEBUG,
io

the io.log. The default value is
ERROR, io.
log.category.com.varco.ora.io.real.c2c
FATAL,
c2c,
ERROR,
c2c,
WARN,
c2c, INFO,
c2c, or
DEBUG,
c2c

the c2c.log. The default value
is ERROR, c2c.
log.category.com.varco.ora.io.real.step7
FATAL,
step7,
ERROR,
step7,
WARN,
step7,
INFO,
step7, or
DEBUG,
step7

the step7.log. The default
value is ERROR, step7.
log.category.com.varco.ora.alarm
FATAL,
alarm,
ERROR,
alarm,
WARN,
alarm,
INFO,
alarm, or
DEBUG,
alarm

the alarm.log. The default
value is ERROR, alarm.
In addition, each log has its own set of properties which can be set. The properties for a single log
(ora.log) are used as an example below.
28-13
www.nov.com
28
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-14 of 24
Advanced Operations
Property
Value
Description
log.appender.ora
The name of
the class to
log followed
by .log.
and the
name of an
appender.
The appender is a strategy for

handling log output. The names of
appenders must be taken from the
available appenders in the Log4J
package. The default is
com.varco.ora.log.RollingFileAppe
nder, which is an instruction to create
a file with the log output and to back
up the file when it reaches a certain
size.
log.appender.ora.File
./log/ora.log
This is the name of the log file to

write to.
100KB
This is the maximum size of the log.

Messages are written to this log file
until it reaches a size of 100 KB, after
which the old log is written to a
backup file and a new, empty log file
is created.
log.appender.ora.MaxBackupIndex
This is the number of backup files to

be created after the maximum size of
the log is reached. In this case, only
one backup log will be created. If the
log file overflows again, then the
backup file is deleted, the log file is
renamed ora.log.1, and a new log
file is used.
log.appender.ora.layout
The name of
the class to
log followed
by .log.
and the
name of a
layout.
This is an instruction for the logging

engine on how to write messages to
the log file. The name of the layout
must be one of the available layouts
in the Log4J package. The default is
com.varco.ora.log.PatternLayout,
which means that the pattern will be
provided for each message in
another property.
log.appender.ora.layout.Conversio
nPattern
The pattern
to use in
laying out
messages in
the log file.
The default pattern is %-5p %d [%t]

%c - %m%n. More information on
the layout pattern is available online
in documentation for the Log4J
package.
log.appender.ora.MaxFileSize
28-14
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-15 of 24
28
Advanced Operations
Interfacing With Linux

The tool controller runs a host operating system (Linux), a Web server, and applications developed
by NOV.

trained maintenance personnel.
Connecting to the tool controller using Linux
commands is not normally required. Do not use the
information in this section unless instructed to do so
by an NOV maintenance technician. If direct access to
Linux is required, you should have received a *.zip file
containing the PuTTY software needed to perform the
procedures in this section. You can also download this
software from:
http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/
Connect to the tool controller using the =ssh (secure shell) command. If you cannot connect using
an Ethernet connection, connect using a serial cable (see Chapter 2, section titled "Using a Serial
Connection" on page 3-8).
The ssh command is similar to the telnet access program but it also encrypts network traffic. If
connecting to the tool controller over the network, you will have to use the ssh command (Linux) or
PuTTY.exe (Windows) command for interactive sessions, and the scp (Linux) or pscp.exe
(Windows) command for file transfers. The tool controller does not support telnet or ftp protocol
due to inherent security risks.
Tool Controller User Accounts

R
varco
To connect to the tool controller using ssh or PuTTY, you must use the varco
account.
The varco user rights are limited to the home directory (/home/varco), the jar file
directory (/varco/program/tool), and the class file directory (/varco/com/...).
root
If connected to the tool controller using a serial cable (see Chapter 2, section titled
"Using a Serial Connection" on page 3-8), you can log in using the root account.
Once logged into the tool controller using varco, you can use the Linux su (substitute user)
command to change your login to root. Ideally, however, you should minimize use of the root
28-15
www.nov.com
28
Advanced Operations
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-16 of 24
account (see warning message below). The root user is the traditional super/user in Unix/Linux
systems.
Root users have unlimited access, including

permission to delete all files. Use extreme caution
when logged in as root.
Installing PuTTY
PuTTY is a free ssh client software application for the Windows operating system. It includes
such programs as ssh sessions, and pcsp (secure file transfer).
1. Create a PuTTY directory on your computers hard drive (c:\putty, for example).
2. Extract the *.zip file into the PuTTY directory.
Starting an Interactive Session

Start a PuTTY ssh session using a command prompt window, or by double-clicking the putty.exe
file. The following examples demonstrate connecting to an tool controller IP address of 128.1.8.5
using both methods.
To launch PuTTy using a command line:
1. Click Start --> Run, then type cmd and press <Enter>.
The Command Prompt window displays
2. Type putty
OK.
-ssh varco@128.1.8.5 into the space provided, then click
3. Type varco into the password space provided, then click OK.
To launch PuTTY from Windows Explorer:
1. Locate and double-click the putty.exe file to display the PuTTY Setup window
(shown below).
28-16
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-17 of 24
Advanced Operations
28
2. Type the tool controller IP address into the space provided (labeled Host Name).
See section titled "Determining an IP Address" on page 3-8.
3. Click to select the SSH radio button.

The text in the Port field automatically changes to 22.
4. Type a name into the space provided (labeled Saved Sessions) then click Save.
!
Do not close the PuTTY Setup window.
28-17
www.nov.com
28
Advanced Operations
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-18 of 24
Connecting to the Tool Controller

1. Launch PuTTY using one of the methods described above.
2. Click Open to display the PuTTY login prompt.
3. Type varco at the login as prompt.

4. Type admin at the password prompt.
Listing Tool Controller Directories

The root directory of the Linux operating system is the / directory.
Type ls and press <Enter> to list the contents of the / (root) and /varco directories.
For safety reasons, the tool controller file system is partitioned so that all directories in the Linux
operating system except the /varco directory are read-only. All files that are necessary to run the
tool controller, as well as all logging and user-accessible configuration files, are in the /varco
directory. The /varco directory is in its own read-write partition.
28-18
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-19 of 24
Advanced Operations
28
Installing Tool Controller Software
This section contains instructions for installing software

using Linux commands. Installing software through the
Software Management page may be considerably easier
for most users. See Chapter 5, titled "Software
Management Links.
Restarting the JVM (restartj9)

After uploading the tool controller software, restart the Java Virtual Machine. The varco profile
contains the following command for doing so:
restartj9
The script shown below illustrates its use. The ps command displays the existence or nonexistence of the restartj9 process.
28-19
www.nov.com
28
Advanced Operations
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-20 of 24
Rebooting the Tool Controller

To reboot the tool controller without using the power switch (referred to as a warm boot), you
must be logged into the tool controller as the root user.
Use the su command to become root, and two versions of the shutdown command. The first
version reboots the tool controller (-r option); the second halts the tool controller (-h option).
Linux Command Summary

The following basic Linux commands can be used to communicate with the tool controller. In the
Unix tradition, each command offers a myriad of options. The figures below illustrate their basic
use.
Type any command followed by --help to display an

explanation of the command. For example, typing ls -help displays an explanation of the list command, its
syntax, and options.
ls provides short list of directory contents
ls -l provides long listing of directory contents
cd changes directories
pwd displays present working directory
ps reports process status
cp copies files and directories
mv moves (renames) files
top displays top CPU processes
netstat shows network statistics
28-20
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-21 of 24
Advanced Operations
28
cd, ls, ls -l, pwd, cp, mw Commands
ps Command
28-21
www.nov.com
28
Advanced Operations
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-22 of 24
top Command
This command displays all processes running, and the amount of CPU resources used.
netstat Command
This command displays all Ethernet connections to the tool controller.
28-22
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-23 of 24
28
Advanced Operations
Vi Editor
Vi Editor is a full-screen, command-based text editor for creating and editing files on systems like
the tool controller. For a complete list of commands and more detailed information, go to: http://
www.nacs.uci.edu/help/manuals/uci.unix.guide/the_vi_editor.html.
1. Type vi <file name>, then press <Enter> to either open an existing file, or
create a new one (if the file name entered does not exist).
Cursor
End of file
Vi Editor opens in command mode with the cursor in the upper-left corner of the
screen. A tilde (~), indicates the end of a file. The file name (in quotes) displays in
the bottom-left corner of the screen.
2. Position the cursor anywhere in the file, then type to change the text:
Q
Type i to begin insert mode.

You must be in insert mode before you can enter text. In insert mode you can
backspace within the current line. i adds text before the cursor while in insert
mode.
Press <Esc> to exit insert mode and return to command mode.

In command mode you can issue complex commands preceded by a colon (:),
such as those that affect sections of text.
Type <n>x (where n is a number) to delete <n> characters from the current
position.
Type <n>X (where n is a number) to delete <n> characters before the cursor.
Type <n>dw: (where n is a number) to delete <n> words from the current
cursor position.
Type <n>dd (where n is a number) to delete <n> lines beginning with the line
upon which the cursor is positioned.
Type D to delete the remainder of the current line including the current cursor
position
3. After typing a line of text, press <Enter>.

4. Type :w, then <Enter> to save the file.
28-23
www.nov.com
28
Advanced Operations
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page 28-24 of 24
5. Type :wq to save the current file and quit.

Alternatively, type :q to quit, or :q! to exit without saving.
To return to the previous line, press <Esc> to return to command mode.
28-24
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-1 of 10
Appendix
Profibus Addressing
See Chapter 6, titled "Debug Monitor, Chapter 7, titled "I/O

Diagnostics, and Chapter 12, titled "Profibus Network
Status for related information
All I/O points are defined by two text strings:

R
I/O type: A three-letter mnemonic that identifies the Profibus network to which the
point is connected.
I/O Identifier: A unique string used inside the tool controller program and on
electrical drawings to identify the node and offset.
I/O Types
R
DP1 identifies the I/O accessed through the first Profibus network (first Applicom
card). DP1 normally communicates with devices on the tool.
DP2 identifies I/O accessed through the second Profibus network (second Applicom
Card).
I/O Identifiers
Typical format for an I/O identifier:
<Node number><class><byte offset>.<bit offset>
Class (DI for Digital Input)

Byte offset.bit offset
7DI0.2
Node number
A-1
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-2 of 10
Appendix
Node Numbers
Node numbers are named first in the I/O identifier text string, and range from 1 to 125.
R
Nodes 1 assigned to diagnostic tools.
Node 2 is assigned to the tool controller.
Node 3 is the default address of a VFD, and is not used.
Valid Classes Table

Class
Description
# of bits
DI
Digital Input
AI
Analog Input
16
IW
Input Word
16
ID
Input Double Word
32
IR
Input Real Number
32
DQ
Digital Output
AQ
Analog Output
16
QW
Output Word
16
QD
Output Double Word
32
QR
Output Real Number
32
SI
String Input
varies
SO
String Output
varies
Byte and Bit Assignments

Each Profibus node is assigned its own input and output address space, which is stored in
memory. The address always begins with byte 0, bit 0. If setting up either an ET200M module or a
PA coupler, the address space fills sequentially with each module added to the node.
For example, a Bartec input brick has 16 digital input points, and is located on node #6. It requires
2 bytes of input space, and no output space. The first identifier would be 6DI0.0. Others would
follow in sequence:
6DI0.1
6DI0.2
6DI0.3
6DI0.4
6DI0.5
6DI0.6
6DI0.7
6DI1.0
6DI1.1
6DI1.2
6DI1.3
6DI1.4
6DI1.5
6DI1.6
6DI1.7
A-2
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-3 of 10
Appendix
A Hengstler absolute encoder located on node #12 provides position, velocity, and acceleration
feedback:
Position
32-bit integer
12ID0
Velocity
16-bit integer
12AI4
Acceleration
16-bit integer
12AI6
An ET200M module is located on node #5 and has:

R
one module with 16 digital outputs
one four-channel analog input module
one module with eight digital inputs and eight digital outputs
The module addresses would begin: 5DQO.0, 5DQ0.1 ... 5DQ1.0, 5DQ1.1 ... 5DQ1.7
The second modules four-channel analog input is the first input space on the ET200M. For this
reason its addresses also start at byte 0: 5AI0, 5AI2, 5AI4, 5AI6
The third modules points add to both the input and output space:
Input addresses: 5DI8.0, 5DI8.1, 5DI8.2 ... 5DI8.7
Output addresses: 5DQ2.0, 5DQ2.1 ... 5DQ2.7
A-3
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-4 of 10
Appendix
Setting Up and Using AmphiCom

Additional I/O Addressing Table
Address
Node
Class
Byte
Bit
Discussion
5DQ0.0
Digital
Output
First output on module
7DI0.2
Digital Input 0
Third input on module
6AI2
Analog
Input
start at byte
offset 2
10ID0
10
Double
Word Input
byte offset 0
Second analog input on

module

trained, qualified personnel only. Use extreme caution
when changing too configuration settings. Incorrect
setup can result in loss of tool control that can only be
restored by a National Oilwell Varco (NOV) service
engineer.
AmphiCom is a program designed for the Windows operating system that acts as a gateway
between the tool controller and other programs, such as Wonderware, Microsoft Excel,
databases, and other software. AmphiCom can be used to read information from and write to the
tool controller.
AmphiCom uses the Windows Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) communication protocol to transfer
data between itself and other Windows programs.
Both AmphiCom and the other program must be installed

on the same computer.
A-4
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-5 of 10
Appendix
Configuration File
!
At this time, the XML configuration file must be created
manually using the built-in Windows accessory named
Notepad. NOV recommends that you use the File --> Save
As menu command, name the file config.xml, and save it
in the same directory that the Amphicom.exe file is
located. Ensure that the file type is XML.
AmphiCom requires a configuration file. It is designed to use its own XML configuration file, but
can use an older VExpress.dat file.
VExpress is a program that was designed in earlier Amphion systems that filled the same role as
AmphiCom. The VExpress.dat file can be used by AmphiCom, however AmphiCom uses a
different protocol to communicate with the tool controller. AmphiCom must be used with revision 3
or later tool controllers.
An example of an AmphiCom configuration file is shown here.
<root >
<SERVICE name=AmphiCom/>
<SBC name=Racker ip=192.168.31.21
update_rate=200 persist=false/>
<SBC name=Fingerboard ip=192.168.31.22
update_rate=200 persist=true/>
<Delay Update=10/>
</root>
SERVICE Element
In Windows DDE, the client application (such as Wonderware or Excel) needs to know the name of
the application that is supplying the dynamic data. AmphiCom is the application that supplies the
data, and the name that it will have in DDE is specified by the SERVICE element in the XML
document. In the example above, the name AmphiCom is used. The client applications know
AmphiCom by this name.
There should be only one SERVICE element in the XML configuration file. This element is
optional. If it is not included, then the name AmphiCom is used.
SBC Element
There can be any number of SBC elements in the XML configuration file, however at least one
element is required. Each SBC element should identify an Amphion tool controller from which
AmphiCom needs to pull dynamic data.
The name attribute (or topic name) in the SBC element specifies a topic for DDE. Two tool
controllers are listed in the configuration file example above (Racker and Fingerboard), so two
topics are available to DDE for the application named AmphiCom. The name attribute is required.
The ip attribute of the SBC element is required. It specifies the IP address of the tool controller.
These can be found on the Network button on the main service page for any tool controller. A list
A-5
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-6 of 10
Appendix
of the addresses is normally supplied as part of the documentation for any rig project. Also see
section titled "Locating Tool Controller IP Addresses" on page 2-9.
The update_rate attribute of the SBC element specifies the time in milliseconds (1/1000 seconds)
that the tool controller should wait between updates when sending data to AmphiCom. This
attribute is optional. If you do not specify the update rate, the system uses its default update rate of
200.
The tool controller usually cannot send updates faster than

once every 20 milliseconds, however this rate places an
excessive burden on the tool controller, and the extra
updates are not typically useful to the client program. A
good rule of thumb is to set the update rate to no less than
100.
The persistent attribute of the SBC element specifies whether communications will persist even
after AmphiCom is closed. This is included for compatibility with older systems. This attribute is
optional. If you do not specify the persistent attribute, the default is false (meaning that
communications will not continue after AmphiCom is closed).
The Delay element is used to specify the amount of time (in milliseconds) that AmphiCom waits
between sending data updates to client applications using Windows DDE. This element is
optional. Internally, AmphiCom ensures that this value is no less than zero, and no greater than
1000 (once per second). In the configuration file example above, the delay time is set to 10
milliseconds (or 100 times per second). If it is not included, then the default value of 50
milliseconds is used.
Quick Start
1. Create the AmphiCom config.exe file using the information provided above in the
section titled "Configuration File" on page A-5.
2. Locate the file named Amphicom.exe on the hard drive of your computer, and
make note of its location.
4. Type cmd into the space provided, then click OK.
5. At the command prompt, type
cd <directory name where the

Amphicom.exe file is located>.
For example: cd
program files
6. Press <Enter>.
7. Type Amphicom.exe
config.xml
8. Press <Enter> to display the AmphiCom startup window.
A-6
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-7 of 10
Appendix
Click Exit to close Amphicom.
Click Debug On to begin displaying debug message information.
Click Debug Off to stop displaying debug message information.
Click Clear to remove debug information from the window.
Click Copy to place the contents of the window into the clipboard, which can be
then pasted into another Windows application, such as a text editor or an e-mail
program.
A-7
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-8 of 10
Appendix
Using AmphiCom with Microsoft Excel

Dynamic Data Display
You can use Microsoft Excel as a client application to display data that updates dynamically from
the tool controller. AmphiCom must be running and properly configured before Excel is launched.
See section titled "Configuration File" on page A-5, and section titled "Quick Start" on page A-6.
Data fields on the tool controller that are available for display are called WebObjects. In order to
view dynamic data in an Excel spreadsheet, WebObjects must be specified by name. WebObject
names are commonly quite long, punctuated by dots (.). Modules such as the debug monitor
displays lists of WebObject names and values (for more information, see Chapter 6, titled "Debug
Monitor).
The Excel cell displaying dynamic data should contain a formula like the example shown here.
Topic name
(tool controller name)
=AmphiCom|Racker!controller_stats_avgCycleTime
Server application
WebObject
All Excel formulas must begin with an equal sign (=).

R
Server Application: The first part of the formula must be the name of the
application that is serving the data (see section titled "SERVICE Element" on page
A-5). The server application name is followed by the pipe character (|).
Topic Name: The second part of the formula must be the topic name (the name of a
tool controller). This should match the SBC name located in the configuration file
(see section titled "SBC Element" on page A-5). The topic name is followed by an
exclamation point (!).
WebObject Name: The third part of the formula must be the WebObject name of
the data field on the tool controller. However, because the dot characters in
WebObject names (.) are misunderstood by DDE, an underline must be
substituted for each one. Spaces are also illegal characters in DDE, so any space in
the WebObject name must be removed and replaced with a back slash character
(\).
A-8
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-9 of 10
Appendix
Writing Data to the Tool Controller

You can write data to a tool controller using Microsoft Excel and Amphicom by writing a Visual
Basic script in Excel.
1. In Excel, click Tools --> Macro, then click to select Visual Basic Editor from the
submenu.
2. In Visual Basic Editor, click Insert --> Module.
A new code module window appears. Initially the main text area of the window is
blank.
3. Create a new module using the information provided immediately following this
procedure. See section titled "Visual Basic Modules" on page A-10.
4. Close Visual Basic Editor.
5. In Excel, click Tools --> Macro, then click to select Macros from the submenu to
display the Macro pop-up window (shown below).
6. Click to select the script you created, then click Run.

In the illustration shown above, the new module is named ValueWriter.
The specified value is written to the tool controller.
A-9
www.nov.com
D811001117-MAN-001
Revision 02
Page A-10 of 10
Appendix
Visual Basic Modules

An example script for a module that sets a value on a tool controller is shown here.
Topic name
(tool controller name)
Server application
Excel cell number
Sub ValueWriter()
Dim channelNumber As Long
channelNumber = DDEInitiate(AmphiCom, racker)
Set rangeToPoke = Worksheets(Sheet1).Range(D15)
DDEPoke channelNumber, controller.stats.maxCycleTime, rangeToPoke
DDETerminate (channelNumber)
End Sub
WebObject
R
DDE Initiate Function: On line 3, specify the service name that AmphiCom is using
(see section titled "SERVICE Element" on page A-5), followed by the tool controller
name (see section titled "SBC Element" on page A-5). This function returns a
channel number that will be used to identify the communications channel to
subsequent methods.
Excel Cell Range: Line 4 specifies the cell whose contents will be written to the tool
controller. You cannot simply code a value into the Visual Basic script. You must use
a cell number.
DDEPoke Function: Line 5 specifies the channel number, the name of the
WebObject to write to (this name uses the standard naming convention for
WebObjects; do not replace dot characters with underlines, or spaces with back
slashes), and the Excel cell that supplies the data.
A-10
www.nov.com
Amphion
Standard Technical Reference Manual
Reference
D811000238-MAN-001
Amphion Standard
Technical Reference Manual

www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05

RIG SOLUTIONS
Houston, TX 77041
Document Number
Rev.
D811000238-MAN-001
04
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Revision History
04
01.06.2011
Fourth Issue
S. Davila
S. Sobreira
G. Weaver
03
22.07.2010
Third issue
D. Carpenter
D. Carpenter
D. Carpenter
02
10.07.2009
Second Issue
L. Braaten
P. Williams
J. Faga
01
22.10.2007
Issued for implementation
L. Braaten
K. Schmidt
J.Faga
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Reason for issue
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Change Description
Revision
Change Description
01
First issue
02
Updated to reflect current information per engineering department
03
Corrected document number on title page.

Updated template.
Removed Service Center information from Appendix.
04
Updated Third Party Information.

Added section on Foreign Objects.
Added section on Replacing Air Filter.
Amphion GPL Statement

This program contains proprietary as well as free software. You can redistribute and/or modify the free portion of the software under the terms of the GNU General
Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. To view and/or obtain a copy of
the free software used in this product, please visit ftp://ftp.amphion.nov.com/gpl/.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall convey to you the right to utilize National Oilwell Varco trademarks, trade names, services marks or other
National Oilwell Varco proprietary materials.
In addition, you shall not have the right to publish the name of National Oilwell Varco without the prior permission of National Oilwell Varco in writing.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street,
Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page i of iv
Table of Contents
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advisories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safe Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-5
Chapter 2: Amphion Overview

Drillers Cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Operator Workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Touchscreens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Discrete Switches and Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Equipment and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Network System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Remote I/Os . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Multi-Tool (MTC) Controller Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Other Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Drill Floor Shutdown (E-Stop) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Communication Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Process Field BUS (Profibus) DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
RS232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Additional Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
RigSense and WITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Electronic Drilling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
System Overview Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
System Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Chapter 3: Computers and Software

Touchscreen Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BIOS Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup Disk Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended Equipment and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-2
i
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page ii of iv
Table of Contents
Creating a Disk Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Restoring a Disk Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Assigning IP Addresses to Wago Remote I/Os . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
RigSense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Serial WITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Hardware and Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
VChannel Configuration Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Typical S-DAQ Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Tool Controller Web-Based Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Installing Third-Party Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Chapter 4: Operator Workstations

Flex Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front-Entry Chair (FEC) Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wrap-Around Workstation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Touchscreens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Panels and Joysticks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left Control Panel & Joystick Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right Control Panel & Joystick Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-6
4-8
Chapter 5: Multi-Tool Controller Cabinet

Control Overview Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Field BUS (Profibus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RS232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-tool Controller Cabinet Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
Chapter 6: Tool Controllers

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Controller Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advantech Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beckhoff Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CompactFlash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet (ENET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profibus (Process Field Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mouse/Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-4
6-4
6-4
6-4
6-4
6-4
ii
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page iii of iv
Table of Contents
Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profibus Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Controllers and NOV Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Controller Web-Based Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5
6-5
6-6
6-7
Chapter 7: Startup and Shutdown

Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shutdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Enclosure Power Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting and Maintenance

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Basic Diagnostic Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Workstation Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Joysticks and Discrete Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Touchscreens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Alarm Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Cable Inspection and Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Workstation Cable Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Fiber Optic Cable Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Fiber Optic Cable Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Ethernet Cable Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Profibus Cable Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Video (Coaxial) Cable Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Moxa Network Switch Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Properties Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Hyperterminal Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Disk Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Network and Workstation Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Visual Inspection of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Cleaning a Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Replacing or Cleaning Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
HMI and Foreign Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Recommended Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Appendix A: Appendix
Opening a Command Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Command Descriptions and Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Using a URL Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Using the Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
iii
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page iv of iv
Table of Contents
Using the IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Using the Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Ping Command Switch Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
IP Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Tracert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Nslookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
iv
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
General Information
Conventions
Every reasonable effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained
herein. National Oilwell Varco (NOV) will not be held liable for errors in this material, or for
consequences arising from misuse of this material.
Advisories
Graphic symbols and bracketed text indicate advisories for a specific topic. This information
provides the reader with additional details and may advise the reader to take a specific action to
protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. These advisories may also inform the
reader of actions necessary to prevent equipment damage.
Note

provided about the current topic.
Caution
!
equipment, or injury to personnel exists. Follow
instructions explicitly. Extreme care should be taken when
performing operations or procedures preceded by this
caution symbol.
Warning

follow safe work procedures could result in serious or
fatal injury to personnel, significant equipment
damage, or extended rig down time.
1-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05
General Information
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 1-2 of 6
Conventions
Advisories
Hot Surfaces
The hot surface symbol indicates the presence of a

hot surface or component. Touching this surface
could result in bodily injury. To reduce the risk of
injury from a hot component, allow the surface to cool
before touching.
Electrostatic Discharge
The Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) symbol indicates the

potential for static electrical discharge is present. ESD can
damage or destroy sensitive electronic components. ESD
can also set off explosions or fires in flammable environments. Always discharge static electricity prior to working
on sensitive components or in flammable environments.
Illustrations
snapshots for use in identifying parts, or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn
to scale.
1-2
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 1-3 of 6
General Information
Safety Requirements
The NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving
outlined in the equipment manuals are the recommended methods of performing operations and
maintenance.
!

NOV equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for its
intended purpose.
Safe Lifting
When lifting and handling NOV equipment, use approved lifting procedures and safe methods.
Always follow all federal, state and local rules, codes, and
rig-specific safety guidelines when lifting and handling
NOV equipment. Operators and maintenance personnel
should be properly trained in safe lifting procedures and
the inspection of material handling equipment and lifting
components. Safe lifting recommendations provided in this
manual do not take precedence over local safety rules and
regulations, OSHA regulations, or instructions issued by
the manufacturers of rig hoisting equipment and other tools
on the rig.
Lifting equipment improperly creates a hazardous

working environment. To avoid lifting hazards, only lift
equipment with material handling equipment rated for
the expected load and only from the designated lift
points. Failure to follow safe lifting guidelines may
result in serious or fatal injury to personnel,
significant equipment damage, and extended rig down
time.
1-3
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 1-4 of 6
General Information
Safety Requirements
Personnel Training
equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained in rig safety, tool operation,
!
Contact the NOV training department for more information about equipment operation and
maintenance training.
Recommended Tools
The equipment manufacturer recommends that only those tools specified be used when stated.
Ensure that personnel and equipment safety are not jeopardized when following service
procedures and that personnel are not using tools that were not specifically recommended by the
manufacturer.

The equipment discussed in this manual may require or contain one or more utilities such as
!
Isolate energy sources before beginning work.

repair.
1-4
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 1-5 of 6
General Information
Safety Requirements
during assembly and disassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.
Replace failed or damaged components with original equipment manufacturer

certified parts. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage or injury to
personnel.
Routine Maintenance
Equipment must be maintained on a routine basis. See section titled "Network and Workstation
Equipment" on page 8-17, section titled "Cleaning a Touchscreen" on page 8-18 and the productspecific service manuals for maintenance recommendations.
!
Service Centers
For a directory of NOV Service Centers, see NOV document number D811001337-DAS-001, titled
Service Center Directory. This document is located in the User Manual.
www.nov.com/contact_us/24hr_EmergencyList.asp
1-5
www.nov.com
General Information
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 1-6 of 6
1-6
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Amphion Overview
Optional components described in this manual may not be

present on your particular rig.
Drillers Cabin
The operator workstations are located in a specially designed, climate-controlled cabin. The cabin
is positioned on the drill floor to provide maximum viewing of rig operations.
From within the cabin, the operators can control integrated equipment on the drill floor and pipe
deck, removing operators from conventional drilling process hazards.
The footprint of each cabin may vary to support rig requirements, however basic cabin features
generally include:
Heavy duty steel with a protection bumper in front
A protection grid for the upper windows
Pneumatic wipers with a high pressure wash system
A heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) unit
Non-slip floors
Recessed cable routes with removable floor panels
In addition to the operator workstations, drillers cabins may contain:
Blowout Prevention (BOP) control panels
Control and interface junction boxes (J-Boxes)
Alarm horns
Telephone
PA speakers
Thermostat and humidistat
HVAC (heating, ventilation, and air conditioning) control panels
Smoke detectors
Gas detectors
CCTV monitors
See an example illustration of a drillers cabin below.
2-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-2 of 12
Amphion Overview
Talkback
station
Gas detector
PA speaker
PA speaker
Fire and gas

panel
HVAC status
panel 2
Telephone
HVAC status
panel 1
Gas detector
Wiper
controls
Driller workstation
footprint
Items not shown (for clarity)
Assistant driller
workstation footprint
BOP control
panel
Features
2 smoke detectors in ceiling
Non-slip flooring
1 driller workstation
Two access/escape routes
1 assistant driller workstation
Emergency lighting system

Hinged protection grid above upper windows
Pneumatic windshield wipers
High pressure window washing system
Recessed cable routes in the floor
Removable non-slip floor panels
Noise and vibration reduction
Climate controlled through the HVAC system
*Not all features are present in all cabins; see rig-specific engineering documents.
2-2
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-3 of 12
Amphion Overview
Operator Workstations
The operator workstation is the user's interface to the drilling network and tools. Workstations
consist of integrated control panels and an ergonomic chair designed to reduce the effects of
stress and strain associated with long periods of sitting.
See Chapter 4, titled "Operator Workstations for additional information about workstations.
Touchscreens
Each operator workstation provides two to four touchscreens, often referred to as an HMI (Human
Machine Interface). Touchscreens display the software used to manage operator requests.
Touchscreens display Amphion tool control, drilling operations, alarms, and status information
pertinent to the current activity being performed. This allows the operator to concentrate on the job
at hand without the distraction of extraneous data.
Discrete Switches and Joysticks

Switch controls are dedicated to frequently-used operations (such as opening and closing the
power slips). Joysticks are used for tools that require controlled movement (such as the
drawworks).
See the rig-specific Amphion users manual and Chapter 4, titled "Operator Workstations for
additional information.
Equipment and Features

The Amphion system provides operators with control of drilling tools and processes from a
workstation. Located inside the drillers cabin, the workstation offers controls and status
information applicable to the operation being performed.
The drillers cabin, local electrical room (LER), hull LER, and accommodations area are
considered safe areas for installing Amphion components that carry no hazardous area
classifications (workstation, multi-tool controller cabinet, etc.).
Main features of the Amphion package can include (but are not limited to) the following:
One or more operator workstations, equipped with touchscreens for control

functions
One or more multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets
Integrated operator interface application for tools, systems, or monitoring processes,

such as:
Assignments (motor)
Automated Drawworks System (ADS)
Automated Roughneck (AR)
Bridge Racker
Casing Running Tool
Compensator
Conveyor
Crown-Mounted Compensator (CMC)
Driller Auxiliaries
Drilling Process
2-3
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
Fingerboard
Foxhole
Horizontal-to-Vertical (HTV) Machine
Hydraulic Cathead (HC26-EV)
Maintenance Mode
Mousehole
Mud Bucket
Mud Pumps
Ownership Overview
Pipe Racking System (PRS)
Power Management System
Power Slips
Riser Tensioner
Rotary Support Table (RST)
Spider Gimble
Stand Building
Stand Jump
Tripping Process
Varco Compact Racker (VCR)
Well Control
Workstation Diagnostics
Zone Management System (ZMS)
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-4 of 12
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) system, Silicone Controlled Rectifier (SCR), and
Power Enclosures
RigSense application, client, and server
Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ) Module
System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ) Module
See the rig-specific NOV Amphion users manual for

information about the operator interface.
2-4
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-5 of 12
Amphion Overview
Network System
The network ties tool controllers and status information together to allow both control and
monitoring capability from any operator workstation. Selected information can also be monitored
from desktop computers in other locations, such as the tool pushers office.
Optional components described in this section may not be

present on the rig.
Sensors
Rigs are equipped with various sensors used to gather information from the equipment, and about
the drilling process. For more information, see the sensor manuals provided with the equipment.
Remote I/Os
Remote I/Os receive input and/or output digital signals, analog signals, and other types of
communication from, or for, other devices such as tool controllers.
Sensors, controls, and other devices are hard-wired into the remote I/O. From there, a single cable
can carry all communication from the remote I/O to a second device, which processes the
communication. This reduces the number of cables used on the rig.
For example, drilling equipment controls are hard-wired to a remote I/O module in each
workstation. The remote I/O communicates, then forwards the signal to the appropriate tool
controller. The tool controller generally processes the request, then returns a status signal to the
operator workstations screen.
Emergency stop switches are hard-wired in compliance with the relevant standard.
2-5
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-6 of 12
Amphion Overview
Multi-Tool (MTC) Controller Cabinets

The MTC cabinet houses the workstation and network control components, and is normally
located in the drill floor local electrical room (LER).
An example of an MTC cabinet is shown here.
Power supplies 1 & 2
PROFIBUS connections
and
Flash card
7 Tool controllers
Network switches
OLMs and remote I/Os
Inside Back Panel

UPS terminations
Circuit breakers 1 - 10
Asynchronus modem

Tool terminations
Inside Right Panel
Power distribution terminations
Touchscreen
Ethernet fast connect
2 rig and 1 UPS A/B

power switches
Keyboard
Fiber patch panel

Inside Left Door
Inside Right Door
Electromagnetic interference filters
Inside Left Panel
Rig and
UPS terminations
This enclosure contains:
Network switches
Power supplies for the tool controllers and network components
Power distribution circuit breakers
Asynchronous modem
Tool controllers
2-6
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-7 of 12
Amphion Overview
Other Cabinets
The cabinets that house the VFDs (variable frequency drive) and generators may be supplied and
powered by third party vendors. For information regarding their equipment, see the original
equipment manufacturers documentation.
Drill Floor Shutdown (E-Stop)

The drill floor shutdown (DFSD) emergency stop (E-Stop) box is hard wired to the operator
workstation, and connected to all tools.
Tool Controllers
A tool controller is a customized computer used to automate machinery in commercial and
industrial environments. They are programmable and contain processors, memory, communication
ports, and other components similar to those found in most computers. Each tool controller is
programmed with the logic required to automate and monitor a specific piece of rig equipment.
The term tool controller refers to the entire tool control unit, which consists of the chassis, cover,
tool controller board, tool control program, communication cards, and other hardware-related
components used to control the tool.
The tool controller service pages interface displays controller information that can be used for
diagnostic purposes. Web pages associated with each tool are stored within their own dedicated
tool controllers. Technicians can communicate with a tool controllership the diagnostic workstation
(DWS), by connecting a computer to the drilling control network (DCN) and typing the tool
controllers unique IP address into a web browsers address field, or by selecting the appropriate
tool from the main tool controller web page.
Tool controllers are located in the multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets. Security for tool access is
based on keys to prevent unauthorized computers connected to the drilling control network from
controlling a tool.
See Chapter 6, titled "Tool Controllers for more information.
2-7
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-8 of 12
Communication Protocol
The Amphion network architecture uses copper and fiber optic media to carry information.
Although Ethernet is the prevalent form of communication used by the drilling control network, a
variety of communication protocols are used, as described in this section.
Ethernet
Physical network/data link layer protocols are 100-MB Ethernet for most PC and tool controller
nodes.
Touchscreen to tool controller connections use OPC, DCOM or NetDDE over TCP/IP.
TCP/IP is normally used in instances where the Ethernet communication is routed through a
network switch.
Category 5 (CAT-5) copper cable is normally used for devices located within close proximity to one
another (housed in the same or adjoining cabinets). 62.5/125-micron, multi-mode glass fiber optic
cable is normally used for longer distances.
Process Field BUS (Profibus) DP

The Amphion network typically uses Profibus DP communication. Profibus communication
protocol is an international standard for communication between tool controllers, remote
I/Os, drives, valves, operator interfaces, and computers. Profibus supports communication speeds
up to 12M baud over twisted-pair copper or fiber optic cable.
Application layer interface/communication protocol for Profibus DP is between tool controllers and
associated remote I/Os. Remote I/Os gather data for tool controllers, and can be customized to
address a wide variety of local and remote I/O requirements. Tool sensors and controls are hardwired into the remote I/O. From there, a single Profibus cable carries all communication from the
remote I/O to the tool controller or other device that processes the information.
For example, sensors on the top drive are hard-wired to a remote I/O module mounted near the
tool. The remote I/O communicates with the top drive tool controller over a Profibus DP link.
Emergency stop switches are hard-wired in compliance

with the relevant standard.
RS232
The RigSense application server supports serial WITS connections from the system's built-in
COM ports. Up to two Wellsite Information Transfer Specification (WITS) feeds are supported. The
data is sent to the mud logger, the Measurement While Drilling (MWD) system, and others as
needed.
2-8
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-9 of 12
Amphion Overview
Additional Components
RigSense and WITS
time- or depth-based format.
See Chapter 3, titled "Computers and Software for more information about RigSense.

S-DAQ gathers data from rig sensors and equipment. Drilling parameters are displayed in real
time, in both analog and digital formats. Each channel can be configured with alarm functions. SDAQ can apply algorithms to the data, then forward the information to applications such as
RigSense. S-DAQ and RigSense communicate using Ethernet. See NOV document number
D250000-0401-OPM-0001, titled S-DAQ Simple Data Acquisition System.
Also see the MD Totco RigSense manual for more information.

V-DAQ performs the same functions as S-DAQ and has the same capabilities, but provides a much
greater depth of information and detail. While S-DAQ is intended to be used with RigSense
rental equipment, V-DAQ is intended to be a permanent part of a rig installation.
See MD Totco document number 42TM62-20, titled V-DAQ System V Data Acquisition Users
Manual for more information. Also see the MD Totco RigSense manual.
Electronic Drilling System

The Electronic Drilling System (EDS) is built into the automated drawworks system (ADS) and
Amphion touchscreen control systems.
EDS is designed to provide a constant drilling state at the bit, which cannot be achieved using
manual or other types of drawworks braking systems. The constant bit state is achieved through
closed-loop control of selected primary drilling parameters (such as weight on bit or delta
pressure), and the ability to regulate the disc brake for continuous feed of the drill line.
Continuously running secondary control parameters (rate of penetration and torque) provide
additional control necessary for a steady state during unexpected events, such as a drilling break
or stick-slip situation.
The driller can select which modes are active through the touchscreens, and adjust individual
parameter setpoints.
See the See rig-specific NOV Amphion users manual for more information about the user
interface.
Also see product-specific Electronic Drilling System and Automated Drawworks System
documentation.
2-9
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-10 of 12
Amphion Overview
System Overview Example

Driller cabin
safe area
Drill floor LER

safe area
Modem
connection
Multi-tool control cabinet

2
Modem
3
Tool Controllers (TC)
MTC
WS* TDS Aux I/O V-DAQ VCR
TC
HMI
Network
switch 1
Network
switch 2
TC
TC
TC
TC
TC
PMS**
ADS & MPs
TC
TC
Network
switches
M&I VFD
enclosure
Drill
floor
shut
down
Remote I/O
1 2
VFD 1/ADS-B
VFD 2/TD/ADS-A
V-DAQ
remote
I/O
Accommodations
safe area
Radio room
VFD3/TD/ADS-A
Drill floor
MCC
Hull LER safe area

MP
room
MCC 1
cabinet
MCC 2
cabinet
1
Network
switch
Netscreen firewall
Tool pusher office
RigSense server
Network switches
M&I enclosure
V-DAQ
remote I/O
Network switches
4
Ethernet switch
Legend
Company man office
RigSense client
Ethernet
Fiber optic
Modem
Hard wired
Signal
VFD 6/MP 2A
VFD 9/MP 3B
VFD 5/MP1B
VFD 5/MP 3A
VFD 4/MP 1A
Emerg. Gen.
Gen. 2
Gen. 4
Gen. 1
Gen. 3
PMS**
VFD 7/MP 2B
PMS** HMI
Router
*Workstation
**Power management system
2-10
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-11 of 12
Amphion Overview
Control Overview Example

The multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet houses the workstation and network control components.
The cabinet is located in the drill floor local electrical room (LER).
MTC cabinet
Network
switch 2
6
7
2
4
5
V-DAQ
Drawworks
Spare
Async Modem
Power Sys & MP Gateway
Racker (VCR)
Auxiliary
Power slips
Cathead
Spare
Network
switch 3
1
5
6
4
9
7
MTC I/O
Network
switch 1
Driller's Workstation
MTC Touchscreen
Top Drive System
9
5
1
V-DAQ
remote I/O
Drill floor
shutdown
Electronic
weight
indicator
HMI 2
Remote I/O
HMI 3
HMI 1
Network
switch 2
M&I control cabinets
Network
switch 1
network switches
2-11
www.nov.com
Amphion Overview
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 2-12 of 12
System Documentation
MTC cabinet (electrical and mechanical) engineering drawings
Workstation drawings
System topology engineering drawings
Interconnect engineering drawings
Amphion Functional Design Specification (FDS)
Users and technical reference manuals
National Oilwell Varco equipment-specific manuals
2-12
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Computers and Software
Optional components described in this manual may not be

present on your particular rig.
Touchscreen Computers
This section contains general information about the touchscreens. See the original equipment
manufacturers documentation that came with the touchscreens for detailed hardware and
troubleshooting information.
The Amphion workstation is equipped with self-contained touchscreen computers. All are
industrially-hardened machines that use 85- 265-volt AC power.
A diagnostic workstation (DWS) computer with a keyboard is mounted on the door of an MTC
cabinet. It can be used to connect to the Amphion service pages interface to diagnose problems or
monitor processes from a location other than the operator workstations, eliminating interference
with drilling operations. See NOV document titled Amphion Tool Controller Service Pages Users
Manual for more information.
See the rig-specific National Oilwell Varco (NOV) Amphion Users Manual for detailed user
interface information.
Software
Touchscreen computers host the following software, pre-installed by NOV:
Windows XP Embedded operating system with Service Pack 2 or later

Microsoft Internet Explorer (Web browser used for the Amphion tool controller
interface) version 6.0 or later
Sun J2SE Java Runtime Environment version 1.4 or later
Video driver
Ethernet driver
Touchscreen driver
3-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-2 of 16
Hardware
An industrial tool controller card is installed in the computers chassis, and incorporates many of
the major components required by the computer (such as memory, processing chips, video
controllers, and Ethernet ports).
Processor: 1 GHz onboard VIA C3 processor
Memory:
512 MB RAM installed
2 DIMM slots available
Maximum 1 GB RAM
Communication and Connection Ports:
RS-45 10/100-Base TX Ethernet (auto-sensing)
101-key PS/2 (DIN and XT/AT mini-DIN) compatible keyboard connector
Serial mouse connector (DB9 or PS/2)
RS232-compliant serial COM port with male DB9 connector
Centronics/EPP-compliant parallel port with female DB25 connector
BIOS Settings
Set the BIOS as shown here.
Set the PNP Resources to be controlled by:
Automatic
Set the Assign IRQ for VGA adapter to:
Disabled
Set the Assign IRQ for USB controller (if applicable; older
rigs may not include USB ports) to:
Enabled
Advanced BIOS:
First Boot Device
HDD-0
Backup Disk Imaging

Create a disk image for backup and disaster recovery purposes to prevent loss of data (should a
fatal system failure occur). Disk image files contain exact, byte-by-byte copies of the hard drive,
partition, or logical disk. Drive image files can then be restored to their original disks to completely
and rapidly restore your system after heavy data loss caused by an operating system crash, virus
attack or hardware failure.
Recommended Equipment and Software
A desktop or laptop computer to perform the disk imaging procedure, equipped with
a device to read and write to a CompactFlash card, such as a USB device, or a
PCMCIA card reader.
The dd utility for Windows, available online at:

http://uranus.it.swin.edu.au/~jn/linux/rawwrite/dd.htm.
3-2
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-3 of 16
Creating a Disk Image
This procedure should be performed by qualified

personnel only. Ensure that proper lock and tag-out
procedures are followed when working on energized
equipment.
1. Shut down the computer.

2. Plug in an external keyboard and then turn the computer back on.
3. Press <Alt+F4> buttons simultaneously (on the connected keyboard) to close
Internet Explorer.
4. Press <Alt+F4> buttons again to shut down the Windows operating system.
5. Press OK to confirm.
6. When the message It is now safe to shut down your
computer appears, press the touchscreens power button to shut it down.
7. Repeat this procedure for each touchscreen.
8. Turn off the Power Isolator switches mounted on the front of the network and
workstation control enclosures.
Power Isolator switches remove power from the tool

controllers, Ethernet switches, and touchscreens.
9. Open the front cover of the Azonix touchscreen (see Azonix documentation for more
detailed instructions):
Loosen the two thumbscrews located on the right side of the touchscreen.
Remove the cover.
10. Press the Eject button located next to the CompactFlash card.
11. Pull the exposed end of the CompactFlash card to remove it from the touchscreen
computer.
Do not insert the CompactFlash card yet.
12. With the computers card reader empty, open a command prompt window (Start -->
Run), then navigate to the directory where the dd utility is located.
To determine which storage devices are available, type: dd
<Return>. Make note of the displayed list.
--list, then press
3-3
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-4 of 16
13. Insert the CompactFlash card into the computers card reader.
It may take a moment for the computer to recognize the new hardware.
14. From a command prompt window, type: dd --list, then press <Return> to
ensure that the new CompactFlash card is now listed (the CompactFlash card will
be the item not previously listed after following step 12).
15. Type the command shown below to copy the contents of the CompactFlash to the
image file. For example, if the name of the image file is HMI_CF.img, type:
dd if=\\?\Device\Harddisk1\Partition0 of=HMI_CF.img
The if parameter specifies the device that you are reading from, and the of
parameter specifies the image file to which you are writing.
Do not write data to Harddisk0, as you may overwrite

the hard drive of your computer.
The dd utility process takes a few minutes to complete. After a successful copy, the
number of records in and records out displays.
16. Use the Safely Remove Hardware procedure from the Windows operating system
to safely remove the CompactFlash card from the computer.
17. Insert the CompactFlash card to the touchscreen computer, then power up.
Restoring a Disk Image

1. Follow step 3 through step 14 above (section titled "Creating a Disk Image" on page
3-3).
2. Type the command shown below to copy the contents of the disk image to the
CompactFlash card (assuming the name of the image file is HMI_CF.img):
dd if=HMI_CF.img of=\\?\Device\Harddisk1\Partition0
The if parameter specifies the device that you are reading from, and the of
parameter specifies the image file that you are writing to.
Do not write data to Harddisk0, as you may overwrite

the hard drive of your computer.
The dd utility process takes a few minutes to complete. After a successful copy, the
number of records in and records out displays.
3. Use the Safely Remove Hardware procedure from the Windows operating system
to safely remove the CompactFlash card from the computer.
4. Insert the CompactFlash card to the touchscreen computer, then power up.
3-4
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-5 of 16
Assigning IP Addresses to Wago Remote I/Os

1. Obtain the MAC address from the Wago Fieldbus coupler.
The address is located on the sticker attached to the bus

coupler near the RJ-45 socket, or can also be found
printed on the top of the couplers right panel.
2. Install the coupler, but do not energize.

3. Connect a laptop computer that has Wago BoopP Server software installed to a
spare network port.
4. Set the computers IP address to 192.168.31.xxx (where xxx is an IP address not
currently used on the network).
Consult the rigs IP assignment list located on the rig-specific Amphion network
topology engineering drawing to identify used IP addresses.
5. Launch BoopP Server on the laptop.
6. Click Edit Bootptab.
A Notepad file appears. A sample data line for setting up a switch displays at the
end of the file.
7. If you have not already done so, copy and paste this line into a new line at the end of
the file.
You can enter data for more than one head module at the
same time, however each module requires its own line.
8. As you enter the data, ensure that you do not change anything other than the
required data. Punctuation is crucial to properly loading the data. Syntax errors or
changes could result in failure to retain the data.
9. Change the name (example displays hamburg) to something that appropriately
describes the I/O you are setting up (for example, WAGOMTC1IO).
10. In the field labeled ha=, type the MAC address of the I/O unit you are setting up.
This address is unique to that head module.
11. In the field labeled ip=, type the appropriate IP address you wish to assign.
12. If you are setting up more than one module, add as many data lines as necessary,
repeating step 9 - 11, using appropriate data for each module.
13. Click File --> Save, then click File --> Exit to save and close the Notepad file.
14. Disconnect the network cable from each head module you were setting up.
15. In BootP Server, click Start, then reconnect the network cables to the head
modules.
3-5
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-6 of 16
After a few moments a message appears, indicating that the software has located
the head module, and has set the address.
16. Click Stop.
17. Using either the laptop or the DWS computer, launch Microsoft Internet Explorer.
18. Type the IP address of the remote I/O module into the browsers address bar, then
press <Enter>.
19. Click the Port link on the left side of the screen.
20. When the login prompt, type admin into the space provided for the user name
21. Type wago into the space provided for the password.
3-6
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-7 of 16
22. Click to deselect the BootP check box, then click Submit to refresh the screen.
3-7
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-8 of 16
RigSense
Overview
See section titled "VChannel Configuration Example" on

page 3-9 for a rig-specific channel list. See RigSense
documentation for more detailed information.
time- or depth-based format. Service companies that require realtime drilling data, such as hole
depth and bit position, can connect to RigSense with a serial cable and receive a well site
information transfer specification (WITS) stream containing the required data (see section titled
"Serial WITS below).
Both the company man and the tool pusher can use RigSense to monitor drilling operations. By
setting local alarms on the RigSense PC client, the system can generate alerts when drilling
parameters exceed or fall below acceptable limits. RigSense data is also displayed on a
touchscreen mounted in the drillers workstation.

S-DAQ gathers data from rig sensors and equipment. Drilling parameters are displayed in real
time, in both analog and digital formats. Each channel can be configured with alarm functions. SDAQ can apply algorithms to the data, then forward the information to applications such as
RigSense. S-DAQ and RigSense communicate using Ethernet.
See section titled "Typical S-DAQ Parameters" on page 3-14.
See NOV document number D250000-0401-OPM-0001, titled S-DAQ Simple Data Acquisition
System. Also see the MD Totco RigSense manual for more information.

V-DAQ performs the same functions as S-DAQ and has the same capabilities, but provides a much
greater depth of information and detail. While S-DAQ is intended to be used with RigSense rental
equipment, V-DAQ is intended to be a permanent part of a rig installation.
The V-DAQ module is a tool controller in the multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet located in the drill
floor local electric room (LER).
See section titled "VChannel Configuration Example" on page 3-9.
See MD Totco document number 42TM62-20, titled V-DAQ System V Data Acquisition Users
Manual for more information. Also See the MD Totco RigSense manual.
3-8
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-9 of 16
Serial WITS
Hardware and Network Interface

The RigSense system consists of an application server and one or more desktop client computers.
The application server is a stand-alone desktop PC, also referred to as the APPSVR computer
(APPSVR is the name assigned during RigSense software installation). RigSense client
computers provide information-only access to the drilling data available on the APPSVR computer.
The RigSense client computer connects to the RigSense server through a small Ethernet switch.
The Ethernet switch connects to the Amphion main network control enclosure via fiber optic cable.
See RigSense documentation provided with the system for more detailed information.
VChannel Configuration Example

The V-DAQ Ch column contains the channel numbers from the V-DAQ. A zero represents an
internal channel within RigSense.
Channel Name
Units
V-DAQ
Ch
Archive
Lower
Scale
Upper
Scale
DM Type (ascii)
Acc Drl Stks
Strokes
82
Yes
0.00
999999.00
ACC_DRILL_STRKS
Acc Fll Stks
Strokes
80
Yes
0.00
999999.00
ACC_FILL_STRKS
Accum Trip In
BBls
218
Yes
0.00
100.00
ACCUM_TRIP_IN
Accum Trip Out
BBls
219
Yes
0.00
100.00
ACCUM_TRIP_OUT
Alarm Horn
1=Alarm
300
Yes
0.00
1.00
HORN_CONTROL
Aver ROP
Ft/Hr
152
Yes
0.00
600.00
AVERAGE_ROP
Avg ROP #1
Ft/Hr
313
Yes
0.00
600.00
TIMER_ROP
Avg ROP #2
Ft/Hr
316
Yes
0.00
600.00
TIMER_ROP2
Avg ROP #3
Ft/Hr
319
Yes
0.00
600.00
TIMER_ROP3
BHA Length
Feet
120
Yes
0.00
4000.00
BHA_LENGTH
Bit Bounce
Feet
99
No
0.00
10.00
BIT_BOUNCE
Bit Position
Ft
117
Yes
0.00
40000.00
BIT_POSITION
Bit Status
Off/On
115
Yes
0.00
1.00
BIT_STATUS
Bit Time
Hours
138
Yes
0.00
1000.00
BIT_TIME
Bit TVD
Ft
Yes
0.00
40000.00
BIT_TVD
Bit Weight
KLbs
123
Yes
0.00
1000.00
BIT_WEIGHT
Block Height
Feet
50
Yes
0.00
150.00
BLOCK_HEIGHT
Cement Press1
PSI
Yes
0.00
15000.00
CEMENT_PRESSURE
Cement Press2
PSI
Yes
0.00
15000.00
BLK_VEL_DN_ALARM
Choke Posn1
% Open
29
No
0.00
100.00
CHOKE_POSN
Choke Posn2
% Open
64
No
0.00
100.00
CHOKE_POSN2
Choke Press1
PSI
Yes
0.00
15000.00
BLK_SPARE_3
3-9
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-10 of 16
Channel Name
Units
V-DAQ
Ch
Archive
Lower
Scale
Upper
Scale
DM Type (ascii)
Choke Press2
PSI
Yes
0.00
15000.00
BLK_SPARE_4
Cut and Slip
TonMiles
321
Yes
0.00
500.00
TON_MILE
Cut and Slip Ref
Time
No
0.00
100.00
TON_MILE_REF
Daily Accum Wear
TonMiles
No
0.00
500.00
DAILY_TON_MILE
Daily Line Wear Ref
Time
No
0.00
100.00
DAILY_TON_MILE_RE
F
Derrick Cert Ref
Time
No
0.00
100.00
TON_MILE_REF2
Derrick Certified
TonMiles
323
Yes
0.00
500.00
TON_MILE2
Diff Press
PSI
68
Yes
-500.00
500.00
DIFF_PRESS
Display Rot Torque
State
212
No
0.00
10.00
ROTARY_TORQUE_Q
FLAG
Display WOB
State
211
No
0.00
10.00
BIT_WEIGHT_QFLAG
Dogleg Severity
Deg/100ft
No
0.00
100.00
DOGLEG_SEVERITY
Drill Fl Lev
Feet
136
No
0.00
40000.00
DRILL_FLOOR_LEVE
L
Drl Bit Size
Inches
216
Yes
0.00
100.00
DRL_BIT_SIZE
EDMS Counts
Counts
149
No
-99999.00
999999.00
EDMS_COUNTS
Elev Offset
Feet
107
No
0.00
150.00
ELEV_OFFSET
Elevator Lev
Feet
103
No
0.00
150.00
ELEVATOR_LEV
Encoder Type
Type
No
0.00
100.00
ENCODER_TYPE
Fill Strokes
Strokes
79
Yes
0.00
999999.00
FILL_STROKES
Flow Deviation
Percent
220
Yes
-20.00
20.00
FLOW_DEVIATION
Flow In
GPM
182
Yes
0.00
2400.00
FLOW_IN
Flow Out Cal
CalFact
185
No
0.00
100.00
PERCENT_TO_RATE_
CAL
Flow Out GPM
GPM
186
No
0.00
2400.00
FLOW_OUT_GPM
Gain Loss
BBls
84
Yes
-10.00
10.00
GAIN_LOSS
Hole Depth
Ft
121
Yes
0.00
40000.00
HOLE_DEPTH
Hook Load
KLbs
Yes
0.00
1000.00
HOOK_LOAD
Kelly Dwn Len
Feet
100
No
0.00
150.00
KELLY_DWN_LEN
Kelly Hooked
No/Yes
108
No
0.00
1.00
KELLY_HOOKED
Kelly Offset
Feet
106
No
0.00
150.00
KELLY_OFFSET
Kelly Press
PSI
158
No
0.00
500.00
KELLY_HOOKED3
Kelly Rig
No/Yes
145
No
0.00
1.00
KELLY_HOOKED2
Last 24Hr Wear
TonMiles
No
0.00
500.00
TON_MILE_24HR
Line Replaced
TonMiles
325
Yes
0.00
500.00
TON_MILE3
Line Replaced Ref
Time
No
0.00
100.00
TON_MILE_REF3
Lines Strung
Lines
133
Yes
0.00
18.00
LINES_STRUNG
Lst Elem Len
Feet
105
Yes
0.00
150.00
LST_ELEM_LEN
Lst Jnt Time
Minutes
111
Yes
0.00
999999.00
LST_JNT_TIME
3-10
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-11 of 16
Channel Name
Units
V-DAQ
Ch
Archive
Lower
Scale
Upper
Scale
DM Type (ascii)
Mud Dens In
PPG
27
Yes
8.30
25.00
MUD_WEIGHT_IN
Mud Dens Out
PPG
28
Yes
8.30
25.00
MUD_WEIGHT_OUT
Mud Pit 1
BBls
10
Yes
0.00
100.00
PIT_VOLUME
Mud Pit 2
BBls
11
Yes
0.00
100.00
PIT_VOLUME2
Mud Pit 3
BBls
12
Yes
0.00
100.00
PIT_VOLUME3
Mud Pit 4
BBls
13
Yes
0.00
100.00
PIT_VOLUME4
Mud Pit 5
BBls
14
Yes
0.00
100.00
PIT_VOLUME5
Mud Pit 6
BBls
15
Yes
0.00
100.00
PIT_VOLUME6
Mud Temp In
Deg F
25
Yes
0.00
212.00
MUD_TEMP_IN
Mud Temp Out
Deg F
26
Yes
0.00
212.00
MUD_TEMP_OUT
Mud Volume
BBls
83
Yes
0.00
1000.00
MUD_VOLUME
Nom Elev Lev
Feet
104
No
0.00
150.00
NOM_ELEV_LEV
Off Bot Pres
PSI
66
No
0.00
15000.00
OFF_BOTTOM_PRES
On Bot Press
PSI
67
No
0.00
15000.00
ON_BOTTOM_PRES
Pipe ID
Inches
170
Yes
0.00
100.00
PIPE_ID
Pipe Len Chng
1=Changed
154
No
0.00
1.00
PIPE_LEN_CHNG
Pipe OD
Inches
169
Yes
0.00
100.00
PIPE_OD
Pit 1 Jumps
Jumps
252
Yes
0.00
999999.00
PIT_JUMPS
Pit 2 Jumps
Jumps
253
Yes
0.00
999999.00
PIT_JUMPS2
Pit 3 Jumps
Jumps
254
Yes
0.00
999999.00
PIT_JUMPS3
Pit 4 Jumps
Jumps
255
Yes
0.00
999999.00
PIT_JUMPS4
Pit 5 Jumps
Jumps
256
Yes
0.00
999999.00
PIT_JUMPS5
Pit 6 Jumps
Jumps
257
Yes
0.00
999999.00
PIT_JUMPS6
Prev Day Wear
TonMiles
No
0.00
500.00
DAILY_TON_MILE_PR
EV
Pump 1 Disp
Gals/Stk
176
Yes
0.00
100.00
PUMP_DISP
Pump 1 Eff
Percent
179
Yes
0.00
100.00
PUMP_EFF
Pump 1 SPM
SPM
54
Yes
0.00
200.00
PUMP_SPM
Pump 1 Strks
Strokes
55
Yes
0.00
999999.00
PUMP_STRKS
Pump 2 Disp
Gals/Stk
177
Yes
0.00
100.00
PUMP_DISP2
Pump 2 Eff
Percent
180
Yes
0.00
100.00
PUMP_EFF2
Pump 2 SPM
SPM
56
Yes
0.00
200.00
PUMP_SPM2
Pump 2 Strks
Strokes
57
Yes
0.00
999999.00
PUMP_STRKS2
Pump 3 Disp
Gals/Stk
178
Yes
0.00
100.00
PUMP_DISP3
Pump 3 Eff
Percent
181
Yes
0.00
100.00
PUMP_EFF3
Pump 3 SPM
SPM
58
Yes
0.00
200.00
PUMP_SPM3
Pump 3 Strks
Strokes
59
Yes
0.00
999999.00
PUMP_STRKS3
Pump Liner 1
in
No
0.00
100.00
PUMP_LINER_SIZE
Pump Liner 2
in
No
0.00
100.00
PUMP_LINER_SIZE2
3-11
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-12 of 16
Channel Name
Units
V-DAQ
Ch
Archive
Lower
Scale
Upper
Scale
DM Type (ascii)
Pump Liner 3
in
No
0.00
100.00
PUMP_LINER_SIZE3
Pump Strk Len 1
in
No
0.00
100.00
PUMP_STROKE_LEN
Pump Strk Len 2
in
No
0.00
100.00
PUMP_STROKE_LEN
2
Pump Strk Len 3
in
No
0.00
100.00
PUMP_STROKE_LEN
3
Pump Type 1
Type
No
0.00
100.00
PUMP_TYPE
Pump Type 2
Type
No
0.00
100.00
PUMP_TYPE2
Pump Type 3
Type
No
0.00
100.00
PUMP_TYPE3
No
0.00
100.00
QL_SAMPLE_DISP_M
ODE
QL Display Mode
QL Grid Start
Ft
No
0.00
600.00
QL_SAMPLE_GRID_S
TART_DEPTH
QL Lag Delay Time
Minutes
No
0.00
600.00
QL_LAG_DELAY_TIM
E
QL Lead Time
Minutes
No
0.00
100.00
QL_SAMPLE_LEAD_T
IME
No
0.00
100.00
QL_SAMPLE_DISP_S
TATUS
QL Message Status
QL Ret Depth
Feet
No
0.00
100.00
QL_RET_DEPTH
QL Sample Interval
Feet
No
0.00
100.00
QL_SAMPLE_INTERV
AL
No
0.00
100.00
QL_SAMPLE_MODE
No
0.00
600.00
QL_SAMPLE_START_
DEPTH
No
0.00
100.00
QL_STATUS
QL Sample Mode
QL Start Depth
Feet
QL Status
QL Stks Bt Up
Strokes
No
0.00
100.00
QL_STKS_BT_UP
QL Stks To Surface
Strokes
No
0.00
3000.00
QL_STKS_TO_SURF
QL Tm To Surf
Minutes
No
0.00
100.00
QL_TM_TO_SURF
Ref Hkld
KLbs
135
No
0.00
500.00
REF_HKLD
Rem G/L Alrm
1=Alarm
303
Yes
0.00
1.00
ALARM_RESPONSE
Rem G/L Hi
BBls
301
Yes
0.00
100.00
HI_SETPOINT
Rem G/L Lo
BBls
302
Yes
0.00
100.00
LO_SETPOINT
Return Flow
Percent
Yes
0.00
100.00
FLOW_OUT_PERCEN
T
Rig Activity
D/S/TO/TI
139
Yes
0.00
4.00
RIG_ACTIVITY
ROP
Ft/Hr
150
Yes
0.00
600.00
ROP_FT_HOUR
ROP #1 Ref Depth
Feet
No
0.00
40000.00
TIMER_ROP_REF_DE
PTH
ROP #1 Ref Time
Seconds
No
0.00
100.00
TIMER_ROP_REF_TI
ME
ROP #2 Ref Depth
Feet
No
0.00
40000.00
TIMER_ROP_REF_DE
PTH2
3-12
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-13 of 16
Channel Name
Units
V-DAQ
Ch
Archive
Lower
Scale
Upper
Scale
ROP #2 Ref Time
Seconds
No
0.00
100.00
TIMER_ROP_REF_TI
ME2
ROP #3 Ref Depth
Feet
No
0.00
40000.00
TIMER_ROP_REF_DE
PTH3
ROP #3 Ref Time
Seconds
No
0.00
100.00
TIMER_ROP_REF_TI
ME3
ROP Min/Ft
Min/Ft
151
Yes
0.00
600.00
ROP_MIN_FT
Rotary Level
Feet
137
No
0.00
10000.00
ROTARY_LEVEL
Rotary RPM
RPM
51
No
0.00
300.00
ROTARY_RPM
Rotary Torq
Ft-Lbs
No
0.00
60000.00
ROTARY_TORQUE
Run Jnt Time
Minutes
110
Yes
0.00
999999.00
RUN_JNT_TIME
Sect One Len
Feet
118
No
0.00
40000.00
SECT_ONE_LEN
Sect Two Len
Feet
119
No
0.00
40000.00
SECT_TWO_LEN
Slip Status
Out/In
101
Yes
0.00
4.00
SLIP_STATUS
Slip Switch
Man/Auto
160
Yes
0.00
2.00
FORCE_OFF_SLIPS
SPipe Press
PSI
36
Yes
0.00
15000.00
PUMP_PRESSURE
SPipe Press1
PSI
Yes
0.00
15000.00
BLK_SPARE_1
SPipe Press2
PSI
69
Yes
0.00
15000.00
BLK_SPARE_2
Start Trip
TonMiles
327
Yes
0.00
500.00
TON_MILE4
Start Trip Ref
Time
No
0.00
100.00
TON_MILE_REF4
String Len
Feet
153
Yes
0.00
40000.00
STRING_LEN
String Speed
Ft/Min
113
Yes
0.00
1000.00
STRING_SPEED
Time on Slip
Minutes
109
Yes
0.00
999999.00
TIME_ON_SLIP
Tong Torque
Ft-Lbs
35
Yes
0.00
100000.00
TONG_TORQUE
Tool Jnt Offs
Feet
157
No
0.00
150.00
TOOL_JNT_OFFS
Top Drv Conn
No/Yes
156
No
0.00
1.00
TOP_DRV_CONN
Top Drv Offs
Feet
155
No
0.00
150.00
TOP_DRV_OFFS
Top Drv RPM
RPM
Yes
0.00
400.00
TOP_DRV_RPM
Top Drv Torq
Ft-Lbs
Yes
0.00
60000.00
TOP_DRV_TORQUE
Tot Flow In
GPM
184
Yes
0.00
2400.00
TOT_FLOW_IN
Total Gas
Units
Yes
0.00
5000.00
TOTAL_GAS
Total SPM
SPM
77
Yes
0.00
600.00
TOTAL_SPM
Total Strks
Strokes
78
Yes
0.00
999999.00
TOTAL_STRKS
Trig Hkld
KLbs
134
No
0.00
100.00
TRIG_HKLD
Trip Tank
BBls
22
Yes
0.00
50.00
TRIP_TANK
Trip Tank GL
BBls
87
Yes
-100.00
100.00
TRIP_TANK_GL
Trip Tot Vol
BBls
86
Yes
0.00
100.00
TRIP_TOT_VOL
True Vert Depth
Ft
No
0.00
40000.00
TVD
DM Type (ascii)
3-13
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-14 of 16
Spare Channel List (Unused):
Ann Pressure
Mud Pit 11
Mud Pit 12
WireLn Count
WireLn Speed
Typical S-DAQ Parameters
SDAQ Function
Data Type
Displayed
Alarms
Profibus DP1 Tag Name
OPC Tag
Name
Top Drive RPM
Integer
Yes
Yes
TopDriveRPM
TBD
Top Drive Torque
Integer
Yes
Yes
TopDriveTorque
TBD
Rotary Table RPM
Integer
Yes
Yes
RotaryTableRPM
TBD
Rotary Table Torque
Integer
Yes
Yes
RotaryTableToque
TBD
Tong Line Pull
Integer
Yes
Yes
TongLinePull
TBD
Hook Load
Integer
Yes
Yes
HookLoad
TBD
Standpipe Pressure
Integer
Yes
Yes
StandpipePressure
TBD
Mud Pump 1 SPM
Integer
Yes
Yes
MudPump1SPM
TBD
Mud Pump 2 SPM
Integer
Yes
Yes
MudPump2SPM
TBD
Mud Pump 1 Strokes
Integer
Yes
Yes
MudPump1Strokes
TBD
Mud Pump 2 Strokes
Integer
Yes
Yes
MudPump2Strokes
TBD
Total Strokes
Integer
Yes
Yes
TotalStrokes
TBD
Weight On Bit
Integer
Yes
Yes
HookLoadWeightOnBit
TBD
Purge Loss Alarm
Digital
Yes
Yes
Purge
TBD
Brake Cooling Alarm
Digital
Yes
Yes
BrakeCooling
TBD
Mud Return Flow
Integer
No
No
MudRetureFlow
TBD
Trip Tank
Integer
No
No
TripTank
TBD
Mud Level #1 (Shaker A)
Integer
No
No
MudLevel1
TBD
Mud Level #2 (Shaker B)
Integer
No
No
MudLevel2
TBD
Mud Level #3 (Shaker C)
Integer
No
No
MudLevel3
TBD
Mud Level #4 (Shaker D)
Integer
No
No
MudLevel4
TBD
Mud Level #5 (Suction A)
Integer
No
No
MudLevel5
TBD
Mud Level #6 (Suction B)
Integer
No
No
MudLevel6
TBD
Mud Level #7 (Suction C)
Integer
No
No
MudLevel7
TBD
Mud Level #8 (Suction D)
Integer
No
No
MudLevel8
TBD
Block High Counter
Double
Integer
No
No
BlockHighCounter
TBD
3-14
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-15 of 16
Tool Controller Web-Based Interface

The tool controller web-based interface displays tool controller information that can be used for
diagnostic purposes. Web pages associated with each tool are stored within its own dedicated tool
controller. Technicians can communicate with any tool controller by connecting a computer to the
drilling control network and typing the tool controllers unique IP address into a web browsers
address field, or by selecting the appropriate tool from the main tool controller web page.
See Chapter 6, titled "Tool Controllers for an overview of

the interface.
See Chapter 8, titled "Troubleshooting and Maintenance
for more detailed diagnostic information.
Installing Third-Party Software

In some cases, NOV may authorize third-party software updates.
In most instances, install software using the disk image.

See section titled "Backup Disk Imaging" on page 3-2.
Obtain approval from NOV before installing software.
Follow appropriate lockout procedures.
Follow the software manufacturers installation instructions.
Create a new disk image for each affected computer.
3-15
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 3-16 of 16
3-16
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
The workstation and control panels in this section are

presented as standard, and may or may not be modified
during the commissioning process by National Oilwell
Varco (NOV) or third-party vendors.
Normally located in the drillers cabin, the operator workstations are the user's interface to the
control network and tools.
See Chapter 5, titled "Multi-Tool Controller Cabinet for network connection overview and
communication information. See the following engineering drawings for rig-specific information:
Drillers workstation General Arrangement
Workstation Electrical Connection Diagram
Drilling Control Network System Topology
Amphion Cable Schedule
Interconnect Diagram
Amphion MTC Cabinet Assembly
Amphion MTC Electrical Connection Diagram
4-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
Page 4-2 of 10
Flex Workstation
4-2
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
Page 4-3 of 10
Front-Entry Chair (FEC) Workstation
4-3
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
Page 4-4 of 10
Wrap-Around Workstation
350
500 550
400 450
600
300
250
650
700
750
200
800
150
850
100
900
TONG SCALE HOOK LOAD
50
X 1000 LB
LCD WEIGHT ON BIT
X 1000 LB
1000
4-4
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
Page 4-5 of 10
Touchscreens
All workstations contain self-contained touchscreens (sometimes referred to as an HMI, or a
human-machine interface). They display tool control, drilling operation, alarm, and status
information pertinent to the activity being performed, allowing the operator to concentrate on the
job at hand without the distraction of extraneous data. All touchscreens have access to any tool
controller connected to the network.
For additional information, see:
Chapter 3, titled "Computers and Software
NOV Amphion users manual
Touchscreen documentation
4-5
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
Page 4-6 of 10
Control Panels and Joysticks
See the NOV Amphion users manual for rig-specific

control panels and joysticks.
Discrete switch controls are dedicated to frequently-used operations (such as opening and closing
the roughneck jaws). Joysticks are used for tools that require controlled movement.
Left Control Panel & Joystick Examples
POW
ER SL
IPS
OPEN
CLOS
E
4-6
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
Page 4-7 of 10
MUD
P
E-ST UMP
OP
PUS
H TO
#2 T
HRO
TTL
HRO
TTL
HRO
DRIL
L
LINK
OPE
N
HRO
E
#3 T
TDS
M
U
D
E
#1 T
#4 T
STO
TTL
TTL
P
U
M
P
S
TILT
FLO
AT
TDS
CLO
SE
LINK
OPE
N
CLO
SE
TDS
ELE
VAT
OR
R AC
KER
OFF
/AUT
O
DRA
JAW
ON
OVE WORKS
RRID
E
PAR
K
ING
DOL
LY E
BRA
KE
NAB
LE
SLIP
S EN
OPE
N
ABL
CLO
SE
IBOP
4-7
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
Page 4-8 of 10
Right Control Panel & Joystick Examples
Dead man
switch
Drawworks
or racker
joystick
Open Slips
Lower
Upper
Lower
Close Slips
Hoist
Dead man
switch
Dead man
switch
Lower
+Y
+X
-X
-Y
Hoist
Drawworks
Racker
4-8
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
Page 4-9 of 10
OOR
L FL
DRIL IPMENT
U
EQ
OP
E-ST
H TO
PUS
STO
TDS
RPM
ZMS
E
RRID
OVE
EAS
INCR
L
TOO IP
H
ERS
OWN SE ALL
A
E
L
E
R
SE/
CLO K
OC
L
N/
OPE
AUTO
AS
CRE
DE
LOW
LIC F
RAU ALVE
HYD
V
CMC UT OFF
SH
AIR
KING E
WOR
R
CMC PRESSU
APV
SE
C LO
N
OPE
MAIN
CMC VE
VAL
PU LL
PAY
EAD
CATH
4-9
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 03
Page 4-10 of 10
The right control panel normally contains the emergency stop button (also referred to as a drill
floor shutdown switch).
Unless the override is engaged, certain types of joysticks require that the trigger (also referred to
as a dead man switch) mounted on the front of the joystick be depressed in order to operate the
equipment (such as the drawworks or the racker).
See the Workstation Electrical Connections engineering

drawing for rig-specific information.
4-10
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Multi-Tool Controller Cabinet
Control Overview Example

The multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet houses the workstation and network control components,
and is located in the drill floor local electrical room (LER).
MTC cabinet
Network
switch 2
V-DAQ
Drawworks
6
7
2
4
5
Spare
Async Modem
Power Sys & MP Gateway
Racker (VCR)
Auxiliary
Power slips
Cathead
Spare
Network
switch 3
1
5
6
4
9
7
MTC I/O
Network
switch 1
Driller's Workstation
MTC Touchscreen
Top Drive System
9
5
1
V-DAQ
remote I/O
Drill floor
shutdown
Electronic
weight
indicator
HMI 2
Remote I/O
HMI 3
HMI 1
Network
switch 2
M&I control cabinets
Network
switch 1
network switches
5-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 5-2 of 6
Network Switches
The MTC cabinet contains redundant network switches developed particularly for use in industrial
environments.
The network switches allow construction of switched Ethernet networks that conform to the IEEE
802 and 802.3u standard using copper wire or optical fiber in a ring topology.
Switches are mounted by snapping them onto a standard DIN rail.
Communication Protocol
The Amphion network architecture uses copper and fiber optic media to carry information. A
variety of communication protocols are used, as described in this section.
Ethernet
Physical network/data link layer protocols are 100-MB Ethernet for most PC and tool controller
nodes.
TCP/IP is normally used in instances where the Ethernet communication is routed through a
network switch.
Category 5 (CAT-5) copper cable is normally used for devices located within close proximity to one
another (housed in the same or adjoining cabinets). 62.5/125-micron, multi-mode glass fiber optic
cable is normally used for longer distances.
Process Field BUS (Profibus)

The Amphion network typically uses Profibus DP communication. Profibus communication
protocol is an international standard for communication between tool controllers, remote I/Os,
drives, valves, operator interfaces, and computers. Profibus supports communication speeds up to
12M baud over twisted-pair copper or fiber optic cable.
Application layer interface/communication protocols for Profibus DP are between tool controllers
and remote I/Os.
RS232
The RigSense application server supports serial WITS connections from the system's built-in
COM ports. Up to 2 WITS feeds are supported. The data is sent to the mud logger, Measurement
While Drilling (MWD) system, and others as needed.
5-2
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 5-3 of 6
Multi-tool Controller Cabinet Example
PROFIBUS connections
and
Flash card
7 Tool controllers
Network switches
OLMs and remote I/Os
Inside Back Panel

UPS terminations
Asynchronus modem

Tool terminations
Inside Right Panel
Touchscreen
Ethernet fast connect
2 rig and 1 UPS A/B

power switches
Keyboard
Fiber patch panel

Inside Left Door
Inside Right Door
Electromagnetic interference filters
Inside Left Panel
Rig and
UPS terminations
5-3
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 5-4 of 6
Connection Examples
From
To
Communication
Workstation Emergency Stop (drill

floor shutdown)
Emergency stop controller
Dedicated circuit
MTC Network switch 1
MTC remote I/O

Operator workstation tool controller
MTC touchscreen
Top drive tool controller
Operator workstation network switch 2
MTC network switch 2
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
Network switch 1
V-DAQ tool controller
Drawworks tool controller
Emergency stop controller
V-DAQ remote I/O
MTC network switch 3
Fiber Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet

Asynchronous modem
Power system & Mud pump gateway
Racker tool controller
Auxiliary tool controller
M&I VFD cabinet network switch 1
Fiber Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
VFD Cabinet network switch 1

VFD #3 (top drive motor/drawworks
motor A)
M&I VFD Cabinet network switch 2
Fiber Ethernet
VFD cabinet network switch 1

VFD #2 (top drive motor/drawworks
motor A)
VFD #1 (drawworks motor B)
Drill floor MCC network switch 1
Fiber Ethernet
Drill floor MCC remote I/O

Enclosure network switch 1
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
VFD #9/Mud pump 3B

VFD #5/Mud pump 3A
Emergency generator
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet

Generator 4
Generator 3
Power management system
Fiber Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet

Generator 2
Generator 1
VFD #7/Mud pump 2B
Fiber Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
VFD cabinet network switch 2
Drill floor MCC network switch 1
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
5-4
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 5-5 of 6
From
To
Communication

VFD #6/Mud pump 2A
VFD #5/Mud pump 1B
VFD #4/Mud pump 1A
MCC2 Cabinet network switch 1
Fiber Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Copper Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
Mud pump console network switch 1

Mud pump console network switch 1
Operator workstation network switch 1
Fiber Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
Fiber Ethernet
See the following engineering drawings for more detailed

information:
- Amphion System Topology
- MTC Electrical Connection Diagram
- Amphion Interconnect Diagram
- Amphion Cable Schedule
Power Supplies
Two redundant 24-volt DC power supplies provide power via a common bus to most components
inside the MTC. In general, each component has its own circuit breaker to provide maximum
maintenance flexibility.
There are also two 5-volt power supplies dedicated to the Advantech tool controllers, and two 24volt power supplies dedicated to the Beckhoff tool controllers that work in parallel to share power
demands. One, however, is sufficient should the other fail.
The multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet provides power distribution for workstation equipment, and
supports dual, redundant, uninterruptable power supply (UPS) feeds. It is designed for installation
in a safe area, and supports bottom-entry cable penetration.
See rig-specific engineering cabinet assembly diagram

and electrical connection diagram for more detailed
information.
5-5
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 5-6 of 6
5-6
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Tool Controllers
Overview
A tool controller is a customized computer used to automate machinery in commercial and
industrial environments. Tool controllers are programmable and contain processors, memory,
communication ports, and other components similar to those found in most computers. Each tool
controller is programmed with the logic required to automate and monitor a specific piece of rig
equipment.
Amphion rigs use National Oilwell Varco (NOV) tool controllers. The term tool controller refers to
the entire tool control unit, which consists of the chassis, cover, motherboard, tool control program,
communication cards, and other hardware-related components used to control the tool.
6-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 6-2 of 8
Tool Controllers
Tool Controller Hardware

The tool controller assembly, located in the control system (MTC) cabinet, is an industrial CPU to
which you can connect using a browser. Two typical tool controllers are shown here.
Advantech Tool Controller

Power
COM 1
Ethernet
status lights
Fuse
(10-Amp/250-Volt)
ON
COM
OFF
LAN
FU
SE
E
US
F U SE
Ethernet
Profibus
status light
KEY
MSE
BLINKING
RST
Mouse/
Keyboard
GREEN = OK
PWR
COMPACT
FLASH
Video
Power
status light
VGA
HDD
Hard disk drive

status light
DP1
Profibus DP1
Compact
Flash card
6-2
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 6-3 of 8
Tool Controllers
Beckhoff Tool Controller
Profibus status
indicator
CPU Module
Power status
indicator
CX Profibus Scanner
BECKHOFF
DRL-DPM-BKF
BF
ST
Profibus
BECKHOFF
BECKHOFF
BradCommunications
Ethernet
port 1
CPU status
indicators
Ethernet
port 2
Profibus
CompactFlash
card insert
CompactFlash
card eject
Power
connections
Power
!
Do not remove the CompactFlash card before turning off
power. Do not turn off the tool controller while it is
controlling a tool or communicating with other devices on
the network.
Advantech: Press the Power button on the tool controller to turn it on or off.
Beckhoff: Press the tool controllers individual circuit breaker located inside the
MTC cabinet to turn it on or off.
switch.
The Power LEDs display green when the tool controller is on.
6-3
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 6-4 of 8
Tool Controllers
CompactFlash Card
Tool controllers contain a processor and memory, and run a specialized version of the Linux
operating system. A Java Technology program is embedded on a removable device called a
CompactFlash memory card. On the Advantech tool controller, the CompactFlash card is installed
in a slot in the tool controller chassis, secured by a screw-down panel. The Beckhoff tool controller
has a CompactFlash eject button.
The CompactFlash LED (HDD) blinks when the card is in use (information is being read or
written).
Communication Ports
!
Although some tool controllers have keyboard, mouse, and
monitor ports similar to a standard PC, they should not be
used during normal operations.
Connecting directly to the tool controller using the COM1
or the keyboard/mouse and video ports is a non-standard
procedure for this product. To prevent possible equipment
damage, do not experiment with connections.
Ethernet (ENET)
Connects the tool controller to the local area network (LAN).
Advantech: A green light located near the port displays solid green when
communication is established, and another blinks yellow when the tool controller is
sending or receiving data.
Beckhoff: LAN 1 or LAN 2 (related to Ethernet ports 1 and 2) displays solid green
when communication is established, and blinks when the tool controller is sending
or receiving data.
Profibus (Process Field Bus)

Profibus is optional. Connects the tool controller to remote I/Os. The Profibus communication
status indicator normally displays green, indicating a ready status. Blinking green indicates that
data is being transmitted or received.
Blinking red LEDs indicate a data exchange error. Steady red indicates a wiring problem, a bus
speed discrepancy, or a node-address conflict. Blinking red and green indicates that the Applicom
card was flashed, but there is no Profibus hardware attached to it.
COM1
Can be used to connect a computer to the tool controller using a a serial cable (Advantech only).
Mouse/Keyboard
PS/2 port that can be used to connect an keyboard or mouse to the tool controller (Advantech
only).
6-4
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 6-5 of 8
Tool Controllers
Video
Can be used to connect an SVGA monitor to the tool controller (Advantech only).
Profibus Features
Profibus DP is the software (communication protocol) for connecting multiple industrial devices on
a shared pathway or channel (bus).
Laptop
Computer
Ethernet
Hub
Tool
Controller #1
Tool
Controller #2
Tool
Controller #3
DP1
DP1
DP1
Profibus
Sensor
Digital
I/O
Actuator
Profibus
Profibus
VFD
Sensor
Digital
I/O
Actuator
Sensor
Digital
I/O
Actuator
Encoder
Profibus features include:
Ability to connect I/O devices and simple field devices to an automation system
Flexible communication for peer-to-peer networking and data collection
High-speed data transfer of small volumes of data between central and peripheral
devices
High data integrity
One master can service several slaves
Several masters can participate on the bus
See a complete description of this protocol at http://www.profibus.com.
6-5
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 6-6 of 8
Tool Controllers
Tool Controllers and NOV Tools

Ethernet communication is used for network communication, and Profibus DP is used to
communicate between tool controllers and the remote I/Os. Profibus refers to the hardware,
whereas Profibus DP refers to the protocol for connecting multiple industrial devices on a shared
pathway or channel (bus).
One Applicom communication card installed in some tool controllers provides Profibus
communication with individual tool remote I/Os, when required.
A tool controller may have one Applicom card (master) or no Applicom cards. The card (labeled
DP1) communicates with the remote I/O.
The tool controller program sends read and write commands to the ApplicomIO interface, which
transfers them through the master Applicom card to the slave (point or node on the tool). If the
program sends a read command, the slave responds by sending input back to the tool controller.
If the program sends a write command, the slave responds by performing the command.
Control Program
Applicom IO
interface
IO_ReadByte...
DP Master
DP Slave
Input data
Input data
Output data
Output data
IO_WriteQByte...
6-6
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 6-7 of 8
Tool Controllers
Tool Controller Web-Based Interface

The tool controller service pages interface displays tool controller information that can be used for
diagnostic purposes. Web pages associated with each tool are stored within its own tool controller.
Technicians can communicate with any tool controller by connecting a computer to the drilling
control network and typing the tool controllers unique IP address into a Web browsers address
field, or by selecting the appropriate tool from the main tool controller Web page.
See NOV document titled Amphion Tool Controller

Service Pages Users Manual for detailed information.
6-7
www.nov.com
Tool Controllers
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 6-8 of 8
6-8
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Startup and Shutdown
Startup
1. Turn on the UPS, rig power A, and rig power B switches on the front of the MTC
cabinet.
2. Turn on each touchscreen from the switch located at the rear of each unit. Verify that
the touchscreen begins the Windows start up sequence.
3. Check that power lights are lit on the following components:
Each tool controller. If a power light is not on, turn on the power switch on the
tool controller.
Network switches in the MTC cabinet and workstation.
OLMs
Remote I/O in the MTC cabinet and workstation.
24V power supplies in the MTC cabinet and workstation.
4. If desired, turn on the diagnostic workstation (DWS) mounted in the door of the MTC
cabinet using the power switch on the inside of the cabinet door. Verify the
diagnostic workstation (DWS) begins the Windows startup sequence.
7-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05
Startup and Shutdown
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 7-2 of 2
Shutdown
Amphion components are designed to operate continuously, and only need to be shut down for
maintenance purposes. Shutdown procedures described in this section disable all drilling tools
This procedure should be performed by qualified

personnel only. Ensure that proper lock and tag-out
procedures are followed when working on energized
equipment.
1. Exit all applications on the touchscreens on the DWS, then shut it down using
Microsoft Windows.
2. Turn off all touchscreens.
3. Turn the UPS, rig power A, and rig power B switches on the front of the MTC cabinet
to off.
Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS)

The UPS is not part of Amphion, and therefore not addressed in this manual. Refer to rig power
electrical schematics for more information about the UPS.
Control Enclosure Power Switches

Amphion power switches are mounted on the front of the MTC cabinet, generally located in the
local electrical room (LER).
Leave all three of these switches (UPS, rig power A, and rig power B) in the On position during
normal operations. Do not turn them off except to perform a complete system shutdown. If repairs
on individual circuits are necessary, shut down only those breakers affecting relevant circuits.
See engineering Connection Diagram drawings.
Circuit Breakers
Circuit breakers provide over-current protection and isolation of Amphion components. Breakers
should remain in the On position during normal operations.
7-2
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Safety
Read all notes, cautions, and warnings before performing any procedure contained in this chapter.
Failure to adhere to cautions and warnings may result in serious or fatal injury to personnel and
damage to equipment.
National Oilwell Varco (NOV) will not be held liable for consequences arising from misuse of tools
or equipment. The procedures described in this chapter are intended for trained and qualified
personnel.
Contact NOV regarding issues that extend beyond the scope of this manual.
Basic Diagnostic Steps
Check for alarms using the operator interface. See the rig-specific NOV Amphion
users manual.
Use the I/O Diagnostics screen to view the current status of the most common
information coming from the equipment.
See NOV document number D811001117-MAN-001 titled

Amphion Tool Controller Service Pages Users Manual for
detailed diagnostic information.
Call for technical support only if the previous steps have failed to help you identify the problem.
See the appendix of this manual for NOV service center locations and contact information.
8-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-2 of 20
Workstation Controls
Joysticks and Discrete Switches
Calibrate joysticks prior to operating equipment using the Amphion interface.
Joystick or
discrete switch not
responding.
Is a related
alarm active?
WS = Workstation
TC = Tool Controller
Is WS TC in
the MTC
running?
No
Contact NOV with

information.
Yes
Yes
See section titled

"Alarms" in this
chapter.
No
Open the access panel

to view the remote I/O
indicator lights.
Inspect
workstation
power cables.
No
Are I/O lights

illuminated?
Yes
Verify joystick or
discrete switch remote
I/O is functioning
properly using TC
Service Pages.
No
Are cables
damaged?
Yes
Contact NOV with

information.
No
Repair cables or
contact NOV.
Is remote I/O
functioning
properly?
Yes
Verify tool remote I/O is

functioning properly
using TC Service
Pages.
Contact NOV with

information.
No
Is remote I/O
functioning
properly?
Yes
Contact NOV with

information.
See section titled "Cable Inspection and Repair" on page 8-4.
8-2
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-3 of 20
Touchscreens
See section titled "Cleaning a Touchscreen" on page 8-18. See Azonix documentation for
advanced troubleshooting and maintenance procedures.
Alarm Horn
Horn does not
sound.
Is a related
alarm active?
No
Use a voltmeter
to test voltage
at horn.
Yes
See section
titled "Alarms" in
Amphion user
manual.
Is horn
receiving
24V?
No
Verify the remote I/O

is functioning
properly using the
TC Service Pages.
TC = Tool Controller
Yes
Replace the
horn.
Is remote I/O
functioning
properly?
No
Contact NOV
with information.
No
Contact NOV
with information.
Yes
Is wiring from
remote I/O to
horn damaged?
Yes
Replace wiring.
Cables
See "Cable Inspection and Repair on the next page.
8-3
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-4 of 20
Cable Inspection and Repair

Before attempting to repair or replace cables, determine the cause of the failure or damage. While
performing the repair, take steps necessary to prevent a recurrence:
Place shields on exposed cables, or reroute to prevent wear or chafing.
Use tie wraps to secure cables against unnecessary motion.
Turn off all power before performing maintenance.

Obtain all required permits, and observe applicable
lock-out/tag-out procedures.
Workstation Cable Inspection

1. Close all applications on the touchscreens and exit from Windows.
2. Disconnect power to the workstation (see Chapter 7, titled "Startup and Shutdown).
3. Inspect the cables for chafing and missing insulation at the gland plate on the back
of the left console.
4. If the cables are worn or damaged, and require replacement, contact National
Oilwell Varco.
5. Restore power to the workstation.
Fiber Optic Cable Inspection

Perform fiber optic cable continuity test by shining a flashlight or a low-power LED laser into one
end of the cable with the end of the cable pointed at a white card. If a spot of light is visible on the
card, the cable is intact. .
Looking directly into the end of a fiber optic cable can

cause eye damage.
If light is not visible, the cable is damaged, and should be repaired or replaced.
The above procedure does not test performance of the fiber optic cable. It tests only for continuity
between two common ends of the same fiber, and verifies that the cable is not completely severed.
Use a fiber optic cable tester for comparing performance readings at each end of the cable.
Alternatively, test for severity and damage location in long cable runs using an optical time domain
reflectometer (OTDR). Follow instructions provided by the manufacturer of the OTDR.
8-4
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-5 of 20
Fiber Optic Cable Repair

Before attempting to repair a fiber optic cable, determine the cause of the damage and correct the
condition. If the cable was accidentally severed, and the cut is in an accessible location, follow the
procedure for repairing fiber optic cable described below.
If the cable was damaged by stretching, or if the cause of the damage cannot be determined,
replace the entire cable run.
!
Fiber optic cable connections must remain free of
contaminants. Do not unplug the cable unless absolutely
necessary. Fiber optic cable is fragile, and also very sharp
when stripped.
Many different adhesives are available for fiber optic connector assembly. The following
instructions are for UV-cured adhesives. If you are not using a UV-cured type of adhesive, refer to
the instructions included with your adhesive.
1. Ensure that the strain relief boot of the connector is placed correctly on the end of
the cable.
2. Clean the bare fiber using a lint-free cloth, soaked in isopropyl alcohol. Use several
strokes lengthwise.
Do not touch the fiber once it has been cleaned.
3. Hold the needle end of the adhesive syringe upwards and gently depress the
plunger to expel trapped air from the syringe.
A small amount of the adhesive should be visible at the tip of the ceramic ferrule.
4. Holding the connector with the white ceramic ferrule pointed downwards, place the
syringe needle in the connector and fill the cavity with adhesive.
5. Insert the cable into the connector. Seat the cable until it touches the buffer.
When properly assembled, the bare fiber should protrude from the ferrule tip 1/4 to
1/2 inches.
6. Turn the curing oven on and wait for the green light to illuminate.
7. Remove the oven cover and place the cable connector assembly into the slot in the
oven.
The insulated portion of the cable must be on the foam.
8. Replace the oven cover.
9. When the oven beeps, remove the cable and ensure the adhesive is properly cured
(the adhesive is solid, and the connector is firmly attached to the cable).
10. Slide the fiber strain relief boot onto the backside of the connector.
11. Use an ST connector coupler to join the two connectors.
8-5
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-6 of 20
Ethernet Cable Repair

For specific installation and maintenance instructions for Ethernet cable and equipment, refer to
manufacturers documentation.
Profibus Cable Inspection

Perform continuity testing at various cable points using a Profibus testing device, such as a BT200
made by Siemens.
Verify that the termination switch is set to On (for one cable) and Off (for two cables).
If the cable is damaged, the entire cable run should be replaced.
Video (Coaxial) Cable Repair

Video (coaxial) cable can be successfully spliced only by cutting out the damaged section of cable,
attaching cable connectors to the ends, and fitting a replacement section of cable or a barrel
connector (as suitable).
In most instances, the entire cable run should be replaced, especially if the cable is exposed to the
elements or to a dirty environment.
8-6
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-7 of 20
Routine Maintenance
Moxa Network Switch Setup
This procedure is necessary only if replacing a switch after

the factory acceptance test (FAT).
Properties Setup
1. Using a laptop, click Start --> All Programs -->Accessories -->Communications
--> Hyperterminal, then click the Settings tab.
2. Click to select the following settings (as shown above):
Function, arrow, and ctrl keys act as: Terminal keys
Backspace key sends: Ctrl+H
Emulation: VT100
Telnet terminal ID: VT100
Backscroll buffer lines: 500
3. Click Terminal Setup.
8-7
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-8 of 20
4. Click to select the following settings, as shown above:
Cursor: Underline and Blink
Terminal Modes: None
Character set: ASCII
5. Click OK.
6. Click Input Translation.
7. Click to select Shift-JIS (Host System Encoding Method), then click OK.
8. Click ASCII Setup.
8-8
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-9 of 20
9. Adjust the settings as shown above:
Both checkboxes located beneath ASCII Sending deselected
Both Line delay and Character delay times set to zero milliseconds
First two checkboxes located beneath ASCII Receiving deselected.
Wrap lines that exceed terminal width checkbox located beneath ASCII
Receiving selected
10. Click OK.

11. Click OK again to close the Moxa Properties window.
8-9
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-10 of 20
Hyperterminal Setup
1. Connect the Moxa programming cable (supplied with the Moxa networks switch) to
the serial port of your computer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the programming port located on the top of the
Moxa network switch (not the Ethernet port located on the front).
3. Press <Enter> or <Return> to display the screen shown below.
8-10
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-11 of 20
4. Ensure that the text located at the top of the screen displays V2.3 (BIOS version).
All Amphion system network switches must use BIOS

version 2.3. If the switch is using any other version (earlier
or later), an update is required.
5. Use the arrow keys to scroll down to item 4, Comm. Redundancy, then press
<Enter>.
8-11
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-12 of 20
6. Press <Enter> again to select Setup.

7. Ensure that the line item titled Protocol of Redundancy is set to Turbo Ring with
ED6008 series, as shown above.
8-12
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-13 of 20
If necessary, press the arrow keys to highlight the setting, then press <Enter> to
display setting options. Use the arrow keys to highlight the appropriate setting, the
press <Enter> again.
8. Ensure that the line item titled Set to be Master is set to No, as shown above.
9. Press <Esc> twice to return to the main menu.
10. Use the arrow keys to highlight item 9, Advanced Settings, then press <Enter>.
8-13
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-14 of 20
11. Use the arrow keys to select Network, then press <Enter>.
12. Ensure that DHCP is set to Disable, as shown above.

8-14
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-15 of 20
13. Use the arrow keys to highlight the IP Address setting, then type the correct IP
address according to the projects IP address list (see the appendix of this manual
for a complete IP address list).
Use the <Delete> key to remove any characters remaining from the default address.
14. If necessary, use the arrow keys to highlight the Subnet Mask and Default
Gateway settings, then type the correct addresses into the spaces provided.
15. Press <Esc> twice.
16. Press Y to activate the Moxa switch.

8-15
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-16 of 20
17. Press Y again to update the network settings and return to the main menu.
18. Use the arrow keys to highlight and press <Enter> to display items 4 (Comm.
Redundancy) and 9 (Advanced Settings).
Ensure that the settings were saved correctly (see instruction for each, beginning
with step 5 - 14, then return to the main menu.
19. Use the arrow keys to highlight item a, Exit, then press <Enter>.
8-16
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-17 of 20
Disk Imaging
An updated disk image should be maintained for each computer. See Chapter 3, titled
"Computers and Software, section titled "Backup Disk Imaging" on page 3-2 for detailed disk
imaging procedures.
Network and Workstation Equipment

Perform these procedures regularly to keep equipment in good repair. Task details are in sections
that follow.
Visual inspection of equipment
page 8-17
Clean touchscreens (when powered off)
page 8-18
Every three (3) months
Change enclosure HMI fan filters and inspect enclosure

covers
page 8-18
Annually
Inspect workstation cables
page 8-4
Daily
!
Follow rig lockout procedures when working with enclosure
components.
Certain types of maintenance and repair cannot be
performed while the rig is drilling. Never turn off computers,
servers, or other components while the rig is drilling. The
SCSI shared-resource hard drive should never be turned
off or removed while the servers are running, and should
always be in place and turned on while servers are turned
on.
Visual Inspection of Equipment
Visually inspect the workstation, joysticks, discrete switches, and touchscreens for
damage.
Inspect for loose or missing fasteners.
Inspect the console controls for proper operation and condition.
Tighten or replace fasteners as necessary.
8-17
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-18 of 20
Cleaning a Touchscreen
Navigate to the Clean Screen window before cleaning.

Failure to do so could result in accidental tool
operation.
1. Navigate the Clean Screen window (using the workstations operator interface) on
the touchscreen to be cleaned.
This screen is part of the workstation tool controller; it will inactivate the touchscreen
so that it can be safely cleaned.
2. Use any commercially non-abrasive glass cleaner and a soft cloth to clean the
surface of the touchscreen. Be sure to finish cleaning the touchscreen before the
Clean Screen times out and the touchscreen becomes active again.
See Azonix documentation for all other maintenance and troubleshooting issues pertaining to the
touchscreens.
Replacing or Cleaning Air Filters

The 15" Triton SA unit has two (2) Air Media Filters, located on the back of the unit, which should
be replaced or cleaned every three (3) months.
8-18
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-19 of 20
Remove the Filter Media and clean with mild detergent and water.
If Filter Media has holes or shows wear, replace it

immediately.
After the Filter Media has been cleaned or replaced, replace the Filter Media Covers by gently
snapping them back into place.
HMI and Foreign Objects
8-19
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page 8-20 of 20
Cabinets
Ensure that enclosure covers are closed and sealed.
Replace or clean fan filters monthly, or according to manufacturers recommended schedule.
Recommended Spare Parts

Each rig, depending on its configuration, has a general recommended spare parts list for a twoyear operational period.
See rig- or product-specific list for the following, as applicable:
Amphion (Control System)
RigSense
Sensors
V-DAQ or S-DAQ Remote I/O
8-20
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Appendix
Opening a Command Prompt

1. Plug a keyboard into the touchscreen, then restart the computer if necessary (see
Azonix documentation for location of keyboard port).
2. Close the Amphion software application at a touchscreen by pressing the
<Alt+F4> buttons simultaneously to close Microsoft Internet Explorer.
3. Press <Ctrl+Escape> to display the Windows Start menu.
4. Use the arrow up or down keys to highlight Run, then press <Enter> to select.
5. Type cmd into the field provided, then press OK.
At the C:> prompt, type a network command (see general descriptions below), then press
<Enter>.
A-1
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/05
Appendix
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page A-2 of 4
Command Descriptions and Syntax

Ping
Use the ping command with a url, IP address, or host name to test network connectivity, or to
verify communication. Use the Use the ping localhost command when both the host name and IP
address are unknown.
Using a URL Address
Using the Host Name
Using the IP Address
A-2
www.nov.com
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page A-3 of 4
Appendix
Using the Host Name
Ping Command Switch Options
Use the ping command to display a list of command switches.

Syntax example: ping
-t 123.45.67.8
IP Config
Use the ipconfig command to determine the domain name server (DNS), IP address, subnet
mask, and default gateway assigned to the current computer.
Use the ipconfig /all command to list the IP address, subnet mask address, and other information
for each network card to which the current computer is connected.
Tracert
Use the tracert command and either the url or IP address to display hop information (all network
devices between the your computer and the destination address).
Syntax example: tracert
www.nov.com or tracert 123.45.67.8
A-3
www.nov.com
Appendix
D811000238-MAN-001
Revision 04
Page A-4 of 4
Nslookup
Use the nslookup command and a url address to troubleshoot name resolution issues. Displays
server name and IP address information.
Syntax example: nslookup
www.nov.com
A-4
www.nov.com

Service Center Directory
Reference

and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole
or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this
information to others is not permitted without the express
written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to
NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which
it was loaned. This document and the information
contained and represented herein is the copyrighted
property of NOV.
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06

RIG SOLUTIONS
Houston, TX 77041
Document Number
Rev.
D811001337-DAS-001
04
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
Revision History
04
12.11.2011
Operations update
T. Drake
S. Sobreira
T. Harmon
03
18.01.2011
Operations update
T. Drake
T. Harmon
T. Harmon
02
02.10.2009
Operations update
T. Drake
T. Harmon
P. Williams
01
08.09.2009
First Issue
T. Drake
T. Harmon
P. Williams
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Reason for issue
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Change Description
Revision
Change Description
01
First Issue
02
Moved Cairo office under North Africa heading.

Changed address information for India office.
03
Removed outdated Louisiana contact information.

Added the new Louisiana service and repair center contact information.
04
www.nov.com
Updated/added Brazil, Canada, Colombia, UK contact information (page 3 through page 8).
Added North Dakota contact information (page 4).
Updated the contact information for the China office (page 6).
Added addresses and contact information for Singapore and India (page 6).
Updated contact information for NOV Dubai and NOV Abu Dhabi. (page 8).
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
SC
http://www.nov.com/ContactUs/24HrEmergencyContacts.aspx
Americas
Brazil
National Oilwell Varco do Brasil
Rodovia Amaral Peixoto, s/n KM164,5 - n 8.500
Imboassica Maca RJ Brazil
CEP 27925-290
+55 22 2773 0600 (reception)
+55 22 9882 7591 (after hours)
+55 22 9702 8866 (drilling equipment)
+55 22 9974 7056 (PCE / MoComp equipment)
+55 22 9894 6608 (lifting and handling equipment)
+55 22 2773 0635 (repair shop)
+55 22 2773 0675 (inside sales)
+55 22 2123 2452 (tech college)
Canada
NOV Rig Solutions Aftermarket Service, Repair and Rentals (Leduc)
Varco Canada ULC CO 009
6621 45 Street
Leduc, Alberta, Canada
T9E 7E3
+1 780 986 1712 (main)
NOV Rig Solutions Spares (Edmonton)
Varco Canada ULC CO 009
7127 56 Ave
Edmonton, Alberta, Canada
T6B 3L2
+1 780 801 1800 (main)
+1 780 619 5579 (24 hour on-call)
Colombia
National Oilwell Varco de Colombia
Bogota, DC
Top Drive Rental and Service
+57 316 875 8748 (mobile)
+57 317 515 3321 (mobile)
3
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
SC
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
Page 4 of 10
Americas
USA
Colorado
NOV Service and Repair (Colorado)
420 South Ash St.
Fruita, CO 81521
+1 970 858 4522
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)
Louisiana
NOV Service and Repair (Covington)
73765 Penn Mill Rd.
Covington, LA 70435
+1 985 892 8216 (direct)
+1 800 722 4425 (toll free)
(Cranes: AmClyde, Unit, OS National, Dreco, Kingpost)
+1 985 871 8609 (service)
+1 985 871 8603 (parts
NOV Service and Repair Center (New Iberia)
5212 Highway 90 Service Road West
New Iberia, Louisiana 70560
(All NOV spare parts; legacy Shaffer, Varco, and NOI equipment)
+1 337 374 1400
Minnesota
NOV Service (St. Paul)
240 East Plato Blvd.
St. Paul, Minnesota 55107
(lifting and handling equipment)
+1 651 293 4745 (service)
+1 651 293 4776 (service)
+1 651 293 4600 (parts)
+1 651 293 4603 (parts)
North Dakota
NOV Service, Repair, and Spare Parts
3201 1st Avenue W.
Williston, ND 58801
+1 307 473 8888
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)
Oklahoma
NOV Service and Repair (Oklahoma City)
7713 North West 3rd St.
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73127
+1 405 495 1000
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)
4
www.nov.com
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
Page 5 of 10
SC
Americas
USA
Pennsylvania
NOV Service (Pittsburgh)
1349 Saw Mill Run Blvd.
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15226
+1 412 884 1027
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)
Texas
NOV Service and Repair (Alice)
2351 Energy Avenue
Alice, Texas 78380
+1 361 668 4154
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)
NOV Service and Repair (Houston)
5100 North Sam Houston Parkway West
+1 281 569 3050 (24/7 technical support)
+1 281 569 3051 (eHawk remote support)
Wyoming
NOV Service and Repair (Casper)
1080 North Robertson Road
Casper, Wyoming 82601
+1 307 473 8888
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)
Venezuela
NOV Rental and Service (Maturin, Monagas)
Varco International de Venezuela
Top Drive Rental and Service
+58 291 651 6489
+58 414 394 2784 (mobile)
+58 291 651 4384 (fax)
5
www.nov.com
SC
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
Page 6 of 10
Asia
China
NOV Service
18th Floor, Raffles City Beijing Office Tower
No. 1, Dongzhimen South Street, Dongcheng District
Beijing 100007 P. R. China
+86 139 0121 9392
+86 800 810 5109 (24/7 technical support)
India
NOV Service and Repair
R-619, TTC Industrial Area
Rabale, MIDC
Navi Mumbai 400 701
Maharashtra, India
+91 22 3916 9700
+91 982 009 1322
+91 983 349 6154 (after hours)
NOV Machining Centre (Pressure Control)
11A/2 (NP) Sidco Industrial Estate
Ambattur
Chennai, Tamil Nadu, India 600098
+91 44 4285 8074
+91 95 0008 4149 (after hours)
Singapore
NOV Service and Repair
29 Tuas Bay Drive
Singapore 637429
+65 6594 1000
+65 6594 1222 (24/7 technical support)
NOV Machining Centre (Pressure Control)
22 Jalan Terusan
Singapore 619299
+65 6265 1900
+65 9128 2545 (after hours)
6
www.nov.com
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
Page 7 of 10
SC
Europe
France
NOV Service
+33 24 068 3600
+33 24 068 3611
+33 24 068 3600 (after hours)
+33 677 790 943 (after hours)
Norway
NOV Service (Asker)
Blakstadmarka 26
1386 Asker Norway
+47 6400 5000
+47 6400 5001 (after hours)
NOV Service (Kristiansand)
Skibaasen 2
4636 Kristiansand Norway
+47 3819 2000
+47 3819 2482 (after hours)
NOV Service (Molde)
Granfjaera 24
6415 Molde Norway
+47 7120 2020
+47 9169 9664 (after hours)
NOV Repair (Stavanger)
Dusavik Base
Notberget 46
4029 Stavanger Norway
+47 5781 8181
NOV Service (Stavanger)
Lagerveien 8
4069 Stavanger Norway
+47 5181 8181
+47 4140 0041 (after hours)
+47 9511 8181 (24/7 eHawk remote support)
Russia
NOV Service and Support
Russia, 119071, Moscow
Leninsky prosp., 15A, 7th floor
+7 495 287 2601 (direct)
+7 495 981 3470 (fax)
+7 985 410 5272 (mobile)
7
www.nov.com
SC
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
Page 8 of 10
Europe
UK
NOV Service and Repair (Aberdeen/Montrose)
Forties Road
Montrose
Scotland
DD10 9ET
+44 1674 677222
UK after hours, on-call contacts
+44 (0) 7711 415 485 (mechanical)
+44 (0) 7711 415 484 (electrical)
+44 (0) 7739 170 079 (repair workshop)
+44 (0) 7713 643 012 (spare parts)
+44 (0) 7770 325 333 (distribution)
+44 (0) 7801 078 092 (IMO/MD Totco)
Middle East
UAE
NOV Service and Repair (Abu Dhabi)
Varco Al Mansoori Services LLC
P. O. Box 27011
Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
+971 2 555 2668
+971 2 554 2280 (fax)
+971 2 554 0012 (fax)
+971 50 811 6083 (after hours service)
+971 50 617 1235 (after hours workshop)
NOV Service and Repair (Dubai)
P.O. Box 61490
R/A No.13, Plot MO 0682
Daimler Chrysler Street
Jebel Ali Free Zone
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
+971 4 883 8776
+971 4 883 8795 (fax)
+971 56 686 2184 (after hours service on-call)
North Africa
NOV Service (Algeria)
Overseas Equipment Service Africa
BP 852 Zone Industrielle Algerie
Hassi Messaoud Ouargla
Algeria 30500
+213 29 73 1236
+213 29 75 4105 (fax)
8
www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Amphion Manual
Section 1.2
Spare Parts
www.nov.com
CHAPTER 1 INDEX 1.2

REFERENCE
8375
Spare Parts

www.nov.com

Rig Solutions
Suite 200
Phone + 281.854.0400
Fax + 281.854.0607
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10707841-IDX
01
Document number
Revision
Page
10707841-IDX
01
2
Sec
Name
ID
1.2
SPARES LIST/ COMMISSIONING / OPERATING / INSURANCE
Rev
Code
ELECTRICAL SPARES LIST, ADS-10SD
10548379-SPL
01
N08
SPARES LIST, MUD PUMPS
10564621-SPL
01
N08
CONTROL SPARE LIST, AUXILIARY
10620477-SPL
01
N08
CONTROL SPARES LIST, TDS-11SA
10620488-SPL
02
N08
SPARE LIST, ELECTRICAL CONTROLS
10622963-SPL
01
N08
www.nov.com
ELECTRICAL SPARES LIST

ADS-10SD,
AC IDEAL RIG 135
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
10548379-1
10548379-2
10548379-3
Recommended Commissioning Spares

Recommended Operational Spares
Recommended Insurance Spares
NEXT ASSY
PRODUCT
MJOB-8375
ADS-10SD
This document contains proprietary and confidential information which is the property of
National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to
hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of
NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this
information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This
document is to be returned to NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which
it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the
copyrighted property of NOV. National Oilwell Varco
CURRENT
DRAWN
ELECTRICAL SPARES LIST,

ADS-10SD, AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
J. ALANIZ
CHECKED
C. HOVANETZ
APPVD
C. HOVANETZ
DATE
TITLE
11/03/2011
SCALE:
WT LBS:
NONE
SIZE:
SHT:
DWG NO.:
1 OF 3
REV:
10548379-SPL
01
D811000567-GEN-001/03
-1
-2
-3
Part Number
Description
Commission
Spare
Operational
Spare
Insurance
Spare
76842
DIFF PRESS SWITCH
30158032-1
MOTOR INCREMENTAL
ENCODER
30155842-040-HE
DRUM ABSOLUTE ENCODER
M734000264-SP
MAIN MOTOR
6550-10-0069
SPACE HEATER, MAIN MOTOR
30170005-8
BLOWER MOTOR
97886-3
LUBE MOTOR
30156355-2
PRESSURE XMTR (0-200 PSI)
30154368
221212-1H05DC
30156722-2.5
LUBE OIL, MOTOR EXHAUST,

RTD
85890-C24
CROWN SAVER OVERRIDE
M734000280
DISENGAGE PARKING BRAKE

SOLENOID VALVE A
30154322-EX
BRAKE PROPORTIONAL VALVE
PER INTERCONN
LOAD CELL
I.S. TRANSMITTER SUPPLY
ISOLATER
30171978-1
122627-112
OLM, G12-EEC, SIEMENS
122627-92
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
140712
ISOLATION AMPLIFIER
30157104-3
FIBER JUMPER
30176964
POWER SUPPLY 24V@10A
943301-105
PROFIBUS-DP COUPLER
TERMINAL
140698-3
IS 8 AI MODULE
140244
16 DO MODULE
140698-2
16 DI MODULE
140698-5
NIS 8 AI MODULE
140698-4
RTD MODULE
SCALE:
WT LBS:
NONE
DWG NO.:
10548379-SPL
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
DRAWWORKS
DPS-601, 602
SKID
MAIN DRIVE
ENC-401, 402
MOTOR
DRAWWORKS
ENC-331, 332, 333
SKID
MAIN DRIVE
MOT-100, 200
MOTOR
MAIN DRIVE
HTR-201, 202
MOTOR
MAIN DRIVE
MOT-201B, 202B
MOTOR
LUBE OIL TANK
MOT-205L
DRAWWORKS
PXR-711, 712, 714
SKID
DRAWWORKS
PXR-519
SKID
DRAWWORKS
XMTR-725
SKID
RTD-731,751,851,
DRAWWORKS
SKID
852
DRAWWORKS
SOV-512
SKID
DISC BRAKE
SOV-513
CONTROL J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
SRV-518
SKID
DRILL FLOOR
LC 741, 742, 743
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
ISO-1
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
SIZE:
SHT:
2 of 3
REV:
01
D811000567-GEN-001/03
-1
-2
-3
Part Number
Description
Commission
Spare
Operational
Spare
Insurance
Spare
140698-7
4 AI 4 AO MODULE
140698-8
4 DO 8 DI MODULE
30158244-2
RELAY (R10)
30154520-1
EC250GP, SERVO AMPLIFIER

MODULE
111070
ISOLATOR,REPEAT
SCALE:
WT LBS:
NONE
DWG NO.:
10548379-SPL
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
BRAKE SERVO
J-BOX
DRAWWORKS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
SIZE:
SHT:
3 of 3
REV:
01
D811000567-GEN-001/03
MUD PUMPS
AC IDEAL 135
SPARES LIST/KIT,
ELECTRICAL
NOTES:
RIG/PLANT
1.
10564621-1
2.
10564621-2
3.
10564621-3
NEXT ASSY
PRODUCT
MJOB-8375
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER

which belongs to National-Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or
subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is
loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV.
Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or
express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to
NOV upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for
which it was loaned. This document and the information contained
and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.

Houston, Texas 77041 (USA)
Phone + 281-854-0400
Fax + 281-854-0607
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
Client Document Number
10564621-SPL
01
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
10564621-SPL
01
2
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
REVISION HISTORY
01
11/1/2011
Rev
Date (mm.dd.yyyy)
Initial Release
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
Change Description
First issue
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
Reason for issue
B.BOEPPLE
Prepared
R. MOENCH R. MOENCH
Checked
Approved
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
Part No.
Description
-1
-2
Recom.
Recom.
Commission Operational
Spare
Spare
10564621-SPL
01
3
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
MUD PUMP J-BOX

10064178-088
10064178-040
10066402-001
PC-ETHERNET ADAPTOR,
TCP/IP. UDP
PC-DIGITAL INPUT, 4DI,
24VDC, 0.2ms
BARRIER-IS SWITCH
ISOLATOR, 24VDC
SUPPLY VOLTAGE,1CH
INPUT
10064545-001
10064545-001
10064545-001
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
10064178-072
PLC-MOD, FIELD SIDE
10064545-001
10064178-074
SUPPLY MODULE 24VDC
10064545-001
10064178-013
PLC-MOD, 2CH, ANALOG

INPUT
10064545-001
10064178-070
PC-END MODULE
10064545-001
10052344-001
PWR SUPPLY-24V/10A,
ZONE 2,
10064545-001
10066669-001
TB-8.2MM, GRAY, UT6
10064545-001
10066671-001
TB-GROUND BLOCK, UT6-PE
10064545-001
10066985-001
TB-5.2MM, GRAY, UT2.5
10064545-001
10064545-001
10064545-001
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
10064545-001
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
10064545-001
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
10064545-001
2FT
2FT
2FT
10064545-001
10064545-001
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
10064545-001
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
10066965-001
10052364-001
10052362-001
10055036-001
10055033-001
10053155-001
10052369-001
10064178-032
TB-5.2MM, GRN/YEL,
UT2.5
ENCLOSURETHERMOSTAT
MOUNTING, SET AT 10C
HEATER STRIP, 165mm,
110-230VAC, 140W, Eexd
ISOLATOR TERMINAL
SWITCH, Eex de, 4A AT
250VAC
PC-ETHERNET FIBER
CONVERTER
CABLE ASSY, CAT 5E, 2FT
RECEPTACLE, SQUARE
FLANGE FIBER OPTIC W/
5 PIGTAIL
PLC-MOD ENCODER
MODUL,32 BIT
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
ASSY, MUD
PUMP J-BOX
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
Part No.
10043709-001
Description
SW-PROXIMITY,
INDUCTIVE, W/FLYING
LEAD, 2 METER, 18 AWG,
2 COND.
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
-1
-2
Recom.
Recom.
Spare
Spare
10564621-SPL
01
4
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
MUD PUMP
AUXILIARY
AC IDEAL RIG 135
SPARES LIST/KIT,
ELECTRICAL
NOTES:
RIG/PLANT
1.
10620477-1
2.
10620477-2
3.
10620477-3
NEXT ASSY
PRODUCT
MJOB-8375
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER


Phone + 281-854-0400
Fax + 281-854-0607
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10620477-SPL
01
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
10620477-SPL
01
2
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
REVISION HISTORY
01
11/1/2011
Rev
Date (mm.dd.yyyy)
Initial Release
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
Change Description
First issue
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
Reason for issue
B. BOEPPLE
R. MOENCH
R. MOENCH
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
Part No.
115299
10059428-001
10059428-001
Description
ROTARY TABLE MOTOR
INCREMENTAL ENCODER
ROTARY TABLE HIGH GEAR
PROXIMITY SWITCH
ROTARY TABLE LOW GEAR
PROXIMITY SWITCH
10620477-SPL
01
3
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
-1
Recom.
Commission
Spare
-2
Recom.
Operational
Spare
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
ROTARY TABLE
ROTARY TABLE
ROTARY TABLE
10508604-001
4 CHANNEL ISOLATOR
AMPLIFIER
10052457-001
10043620-001
ROTARY TABLE INTERTIA

BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
10052457-001
10064178-096
SUPPLY MODULE DC 24V /

FUSE
10540174-001
10064178-072
FIELD SIDE CONNECTION

MODULE
10540174-001
10064178-040
4 CH DIGITAL INPUT MODULE

DC 24V
10540174-001
10064178-053
2 CH DIGITAL OUTPUT
MODULE DC 24V, 2A
10540174-001
112554-J2
SOLENOID VALVES
10
50004480
203016-1
PRESSURE SWITCH
50004480
10050893-001
SOLENOID VALVES
10052506-001
130358-RV1
PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID
VALVES
10052506-001
10051830-001
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
10052506-001
10052307-001
ATOS PROFIBUS SOLENOID

DRIVER
10540174-001
10042793-001
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
10540174-001
10064178-008
2 CH ANALOG INPUT MODULE

4-20mA
10540174-001
10066792-001
24V POWER SUPPLY 10A,
10540174-001
10064178-086
PROFIBUS DP/V1 12 MBd

FIELDBUS COUPLER
10540174-001
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
ROTARY TABLE
INTERFACE
I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX
ROTARY TABLE
INTERFACE
I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
PS CONTROL
STATION
ASSEMBLY
PS CONTROL
STATION
ASSEMBLY
HYDRAULIC
CATHEAD
INTERFACE
ASSEMBLY
HYDRAULIC
CATHEAD
INTERFACE
ASSEMBLY
HYDRAULIC
CATHEAD
INTERFACE
ASSEMBLY
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
10620477-SPL
01
4
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
Part No.
Description
-1
Recom.
Commission
Spare
10052294-001
SW, CAM, DISC, 4P, 32A
10540174-001
10049691-001
RLY, SPDT, 24VDC (RLY), 10A

AT 250VAC
10540174-001
10505066-007
CB 10A, 2P, 480VAC
10540174-001
10064194-029
FUSE, 6A, 125V, 5 x 20mm
10540174-001
10044673-001
PWR-SPLY REDUNDANT
MODULE
10540174-001
10066970-001
TB-PLUG IN BRIDGES (10 POS)
10540174-001
10065802-001
TB-GROUND BLOCK, UT-4-PE
10540174-001
10066667-001
TB-6.2mm, GRAY, UT4
10540174-001
10066985-001
TB-5.2MM, GRAY, UT2,5
10540174-001
10064178-070
MODULE, END, FIELDBUS
10540174-001
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
-2
Recom.
Operational
Spare
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
TDS-11SA
AC IDEAL 135
SPARES LIST/KIT,
ELECTRICAL
NOTES:
RIG/PLANT
1.
10620488-1
2.
10620488-2
3.
10620488-3
NEXT ASSY
PRODUCT
MJOB-8375
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER


Phone + 281-854-0400
Fax + 281-854-0607
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10620488-SPL
02
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
10620488-SPL
02
2
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
REVISION HISTORY
02
11/22/2011
Corrected Part Numbers
R. MOENCH
B. BOEPPLE R. MOENCH
01
11/1/2011
Initial Release
B. BOEPPLE
R. MOENCH R. MOENCH
Rev
Date (mm.dd.yyyy)
Reason for issue
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
02
Change Description
First issue
Corrected Part Numbers to Match Assemblies
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
10620488-SPL
02
3
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
-1
Recom.
Commission
Spare
-2
Recom.
Operational
Spare
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
BLOWER MOTOR PRESSURE

SWITCHES
83095-1
IBOP PRESSURE SWITCH
87541-1
LUBE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
83095-2
Bx ELEVATOR CLOSED
PRESSURE SWITCH
127908-D2
SOLENOID VALVES
127908-J2
SOLENOID VALVES
93939
FRAME DOLLY RETRACTED

PROX SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
98263
BARRIER I.S. (OPTIONAL)
108616-6
115299
TD MOTOR INCREMENTAL
ENCODER
10064178-096
SUPPLY MODULE DC 24V/FUSE
10540174-001
10064178-040
4 CH DIGITAL INPUT MODULE

DC 24V
10540174-001
10064178-053
2 CH DIGITAL OUTPUT
MODULE DC 24V, 2.0A
12
10540174-001
10064178-032
INCREMENTAL ENCODER
MODULE
10540174-001
10044752-001
RIM SS2 ENCODER SPLITTER
10540174-001
10064178-086
PROFIBUS DP/V1 12 MBd

FIELDBUS COUPLER
10540174-001
10042793-001
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
10540174-001
10044170-001
24VDC POWER SUPPLY 10A
10540174-001
10052294-001
SW, CAM, DISC, 4P, 32A
10540174-001
10049691-001
RLY, SPDT, 24VDC (RLY), 10A

AT 250VAC
10540174-001
10505066-007
CB 10A, 2P, 480VAC
10540174-001
10064194-029
FUSE, 6A, 125V, 5 x 20mm
10540174-001
Part No.
76841
Description
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
Description
Where Used
TDS-11SA TOP
DRIVE
TDS-11SA TOP
DRIVE
TDS-11SA TOP
DRIVE
TDS-11SA TOP
DRIVE
TDS-11SA TOP
DRIVE
TDS-11SA TOP
DRIVE
TDS-11SA TOP
DRIVE
BARRIER I.S./N.I.S.
J-BOX
TD-MOT-01
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
Part No.
Description
10620488-SPL
02
4
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
-1
Recom.
Commission
Spare
-2
Recom.
Operational
Spare
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
10066667-001
TB-6.2MM, GRAY UT4
10540174-001
10065802-001
TB-GROUND BLOCK, UT-4-PE
10540174-001
10066985-001
TB-5.2MM, GRAY, UT2.5
10540174-001
10044673-001
PWR-SPLY REDUNDANT
10540174-001
10064178-070
MODULE, END, FIELDBUS
10540174-001
10068104-001
SPLITTER CABLE
10540174-001
10077584-001
DATA STATION PLUS

PROTOCOL
10540174-001
10077585-001
PROFIBUS DP CARD
10540174-001
10512924-001
BANNER WIRELESS GATEWAY
10540174-001
10072732-001
ANTENNA-OMNI
10540174-001
10064179-004
TB-C/B, 4 AMP, THERMALMAGNETIC
10540174-001
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
Description
Where Used
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE I/O
CABINET
AMPHION
AC IDEAL 135
SPARES LIST/KIT,
ELECTRICAL
NOTES:
RIG/PLANT
1.
10622963-1
2.
10622963-2
3.
10622963-3
NEXT ASSY
PRODUCT
10545605-001
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER


Phone + 281-854-0400
Fax + 281-854-0607
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10622963-SPL
01
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
10622963-SPL
01
2
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
REVISION HISTORY
01
15/11/2011
Rev
Date (mm.dd.yyyy)
Initial Release
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
Change Description
First issue
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
Reason for issue
D. McGARY
T. PHAM
T. PHAM
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
Part No.
Description
-1
-2
Recom.
Recom.
Spare
Spare
10622963-SPL
01
3
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
MTC #1
10068347-001
PC,PANEL BASE ,
TOUCHSCREEN,15
10538858-001
10064178-040
MDL,DIGITAL INPUT,4-CHAN,24VDC
10538858-001
10538858-001
10538858-001
10538858-001
FLSH CARD, COMPACT , 2 GB
10538858-001
CONN. PROFIBUSDP,
W/ PROG PORT
10538858-001
PLC-SIE,OPTICAL LINK,MDUL,EEC
10538858-001
10538858-001
10538858-001
10538858-001
10538858-001
10538858-001
10538858-001
10538858-001
10064178-088
10066946-001
10044673-001
10066405-001
10042793-001
10044012-001
10505066-007
10055028-001
10068313-001
10055033-001
10082412-001
10055064-001
10055068-001
PC-ETHERNET
ADAPTER,TCP/IP,UDP
PWR SPLY REDUNDANT MODULE
40A
PWR-SPLY REDUNDANT MODULE
20A
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2P, 10A,

480VAC
KEYBOARD, USB, 119 KEY, PANEL
MOUNT
PC-ETHERNET/FIBER
SW/SERVER,6
ETHERNET MEDIA CONVERTER
PWR SPLY- 24VDC,20.0A
COMPACT
CABLE ASSY , FO, ST-ST, DUPLEX,
7 FEET
CABLE ASSY , CAT5, RJ45, RED,
15FT
10066792-001
PWR SPLY, SWITCHNG, 24V,10A
10538858-001
10064179-004
TB-C/B,4AMP,THERMAL-MAGNETIC
10538858-001
10064179-006
10538858-001
10067365-001
FILTER , EXHAUST, SK, EMC

SHIELDED
10538858-001
10067364-001
FAN, FILTER, EMC, 220 VAC
10538858-001
10538858-001
10538858-001
10066030-001
10068310-001
SBC-CONTROLLER
ASSY,BECKHOFF
PWR SPLY-FOR CX1000 CORE
WITH
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
Part No.
Description
-1
-2
Recom.
Recom.
Spare
Spare
10622963-SPL
01
4
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
Amphion MTC
#1
10053152-001
CABLE ASSY, CAT 5E , ZERO

HALOGEN , 10 FT
10538858-001
10067363-001
FAN-PAGODA, 210CFM, 230VAC
10538858-001
10068309-001
CARD-APPLICOM,DP1
10538858-001
10068347-001
PC,PANEL BASE , TOUCHSCREEN,

15
10538859-001
1006417-040
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
CONN. PROFIBUSDP, W/ PROG

PORT
10538859-001
PLC-SIE,OPTICAL LINK,MDUL,EEC
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
PWR MTC
10064178-088
10066946-001
10044673-001
10066405-001
10042793-001
10044012-001
10505066-007
10055028-001
10068313-001
10055033-001
10082412-001
10055064-001
10055068-001
PC-ETHERNET
ADAPTER,TCP/IP,UDP
40A
20A

480VAC
KEYBOARD, USB, 119 KEY, PANEL
MOUNT
PC-ETHERNET/FIBER
SW/SERVER,6
ETHERNET MEDIA CONVERTER
PWR SPLY- 24VDC,20.0A
COMPACT
CABLE ASSY , FO, ST-ST, DUPLEX,
7 FEET
CABLE ASSY , CAT5, RJ45, RED,
15FT
10066792-001
10538859-001
10064179-004
10538859-001
10064179-006
10538859-001
10066030-001
SBC-CONTROLLER
ASSY,BECKHOFF
10538859-001
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
Part No.
10068310-001
10053157-001
10053152-001
Description
PWR SPLY-FOR CX1000 CORE

WITH
APPLIANCE, SECURITY, NET
SCREEN
CABLE ASSY, CAT 5E , ZERO
HALOGEN , 10 FT
-1
-2
Recom.
Recom.
Spare
Spare
10622963-SPL
01
5
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
Amphion Power
MTC
10538859-001
10538859-001
10538859-001
10067363-001
FAN-PAGODA, 210CFM, 230VAC
10538859-001
10068309-001
CARD-APPLICOM,DP1
10538859-001
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10064178-040
HMI-SAFE AREA, AMPHION, GRAY

JOYSTICK-DUAL AXIS, RH,
SPRING-RETURN
ENCODER-5VDC, EEXD
INCREMENTAL
SW MODULE, PNL MTD, W/
TERMINALS 2NC
SW MODULE, PNL MTD, W/
TERMINALS 2N0
SW. 3 POSITION
SELECTOR,MOMENTARY
PLC-2PT, ANALOG OUTPUT, 010VDC
PLC-MOD, ENCODER MODULE, 32
BIT
PLC-2PT ANALOG OUTPUT +/10VDC
PLC-MOD, FIELD SIDE
PLC-2PT, ANALOG OUTPUT, 020mA
PLC-2PT, ANALOG INPUT, 0-20MA
PLC-MOD, ANALOG INPUT, 2CH, 420mA
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10064178-054
PLC-4PT, 24VDC OUTPUT MODULE
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
DRILLERS CHAIR
10066029-001
10055020-001
10048305-001
10043289-001
10044536-001
10044540-001
10064178-021
10064178-034
10064178-026
10064178-072
10064178-022
10064178-007
10064178-012
PC-ETHERNET
ADAPTER,TCP/IP,UDP
480VAC
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10055003-001
LUG-BUS FEEDER: 1 & 2 POLE
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10068313-001
PC-ETHERNET/FIBER
SW/SERVER,6
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10064178-088
10066405-001
10055002-001
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Template Name
Part No.
Description
-1
-2
Recom.
Recom.
Spare
Spare
10622963-SPL
01
6
ORA_SPL_TPL.doc
-3
Recom.
Insurance
Spare
Where
Used
Description
Where Used
10055063-001
CABLE ASSY , FO, ST-ST, DUPLEX
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10053153-001
CABLE ASSY , CAT5, LSZH, 7 FEET
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10066792-001
10539360-001
Amphion D.C.
10067363-001
FAN-PAGODA,210CFM,230VAC
FAN-EXHAUST FILTER
LOUVER,EMC
PLC-MOD,PWR SPLY/FUSE,24VDC
PLC-MOD,DIG OUTPUT,2CH,24VDC
PLC-2PT, ANALOG OUTPUT, 420mA
PLC-MOD,FIELD SIDE AC/DC
CONV-POT,VDC,MA IN/VDC,MA
OUT
CIRCUIT BREAKER- 10A ,2P,
480VAC
FUSE, 6A, 125V, 5 X 20MM
TB-FUSE WITH SCREW CAP & LED
10540174-001
DFTR CABINET
10540174-001
DFTR CABINET
1
-
1
1
10540174-001
10540174-001
DFTR CABINET
DFTR CABINET
10540174-001
DFTR CABINET
10540174-001
DFTR CABINET
10540174-001
DFTR CABINET
10540174-001
DFTR CABINET
2
1
2
1
2
1
10540174-001
10540174-001
DFTR CABINET
DFTR CABINET
10512936-001/
10513957-001
10512936-001/
10513957-001
10512936-001/
10513957-001
10512936-001/
10513957-001
10512936-001/
10513957-001
UPS DESK/
CABINET
UPS DESK/
CABINET
UPS DESK/
CABINET
UPS DESK/
CABINET
UPS DESK/
CABINET
10513957-001
UPS CABINET
DFTR CABINET
10067365-001
10064178-096
10064178-052
10064178-024
10064178-072
10050899-001
10505066-007
10064194-029
10066733-001
UPS DESK/CABINET
10067493-001
KIT, SOLA UPS ETHERNET COMM.
10067098-001
SWITCH, REMOTE BYPASS
10510106-001
BATTERY, EXTERNAL MODULE
10510104-001
UPS-3KVA, VA/WATTS: 3000/2100,

208VAC
10505066-010
CB- 16A, 2P, 480VAC
10513950-001
UPS-3KVA, VA/WATTS
3000/2100, 120VAC
D7440000254-TPL-001/01
www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Amphion Manual
Chapter 2
Technical Documentation &
Drawing Package
www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Amphion Manual
Section 2.1
General Drawings
www.nov.com
CHAPTER 2 INDEX 2.1

Technical Document & Drawing
REFERENCE
8375
General Drawings

www.nov.com

Rig Solutions
Suite 200
Phone + 281.854.0400
Fax + 281.854.0607
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10707843-IDX
01
Document number
Revision
Page
Sec
Name
2.1
ASSEMBLY DRAWING
10707843-IDX
01
2
ID
Rev
Code
ASSEMBLY, UPS DESK, 3KVA
10512936-ASM
04
B02
ASSY UPS CABINET,

3X3KVA,120&208
AMPHION MTC CABINET #1
10513957-ASM
04
B02
10538858-ASM
03
B02
AMPHION POWER SYSTEM CABINET
10538859-ASM
11
B02
DRILLER'S CHAIR PANEL LAYOUT
10539350-ASM
01
B02
DRILLER'S CHAIR
10539360-ASM
02
B02
ASSY, DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE

IO
ASSEMBLY, ROTARY TABLE J-BOX
10540174-ASM-ASSY
05
B02
30182304-ASM
B02
ASSEMBLY,WIRELESS TUGGER
WINCH
ASSEMBLY-MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O
M800001-0870-56-ASM-001
04
B02
M801002070-ASM-001
04
B02
02
B03
INTERFACE AND CONNECTION DRAWING

KIT, FIBER CABLES
www.nov.com
10564823-KIT
15"
TOUCH
SCREEN
HMI
KEYBOARD
15"
TOUCH
SCREEN
HMI
KEYBOARD
FILTER
FAN
15"
TOUCH
SCREEN
HMI
15"
TOUCH
SCREEN
HMI
KEYBOARD
UPS
A/B
RIG POWER
A
RIG POWER
B
15"
TOUCH
SCREEN
HMI
KEYBOARD
FILTER
FAN
15"
TOUCH
SCREEN
HMI
UPS A/B AC POWER

DISTRIBUTION
RIG A/B AC POWER

DISTRIBUTION # 1
RIG A/B AC POWER

DISTRIBUTION # 2
PS1/2 24VDC POWER

DISTRIBUTION
PS1/2 24VDC POWER

DISTRIBUTION
PS3/4 24VDC POWER

DISTRIBUTION
PS3/4 24VDC POWER

DISTRIBUTION
DIGITAL INPUT
FILTER
FILTER
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Amphion Manual
Section 2.2
System Diagram & Specifications
www.nov.com
CHAPTER 2 INDEX 2.2

REFERENCE
8375
System Diagrams & Specifications

www.nov.com

Rig Solutions
Suite 200
Phone + 281.854.0400
Fax + 281.854.0607
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10707844-IDX
01
Document number
Revision
Page
Sec
Name
2.2
ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
10707844-IDX
01
2
ID
Rev
Code
NETWORK DIAGRAM, MUD PUMPS
10564620-DIA
01
C04
NETWORK DIAGRAM, AUXILIARY
10620476-DIA
01
C04
NETWORK DIAGRAM, TDS-11SA
10620486-DIA
01
C04
10622469-IDX
01
C10
10622965-DIA
01
C11
CAUSE & EFFECT CHART

E-STOP MATRIX, DFSD
NETWORK TOPOLOGY DIAGRAM

AMPHION SYSTEM TOPOLOGY
www.nov.com
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO

NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE
PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR USE OF THIS
DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS
WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO
NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR
WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED IS THE
COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P.
CURRENT
DRAWN
INITIAL
D. McGARY
CHECKED
T.PHAM
APPVD
T. PHAM
DATE
11/11/2011
TITLE
E-STOP CAUSE & EFFECT MATRIX

AC IDEAL RIG 135
SIZE
DWG NO
REV
A 10622469-IDX
SCALE
NONE
WT LBS
01
SHEET
1 OF 2
DCF0046 (REV B)
NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
E-STOP CAUSE EFFECT MATRIX

AC IDEAL RIG 135
DATE
11/8/2011 3:00:44 PM
GENERATORS
MUD PUMPS
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NOTE:2
NOTE:2
NOTE:2
NOTE:2
NOTE:2
NOTE:2
NOTE:2
NOTE:2
DRAWWORKS LOCAL TOOL E-STOP
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CROWN SAVER E-STOP
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NOTE:1
NOTE:1
NOTE:1
N/A
N/A
DRILLER'S CHAIR GENERATOR E-STOP P.B.
HPU
0
N/A
CAT HEAD
PIPECAT
POWER SLIPS
ROTARY TABLE
0
N/A
DRILLER'S CHAIR MUD PUMP E-STOP P.B.
TDS-11SA
0
N/A
DRILLER'S CHAIR DRILL FLOOR EQUIPMENT ESTOP P.B.
OTHER
DERRICK
DRILL FLOOR
CABIN
Push Button & Automatic

Triggered Emergency Stops
DRAWWORKS
Affected Equipment and Systems
HPU LOCAL E-STOP
NOTE: 1 Tool isolated by turning off hydraulic power unit

NOTE: 2 Tool isolated by turning off Generator power
Cat.0 = Stopping by immediate removal of power to the hoisting machine actuators (i.e. an uncontrolled stop)
Cat.2 = A controlled stop with power left available to the hoisting machine actuators
Note:
See IEC 60204-32 for definitions of Emergency Stop Categories.
SHEET
2 OF 2
DWG NO
10622469-IDX
REV
01
1
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DRILLER'S CABIN
CAM#1
SAFE AREA
CAM#2
HMI
HMI
HMI
HMI
CCTV
#2
#4
#1
#3
J-BOX
CAM#3
EF
ETHERNET FIBER CUSTOMER
PF
PROFIBUS FIBER CUSTOMER
NIS
MULTI TOOL CONTROL
NON-INTRINSICALLY SAFE NOV

HARDWIRED POWER CABLES
MOXA ETHERNET SWITCHES (3)
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
NETWORK
SWITCH
SWITCH
EF
#2
EF
EF
EF
EF
HARDWIRED I.S CABLES
EF
EF
HARDWIRED N.I.S CABLES
I/O
E
SBC
I/O
CONTROLS
I/O
SBC
PROFIBUS DP
PF
FIBER OPTIC AND
OLM
OLM
PF
DESK
TDS11
AUX
DRILL FLOOR
REMOTE
REMOTE
FLOOR
I/O
I/O
REMOTE I/O
CABINET
DRILL
LOGGER
NIS
SHUT
EF
NIS
EF
EF
EF
EF
DOWN
EF
ON
NIS
PIPECAT SKID
HOPPER
GRASS
PF
MUD
EF
MOUNTED
PF
EF
I/O
UPS
REMOTE
DP
PIPECATE
DP
BOP
PANEL
NIS
POWER CONNECTORS
NIS
PF
EF
NIS
PROFIBUS FIBER
PF
NIS
SBC
ETHERNET NETWORK
DP
DAQ
CHAIR
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
EF
E
EF
AUX
SBC
SBC
OPERATOR
REMOTE
DRILLER'S WORKSTATION
DRILLER'S
EF
TDS11
MTC
PIPECAT
HMI
MTC
EF
REMOTE
SINGLE PH & 3 PH
#1
EF
DRILL FLOOR
EF
NETWORK
EF
EF
C
EF
EF
NIS
POWER CONTROL HOUSE

POWER SYSTEM CONTOL ENCLOSURE
EF
EF
BOP
REMOTE
MOXA ETHERNET SWITCHES (5)
I/O
EF
MOUNTED
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
ON
DRIVE HOUSE
BOP SKID
ROUTER
DW
PWR SYS
PUMP
WAGO
SBC
SBC
MUD
TD/RT
SBC
INVERTER
GEN/PS
SBC
I/O
MTC
HMI
DP
DP
EF
EF
DP
BOOM
CONV
CONV
CONV
CONV
EF
EF
DP
PF
DW
CONV
EF
OLM
PLUG PANEL
MOUNTED
DRAWWORKS SKID
DWA
DWB
RPBA
RPBA
GEN #1
RPBA
RPBA
GEN #3
RPBA
GEN #4
INC/REC
#1
INC/REC
#2
I/O
I/O
WAGO
RPBA
WAGO
CHP A/B
ASSIGN.
WAGO
WAGO
I/O
I/O
RPBA
UPS
MP1
MP2
MP3
I/O
CABINET
RPBA
RPBA
RPBA
INV. MP2
WAGO
I/O
FOR FUTURE
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
EF
FOR FUTURE
EF
EF
MCC
BOARD
EF
EF
GEN #2
EF
EF
EF
ON
WAGO
EF
EF
PF
EF
I/O
EF
REMOTE
MCC
EF
OLM
DW
EF
EF
CONV
CONV
CONV
EF
EF
EF
EF
CONV
TOOL PUSHER'S
ETHERNET
SWITCH
COMPANY
MAN
OFFICE (OPTIONAL)
CONV
WAGO
DAQ
REMOTE
REMOTE
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
MUD PUMP #3 REMOTE I/O SYSTEM

(BY NOV)
FOR FUTURE
INSTALLATION

(BY NOV)

(BY NOV)
MUD SYSTEM
WAGO
REMOTE
MUD PUMP #1
WITS INTERFACE
MUD PUMP #3
RIGSENSE SERVER
WAGO
REMOTE
MUD PUMP #2
EF
OFFICE (OPTIONAL)
DAQ REMOTE I/O SYSTEM

(BY NOV)
AMPHION
PRODUCT:
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
TOLERANCES ARE:
END ITEM:
NEXT ASSY:
10545605-001
.1
X.XX
.03
TOL > .06

1000
L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY

REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR
LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF
NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF
INITIAL
T. PHAM
APPVD
T. PHAM
OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN
TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE
AC IDEAL RIG 135
USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN
IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.
SCALE:
RIG SOLUTIONS
ENGINEERING
11/15/2011
TITLE:
THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO

CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED
CHECKED
DATE
BREAK EDGES .02/.03
D. McGARY
DRAWN
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
250
FRACTIONS
CURRENT
FINISH
TOL < .06
1/2 DEG
1/16
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
WT LBS:
RIGSENSE CLIENT
ANGLES
X.XXX .010
SIMILAR TO:
X.X
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO,
DWG NO.
1/1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622965-DIA
REV:
OF
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
MTC #1
DRILLER'S CHAIR
(DRILLER'S CABIN)
(DRILLER'S CABIN)
62.5/125um X 4C
EF
CAB-F02A
EF
TX
TX
8
RX
FIBER
RX
TX
D1001
TX
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 2
TX
EF
62.5/125um X 4C
RX
RX
EF
RX
7
TX
FIBER
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 3
TX
8
RX
EF
EF
TX
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 1
CAB-F01A
EF
FIBER
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 2
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
HOPPER
GRASS
HOPPER
GRASS
EF
EF
EF
RX
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 1
62.5/125um X 4C
RX
RX
TX
EF
TX
8
RX
POWER SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET

EF
(AC DRIVE HOUSE)

62.5/125um X 4C
EF
TX
62.5/125um X 4C
EF
CAB-F02
TX
8
RX
EF
EF
EF
TX
8
RX
RX
RX
RX
TX
EF
EF
CAB-F01
EF
TX
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 3
EF
FIBER
TX
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 2
RX
EF
RX
TX
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 1
RX
EF
TX
RX
RX
FIBER
TX
TX
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 4
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 5

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622965-DIA
2 OF 3
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION
192.168.31.27 AUX SBC
192.168.31.34 DW (ADS) SBC
192.168.31.90 DFSD Estop Controller
192.168.31.25 TDS 11 SBC
192.168.31.28 Pipe Cat SBC
192.168.31.40 Drillers Chair SBC
192.168.31.60 Mud Logger
192.168.31.61 Mud Pump SBC
192.168.31.66 Generator CTL /Power System SBC
192.168.31.111 MTC #1 MOXA Switch 1
192.168.31.112 MTC #1 MOXA Switch 2
192.168.31.113 MTC #1 MOXA Switch 3
192.168.31.117 Spare
192.168.31.114 MTC #1 Wago
192.168.31.115 MTC #1 HMI (DWS)
192.168.31.116 Rigsense Router (Optional)
192.168.31.161 Drill Chair HMI #1
192.168.31.162 Drill Chair HMI #2
192.168.31.163 Drill Chair HMI #3
192.168.31.164 Drill Chair HMI #4 (CCTV)
192.168.31.101 MOXA Switch #1
192.168.31.102 MOXA Switch #2
192.168.31.80 Drill Chair Wago I/O
192.168.31.81 Drill Chair Wago I/O
192.168.31.215 Assignment TD/RT Wago I/O

192.168.31.140 MOXA Switch 1 in Power System Line Up Cabinet (Power House)
IP NODE CONFIGURATION
Inverter DWA RPBA Node 4
Inverter DWB RPBA Node 5
Inverter TD/RT RPBA Node 5
Inverter MP1 RPBA Node 5
GEN #1 RPBA Node 11
GEN #2 RPBA Node 12
GEN #3 RPBA Node 13
GEN #4 RPBA Node 14 (FUTURE)
192.168.31.47 DAQ SBC

192.168.31.96 DAQ Mud Pump Area Remote IO
RigSense Server Different net: 10.1.0.130 (OPTIONAL)
RigSense Client Different Net: 10.1.0.131 (OPTIONAL)
192.168.31.72 MCC Wago I/O #1
192.168.31.172 Power System Line Up Interface HMI
192.168.31.138 Power System MTC Wago I/O
192.168.31.181 Mud Pump #1 Remote I/O
192.168.31.182 Mud Pump #2 Remote I/O
192.168.31.183 Mud Pump #3 Remote I/O (FUTURE)
192.168.31.190 WebCard UPS A Drillers Cabin
192.168.31.191 WebCard UPS B Drillers Cabin
192.168.31.192 WebCard UPS A AC Drive House
192.168.31.193 WebCard UPS B AC Drive House
192.168.31.194 WebCard UPS C AC Drive House
192.168.31.200 Incomer Rect. 1 Wago I/O
192.168.31.201 Incomer Rect. 2 Wago I/O
192.168.31.205 Inverter TD/RT SBC
192.168.31.210 Chopper A/B Wago I/O
192.168.31.246 Inverter MP2 Wago I/O
SIZE
DWG NO
B
SCALE
REV
10622965-DIA
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
01
3 OF
DCF0047 (REV B)
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Amphion Manual
Section 2.3
Electrical/ Instrument
www.nov.com
CHAPTER 2 INDEX 2.3

REFERENCE
8375
Electrical/ Instrument

www.nov.com

Rig Solutions
Suite 200
Phone + 281.854.0400
Fax + 281.854.0607
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10707846-IDX
01
Document number
Revision
Page
Sec
Name
2.3
ELECTRICAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
10707846-IDX
01
2
ID
Rev
Code
BLOCK DIAGRAM, ADS-10SD
10548374-DIA
01
E01
BLOCK DIAGRAM, MUD PUMPS
10564613-DIA
02
E01
BLOCK DIAGRAM, AUXILIARY
10620472-DIA
01
E01
BLOCK DIAGRAM, TDS-11SA
10620480-DIA
01
E01
BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD
10622470-DIA
01
E01
AMPHION BLOCK DIAGRAM
10622966-DIA
01
E01
ELECTRICAL INTERCONNECT/ TERMINATION DIAGRAM

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, ADS-10SD
10548375-DIA
01
E02
INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, MUD PUMPS
10564614-DIA
03
E02
SYSTEM INTERCONNECT, AUXILIARY
10620473-DIA
01
E02
INTERCONNECT, TDS-11SA
10620482-DIA
02
E02
INTERCONNECT, DFSD
10622471-DIA
01
E02
AMPHION INTERCONNECT
10622967-DIA
01
E02
AMPHION CHAIR CONNECTIONS
10622969-DIA
01
E02
UPS INSTALLATION
10622970-DIA
01
E02
INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, CCTV
30184098-DIA
E02
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Sec
Name
2.3
ELECTRICAL CABLE INDEX
10707846-IDX
01
3
ID
Rev
Code
CABLE SCHEDULE, ADS-10SD
10548376-IDX
01
E07
CABLE SCHEDULE, MUD PUMPS
10564615-IDX
02
E07
CABLE SCHEDULE, AUXILIARY
10620475-IDX
01
E07
CABLE SCHEDULE, TDS-11SA
10620483-IDX
01
E07
CABLE SCHEDULE, DFSD
10622472-IDX
01
E07
AMPHION CABLE SCHEDULE
10622968-IDX
01
E07
HAZARDOUS EQUIP INDEX, ADS-10SD
10548378-IDX
01
E09
HAZARDOUS EQUIP INDEX, MUD PUMPS
10564618-IDX
02
E09
HAZARDOUS EQUIP INDEX, AUXILIARY
10620479-IDX
01
E09
HAZARDOUS EQUIP, TDS-11SA
10620485-IDX
01
E09
I/O MAP, ADS-10SD
10548377-IDX
01
E16
I/O MAP, MUD PUMPS
10564616-IDX
01
E16
I/O MAP, AUXILIARY
10620478-IDX
01
E16
I/O MAP, TDS-11SA
10620484-IDX
01
E16
I/O MAP, DFSD
10622473-IDX
01
E16
HAZARDOUS AREA EQUIPMENT INDEX
INPUT/ OUTPUT MAP
www.nov.com
NOTES:
ARMOURED/SHIELDED CABLES SHOULD BE USED THROUGHOUT INSTALLATION.

PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE MADE TO ENSURE THAT ALL AC MOTOR
ENCODERS
POWER DEVICES
1. RIG CABLE INSTALLATION:

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
INPUT DEVICES
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
POWER CABLES ARE "ARMOURED".

ALL I.S., N.I.S., AND POWER CABLES SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY A
MINIMUM OF 50mm, OR A METALIC BARRIER TO ELIMINATE "CROSS TALK".
INCREMENTAL
INCREMENTAL ENCODER
LEVEL SWITCH - NC
WYE/DELTA
2. CABLES SHOWN WITH SOLID LINE ARE PROVIDED BY NOV.
3 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
CABLES SHOWN WITH DASHED LINE ARE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER.
LEVEL SWITCH - N0
3. CABLE MARKED PROFIBUS MUST BE COMPLIANT WITH THE PROFIBUS SPECIFICATION.

ABSOLUTE
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
4. MOTOR POWER CABLE SIZE IS DETERMINED USING IEEE-45
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
FLOW SWITCH - NC
WITH TYPE P CABLE AT 45C AMBIENT SINGLE BANK.

FINAL CABLE SIZES TO BE DETERMINED BY CUSTOMER.
FLOW SWITCH - NO
PRESSURE SWITCH - NC
CONDUCTORS
RELAYS
WYE/DELTA-WYE
3 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
MUTI-CORE CABLE
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
TSP
EF
TEMPERATURE SWITCH - NC
NC RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-03
CABLE LEGEND
EF
PRESSURE SWITCH - NO
NO RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-01
3/C CABLE
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
1 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
RELAY COIL
IEC 07-15-01
TEMPERATURE SWITCH - NO
ETHERNET FIBER NOV

NAMUR PROX SENSOR
EF
EF
IEC 07-19-02

RECTIFIER
PROFIBUS DP NOV
DP
PF
PF
232
RS232 WITS NOV
232
2-WIRE
RS232 WITS CUSTOMER
M
3
(RTD / PTC)
LOAD CELL
HORN
3 PH MOTOR
IEC 06-08-01
STROBE LIGHT
IEC 08-10-02
CCTV NOV
TEMPERATURE DEVICE
PROPORTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
MODEM CUSTOMER
RESISTANCE DEPENDANT
3-WIRE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
IEC 07-13-05
MODEM NOV
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
FUSED DISCONNECT
IEC 07-21-09
PROFIBUS AND POWER NOV
232
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
DIRECTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
PROFIBUS FIBER NOV
DPP
232
INVERTER
PROFIBUS DP CUSTOMER
PF
PF
TRANSMITTER or
TRANSDUCER
OUTPUT DEVICES
ETHERNET CUSTOMER
DP
DP
ETHERNET NOV
DP
IEC 07-20-02
HEATER
IEC 04-01-12
CCTV CUSTOMER
E-STOP SWITCH
POWER NOV
POWER CUSTOMER
IS
IS
IS
NIS
IS
NIS
NIS
DRILL FLOOR SHUTDOWN REF DWG'S
INTRINSICALLY SAFE NOV
NIS
INTRINSICALLY SAFE CUSTOMER
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
10622472-IDX
10622473-IDX
NON-INTRINSICALLY SAFE CUSTOMER
10622469-IDX
BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, DFSD
I/O MAP, DFSD
E-STOP MATRIX, DFSD
CABLE CONNECTOR
DFSD
PRODUCT:
TOLERANCES ARE:
END ITEM:
CABLE CONNECTOR PIN
NEXT ASSY:
10545605-001
CABLE CONNECTOR SOCKET
.1
X.XX
.03
TOL > .06

1000

INITIAL
T. PHAM
APPVD
T. PHAM

SCALE:
RIG SOLUTIONS
ENGINEERING
BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD

AC IDEAL RIG 135
11/11/2011
TITLE:

CHECKED
DATE
BREAK EDGES .02/.03
D. McGARY
DRAWN
250
FRACTIONS
CURRENT
FINISH
TOL < .06
1/2 DEG
1/16
WT LBS:
GENERAL EARTH SYMBOL
ANGLES
X.XXX .010
SIMILAR TO:
X.X
DWG NO.
1/1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622470-DIA
REV:
OF
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
DRILLER'S CABIN
AC DRIVE HOUSE
DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET
(10C x 14 AWG)
DFT-NJB100
(1 TSP x 16 AWG)
INVERTER
MP1
VFD-MP1
(1 TSP x 16 AWG)
DFSD-D100
CABINET MTC #1
(P/N 10538858-001)
(3C x 12 AWG)
DFSD-P1001
(3C x 12 AWG)
(1 TSP x 16 AWG)
DFSD-P1002
INVERTER
MP3
VFD-MP3
(ETHERNET)
MULTI TOOL CONTROL
INVERTER
MP2
VFD-MP2
(P/N 10538859-001)
(P/N 10540174-001)
MAIN MCC RELAY

PANEL 01AD
MCC-N1001
MULTI TOOL CONTROL

POWER SYSTEM
CUBICLE
(1 TSP x 16 AWG)
INVERTER
VFD-TD/RT
TOP DRIVE /
ROTARY TABLE
(1 TSP x 16 AWG)
DRILLERS CHAIR
(P/N 10539360-001)
INVERTER
DWA
VFD-DWA
(1 TSP x 16 AWG)
N4202
MUD PUMP E-STOP
INVERTER
DWB
VFD-DWB
(7C x 16 AWG)
TOOL E-STOP
SUBSTRUCTURE
DRILL FLOOR SHUTDOWN
(4C x 16 AWG)
GENERATOR E-STOP
(DFSD)
N4204
PLUG PANEL
(7C x 14 AWG)
PIPECAT
PANEL
(7C x 14 AWG)
PCAT-N104A
PCAT-N104
NIS
(7C x 14 AWG)
NIS
PCAT-N104B
GRASSHOPPER
PLUG PANEL
GENERATOR
PANEL
(3C x 14 AWG)
CAB-N02B
(3C x 14 AWG)
(3C x 14 AWG)
CAB-N02
CAB-N02A
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
(20C x 14 AWG)
CAB-N01B
(20C x 14 AWG)
CAB-N01
NIS
NIS
NIS
(20C x 14 AWG)
CAB-N01A
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
TDS-11SA
AUX-N1005
NIS
TD-N1005
PLUG PANEL
(4C x 14 AWG)
(4C x 14 AWG)
GRASSHOPPER
DW BOOM
PLUG PANEL
NIS
NIS
(7C x 14 AWG)
DW-N03B
(7C x 14 AWG)
DW-N03
NIS
(7C x 14 AWG)
DW-N03A
ADS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX

(SUPPLIED BY NOV)
AUX
BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622470-DIA
2 OF 2
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
NOTES:
ENCODERS
POWER DEVICES
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
INPUT DEVICES
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
INCREMENTAL
INCREMENTAL ENCODER
ALL I.S. N.I.S., AND POWER CABLES SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY A
LEVEL SWITCH - NC
WYE/DELTA
2. CABLES SHOWN WITH SOLID LINE ARE PROVIDED BY VARCO.
3 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
CABLE MARKED PROFIBUS ARE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER.
LEVEL SWITCH - N0
ABSOLUTE
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
SYSTEM IS DESIGNED FOR 2 UPS FEEDS
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
FLOW SWITCH - NC
IF ONLY 1 UPS SUPPLY PLACE JUMPERS BETWEEN;

TB UPS 1 TO 3, AND TB UPS 2 TO 4
FLOW SWITCH - NO
CONDUCTORS
RELAYS
WYE/DELTA-WYE
3 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
MUTI-CORE CABLE
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
TSP
EF
NC RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-03
CABLE LEGEND
EF
NO RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-01
3/C CABLE
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
1 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
RELAY COIL
IEC 07-15-01
ETHERNET FIBER NOV

NAMUR PROX SENSOR
EF
EF
IEC 07-19-02

RECTIFIER
PROFIBUS DP NOV
DP
PF
PF
232
RS232 WITS NOV
232
2-WIRE
RS232 WITS CUSTOMER
M
3
(RTD / PTC)
LOAD CELL
HORN
3 PH MOTOR
IEC 06-08-01
STROBE LIGHT
IEC 08-10-02
CCTV NOV
TEMPERATURE DEVICE
PROPORTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
MODEM CUSTOMER
3-WIRE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
IEC 07-13-05
MODEM NOV
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
FUSED DISCONNECT
IEC 07-21-09
232
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
DIRECTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
PROFIBUS FIBER NOV
DPP
232
INVERTER
PF
PF
TRANSMITTER or
TRANSDUCER
OUTPUT DEVICES
ETHERNET CUSTOMER
DP
DP
ETHERNET NOV
DP
IEC 07-20-02
HEATER
IEC 04-01-12
CCTV CUSTOMER
E-STOP SWITCH
POWER NOV
POWER CUSTOMER
IS
IS
IS
NIS
IS
NIS
NIS
AMPHION REF DWG'S
NIS
CABLE CONNECTOR
10622965-DIA
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
BLOCK DIAGRAM
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM
10622968-IDX
10622964-PRO
10622963-SPL
CABLE SCHEDULE
FAT PROCEDURE
10538858-ASM
10538859-ASM
ASSEMBLY MTC
ASSEMBLY POWER MTC
SPARES LIST, ELECTRICAL CONTROLS

AMPHION
PRODUCT:
TOLERANCES ARE:
END ITEM:
CABLE CONNECTOR PIN
NEXT ASSY:
10545605-001
.1
X.XX
.03
TOL > .06

1000

INITIAL
T. PHAM
APPVD
T. PHAM
AC IDEAL RIG 135

SCALE:
RIG SOLUTIONS
ENGINEERING
11/15/2011
TITLE:

CHECKED
DATE
BREAK EDGES .02/.03
D. McGARY
DRAWN
250
FRACTIONS
CURRENT
FINISH
TOL < .06
1/2 DEG
1/16
WT LBS:
ANGLES
X.XXX .010
SIMILAR TO:
X.X
DWG NO.
1/1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622966-DIA
REV:
OF
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
DRILLER'S CABIN
(12 AWG X 3C)
TO BOP
BC-P01
CART RADIO
(OPTIONAL)
10512936-001
(10 AWG X 3C)
(14 AWG X 3C)
P1001
UPS A
J-BOX #1
MULTI TOOL
UPS A
P1002
TO TUGGER RADIO
TUG-P01
(E/NET X 4PR)
(10 AWG X 3C)
UPS
CONTROL CABINET
TAG No: MTC #1

(P/N 10538858-001)
(12 AWG X 3C)
(UPS SUPPLY A)
P4201
(E/NET X 4PR)
UPS B
(12 AWG X 3C)
(UPS SUPPLY B)
(8 AWG X 3C)
(8 AWG X 3C)
RIG POWER B
DFSD-D100
(10mm x 1C)
G1001
(12 AWG X 3C)
CAM-N01A
COAX CABLE
COAX CABLE
CAM-N02
CAM-N02A
COAX CABLE
COAX CABLE
CAM-N03
CAM-N03A
10622969-DIA
J-BOX
G4201
(16 AWG X 7C)

NIS
EF
DRILL FLOOR
EF
(16 AWG X 4C)
SHUTDOWN
NIS
GRASS HOPPER
N4204
EF
EF
EF
EF
D1001
EF
SWITCH 1
8
EF
PLUG PANEL
(62.5-125um X 4C)
NETWORK
EF
MS CAM #3
EF
CAB-FO1B
(62.5-125um X 4C)
EF
EF
3
SH
EF
CAB-FO1
C3
ZN
EF
EF
DW CAM #2
N4202
(62.5-125um X 4C)
EF
FB CAM #1
SWITCH 2
DFSD-P1002
EF
CCTV
EF
GND
CAM-N01
NETWORK
(12 AWG X 3C)

DFSD-P1001
CONSOLE #1
EF
P1004
PANEL CB #32
(E/NET X 4PR)
COAX CABLE
REMOTE I/O CABINET

(P/N 10540174-001)
P1003
PANEL CB #31
COAX CABLE
(6mm x 1C)
GND
DRILL FLOOR TOOL
DRILLER'S
REFER TO DWG
P4202
RIG POWER A
DRILL FLOOR
SAFE AREA
UPS DESK
(14 AWG X 3C)
NIS
CAB-NO2A
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
(14 AWG X 3C)
(14 AWG X 3C)
CAB-NO2A
CAB-NO2
EF
DRILL FLOOR
SHUTDOWN
(14 AWG X 20C)

NIS
(14 AWG X 20C)
(14 AWG X 20C)
CAB-NO1A
CAB-NO1
A3
ZN
3
SH
A3
ZN
EF
CAB-NO1A
3
SH
(12 AWG X 3C)
EF
E
EF
EF
NETWORK
(12 AWG X 3C)
MUD
ML-P1001
LOGGER
REMOTE I/O
NIS
(12 AWG X 3C)
SWITCH 3
8
REMOTE I/O
(E/NET X 4PR)
ML-D100
NIS
WIPER SYSTEM
WS-P1001
DS1-P1001
(PROFIBUS)
DP
EF
AUX-D1060
EF
(12 AWG X 3C)
AUX
REMOTE I/O
AUX-P1001
NETWORK
(12 AWG X 3C)
SWITCH 2
AUX-P1002
NIS
DP
(PROFIBUS)
DP
EF
TD-D1001
EF
REMOTE I/O
TD-P1001
PIPECAT
(12 AWG X 3C)
SWITCH 1
SKID
TD-P1002
(14 AWG X 7C)
EF
PCAT-N104B
EF
OLM
(14 AWG X 7C)

NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
PCAT-N104
(12 AWG X 3C)
(12 AWG X 3C)
PIPECAT
PCAT-P01B
PCAT-P01
REMOTE I/O
(62.5-125um X 4C)
PF
FJ-PCAT
PIPECAT SKID
TDS 11SA
(12 AWG X 3C)
NETWORK
8
DP
PF
PF
PF
PF
PF
PF
PF
PF
PF
PF
PF
PF
(62.5-125um X 4C)
(62.5-125um X 4C)
PCAT-F01
PCAT-F01A
EF
GRASS HOPPER
PLUG PANEL
(62.5-125um X 4C)
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
(12 AWG X 3C)
LIGHTING
EF
PANEL
BOP-P02
EF
EF
EF
BOP PANEL
CB #25
EF
CAB-FO2B
(62.5-125um X 4C)
EF
CAB-FO2
EF
(16 AWG X 2 TSP)
(16 AWG X 2 TSP)
BOP-F01
BOP-F01A
(12 AWG X 3C)
(12 AWG X 3C)
BOP-N01
BOP-N01A
A3
SH
ZN
BOP SKID
BOP SKID
BOP REMOTE
I/O J-BOX

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622966-DIA
2 OF 4
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
AC DRIVE HOUSE
UPS CABINET
(10 AWG X 3C)
10513957-001
P2001
UPS A
(E/NET X 4PR)
POWER SYSTEMS MTC
UPS A
(10 AWG X 3C)

B
(14 AWG X 7C)
UPS B
DW-N03
UPS
PF
OLM
UPS C
(8 AWG X 3C)
P2003
RIG POWER A
EF
DW-F01
NIS
NIS
EF
PF
PF
DW-F01A
(12 AWG X 20C)

DW-P18A
EF
C2
SH
ZN
DW
PF
PF
DAQ REMOTE
I/O J-BOX
(8 AWG X 1C)
GND
G2001
(12 AWG X 3C)

SD-P01
EF
MCC BOARD
MCC
CUBICLE
MCC
REMOTE I/O
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
JUNCTION BOX
(E/NET X 4PR)
WAGO I/O
EF
SD-F01
EF
DAQ
(62.5-125um X 4C)
CONV
MCC
REMOTE I/O
MUD SYSTEM
EF
P2004
PF
DW-P18
(8 AWG X 3C)
RIG POWER B
PF
(12 AWG X 20C)
CAB-F01
NIS
DW-N03A
(62.5-125um X 4C)
(62.5-125um X 4C)
EF
DRAWWORKS SKID
(14 AWG X 7C)
(62.5-125um X 4C)
(E/NET X 4PR)
(P/N 10538859-001)
(E/NET X 4PR)
DRAWWORKS
BOOM
PLUG PANEL
TAG No: PWR MTC
P2002
UPS
DW
CONTROL CUBICLE
MUD PUMP #1
CUBICLE
INC/RECT #1
WAGO I/O
EF
INC/REC #1
(E/NET X 4PR)
INC/RECT #1
MUD PUMP #1
REMOTE I/O SYSTEM
(12 AWG X 10C)
NETWORK
INC/REC #2
CUBICLE
INC/RECT #2
WAGO I/O
(E/NET X 4PR)
INC/RECT #2
MUD PUMP #1
REMOTE I/O
MP1-P12
SWITCH 5
7
JUNCTION BOX
(62.5-125um X 4C)
CONV
EF
MP1-F01
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
CUBICLE
CHOPPER A/B
WAGO I/O
(E/NET X 4PR)
E
CHOPPER
EF
CHOPPER
NETWORK
MUD PUMP #2
SWITCH 4
8
DWA
(PROFIBUS)
DP
RPBA
DP
DP
DP
DP
DW DRIVES
DP
MUD PUMP #2
REMOTE I/O SYSTEM
EF
EF
CUBICLE
DWA/DWB
(12 AWG X 10C)
DWB
CUBICLE
SWITCH 3
8
RPBA
MUD PUMP #2
REMOTE I/O
MP2-P12
NETWORK
7
(62.5-125um X 4C)
CONV
EF
MP2-F01
JUNCTION BOX
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
ASSIGNMENT
CUBICLE
WAGO I/O
(E/NET X 4PR)
E
ASSIGNMENT
EF
ASSIGNMENT
NETWORK
SWITCH 2
8
TD/RT
DP
RPBA
DP
DP
DP
DP
DP
EF
MUD PUMP #3
REMOTE I/O SYSTEM
EF
CUBICLE
(PROFIBUS)
INV. TD/RT
MUD PUMP #3
(12 AWG X 10C)
NETWORK
8
MUD PUMP #3
REMOTE I/O
MP3-P12
SWITCH 1
7
(62.5-125um X 4C)
CONV
EF
EF
MP3-F01
JUNCTION BOX
EF
EF
EF
(14 AWG X 20C)

CAB-N01
2
SH
NIS
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
C2
ZN
EF
FOR FUTURE
(62.5-125um X 4C)
EF
4
SH
GEN #2
CUBICLE
INSTALLATION
EF
CAB-F02
2
SH
EF
D4
ZN
(14 AWG X 4C)

TB ESD
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
A2
ZN
NIS
CAB-N02
2
SH
NIS
C2
ZN

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622966-DIA
3 OF 4
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
AC DRIVE HOUSE
3
SH
D4
ZN
D
POWER SYSTEMS MTC
CONTROL CUBICLE
TAG No: PWR MTC
(P/N 10538859-001)
MP2
INV. MP2
CUBICLE
WAGO I/O
MP1
CUBICLE
(E/NET X 4PR)
E
MUD PUMP 2
(PROFIBUS)
RPBA
DP
MP DRIVES
DP
(PROFIBUS)
GEN/PS
DP
MP1/MP2
MP2
CUBICLE
RPBA
MP2/MP3
MP3
CUBICLE
RPBA
FOR FUTURE
INSTALLATION
GEN #1
CUBICLE
GEN #2
CUBICLE
GEN #3
CUBICLE
GEN #1
WAGO I/O
DP
GEN1/GEN2
GEN #2
WAGO I/O
GEN2/GEN3
GEN #3
WAGO I/O
GEN3/GEN4
B
GEN #4
CUBICLE
GEN #4
WAGO I/O
FOR FUTURE
INSTALLATION
ACCOMODATIONS
(OPTIONAL)
ROUTER
TOOL PUSHER'S OFFICE
62.5/125um X 4C
CONV
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
TP-F01
COMPANY'S MANS OFFICE
EF
ENET X 4PR
FIBER
ETHERNET
ENET X 4PR
R/SERVER
R/CLIENT1
RIGSENSE REMOTE
CLIENT
DATA
SWITCH
DATA
RIGSENSE
SERVER

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622966-DIA
4 OF 4
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
NOTES:

ENCODERS
POWER DEVICES

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
INPUT DEVICES
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

ALL I.S., N.I.S., AND POWER CABLES SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY A
INCREMENTAL
INCREMENTAL ENCODER
LEVEL SWITCH - NC
WYE/DELTA
2. CABLES SHOWN WITH SOLID LINE ARE PROVIDED BY NOV.
3 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
LEVEL SWITCH - N0

ABSOLUTE
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
4. MOTOR POWER CABLE SIZE IS DETERMINED USING IEEE-45
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
FLOW SWITCH - NC
WITH TYPE P CABLE AT 45C AMBIENT SINGLE BANK.

FINAL CABLE SIZES TO BE DETERMINED BY CUSTOMER.
FLOW SWITCH - NO
CONDUCTORS
RELAYS
WYE/DELTA-WYE
3 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
MUTI-CORE CABLE
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
TSP
EF
NC RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-03
CABLE LEGEND
EF
NO RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-01
3/C CABLE
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
1 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
RELAY COIL
IEC 07-15-01
ETHERNET FIBER NOV

NAMUR PROX SENSOR
EF
EF
IEC 07-19-02

RECTIFIER
PROFIBUS DP NOV
DP
PF
PF
232
RS232 WITS NOV
232
2-WIRE
RS232 WITS CUSTOMER
M
3
(RTD / PTC)
LOAD CELL
HORN
3 PH MOTOR
IEC 06-08-01
STROBE LIGHT
IEC 08-10-02
CCTV NOV
TEMPERATURE DEVICE
PROPORTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
MODEM CUSTOMER
3-WIRE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
IEC 07-13-05
MODEM NOV
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
FUSED DISCONNECT
IEC 07-21-09
232
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
DIRECTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
PROFIBUS FIBER NOV
DPP
232
INVERTER
PF
PF
TRANSMITTER or
TRANSDUCER
OUTPUT DEVICES
ETHERNET CUSTOMER
DP
DP
ETHERNET NOV
DP
IEC 07-20-02
HEATER
IEC 04-01-12
CCTV CUSTOMER
E-STOP SWITCH
POWER NOV
POWER CUSTOMER
IS
IS
IS
NIS
IS
NIS
NIS
DRILL FLOOR SHUTDOWN REF DWG'S
NIS
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
10622472-IDX
10622473-IDX
10622469-IDX
BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD

I/O MAP, DFSD
E-STOP MATRIX, DFSD
CABLE CONNECTOR
DFSD
PRODUCT:
TOLERANCES ARE:
END ITEM:
CABLE CONNECTOR PIN
NEXT ASSY:
10545605-001
.1
X.XX
.03
TOL > .06

1000

INITIAL
T. PHAM
APPVD
T. PHAM

SCALE:
RIG SOLUTIONS
ENGINEERING
INTERCONNECT, DFSD
AC IDEAL RIG 135
11/11/2011
TITLE:

CHECKED
DATE
BREAK EDGES .02/.03
D. McGARY
DRAWN
250
FRACTIONS
CURRENT
FINISH
TOL < .06
1/2 DEG
1/16
WT LBS:
ANGLES
X.XXX .010
SIMILAR TO:
X.X
DWG NO.
1/1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
REV:
OF
11
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
DRILLER'S CABIN

DFT-NJB100
(P/N 10540174-001)
(DFSD)
D
CONTINUED TO
TB24V (9)
F-2
F-3
F-4
4A
4A
4A
1A
3
SH
D8
ZN
+24V-PL3
1.5mm - VIO
TB24V-2
1.5mm - VIO
TB24V-4
1.5mm - VIO
+24V-RPS
1.5mm - VIO
+24V-RPS
BRN
TB24V
F-1
E/NET X 4 PR
DFSD-D100
DATA
E
ETHERNET TCP/IP FIELDBUS COUPLER
DFSD POWER
POSITION 0
SWITCH
OFF
CB9
1-BLK
(3C x 12 AWG)
DFSD-P1001
2-WHT
CONTINUED FROM
MTC #1 CABINET
3-GRN
TB6 TOOLS
DFSD-L1
DFSD-N1
PE
PS-8
ON
CONTROL
10A
2.5mm - BLK
CB9-L
2.5mm - WHT
CB9-N
2.5mm - GRN/YEL
PE
2.5mm - BLK
L-PS8-A
1
2.5mm - WHT
N-PS8-A
2.5mm - GRN/YEL
PE
2.5mm - BLK
L-PS8-B
2.5mm - WHT
N-PS8-B
2.5mm - GRN/YEL
PE
24VDC
POWER SUPPLY
10A
115/230VAC INPUT
50/60Hz
NOV P/N 10066792-001
SDN 2.5-20 RED-4
PARALLEL
1.5mm - VIO
+24V PS8
Vin1
Vin2
Vout
IP ADDRESS 192.168.31.90
Com
1.5mm - VIO/BLK
24V RTNPS8
1.5mm - VIO
TB24V-2
24 V
1.5mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-4
O V
1.5mm - VIO
TB24V-4
24 V
24 V
0 V
0 V
0.75mm - VIO
+24V PS8
OK
1.5mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-8
0.75mm - GRY
PS8-STATUS
PS-9
CB10
10A
1-BLK
(3C x 12 AWG)
DFSD-P1002
2-WHT
3-GRN
DFSD-L2
DFSD-N2
PE
2.5mm - BLK
CB10-L
2.5mm - WHT
CB10-N
2.5mm - GRN/YEL
PE
CONTROL
2.5mm - BLK
L-PS9-A
2.5mm - WHT
N-PS9-A
2.5mm - GRN/YEL
PE
2.5mm - BLK
L-PS9-B
2.5mm - WHT
N-PS9-B
2.5mm - GRN/YEL
PE
24VDC
POWER SUPPLY
10A
115/230VAC INPUT
50/60Hz
NOV P/N 10066792-001
SINGLE
10
PARALLEL
1.5mm - VIO
+24V PS9
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
1.5mm - VIO/BLK
24V RTNPS9
0.75mm - VIO
+24V PS9
OK
0.75mm - GRY
PS9-STATUS
0.75mm - VIO
+24V PS8
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
PS8-STATUS
DI 1
0.75mm - VIO
+24V PS9
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
PS9-STATUS
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
+24V MCWS
24 V
MCWS SWITCH
DI 4
0.75mm VIO
DFSD SYSTEM
POWER
PL3
BLU
4 CH DIGITAL INPUT MODULE DC 24 V

POSITION 6
1.5mm - GRN/YEL
PE
7
8
1.5mm - GRN/YEL
PE
SINGLE
WAGO P/N 750-341

NOV P/N 10064178-088
REDUNDANT PS #4
NOV P/N 10044673-001
SW4
0.75mm GRY
BRN
90DI1.4
DFSD-PS-8 STATUS
B
90DI1.5
DFSD-PS-9 STATUS
90DI1.6
SPARE
90DI1.7
MCWS LOCKOUT SWITCH
MCWS LOCKOUT
SWITCH
0.75mm GRY
NORMAL
TB0V
1.5mm - VIO/BLK
TB6-5
1.5mm - VIO/BLK
TB6-5
1.5mm - VIO/BLK
TB6-4
BLU
24V RTNPL3
1.5mm - VIO/BLK
24V RTNPS9
1.5mm - VIO/BLK
24V RTNPS8
MCWS SWITCH
OVERRIDE
3
0.75mm VIO
+24V MCWS
CONTINUED TO
TB0V (6)
1
3
SH
C8
ZN
A
3
SH
D3
ZN

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
2 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
DRILLER'S CABIN
2
SH
A1
ZN
DRILLERS CHAIR
(REF. DWG 10540132-DIA)

DFT-NJB100
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP1
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP1
RL1
A2
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6
10
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-10
5
SH
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6A
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-12
0.75mm - GRY
MP-ESTOP
B4
ZN
SPARE
N4202
14
1A
SPARE
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-14
SPARE
TB24V
D8
ZN
14
DFSDTB16
1-BLK
2-WHT
REST-MUD1A
ESTOP-MUD1A
SPARE
REST-MUD1A
TB0V
3-RED
A2
ZN
34
3-RED
4-GRN
GEN-EST-C1A
SPARE
REST-GEN-C1A
DFSDTB2
1-BLK
4-GRN
DI
POS 6
5-ORG
BLK
6-BLU
BLK
7-WHT/BLK
DI
POS 6
2-WHT
0.75mm - GRY
TDESTOP2
0.75mm - GRY
TDESTOP2
33
REST-C1A
ESTOP-C2A
ESTOP-C2A
REST-C2A
REST-C2A
ESTOP-MUD1A
ESTOP-MUD1A
MP E-STOP
REST-MUD1A
REST-MUD1A
ESTOP-MUD2A
ESTOP-MUD2A
REST-MUD2A
REST-MUD2A
44
BLK
2-WHT
BLK
10
3-RED
11
4-GRN
DI
POS 6
12
ESTOP-MUD1A
ESTOP-MUD1A
GEN E-STOP
REST-MUD1A
REST-MUD1A
ESTOP-MUD2A
ESTOP-MUD2A
REST-MUD2A
REST-MUD2A
3-RED
4-GRN
TDMESTOP
+24VDC
TDESTOP2
GRASS HOPPER
PLUG PANEL
CONTINUED TO AC DRIVE
NIS
(3C x 14 AWG)
1-BLK
CAB-N02A
2-WHT
NIS
3-RED
1-BLK
(3C x 14 AWG)
2-WHT
CAB-N02
HOUSE PLUG PANEL

11
SH
A7
ZN
3-RED
NIS
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6
1-BLK
+24VDC
43
TDS-11SA
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6
62
72
CONTINUED TO
61
71
0.75mm - GRY
TDS-BLRM1
0.75mm - GRY
TDS-SLPM
0.75mm - GRY
TDS-SLPM
RL1 (54,53)
B8
ZN
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6A
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP2
B
CONTINUED TO
RL3 (A1,A2)
4
SH
8
SH
A1
RL2
A2
14
13
23
13
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-BLRM1
34
33
0.75mm - GRY
+24V LOAD
TDESTOP2
14-GRN/WHT
+24V LOAD
0.75mm - GRY
ADSMESTOP
15-BLU/WHT
ADSMESTOP
0.75mm - GRY
24V RTN-L
16-BLK/RED
24V RTN-L
0.75mm - GRY
ADSESTOP
17-WHT/RED
ADSESTOP
0.75mm - GRY
+24V LOAD
0.75mm - GRY
ESTOPSIG
18-ORG/RED
ESTOPSIG
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-14
19-BLU/RED
+24VDC
0.75mm - GRY
ESTOPSIG2
20-RED/GRN
ESTOPSIG2
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-BLRM1
DFSDTB5
1
2
5
SH
3
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
RLADS1 (13,14)
RLADS2 (23,24)
RL2 (44,43)
D6
ZN
4
SH
D3
ZN
CONTINUED TO
DFSDTB5 (4)
D4
ZN
4
SH
D4
ZN
SCALE:
4
SH
4
SH
+24VDC
DFSDTB4
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-BLRM1
D7
ZN
A1
0.75mm - GRY
ADSES1
5
SH
TDMESTOP
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP3
A1
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
24V RTN
4-GRN
NIS
RLADS1
3-RED
+24VDC
NIS
A2
2-WHT
TB1 ESTOP
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6B
D6
ZN
RLADS2
1-BLK
24
A2
D6
ZN
14
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6
DFSDTB3
0.75mm - GRY
TDS-BLRM1
CONTINUED TO
TB0V
3-RED
REST-C1A
SPARE
B7
ZN
N4204
(4C x 14 AWG)
23
CONTINUED FROM
4
SH
GEN-EST-C1A
SPARE
TD-N1005
24
2-WHT
0.75mm - GRY
TDMESTOP
13
1-BLK
0.75mm - GRY
TDMESTOP
RLADS3 (A1,A2)
BLK
ESTOP-C1A
TOOL E-STOP
NIS
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
2-WHT
ESTOP-C1A
MUD PUMP E-STOP
REST-GEN-C1A
SPARE
5
SH
BLK
ESTOP-MUD1A
(4C x 16 AWG)
REST-GEN-C1A
5
SH
1-BLK
GENERATOR E-STOP
GEN-EST-C1A
SPARE
SPARE
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-12
NIS
F-7
TB0V
REST-C1A
SPARE
NIS
12
1A
2
SH
7-WHT/BLK
(7C x 16 AWG)
REST-C1A
TOOL E-STOP
TB SIG
8
F-6
6-BLU
ESTOP-C1A
NIS
13
5-ORG
ESTOP-C1A
NIS
11
A1
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP2
TB24V
1A
4-GRN
D2
ZN
F-5
3-RED
TB24V
2-WHT
CONTINUED FROM
2
SH
1-BLK
NIS
(P/N 10540174-001)
(DFSD)
DFSDTB1
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-10
1/1
DWG NO.
D3
ZN
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
3 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
3
3
SH
DRILLER'S CABIN
A3
ZN

DFT-NJB100
(P/N 10540174-001)
(DFSD)
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6B
CONTINUED FROM
RL2 (A1,A2)
CONTINUED FROM
3
SH
RLADS2 (13,14)
3
SH
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP3
B6
ZN
RL3
A2
CONTINUED FROM
RL2 (33,34)
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP4
A6
ZN
24
A1
3
SH
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6C
0.75mm - GRY
ADSBLRM2-A
23
CONTINUED FROM
DFSDTB5 (3)
A5
ZN
44
3
SH
43
0.75mm - GRY
ADSBLRM2
0.75mm - GRY
ADSBLRM2
A4
ZN
DFSDTB5
4
5
6
34
0.75mm - GRY
ADSBLRM3-A
33
14
13
0.75mm - GRY
ADSBLRM3
0.75mm - GRY
ADSBLRM3
44
0.75mm - GRY
ADSLPM1-A
43
24
23
0.75mm - GRY
ADSLPM1
10
0.75mm - GRY
ADSLPM1
11
12
62
61
62
61
72
71
72
71
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
RLADS2 (54,53)
8
SH
A2
CONTINUED FROM
RLADS1 (A1,A2)
3
SH
A8
ZN
RLADS3
A1
A1
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
24V RTN
CONTINUED TO
RL5 (A1,A2)
0.75mm - GRY
ADSES1
5
SH
14
RL2 (53,54)
C7
ZN
13
C6
ZN
RL4
8
SH
A2
D7
ZN
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP5
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6D
0.75mm - GRY
ADSLPM2-A
34
33
0.75mm - GRY
ADSLPM2
13
0.75mm - GRY
ADSLPM2
14
15
24
23
0.75mm - GRY
ADSCWPM1-A
44
43
0.75mm - GRY
ADSCWPM1
16
0.75mm - GRY
ADSCWPM1
17
18
34
33
44
14
13
0.75mm - GRY
ADSCWPM2
19
0.75mm - GRY
ADSCWPM2
20
21
43
62
62
61
72
71
61
72
0.75mm - GRY
ADSCWPM2-A
71
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
RLADS3 (53,54)
RL4 (24,23)
RL3 (53,54)
8
SH
C8
ZN
5
SH
D5
ZN
8
SH
D7
ZN

SCALE:
5
SH
D3
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
4 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
3
4
A3
SH
ZN
DRILLER'S CABIN

DFT-NJB100
(P/N 10540174-001)
(DFSD)
CONTINUED FROM
TB24V
C8
SH
ZN
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
RLADS1 (A1,A2)
RL4 (14,13)
A7
A5
SH
ZN
SH
ZN
TB24V
15
16
1A
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-16
14
13
24
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD1
23
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-8
F-9
18
1A
F-10
20
1A
DFSDTB6
1
2
3-RED
4-GRN
VFD-DW
24V RTN-A
3
24
19
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD1A
23
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-20
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD2A
34
NIS
17
F-8
A3
ZN
NIS
3
SH
33
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD2
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD2
GRASS HOPPER
PLUG PANEL
33
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD3A
44
43
CONTINUED TO
TB24V
D8
SH
ZN
CONTINUED FROM
RL4 (A1,A2)
4
SH
B6
ZN
CONTINUED TO
RL6 (A1,A2)
43
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD4A
D6
ZN
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP5
RL5
(20C x 14 AWG)
NIS
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6E
CAB-N01A
NIS
1-BLK
NIS
NIS
NIS
4-GRN
5-ORG
CONTINUED TO
6-BLU
RL4 (53,54)
7-WHT/BLK
8-RED/BLK
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK
11-BLU/BLK
12-BLK/WHT
13-RED/WHT
14-GRN/WHT
15-BLU/WHT
16-BLK/RED
17-WHT/RED
18-ORG/RED
19-BLU/RED
20-RED/GRN
8
SH
D8
ZN
13
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD4
10
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD4
11
12
24
23
13
0.75mm - GRY
TD-VFD1
14
NIS
0.75mm - GRY
TD-VFD1
15
34
33
0.75mm - GRY
TD-VFD2
16
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-8
17
5-ORG
6-BLU
VFD-TD
24V RTN-B
B
61
62
61
72
71
72
71
TB0V
3
SH
B8
ZN
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-7
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-8
CONTINUED TO
RLADS1 (53,54)
RL5 (53,54)
8
SH
C7
ZN
8
SH
C6
ZN
20
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
1-BLK
2-WHT
3-RED
4-GRN
5-ORG
6-BLU
7-WHT/BLK
8-RED/BLK
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK
11-BLU/BLK
12-BLK/WHT
13-RED/WHT
14-GRN/WHT
15-BLU/WHT
16-BLK/RED
17-WHT/RED
18-ORG/RED
19-BLU/RED
20-RED/GRN
21
CONTINUED TO
POWER SYSTEM HOUSE
3
SH
10
SH
D4
ZN
0.75mm - GRY
MP-ESTOP
22
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-7
23
1-BLK
2-WHT
B8
ZN
CAB-N01
MP-ESTOP
24V RTN-RL
24
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-8
(20C x 14 AWG)
NIS
CONTINUED TO
0.75mm - GRY
RT-VFD
NIS
CONTINUED FROM
62
19
NIS
43
0.75mm - GRY
RT-VFD
NIS
18
44
2-WHT
3-RED
71
A2
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP6
14
61
72
A1
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD3
NIS
44
6
SH
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6D
0.75mm - GRY
ADS-VFD3
NIS
62
NIS
34
25
26
27
28
CONTINUED TO
6
SH
30
C8
ZN
31
32
33
34
35
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK
11-BLU/BLK
12-BLK/WHT
13-RED/WHT
NIS
29
TB0V
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
36
37
38
6
SH
D3
ZN

SCALE:
6
SH
1/1
DWG NO.
D3
ZN
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
5 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
3
5
A3
SH
ZN
DRILLER'S CABIN

DFT-NJB100
(P/N 10540174-001)
(DFSD)
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
TB24V
5
C8
SH
ZN
RL5 (A1,A2)
CONTINUED FROM
C6
SH
ZN
RL7 (A1,A2)
TB24V
21
F-11
22
1A
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-22
14
13
B5
SH
ZN
A1
RL6
A3
SH
ZN
A2
NIS
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP6
C6
SH ZN
CONTINUED TO
RL9 (A1,A2)
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6E
0.75mm - GRY
DCSTOP7
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6F
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST4
14
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST4
13
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-9
DFSDTB7
1
7-WHT/BLK
HPU-ESTOP
8-RED/BLK
24V RTN-C
3
CONTINUED TO
TB24V
D8
SH
ZN
CONTINUED FROM
24
23
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST1
24
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST1
23
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST1
TB0V
5
SH
A8
ZN
DFSDTB8
1
2
3
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-9
CONTINUED TO
34
33
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST2
34
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST2
33
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST2
TB0V
7
C8
SH
ZN
DFSDTB9
1
2
3
44
43
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST3
44
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST3
43
0.75mm - GRY
HPUST3
DFSDTB10
1
2
3
62
61
62
61
72
71
72
71
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
RL9 (53,54)
RL6 (53,54)
9
SH
D8
ZN
9
SH
D6
ZN

SCALE:
7
SH
D3
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
6 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
3
6
A3
SH
ZN
DRILLER'S CABIN

DFT-NJB100
CONTINUED FROM
(P/N 10540174-001)
(DFSD)
TB24V
C8
SH
ZN
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-24
A2
RLDF3
0.75mm - GRY
DFE-STOP1
A1
23
1A
24
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-24
A2
F-13
25
1A
F-14
27
1A
F-15
29
1A
A1
RLDF2
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-26
0.75mm - GRY
DFE-STOP2
26
28
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-28
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-28
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-27
0.75mm - GRY
DE-STOP1
30
A2
RLDF1
A1
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-30
JUMPER
JUMPER
9
14
11
0.75mm - GRY
TB24V-27A
14
0.75mm - GRY
TB24V-27B
11
14
11
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
RLDF1 (21,24)
RLDF2 (21,24)
RLDF3 (21,24)
C6
ZN
9
SH
C7
ZN
9
SH
A2
A2
RL9
A1
0.75mm - GRY
TB24V-27C
DFSDTB12
1
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-15
C7
ZN
RL8
A1
0.75mm - GRY
TB24V-27D
SPARE
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-16
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB24V-30
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-17
CONTINUED FROM
TB0V
JUMPER
CONTINUED TO
RL9 (14,13)
C8
ZN
TB0V
0.75mm - VIO
TB24V-26
9
SH
6
SH
TB24V
F-12
DFSDTB11
6
SH
D7
ZN
10
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-10
11
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-11
12
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-12
CONTINUED FROM
13
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-13
RL6 (A1,A2)
14
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-14
15
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-15
16
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-16
17
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-17
6
SH
14
13
C6
ZN
0.75mm - VIO/BLK
TB0V-6F
0.75mm - GRY
A1
DCSTOP7
0.75mm - GRY
AUXESTOP-A
AUX
RL7
14
A2
13
0.75mm - GRY
AUXESTOP
0.75mm - GRY
AUXMESTOP
DFSDTB13
1
1-BLK
1-BLK
+24VDC
2-WHT
2-WHT
3-RED
SPARE
4-GRN
AUX-N1005
AUXMESTOP
3-RED
(4C x 14AWG)
4-GRN
SPARE
TB3 ESTOP
+24VDC
AUXMESTOP
SPARE
SPARE
AUX
24
23
0.75mm - GRY
ARESTOP-A
24
23
0.75mm - GRY
ARESTOP
0.75mm - GRY
ARMESTOP
6
7
DFSDTB14
1
2
3
4
5
6
DRILLER'S CABIN
34
33
34
33
0.75mm - GRY
PHESTOP
0.75mm - GRY
PHMESTOP
44
43
44
43
DFSDTB15
1
2
3
4
62
61
62
61
5
6
72
71
72
71
CONTINUED TO
CONTINUED TO
RL8 (53,54)
RL7 (54,53)
9
SH
D7
ZN
9
SH
PLUG PANEL
1-BLK
2-WHT
3-RED
4-GRN
5-ORG
6-BLU
7-WHT/BLK
+24VDC
1-BLK
PCAT-N104B
2-WHT
PCATMESTOP
3-RED
SPARE
4-GRN
SPARE
5-ORG
SPARE
6-BLU
SPARE
7-WHT/BLK
SPARE
1-BLK
(7C x 14 AWG)
2-WHT
PCAT-N104
CONTINUED
FROM PIPECAT
PANEL
3-RED
4-GRN
5-ORG
6-BLU
7-WHT/BLK
D7
ZN
SCALE:
8
SH
(7C x 14 AWG)
1/1
DWG NO.
D3
ZN
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
7 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
3
7
SH
DRILLER'S CABIN
A3
ZN

DFT-NJB100
(P/N 10540174-001)
(DFSD)
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
RL4 (43,44)
RL3 (43,44)
RL2 (43,44)
RL1 (43,44)
5
SH
C4
ZN
4
SH
A5
ZN
4
SH
B4
ZN
3
SH
C5
ZN
54

POSITION 1
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
53
RL1
54
53
RL2
54
53
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.0
DI 1
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.1
DI 2
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.2
DI 3
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.3
DI 4
90DI0.0
RELAY CAT 0 #1 STATUS
90DI0.1
90DI0.2
90DI0.3
RL3
C
54
53
RL4
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
RLADS3 (43,44)
RLADS2 (43,44)
RLADS1 (43,44)
RL5 (43,44)
4
SH
A7
ZN
4
SH
B6
ZN
5
SH
B7
ZN
5
SH

POSITION 2
B5
ZN
54
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
53
RL5
54
53
RLADS1
B
54
53
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.4
DI 1
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.5
DI 2
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.6
DI 3
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.7
DI 4
90DI0.4
90DI0.5
RELAY ADS1 STATUS
90DI0.6
RELAY ADS2 STATUS
90DI0.7
RELAY ADS3 STATUS
RLADS2
54
53
RLADS3

SCALE:
9
SH
D3
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
8 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
3
8
SH
DRILLER'S CABIN
A3
ZN

DFT-NJB100
(P/N 10540174-001)
(DFSD)
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
RL9 (43,44)
RL8 (43,44)
RL7 (33,34)
RL6 (43,44)
6
SH
A7
ZN
7
SH
A5
ZN
7
SH
A4
ZN
6
SH

POSITION 3
A5
ZN
54
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
53
RL6
54
53
RL7
54
53
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.8
DI 1
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.9
DI 2
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.10
DI 3
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.11
DI 4
90DI0.8
90DI0.9
90DI0.10
90DI0.11
RL8
C
54
53
RL9
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
CONTINUED FROM
RLDF3 (11,14)
RLDF2 (11,14)
RLDF1 (11,14)
7
SH
C5
ZN
7
SH
C6
ZN
7
SH
C7
ZN

POSITION 4
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
24
21
RLDF1
24
21
RLDF2
B
24
21
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.12
DI 1
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.13
DI 2
0.75mm - VIO
+24VDC
24 V
0.75mm - GRY
DI0.14
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
90DI0.12
RELAY RLDF1 STATUS
90DI0.13
RELAY RLDF2 STATUS
90DI0.14
RELAY RLDF3 STATUS
90DI0.15
SPARE
RLDF3

POSITION 5
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
90DI1.0
SPARE
90DI1.1
SPARE
90DI1.2
SPARE
90DI1.3
SPARE

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
9 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
AC DRIVE HOUSE
MULTI TOOL CONTROL CUBICLE
POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
TB DFSD
0.75mm GRY 54
RLY5-54
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-A2
53
(P/N 10538859-001)
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-A1
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-A1
A1
RLY1-MP1
A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-A2
3
13 0.75mm GRY
RLY1-13
14
4
0.75mm GRY 44
RLY5-44
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-A2
43
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-A1
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-A1
A1
RLY2-MP2
A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-14
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-A2
24
0.75mm GRY 34
RLY5-34
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-A2
33
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-A1
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-A1
A1
RLY3-MP3
1-BLK
1-WHT
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-MP1-1
VFD-MP1
VFD-MP1-2
VFD-MP1-1
VFD-MP1-2
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-MP1
07-19
TB VFD
23 0.75mm GRY
RLY1-23
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-24
A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-A2
6
14
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-13
13
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-14
1-BLK 1-BLK
VFD-MP2-1
1-WHT 1-WHT
VFD-MP2-2
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-MP2A
VFD-MP2-1
VFD-MP2-2
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-MP2
07-19
9
24
10
0.75mm GRY 24
RLY5-24
11
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-A2
23
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-A1
A1
RLY4-MP4
23
A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-23
10
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-24
11
12
12
14
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-13
13
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-14
14
13
13
1-BLK 1-BLK
VFD-MP3-1
14
1-WHT 1-WHT
VFD-MP3-2
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-MP3
VFD-MP3-1
VFD-MP3-2
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-MP3
07-19
15
24
23
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-23
16
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-24
17
18
14
1-BLK
MP-ESTOP
2-WHT
24V RTN-RL
(20C x14 AWG)
13
0.75mm GRY
A1
RLY5-A1
14
0.75mm GRY
RLY5-A2
A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-13
19
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-14
20
21
24
15
CAB-N01B
RLY5
13
23
AC DRIVE
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-23
22
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-24
23
CAB-N01
2-WHT
B1
ZN
PLUG PANEL
3-RED
4-GRN
5-ORG
6-BLU
NIS
NIS
7-WHT/BLK
8-RED/BLK
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK
11-BLU/BLK
12-BLK/WHT
13-RED/WHT
14-GRN/WHT
15-BLU/WHT
16-BLK/RED
17-WHT/RED
18-ORG/RED
19-BLU/RED
20-RED/GRN
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
1-BLK
24
2-WHT
3-RED
11
SH
4-GRN
D6
ZN
11
SH
D5
ZN
5-ORG
6-BLU
7-WHT/BLK
8-RED/BLK
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK
11-BLU/BLK
12-BLK/WHT
13-RED/WHT
14-GRN/WHT
15-BLU/WHT
16-BLK/RED
17-WHT/RED
18-ORG/RED
19-BLU/RED
34
33
44
43 0.75mm GRY
RLY1-43
33
44
43
54
34
44
20-RED/GRN
54
34
53
33
43
53
33
44
43
54
11
SH
34
54
NIS
1-BLK
NIS
5
SH
(20C x14 AWG)
NIS
HOUSE
53
TB MCC
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-44
53 0.75mm GRY
RLY1-53
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-54
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-43
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-44
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-53
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-54
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-43
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-44
10
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-53
11
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-54
12
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-43
13
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-44
14
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-53
15
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-54
16
11
SH
11
SH
D3
ZN
C3
ZN

SCALE:
D3
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
10 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
AC DRIVE HOUSE
10
SH
10
A3
SH
ZN

POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
B7
ZN
10
SH
(P/N 10538859-001)
B6
ZN
TB DFSD
17
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-A2
RLY6-A2
A1
20
RLY7-A2
RLY7-A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-TD/RT
A2
HPU-ESTOP
22
24V RTN-C
8-RED/BLK
23
RLY8-A2
A1
RLY8-AUX
23
0.75mm GRY
+24V LOAD
ADSMESTOP
24V RTN-L
ADSESTOP
(7C x 14 AWG)
NIS
ESTOPSIG
+24VDC
ESTOP SIG 2
DW-NO3A
28
SPARE
12-BLK/WHT
29
14
13
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-14
24
32
24V RTN-L
16-BLK/RED
1-BLK
2-WHT
34
3-RED
35
NIS
ADSESTOP
17-WHT/RED
37
ESTOPSIG
18-ORG/RED
38
+24V LOAD
34
ADSMESTOP
4-GRN
5-ORN
44
ADSESTOP
54
ESTOPSIG
NIS
NIS
19-BLU/RED
ESTOP SIG 2
20-RED/GRN
41
7-WHT/BLK
33
+24VDC
ESTOP SIG 2
44
43
42
HOUSE
PLUG PANEL
54
+24V LOAD
+24V LOAD
+24V LOAD
+24V LOAD
ADSMESTOP
ADSMESTOP
ADSMESTOP
ADSMESTOP
24V RTN-L
24V RTN-L
(7C x 14 AWG)
24V RTN-L
24V RTN-L
ADSESTOP
ADSESTOP
DW-NO3
ADSESTOP
ADSESTOP
ESTOPSIG
ESTOPSIG
ESTOPSIG
ESTOPSIG
+24VDC
+24VDC
+24VDC
+24VDC
ESTOP SIG 2
ESTOP SIG 2
ESTOP SIG 2
ESTOP SIG 2
(7C x 14 AWG)
NIS
14
34
44
CAB-N02
C1
ZN
33
43
CUBICLE #2
PLUG PANEL
3
SH
23
GENERATOR
HOUSE
(3C x 14 AWG)
13
DW-NO3B
24
AC DRIVE
GEN-EST-C1A
GEN-EST-C1A
REST-GEN-C1A
REST-GEN-C1A
SPARE
SPARE
(3C x 14 AWG)
CAB-N02B
1-BLK
31
1-WHT
32
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-23
34
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-24
35
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-DWB-1
VFD-DW-1
VFD-DWB
VFD-DW-2
VFD-DWB-2
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-DWB
07-19
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-TD/RT-1
VFD-TD/RT-1
VFD-TD/RT-2
VFD-TD/RT
VFD-TD/RT-2
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-TD/RT
07-19
43
53
TB ESD
GEN-EST-C1A
ESD-01
REST-GEN-C1A
ESD-02
SPARE
ESD-03
54
53
53
A3
ZN
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-33
17
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-34
18
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-43
19
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-44
20
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-53
21
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-54
22
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-33
23
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-34
24
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-43
25
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-44
NIS
NIS
6-BLU
40
AC DRIVE
DW BOOM
PLUG PANEL
34
NIS
NIS
33
24V RTN-L
39
+24VDC
VFD-DWA
07-19
33
ADSMESTOP
29
TB MCC
14-GRN/WHT
15-BLU/WHT
1-WHT
10
SH
+24V LOAD
NIS
1-BLK
28
30
31
VFD-DWA-2
07-18
1-WHT
36
36
NIS
23
27
13-RED/WHT
VFD-DW-2
1-BLK
33
26
SPARE
VFD-DWA
26
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-53
27
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-54
28
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-13
29
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-14
30
4-GRN
2251
2253
MAIN MCC RELAY

PANEL 01AD
TB01
1-BLK
2251
03
+24VDC
TB02
0VDC
2-WHT
3-RED
2252
2254
A1
01
4-GRN
A1
02
MCC-N1001
2255
A2
ESD-RL2
RT AUX ESD
3-RED
2254
5-ORG
A2
ESD-RL1
DW AUX ESD
2253
(10C X 14 AWG)
TDS AUX ESD
TB10
2-WHT
2252
03
A1
19
A2
ESD-RL3
HPU1 AUX ESD

5-ORG
2255
A1
20
A2
ESD-RL4
HPU2 AUX ESD
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-23
31
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-24
32
6-BLU
2256
6-BLU
2256
A1
21
A2
ESD-RL7
TRIP TANK 1 ESD
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-33
33
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-34
34
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-43
35
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-44
36
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-53
37
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-54
38
ESD-04
1-BLK
NIS
TBESD
SPARE
11-BLU/BLK
VFD-DW-1
30
NIS
SPARE
10-ORG/BLK
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-DWA-1
NIS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
SPARE
1-WHT
26
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-13
25
9-GRN/BLK
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-23
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-24
A2
24
DRAWWORKS
1-BLK
25
NIS
DW SKID
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-14
24
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-A1
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-13
27
21
7-WHT/BLK
13
7-WHT/BLK
2260
7-WHT/BLK
A1
03
A2
ESD-RL5
2260
TRIP TANK 2 ESD
8-RED/BLK
NIS
24V RTN-B
0.75mm GRY
A1
ZN
NIS
6-BLU
19
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-A1
B3
SH
TB VFD
14
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-A1
10
NIS
VFD-TD
A2
0.75mm GRY
18
5-ORG
RLY6-DW
NIS
4-GRN
24V RTN-A
16
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-A1
NIS
VFD-DW
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-A1
2261
NIS
3-RED
2261
8-RED/BLK
SPARE
SPARE
39
9-GRN/BLK
SPARE
40
10-ORG/BLK
SPARE
A1
04
ESD-RL6
A2
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622471-DIA
11 OF 11
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
NOTES:
ENCODERS
POWER DEVICES
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
INPUT DEVICES
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
INCREMENTAL
INCREMENTAL ENCODER
ALL I.S. N.I.S., AND POWER CABLES SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY A
LEVEL SWITCH - NC
WYE/DELTA
2. CABLES SHOWN WITH SOLID LINE ARE PROVIDED BY VARCO.
3 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
CABLE MARKED PROFIBUS ARE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER.
LEVEL SWITCH - N0
ABSOLUTE
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
SYSTEM IS DESIGNED FOR 2 UPS FEEDS
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
FLOW SWITCH - NC
IF ONLY 1 UPS SUPPLY PLACE JUMPERS BETWEEN;

TB UPS 1 TO 3, AND TB UPS 2 TO 4
FLOW SWITCH - NO
CONDUCTORS
RELAYS
WYE/DELTA-WYE
3 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
MUTI-CORE CABLE
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
TSP
EF
NC RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-03
CABLE LEGEND
EF
NO RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-01
3/C CABLE
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
1 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
RELAY COIL
IEC 07-15-01
ETHERNET FIBER NOV

NAMUR PROX SENSOR
EF
EF
IEC 07-19-02

RECTIFIER
PROFIBUS DP NOV
DP
PF
PF
232
RS232 WITS NOV
232
2-WIRE
RS232 WITS CUSTOMER
M
3
(RTD / PTC)
LOAD CELL
HORN
3 PH MOTOR
IEC 06-08-01
STROBE LIGHT
IEC 08-10-02
CCTV NOV
TEMPERATURE DEVICE
PROPORTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
MODEM CUSTOMER
3-WIRE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
IEC 07-13-05
MODEM NOV
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
FUSED DISCONNECT
IEC 07-21-09
232
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
DIRECTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
PROFIBUS FIBER NOV
DPP
232
INVERTER
PF
PF
TRANSMITTER or
TRANSDUCER
OUTPUT DEVICES
ETHERNET CUSTOMER
DP
DP
ETHERNET NOV
DP
IEC 07-20-02
HEATER
IEC 04-01-12
CCTV CUSTOMER
E-STOP SWITCH
POWER NOV
POWER CUSTOMER
IS
IS
IS
NIS
IS
NIS
NIS
AMPHION REF DWG'S
NIS
10622965-DIA
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
10622968-IDX
BLOCK DIAGRAM
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM
CABLE SCHEDULE
10622964-PRO
10622963-SPL
FAT PROCEDURE
10538858-ASM
10538859-ASM
ASSEMBLY MTC
ASSEMBLY POWER MTC
CABLE CONNECTOR
SPARES LIST, ELECTRICAL CONTROLS

AMPHION
PRODUCT:
TOLERANCES ARE:
END ITEM:
CABLE CONNECTOR PIN
NEXT ASSY:
10545605-001
.1
X.XX
.03
TOL > .06

1000

INITIAL
T. PHAM
APPVD
T. PHAM
AC IDEAL RIG 135

SCALE:
RIG SOLUTIONS
ENGINEERING
11/15/2011
TITLE:

CHECKED
DATE
BREAK EDGES .02/.03
D. McGARY
DRAWN
250
FRACTIONS
CURRENT
FINISH
TOL < .06
1/2 DEG
1/16
WT LBS:
ANGLES
X.XXX .010
SIMILAR TO:
X.X
DWG NO.
1/1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
REV:
OF
15
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
DRILLER'S CABIN
SAFE AREA
MULTI TOOL CONTROL CABINET #1

TAG No: MTC#1 (P/N 10538858-001)
UPS A SUPPLY
FROM
(10 AWG X 3C)
L-UPS-A
P1001
N-UPS-A
UPS
DISTRIBUTION
PE
RED
GRN
TB UPS
TB UPS A&B
L-UPS-A3
(12 AWG X 3C)
N-UPS-A3
P4201
PE
UPS DESK
DRILLER'S CHAIR
10
L-UPS-B3
(12 AWG X 3C)
11
N-UPS-B3
P4202
12
PE
DRILL FLOOR
L-UPS-B
P1002
N-UPS-B
UPS
DISTRIBUTION
PE
RED
GRN
TD-L1
(12 AWG X 3C)
TD-N1
TD-P1001
PE
SEE
PLUG PANEL
CAB-N01A
(16 AWG X 7C)
PCAT-N1
18
PE
2
SH
B4
ZN
NIS
(16 AWG X 4C)

DRILL FLOOR
RIG GROUND
N4204
NIS
DFSD-L1
(12 AWG X 3C)
DFSD-N1
DFSD-P1001
PE
19
DFSD-L2
(12 AWG X 3C)
(14 AWG X 3C)
DFSD-P1002
CAB-N02A
(10.0mm X 1C)
TB GND
20
DFSD-N2
G1001
21
PE
VFD-DW
24V RTN-A
VFD-TD
24V RTN-B
REST-C1A
SPARE
HPU-ESTOP
SPARE
24V RTN-C
ESTOP-MUD1A
SPARE
REST-MUD1A
SPARE
10
10
SPARE
SPARE
11
11
SPARE
12
12
SPARE
13
13
GEN-EST-C1A
+24V LOAD
14
14
REST-GEN-C1A
10
ADSMESTOP
15
15
SPARE
11
24V RTN-L
16
16
SPARE
12
ADSESTOP
17
17
ESTOPSIG
18
18
+24VDC
19
19
ESTOPSIG2
20
20
E-STOP
CONTROLLER
NIS
17
8
PCAT-L1
24V RTN-RL
NIS
N4202
16
ESTOP-C1A
15
TB E-STOP
REMOTE I/O
14
MP-ESTOP
G4201
TO TDS 11SA
13
(14 AWG X 20C)
NIS
FROM
(10 AWG X 3C)
GRASS HOPPER
(6.0mm X 1C)
I/O CABINET
(P/N 10540174-001)
BLK
FOR CONTINUATION
10622969-DIA
TOOL REMOTE
10512936-001
UPS B SUPPLY
NIS
BLK
DRILLER'S CHAIR
(14 AWG X 20C)

CAB-N01A
NIS
NIS
NIS
NIS
1-BLK
(14 AWG X 20C)
2-WHT
CAB-N01
13
SH
3-RED
D6
ZN
4-GRN
5-ORG
6-BLU
7-WHT/BLK
8-RED/BLK
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK
11-BLU/BLK
12-BLK/WHT
13-RED/WHT
14-GRN/WHT
15-BLU/WHT
16-BLK/RED
17-WHT/RED
18-ORG/RED
19-BLU/RED
20-RED/GRN
NIS
(14 AWG X 7C)

PCAT-N104B
NIS
GRASS HOPPER
TB TOOLS
FROM LIGHTING
(8 AWG X 3C)
L-RIG-A
P1003
N-RIG-A
DISTRIBUTION
PE
CB #31
RED
GRN
TD-L2
(12 AWG X 3C)
TB RIG
TD-N2
TD-P1002
PE
NIS
RIG A SUPPLY
BLK
PLUG PANEL
TO TDS 11SA
NIS
REMOTE I/O
2
SH
2
SH
11
12
L-RIG-B
P1004
N-RIG-B
DISTRIBUTION
PE
CB #32
RED
GRN
13
16
17
19
AUX-L1
(12 AWG X 3C)
20
AUX-N1
AUX-P1001
21
PE
22
AUX-L2
(12 AWG X 3C)
23
AUX-N2
AUX-P1002
24
PE
TO AUX
REMOTE I/O
TO AUX
REMOTE I/O
J-BOX #1
(12 AWG X 3C)
BC-L1
28
BC-P01
BC-N1
29
PE
30
TUG-L1
31
(14 AWG X 3C)
TUG-N1
32
TUG-P01
PE
33
+24VDC
+24VDC
43
PCATMESTOP
PCATMESTOP
PCATMESTOP
44
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
47
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
48
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
NIS
B3
SH
ZN
39
PIPECAT
REMOTE I/O
FOR CONTINUATION
INTERCONNECT
50
51
52
C6
SH
ZN
12 AWG X 3C
PCAT-L1
PCAT-L1
12 AWG X 3C
PCAT-L1
PCAT-P01B
PCAT-N1
PCAT-N1
PCAT-P01
PCAT-N1
PE
PE
PE
53
54
55
2
SH
A5
ZN
DRILL FLOOR
TOOL REMOTE
I/O CABINET
(P/N 10540174-001)
64
ML-L1
(12 AWG X 3C)
65
ML-N1
ML-P1001
66
PE
67
DS1-L1
(12 AWG X 3C)
68
DS1-N1
DS1-P1001
69
PE
70
WPS-L1
(12 AWG X 3C)
71
WPS-N1
WPS-P1001
72
PE
TO MUD LOGGER
REMOTE I/O
TO MUD LOGGER
REMOTE I/O
TO WIPER SYSTEM
REMOTE I/O
73
B4
ZN
74
SCALE:
75
2
SH
PCAT-N104
63
38
DISTRIBUTION
(7C x 14 AWG)
SEE SYSTEM
62
37
61
36
AC POWER
+24VDC
60
35
2
SH
42
59
34
3-RED
58
27
TO TUGGER RADIO
A6
ZN
57
26
(OPTIONAL)
14
SH
PIPECAT SKID
56
25
CART RADIO
SPARE
CAB-N02
49
18
TO BOP
46
15
(14 AWG X 3C)
2-WHT
A6
ZN
45
14
REST-GEN-C1A
1-BLK
41
10
(8 AWG X 3C)
40
FROM LIGHTING
CAB-N02A
NIS
BLK
NIS
GEN-EST-C1A
A6
ZN
RIG B SUPPLY
(14 AWG X 3C)
1/1
DWG NO.
B4
ZN
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
2 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
DRILLER'S CABIN
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
TAG No: MTC #1

(P/N 10538858-001)
TX
8
RX
FOR FIBER RING
SEE SHEET 6
TX
7
RX
6
DRILL FLOOR TOOL
REMOTE I/O
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
NOV P/N 10042793-001

(6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)
TD
WAGO I/O
GRN
PROFIBUS
DP
DP
TD-D1001
DP
DP
DP
DP
RED
DP
A1
B1
PROF
IN
RESISTOR
ON
TD SBC
E/NET X 4PR
W/PROFIBUS
DATA
EJ-5
A2
PIPECAT
B2
SKID
PROF
OUT
OFF
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 1
4
PIPECAT
62.5-125um X 4C
WAGO I/O
PCAT-F01A
4
SH
PF
10068313-001
D7
ZN
PF
FIBER
PF
6
SH
PF
C5
ZN
PF
PF
62.5-125um X 4C
2-ORN
PCAT-F01
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
EJ-3
DATA
PLUG PANEL
S1
E/NET X 4PR
D/C CHAIR
W/O PROFIBUS
DRILLER'S CABIN
1-BLU
NOV P/N
1-BLU
1-BLU
2-ORN
62.5-125um X 4C
3-GRN
FJ-PCAT
4-BRN
FIBER
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
Tx
PIPECAT
0
62.5-125um X 2C
FJ-6
FIBER
S6
Rx
CH3
Tx
- Out. Power CH 2
S4
S3
S2
S1
L1+ M
SPARE
RESISTOR
ON
PROF
IN
A1
B1
GRN
PROFIBUS
GRN
RED
DP-1
RED
A1
B1
PROF
IN
Mode CH 3
RESISTOR
ON
X
- Compatibility
- Out. Power CH 3
S8
S5
S0
8
3
PROF
OUT
OFF
A2
A2
B2
B2
PROF
OUT
PIPECAT SBC
E/NET X 4PR
W/PROFIBUS
DATA
EJ-2
OFF
Mode CH 2
DIP
S7
ON
SPARE
CH1
B36
CH2
B35
FIBER
NOV P/N 10042793-001

(6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)
A36
FJ-5
NOV P/N 10042793-001

(6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)
A35
SPARE
Rx
NOV P/N 10044012-001

(6GK1503-3CD00)
SPARE
B34
62.5-125um X 2C
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
SPARE
B33
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
SPARE
A34
SIEMENS G12-EEC
SPARE
A33
OPTICAL LINK MODULE
- Mode CH 1
F1 F2 L2+
.14mm X 4PR
PANEL PC
SPARE
EJ-1
(DWS)
DATA
4
SH
D3
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
3 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
DRILLER'S CABIN
A3
SH
ZN
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
TAG No: MTC #1

(P/N 10538858-001)
TX
8
RX
FOR FIBER RING
SEE SHEET 6
TX
7
RX
3
B7
SH
ZN
DRILL FLOOR TOOL
REMOTE I/O
DRILL FLOOR
SHUTDOWN
WAGO I/O
E/NET X 4PR
E
DFSD-D100
DATA
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 2
NOV P/N
10068313-001
5
SH
D7
ZN
B
UPS DESK
NOV P/N:
10512936-001
E/NET X 4PR
UPS A
WEBCARD
UPS A
DATA
E/NET X 4PR
UPS B
WEBCARD
UPS B
DATA
5
SH
D3
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
4 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
3
4
SH
DRILLER'S CABIN
A3
ZN
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
TAG No: MTC #1

(P/N 10538858-001)
TX
8
RX
FOR FIBER RING
SEE SHEET 6
TX
7
4
SH
B7
ZN
RX
DRILL FLOOR TOOL
REMOTE I/O
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
NOV P/N 10042793-001

(6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)
AUX
GRN
PROFIBUS
WAGO I/O
DP
DP
AUX-D1060
DP
DP
DP
RED
DP
A1
B1
PROF
IN
RESISTOR
ON
AUX SBC
E/NET X 4PR
W/PROFIBUS
DATA
EJ-26
A2
B2
PROF
OUT
OFF
C
5
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 3
NOV P/N
10068313-001
E/NET X 4PR
DAQ SBC
EJ-23
W/O PROFIBUS
DATA
B
MUD LOGGER
WAGO I/O
E/NET X 4PR
E
ML-D100
DATA

POSITION 0
WAGO P/N 750-341

NOV P/N 10064178-088
E/NET X 4PR
E
EJ-21
DATA
192.168.31.114
IP ADDRESS1
24 V
O V
24 V
24 V
0 V
0 V
4
6
6
SH
D5
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
5 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
4
5
SH
DRILLER'S CABIN
A3
ZN
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
TAG No: MTC #1

(P/N 10538858-001)
D
FIBER PATCH PANEL
62.5/125um X 2C
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
FJ-1
BLK
BLK
8
RED
FJ-2
BLK
FIBER
V2
BLK
FIBER
V1
MOXA
ETHERNET
FJ-4
BLK
FIBER
V2
MOXA
ETHERNET
SPARE
B18
BLK
RED
V2
2-ORN
FJ-CON1
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
10068313-001
F2
F2
SG
SG
SG
A19
B19
SPARE
B20
RED
7
FIBER
BLK
62.5/125um X 2C
EF
EF
BLK
F5002
V1
A1
A2
FIBER
EF
MOXA
V1
ETHERNET
V2
NOV P/N
F1
SPARE
B1
SPARE
B2
BLK
ETHERNET
EF
10068313-001
F2
SG
SG
RED
NOV P/N
10068313-001
F2
MOXA
SWITCH 2
F1
P2
4-BRN
FIBER
4-BRN
B6
ZN
1-BLU
2-ORN
62.5-125um X 4C
D1001
FIBER
3-GRN
4-BRN
A3
A4
SPARE
B3
SPARE
B4
1-BLU
1-BLU
2-ORN
PF
SWITCH 1
P2
D1
ZN
3-GRN
V2
S2
15
SH
FIBER
PF
F5010
BLK
S2
CAB-F02
FIBER PATCH PANEL

RED
4-BRN
3-GRN
D1001
F5001
62.5/125um X 2C
FIBER
62.5/125um X 4C
2-ORN
EF
EF
BLK
RED
3-GRN
P1
EF
P2
CAB-F02B
P1
62.5-125um X 4C
2-ORN
A20
3
SH
FIBER
RED
P2
4-BRN
2-ORN
1-BLU
1-BLU
62.5/125um X 2C
S2
3-GRN
62.5/125um X 4C
S1
EF
RED
S2
2-ORN
S1
EF
BLK
P1
1-BLU
EF
P1
1-BLU
4-BRN
SPARE
ETHERNET
EF
S1
MOXA
EF
S1
10068313-001
F2
EF
PLUG PANEL
3-GRN
NOV P/N
F1
PLUG PANEL
EF
10068313-001
B17
SWITCH 3
NOV P/N
F1
SPARE
V1
SWITCH 2
NOV P/N
F1
62.5/125um X 2C
SWITCH 1
FJ-3
RED
62.5/125um X 2C
2-ORN
A18
62.5-125um X 4C
GRASS HOPPER
EF
V1
RED
RED
62.5/125um X 2C
A17
PF
RED
RED
7
BLK
BLK
1-BLU
1-BLU
PF
FIBER
RED
DRILLER'S CABIN
62.5-125um X 4C
2-ORN
FJ-CON2
3-GRN
FIBER
3-GRN
4-BRN
DRILLER'S CABIN
GRASS HOPPER
PLUG PANEL
PLUG PANEL
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
1-BLU
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
1-BLU
62.5/125um X 4C
CAB-F01B
FIBER
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
1-BLU
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
62.5/125um X 4C
CAB-F01
15
B1
FIBER
SH
ZN
4-BRN
A
3
DRILLER'S CHAIR
SCALE:
1/1
10622969-DIA
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
6 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
TAG No: PWR MTC (P/N 10538859-001)
UPS A SUPPLY
FROM
UPS
DISTRIBUTION
AC-L
TBUPS
AC-N
PE
(10 AWG X 3C)
L-UPS-A
P2001
N-UPS-A
PE
208VAC/60HZ
FROM
PE
DISTRIBUTION
AC-L2
208VAC/60HZ
AC-N2
PE
UPS B SUPPLY
FROM
UPS
DISTRIBUTION
(10 AWG X 3C)
L-UPS-B
P2002
N-UPS-B
L-HTR
N-HTR
PE
PE
208VAC/60HZ
(10.0mm X 1C)
TB GND
G2001
RIG GROUND
RED
(12 AWG X 3C)

SD-P01A
(CONTROL POWER)
BLK
WHT
RED
BLK
AC-N1
UPS
WHT
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
FROM RIG
DISTRIBUTION
(8 AWG X 3C)
L-RIG-A
P2003
N-RIG-A
PE
208VAC/60HZ
AC-L
AC-N
RIG POWER
PE
FROM
AC-HTR-L
ELECTRICAL
AC-HTR-N
PANEL
PE
HTR-MP2A-L
RIG B SUPPLY
FROM RIG
DISTRIBUTION
(8 AWG X 3C)
L-RIG-B
P2004
N-RIG-B
HTR-MP2A-N
PE
PE
208VAC/60HZ
HTR-MP2B-L
HTR-MP2B-N
PE
AC-L
AC-N
PE
AC-HTR-L
AC-HTR-N
PE
HTR-MP3A-L
HTR-MP3A-N
PE
HTR-MP3B-L
HTR-MP3B-N
PE
AC-L
AC-N
PE
AC-HTR-L
AC-HTR-N
PE
HTR-MP1A-L
HOUSE
REMOTE I/O
AC-L
AC-L
AC-N
AC-N
PE
PE
BLK
WHT
BLK
WHT
RED
(12 AWG X 3C)
AC-L
SD-P01
AC-N
(CONTROL POWER)
PE
REMOTE I/O
HTR-MP1A-N
PE
HTR-MP1B-L
HTR-MP1B-N
PE
WHT
WHT
RED
RED
GRN
GRN
ORN
ORN
(12 AWG X 12C)
BLU
DW-P18B
BLK/WHT
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
(CONTROL POWER)
BLU
BLK/WHT
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
AC-L1
AC-N1
AC-N1
PE
PE
AC-L2
AC-L2
AC-N2
AC-N2
PE
PE
L-HTR
L-HTR
N-HTR
N-HTR
PE
PE
SPARE
10
10
SPARE
SPARE
11
11
SPARE
SPARE
12
12
SPARE
13
13
SPARE
14
14
SPARE
15
15
SPARE
16
16
SPARE
17
17
SPARE
18
18
SPARE
19
19
SPARE
BLK/WHT
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
RED/WHT
GRN/WHT
BLU/WHT
BLK/RED
WHT/RED
ORN/RED
BLU/RED
SPARE
RED/GRN
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
BLK
BLK
WHT
WHT
RED
RED
GRN
(12 AWG X 12C)
GRN
ORN
MP2-P12A
ORN
BLU
(CONTROL POWER)
BLU
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
BLK
WHT
WHT
RED
RED
GRN
(12 AWG X 12C)
GRN
ORN
MP3-P12C
ORN
BLU
(CONTROL POWER)
BLU
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
BLK
WHT
WHT
RED
RED
GRN
(12 AWG X 12C)
GRN
ORN
MP1-P12B
ORN
BLU
(CONTROL POWER)
BLU
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
AC-L
AC-N
AC-N
PE
AC-HTR-L
AC-HTR-L
AC-HTR-N
AC-HTR-N
PE
HTR-MP2A-L
HTR-MP2A-L
HTR-MP2A-N
HTR-MP2A-N
PE
PE
HTR-MP2B-L
10
10
HTR-MP2B-L
HTR-MP2B-N
11
11
HTR-MP2B-N
PE
12
12
PE
RED
WHT
GRN
RED
ORN
(12 AWG X 20C)
GRN
BLU
DW-P18
ORN
(CONTROL POWER)
BLU
BLK/WHT
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
RED/WHT
GRN/WHT
BLU/WHT
BLK/RED
WHT/RED
ORN/RED
BLU/RED
RED/GRN
PLUG PANEL
AC-L1
AC-L1
AC-N1
AC-N1
PE
PE
AC-L2
AC-L2
AC-N2
AC-N2
PE
PE
L-HTR
L-HTR
N-HTR
N-HTR
PE
PE
SPARE
10
10
SPARE
SPARE
11
11
SPARE
SPARE
12
12
SPARE
SPARE
13
13
SPARE
SPARE
14
14
SPARE
SPARE
15
15
SPARE
SPARE
16
16
SPARE
SPARE
17
17
SPARE
SPARE
18
18
SPARE
SPARE
19
19
SPARE
BLK/WHT
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
RED/WHT
GRN/WHT
BLU/WHT
BLK/RED
WHT/RED
ORN/RED
BLU/RED
SPARE
RED/GRN
SPARE
WHT
GRN
ORN
(12 AWG X 20C)
BLU
DW-P18A
N-HTR
PE
AC-L
AC-L
AC-N
AC-N
PE
AC-HTR-L
AC-HTR-L
AC-HTR-N
AC-HTR-N
PE
HTR-MP3A-L
HTR-MP3A-L
HTR-MP3A-N
HTR-MP3A-N
PE
PE
HTR-MP3B-L
10
10
HTR-MP3B-L
HTR-MP3B-N
11
11
HTR-MP3B-N
PE
12
12
PE
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
AC-L
AC-L
AC-N
AC-N
PE
AC-HTR-L
AC-HTR-L
HTR- MP2A-L
HTR- MP2A-N
PE
HTR- MP2B-L
MUD PUMP
BLK
AC-L
WHT
AC-N
HTR- MP2B-N
AC-HTR-N
AC-HTR-N
PE
HTR-MP1A-L
HTR-MP1A-L
HTR-MP1A-N
HTR-MP1A-N
PE
PE
HTR-MP1B-L
10
10
HTR-MP1B-L
HTR-MP1B-N
11
11
HTR-MP1B-N
PE
12
12
PE
BLK
WHT
PE
AC-HTRL-L
ORN
AC-HTRL-N
BLU
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
HTR- MP3A-L
HTR- MP3A-N
PE
HTR- MP3B-L
HTR- MP3B-N
RED
GRN
ORG
BLU
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
RED
GRN
7
8
ORG
BLU
10
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
11
12
13
14
2
3
MUD PUMP #1
5
6
MUD PUMP
REMOTE I/O
8
9
10
AC-L
11
12
AC-N
13
TB AC IN
BLK
WHT
2
3
4
14
AC-HTRL-L
BLK
AC-HTRL-N
WHT
HTR- MP1A-L
HTR- MP1A-N
PE
(CONTROL POWER)
HTR- MP1B-L
ORN
HTR- MP1B-N
BLU
PE
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
RED
GRN
ORG
BLU
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
SCALE:
TB AC IN
(CONTROL POWER)
MP1-P12
WHT
AC-HTRL-N
MUD PUMP #3
GRN
15
TB AC IN
BLK
AC-HTRL-L
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
ORN/BLK
(12 AWG X 10C)
14
INSTALLATION
RED
13
REMOTE I/O
BLU
MP3-P12
12
MUD PUMP
FOR FUTURE
GRN
11
ORN
(12 AWG X 10C)
10
MUD PUMP #2
(CONTROL POWER)
RED
SPARED
AC-N
MP2-P12
OTHER
WHT
GRN
CONDUCTORS
AC-L
(12 AWG X 10C)
16
BLK
RED
7-WHT/BLK
8-RED/BLK
9-GRN/BLK
L-HTR
(CONTROL POWER)
6-BLU
PE
5-ORN
AC-N2
RED
4-GRN
AC-L2
BLK
PE
BLK
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
BLK
3-RED
BOOM
REMOTE I/O
BLK
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK
GRN/BLK
AC-L
WHT
TB AC IN
2-WHT
AC-N1
RED
1/1
DWG NO.
1-BLK
AC-L1
BLK
DW
BLK
AC-L1
C
RIG A SUPPLY
DAQ
PE
AC-L1
UPS C SUPPLY
BLK
DW SKID
DW
AC DRIVE
PLUG PANEL
UPS CABINET
MUD SYSTEM AREA
AC DRIVE HOUSE
P/N 10513957-001
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
7 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
AC DRIVE HOUSE
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
12
SH
TX
8
(P/N 10538859-001)
C4
ZN
RX
FOR FIBER RING
AC DRIVE
FIBER PATCH PANEL
HOUSE
1-BLU
PLUG PANEL
1-BLU
14
SH
62.5-125um X 4C
2-ORN
DW-F01
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
C6
ZN
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
1-BLU
2-ORN
3-GRN
62.5-125um X 4C
PF
DW-F01B
4-BRN
2-ORN
A16
3-GRN
FIBER
A15
62.5-125um X 2C
1
B15
4-BRN
Rx
FJ-14
SIEMENS G12-EEC
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
NOV P/N 10044012-001

(6GK1503-3CD00)
NOV P/N 10042793-001

(6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)
NOV P/N 10042793-001

(6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)
CH2
FIBER
Tx
CH1
DRAWWORKS
S2
S1
Tx
S3
FIBER
- Out. Power CH 2
S4
CH3
- Out. Power CH 3
S5
FJ-15
A1
B1
GRN
ON
A1
B1
GRN
PROFIBUS
GRN
RED
DP-3
RED
A1
B1
PROF
IN
RESISTOR
ON
RX
8
X
X
OFF
PROF
OUT
A2
B2
GRN
A2
RED
B2
PROF
OUT
DRAWWORKS SBC
E/NET X 4PR
W/PROFIBUS
DATA
EJ-6
OFF
- Mode CH 1
F1 F2 L2+
INV DWA
CUBICLE
RED
PROF
IN
Mode CH 2
L1+ M
RESISTOR
TX
DP
S8
Mode CH 3
DIP
S0
- Compatibility
S6
Rx
62.5-125um X 2C
1
ON
S7
B16
SEE SHEET 15
OPTICAL LINK MODULE
PROFIBUS
DP
DP
DP
DP
DW DRIVES
DP
RPBA
NODE 4
A2
B2
GRN
PROFIBUS
RED
DWA/DWB
4
A1
B1
GRN
MOXA
INV DWB
CUBICLE
ETHERNET
SWITCH 1
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
RED
NOV P/N
NOV P/N 10042793-001

(6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)
RPBA
GRN
PROFIBUS
NODE 5
DP
GEN/PS
DP
RED
DP
A2
A1
B1
PROF
IN
RESISTOR
ON
10068313-001
E/NET X 4PR
GEN/PS SBC
W/PROFIBUS
EJ-3
DATA
B2
A2
B2
PROF
OUT
OFF
DP
B
GEN #2
A1
RED
CUBICLE
A1
DP
DP
B1
GRN
GEN #2
WAGO I/O
NODE 12
A2
B2
B1
GRN
GRN
PROFIBUS
RED
GEN2/GEN3
NODE 11
A2
B2
E/NET X 4 PR
E
GRN
PROFIBUS
RED
GEN1/GEN2
A1
RED
B1
WAGO I/O
WAGO I/O
GRN
PROFIBUS
RED
GEN3/GEN4
GRN
CUBICLE
IP ADDRESS1
RED
24 V
O V
24 V
24 V
0 V
0 V
NODE 14
B2
D100
A2
DP
B2
GRN
192.168.31.138
GEN #4
CUBICLE
DATA
DP
GEN #4
A2
DP
WAGO I/O
GEN #3
NODE 13
DP
WAGO P/N 750-341

NOV P/N 10064178-088
GEN #1
GEN #3
B1
POSITION 0
CUBICLE
RED
DP
A1
GEN #1
DP
FOR FUTURE
INSTALLATION
9
SH
D3
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
8 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
AC DRIVE HOUSE
8
SH
A1
B1
INV MP1
CUBICLE
GRN
RED
DP
NODE 5
B2
GRN
PROFIBUS
RED
MP1/MP2
A3
ZN
TX
8
(P/N 10538859-001)
RX
DP
A2
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
DP
RPBA
FOR FIBER RING
SEE SHEET 15
TX
A1
INV MP2
CUBICLE
PROFIBUS
RED
MP1/MP2
RPBA
B2
GRN
PROFIBUS
RED
MP2/MP3
DP
PROFIBUS
GRN
MP DRIVES
RED
A1
B1
A1
B1
INV MP3
CUBICLE
PROFIBUS
RED
MP2/MP3
PROF
IN
RESISTOR
ON
B2
PROF
OUT
E/NET X 4PR
MUD PUMP SBC
W/ PROFIBUS
A2
GRN
RX
NOV P/N 10042793-001

(6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)
NODE 6
A2
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
DP
B1
GRN
EJ-16
DATA
OFF
RPBA
NODE 7
A2
B2
C
FOR FUTURE
INSTALLATION
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 2
NOV P/N
UPS CABINET
NOV P/N:
10068313-001
10513957-001
E/NET X 4PR
UPS A
WEBCARD
UPS A
DATA
E/NET X 4PR
UPS B
WEBCARD
UPS B
DATA
E/NET X 4PR
UPS C
WEBCARD
UPS C
DATA
MUD PUMP #1
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
11
B4
SH
ZN
RX
MUD PUMP #1
TX
V1
+
-
E/NET X 4PR
ETHERNET TO FIBER
AC DRIVE
HOUSE
CONNECTOR
MUD PUMP
#1
WAGO I/O
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
1-BLU
PLUG PANEL
1-BLU
1-BLU
2-ORN
62.5/125um X 4C
3-GRN
4-BRN
2-ORN
MP1-F01
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
1-BLU
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
62.5/125um X 4C
MP1-F01A
FIBER
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
EF
MUD PUMP #1
FIBER PATCH PANEL

1
A7
A8
62.5/125um X 2C
CONVERTER
MP1
V2
FIBER
B8
SPARE
SG
ZN
DATA
F1
F2
SH
FJ-11
SPARE
A5
EJ-MP1
B7
10
10
D3
SH
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
9 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
AC DRIVE HOUSE
A3
SH
ZN
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
TX
8
(P/N 10538859-001)
RX
FOR FIBER RING
SEE SHEET 15
MUD PUMP 2
CUBICLE
TX
7
RX
INV. MP2
E/NET X 4 PR
WAGO I/O
E
MUD PUMP 2
DATA
INC/RECT #2
CUBICLE
INC/RECT #2
WAGO I/O
MOXA
E/NET X 4 PR
INC/RECT #2
5 ETHERNET
SWITCH 3
DATA
NOV P/N
10068313-001
CHOPPER
CUBICLE
E/NET X 4 PR
CHOPPER
CHOPPER
A/B
WAGO I/O
DATA
TX
9
SH
OFFICE (OPTIONAL)
AC DRIVE
1-BLU
PLUG PANEL
RIGSENSE SERVER
ETHERNET
SWITCH
1-BLU
WITS INTERFACE
62.5/125um X 4C
TP-F01
FIBER
OFFICE (OPTIONAL)
3-GRN
4-BRN
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
V1
EF
1
A9
3-GRN
4-BRN
2-ORN
62.5/125um X 4C
TP-F01A
EF
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
A10
ETHERNET TO FIBER
E/NET X 4PR
CONVERTER
ROUTER
R/S
62.5/125um X 2C
R/SENSE
1-BLU
2-ORN
V2
1
0
ROUTER
E/NET X 4PR
3
EJ-21
DATA
DATA
F1
FIBER
B9
SPARE
F2
B10
SPARE
SG
COMPANY MAN'S
2-ORN
S1
A5
ZN
FIBER PATCH PANEL
HOUSE
TOOL PUSHER'S
RX
11
SH
RIGSENSE CLIENT
11
SH
D4
ZN
D3
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
10 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
10
SH
AC DRIVE HOUSE
A3
ZN
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
(P/N 10538859-001)
MUD PUMP #2
#2
WAGO I/O
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
1-BLU
PLUG PANEL
1-BLU
1-BLU
62.5/125um X 4C
2-ORN
MP2-F01
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
ZN
1-BLU
3-GRN
EF
MP2-F01A
4-BRN
EF
4-BRN
62.5/125um X 2C
CONVERTER
SPARE
B12
SPARE
E/NET X 4PR
V2
MP2
FIBER
B11
RX
ETHERNET TO FIBER
FJ-12
A12
3-GRN
FIBER
TX
A11
2-ORN
62.5/125um X 4C
2-ORN
SEE SHEET 15
FIBER PATCH PANEL
HOUSE
CONNECTOR
SH
V1
AC DRIVE
MUD PUMP #2
A5
FOR FIBER RING
RX
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10
RX
TX
MUD PUMP #2
MUD PUMP
EF
TX
EJ-MP2
DATA
F1
F2
SG
12
D4
SH
ZN
TX
MUD SYSTEM
DAQ REMOTE I/O
J-BOX
DAQ
WAGO I/O
CONNECTOR
PLUG PANEL
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
1-BLU
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
1-BLU
62.5/125um X 4C
2-ORN
SD-F01
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
ZN
1-BLU
1-BLU
62.5/125um X 4C
2-ORN
3-GRN
EF
SD-F01A
4-BRN
EF
4-BRN
62.5/125um X 2C
NOV P/N
10068313-001
E/NET X 4PR
ETHERNET TO FIBER
CONVERTER
DAQ
A6
3-GRN
FIBER
SWITCH 4
A5
2-ORN
ETHERNET
FIBER PATCH PANEL

EF
HOUSE
A4
SH
V1
AC DRIVE
MUD SYSTEM
15
RX
MOXA
V2
DAQ
SPARE
B6
SPARE
EJ-34
DATA
FIBER
B5
F1
F2
SG
A5
SH
ZN
INC/RECT #1
CUBICLE
B
INC/RECT #1
WAGO I/O
E/NET X 4 PR
INC/RECT #1
DATA
PROFIBUS CONNECTOR
NOV P/N 10042793-001

(6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)
INV TD/RT
CUBICLE
A1
B1
GRN
PROFIBUS
RED
INV. TD/RT
GRN
PROFIBUS
DP
DP
INV. TD/RT
DP
RED
A1
B1
RESISTOR
PROF
IN
ON
E/NET X 4PR
INV. TD/RT SBC

W/PROFIBUS
EJ-32
DATA
RPBA
NODE 5
A2
A2
B2
B2
PROF
OUT
OFF
1
12
D3
SH
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
11 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
3
11
SH
AC DRIVE HOUSE
A3
ZN
TX
8
(P/N 10538859-001)
INSTALLATION
MUD PUMP #3
11
SH
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
#3
WAGO I/O
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
1-BLU
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
1-BLU
62.5/125um X 4C
2-ORN
MP3-F01
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
C4
ZN
V1
1-BLU
3-GRN
MP3-F01A
4-BRN
EF
EF
4-BRN
62.5/125um X 2C
RX
ETHERNET TO FIBER
CONVERTER
FJ-13
A14
3-GRN
FIBER
A13
2-ORN
62.5/125um X 4C
2-ORN
EF
1-BLU
PLUG PANEL
CONNECTOR
TX
RX
FIBER PATCH PANEL
HOUSE
MUD PUMP #3
SEE SHEET 15
MUD PUMP #3
FOR FIBER RING
TX
AC DRIVE
RX
1
MUD PUMP
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
FOR FUTURE
MP3
SPARE
B14
SPARE
E/NET X 4PR
FIBER
B13
V2
EJ-MP3
DATA
F1
F2
SG
D6
SH
ZN
ASSIGNMENT
CUBILCE
C
E/NET X 4 PR
ASSIGNMENT
ASSIGNMENT
DATA
WAGO I/O
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 5
NOV P/N
10068313-001
PANEL PC
E/NET X 4PR
(DWS)
DATA
HMI
MCC BOARD
MCC
3
CUBICLE
B
E/NET X 4 PR
MCC
WAGO I/O
MCC
DATA
13
SH
D3
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
12 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
3
12
SH
AC DRIVE HOUSE
TB DFSD
0.75mm GRY 54
RLY5-54
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-A2
53
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-A1
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-A1
A1
RLY1-MP1
A3
ZN
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
A2
(P/N 10538859-001)
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-A2
3
13 0.75mm GRY
RLY1-13
14
4
0.75mm GRY 44
RLY5-44
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-A2
43
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-A1
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-A1
A1
RLY2-MP2
A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-14
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-A2
33
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-A1
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-A1
A1
RLY3-MP3
1-BLK
1-WHT
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-MP1-1
VFD-MP1
VFD-MP1-2
VFD-MP1-1
VFD-MP1-2
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-MP1
07-19
3
24
0.75mm GRY 34
RLY5-34
0.75mm GRY
TB VFD
23
RLY1-23
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-24
A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-A2
6
14
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-13
13
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-14
1-BLK 1-BLK
VFD-MP2-1
1-WHT 1-WHT
VFD-MP2-2
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-MP2
VFD-MP2-1
VFD-MP2-2
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-MP2
07-19
9
24
10
0.75mm GRY 24
RLY5-24
11
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-A2
23
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-A1
A1
RLY4-MP4
23
A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-23
10
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-24
11
12
12
14
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-13
13
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-14
14
13
13
1-BLK 1-BLK
VFD-MP3-1
14
1-WHT 1-WHT
VFD-MP3-2
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-MP3
VFD-MP3-1
VFD-MP3-2
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-MP3
07-19
15
24
23
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-23
16
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-24
17
18
14
1-BLK
MP-ESTOP
2-WHT
24V RTN-RL
(20C x14 AWG)
13
0.75mm GRY
A1
RLY5-A1
14
0.75mm GRY
RLY5-A2
A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-13
19
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-14
20
21
24
15
CAB-N01B
RLY5
13
23
AC DRIVE
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-23
22
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-24
23
CAB-N01
2-WHT
D1
ZN
PLUG PANEL
3-RED
4-GRN
5-ORG
6-BLU
NIS
NIS
7-WHT/BLK
8-RED/BLK
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK
11-BLU/BLK
12-BLK/WHT
13-RED/WHT
14-GRN/WHT
15-BLU/WHT
16-BLK/RED
17-WHT/RED
18-ORG/RED
19-BLU/RED
20-RED/GRN
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
24
2-WHT
3-RED
14
SH
4-GRN
D6
ZN
14
SH
D5
ZN
5-ORG
6-BLU
7-WHT/BLK
8-RED/BLK
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK
11-BLU/BLK
12-BLK/WHT
13-RED/WHT
14-GRN/WHT
15-BLU/WHT
16-BLK/RED
17-WHT/RED
18-ORG/RED
19-BLU/RED
20-RED/GRN
34
33
44
43 0.75mm GRY
RLY1-43
33
44
43
54
34
44
54
34
53
33
43
53
33
44
43
54
14
SH
34
54
NIS
1-BLK
NIS
2
SH
(20C x14 AWG)
NIS
HOUSE
53
TB MCC
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-44
53 0.75mm GRY
RLY1-53
0.75mm GRY
RLY1-54
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-43
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-44
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-53
0.75mm GRY
RLY2-54
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-43
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-44
10
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-53
11
0.75mm GRY
RLY3-54
12
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-43
13
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-44
14
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-53
15
0.75mm GRY
RLY4-54
16
14
SH
14
SH
D3
ZN
C3
ZN
SCALE:
D3
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
13 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
AC DRIVE HOUSE
13
SH
TB DFSD
3-RED
P1
P1
DW
S2
S2
WAGO I/O
P2
P2
2-ORN
DW-F01A
4-BRN
FIBER
2-ORN
3-GRN
4-BRN
BOOM
PLUG PANEL
1-BLU
S1
S1
2-ORN
P1
P1
3-GRN
S2
S2
4-BRN
P2
P2
ADSMESTOP
24V RTN-L
ADSESTOP
19
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-A1
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-A1
20
RLY7-A2
RLY7-A2
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-TD/RT
A2
HPU-ESTOP
7-WHT/BLK
24V RTN-C
8-RED/BLK
62.5-125um X 4C
DW-F01
24
22
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-A1
23
RLY8-A2
A1
RLY8-AUX
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-13
13
23
A2
D8
ZN
SPARE
9-GRN/BLK
SPARE
10-ORG/BLK
27
SPARE
11-BLU/BLK
28
SPARE
12-BLK/WHT
(7C x 14 AWG)
NIS
ESTOPSIG
+24VDC
ESTOP SIG 2
NIS
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-14
26
0.75mm GRY
27
RLY6-23
28
31
+24V LOAD
14-GRN/WHT
32
DW-NO3A
14
13
24V RTN-L
24
1-BLK
23
+24V LOAD
34
2-WHT
3-RED
35
ADSMESTOP
NIS
17-WHT/RED
37
ESTOPSIG
18-ORG/RED
38
4-GRN
5-ORN
44
ADSESTOP
54
NIS
ESTOP SIG 2
20-RED/GRN
41
7-WHT/BLK
33
+24VDC
ESTOP SIG 2
44
43
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-13
31
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-14
32
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-23
34
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-24
35
HOUSE
PLUG PANEL
54
+24V LOAD
+24V LOAD
+24V LOAD
+24V LOAD
ADSMESTOP
ADSMESTOP
ADSMESTOP
ADSMESTOP
24V RTN-L
24V RTN-L
(7C x 14 AWG)
24V RTN-L
24V RTN-L
ADSESTOP
ADSESTOP
DW-NO3
ADSESTOP
ADSESTOP
ESTOPSIG
ESTOPSIG
ESTOPSIG
ESTOPSIG
+24VDC
+24VDC
+24VDC
+24VDC
ESTOP SIG 2
ESTOP SIG 2
ESTOP SIG 2
ESTOP SIG 2
(7C x 14 AWG)
NIS
14
53
13
DW-NO3B
24
34
44
23
C1
SH
ZN
CAB-N02
43
CUBICLE #2
PLUG PANEL
(3C x 14 AWG)
33
GENERATOR
HOUSE
GEN-EST-C1A
GEN-EST-C1A
REST-GEN-C1A
REST-GEN-C1A
SPARE
SPARE
(3C x 14 AWG)
CAB-N02B
VFD-DWA-2
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-DWB-1
TB ESD
GEN-EST-C1A
ESD-01
REST-GEN-C1A
ESD-02
SPARE
ESD-03
54
53
13
A3
SH
ZN
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-34
18
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-43
19
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-44
20
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-53
21
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-54
22
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-33
23
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-34
24
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-43
25
26
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-53
27
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-54
28
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-13
29
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-14
30
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-23
31
32
VFD-DWB
VFD-DWB-2
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-TD/RT-1
VFD-TD/RT-2
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-DWB
07-19
1-BLK
07-18
1-WHT
VFD-TD/RT
07-19
4-GRN
2251
2253
MAIN MCC RELAY

PANEL 11A
TB01
1-BLK
2251
01
+24VDC
TB02
3-RED
2252
2254
A1
01
4-GRN
A1
02
MCC-N1001
6-BLU
2255
3-RED
A1
03
A2
ESD-RL3
HPU1 AUX ESD

5-ORG
2255
2256
A2
ESD-RL2
RT AUX ESD
2254
5-ORG
A2
ESD-RL1
DW AUX ESD
2253
(10C X 14 AWG)
TDS AUX ESD
TB10
2-WHT
2252
2-WHT
01
0VDC
33
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-34
A1
04
6-BLU
2256
34
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-43
35
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-44
36
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-53
37
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-54
38
7-WHT/BLK
2260
A2
ESD-RL4
05
7-WHT/BLK
A1
06
A2
ESD-RL5
2260
TRIP TANK 2 ESD
8-RED/BLK
2261
2261
8-RED/BLK
SPARE
SPARE
39
9-GRN/BLK
SPARE
40
10-ORG/BLK
SPARE
A1
07
ESD-RL6
A2
9-GRN/BLK
10-ORG/BLK
D4
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
VFD-TD/RT-1
VFD-TD/RT-2
VFD-TD/RT
SCALE:
VFD-DW-2
1-BLK
TRIP TANK 1 ESD
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-33
ESD-04
15
SH
VFD-DW-1
VFD-DWA
07-19
17
0.75mm GRY
RLY8-24
AC DRIVE
1-BLK
1-WHT
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-33
0.75mm GRY
RLY7-44
NIS
6-BLU
53
42
AC DRIVE
DW BOOM
PLUG PANEL
34
40
43
ESTOPSIG
NIS
NIS
33
24V RTN-L
39
NIS
29
VFD-DW-2
07-18
1-WHT
TB MCC
34
ADSESTOP
19-BLU/RED
1-WHT
VFD-DWA
1-BLK
36
36
+24VDC
1-BLK
VFD-DW-1
33
33
16-BLK/RED
1-WHT
(1TSP x 16AWG)
VFD-DWA-1
29
SPARE
ADSMESTOP
1-BLK
30
26
13-RED/WHT
15-BLU/WHT
B3
ZN
25
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-24
25
8
SH
FIBER
14
30
NIS
A1
0.75mm GRY
24
TBESD
+24V LOAD
6-BLU
24V RTN-B
13
SH
TB VFD
21
1-BLU
5-ORG
VFD-TD
62.5/125um X 4C
3-GRN
DW
RLY6-A2
A2
0.75mm GRY
18
1-BLU
S1
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-A2
RLY6-DW
NIS
CONNECTOR
17
A1
NIS
DW SKID
S1
4-GRN
24V RTN-A
16
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-A1
NIS
VFD-DW
0.75mm GRY
RLY6-A1
NIS
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
(P/N 10538859-001)
NIS
DRAWWORKS
B6
ZN
NIS
B7
ZN
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
NIS
13
SH
A3
ZN
NIS
DW SKID
13
SH
NIS
NIS
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
14 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
4
14
SH
A3
ZN
HOUSE
PLUG PANEL
EF
BLK
62.5/125um X 2C
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
FJ-01
EF
EF
EF
BLK
BLK
62.5/125um X 2C
FJ-02
RED
FJ-03
RED
FIBER
BLK
62.5/125um X 2C
FJ-04
RED
B1
FJ-05
SPARE
B2
2-ORN
CAB-F02A
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
1-BLU
62.5/125um X 4C
2-ORN
3-GRN
CAB-F02
4-BRN
EF
6
SH
FIBER
D1
ZN
3-GRN
62.5/125um X 2C
RED
FIBER
2-ORN
A2
62.5-125um X 2C
S1
4-BRN
FIBER
EF
FIBER
BLK
62.5/125um X 2C
A1
SPARE
1-BLU
1-BLU
PF
RED
FIBER
AC DRIVE
FIBER PATCH PANEL
(P/N 10538859-001)
EF
AC DRIVE HOUSE
MULTI TOOL
CONTROL CABINET
POWER SYSTEM
TAG No: PWR MTC
RED
RED
BLK
V1
RED
7
BLK
V1
BLK
V1
EF
BLK
RED
V1
EF
V2
MOXA
ETHERNET
V2
SWITCH 1
ETHERNET
V2
MOXA
ETHERNET
MOXA
V2
ETHERNET
SWITCH 3
NOV P/N
F1
10068313-001
SWITCH 4
NOV P/N
F1
10068313-001
NOV P/N
F1
10068313-001
10068313-001
F2
F2
F2
F2
SG
SG
SG
SG
EF
SWITCH 2
NOV P/N
F1
MOXA
EF
AC DRIVE
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
HOUSE
EF
PLUG PANEL
BLK
62.5/125um X 2C
FJ-06
RED
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
FIBER
RED
7
BLK
EF
BLK
A3
2-ORN
A4
SPARE
B3
SPARE
B4
1-BLU
1-BLU
62.5-125um X 2C
2-ORN
CAB-F01A
3-GRN
FIBER
4-BRN
PF
EF
RED
S1
S1
P1
P1
S2
S2
P2
P2
1-BLU
62.5/125um X 4C
2-ORN
3-GRN
CAB-F01
4-BRN
EF
6
SH
FIBER
A1
ZN
3-GRN
4-BRN
V1
V2
MOXA
ETHERNET
SWITCH 5
NOV P/N
F1
10068313-001
F2
SG
11
SH
C4
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622967-DIA
15 OF 15
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
8
NOTES:
1. WIRING COLORS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.

2. CABLE MARKED ETHERNET MUST BE COMPLIANT WITH
ETHERNET SPECIFICATION ISO/IEC 11802 & EN 50173.

3. ALL PANELS SHOULD BE GROUNDED TO A CENTRAL LOCATION
ON CHAIR USING 4mm. GRN/YEL,
ENCODERS
POWER DEVICES
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
4.
120/220 VAC
WHT
GND
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
LEVEL SWITCH - NC
INCREMENTAL
WYE/DELTA
WIRING COLORS FOR POWER

BLK
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
INCREMENTAL ENCODER
WIRING COLORS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
L1
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
35mm GRN/YEL WILL BE USED
TO TIE EACH CHAIR TO A GROUND BAR ON THE DRILL CABIN.
INPUT DEVICES
3 PHASE
LEVEL SWITCH - N0
TRANSFORMER
ABSOLUTE
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
GRN/YEL
ABSOLUTE ENCODER
FLOW SWITCH - NC
__________________
DC
DC+
VIO
DC-
VIO/BLK
FLOW SWITCH - NO
5. LABEL CABLES , WIRES AND FIBER AS PER PRINT ON BOTH ENDS.
WYE/DELTA-WYE
3 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
CONDUCTORS
RELAYS
1 PHASE
TRANSFORMER
MUTI-CORE CABLE
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

NO RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-01
3/C CABLE
NC RELAY CONTACT
IEC 07-02-03
RECTIFIER
ETHERNET FIBER VARCO
EF
DP
DP
INVERTER
SINGLE LINE SYMBOL
TRANSMITTER or
TRANSDUCER
DIRECTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
2-WIRE
ETHERNET CUSTOMER
CIRCUIT BREAKER
IEC 07-13-05
TEMPEERATURE DEVICE
PROPORTIONAL
SOLENOID VALVE
(RTD / PTC)
3-WIRE
M
PF
IEC 07-20-02
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
FUSED DISCONNECT
IEC 07-21-09
PROFIBUS DP VARCO
DP
IEC 07-19-02
OUTPUT DEVICES
ETHERNET VARCO
NAMUR PROX SENSOR
RELAY COIL
IEC 07-15-01
CABLE LEGEND
EF
TSP
EF
SCHEMATIC SYMBOL
PROFIBUS FIBER VARCO
3 PH MOTOR
IEC 06-08-01
M
3
HORN
+
PF
PF
HEATER
IEC 04-01-12
B
232
232
STROBE LIGHT
IEC 08-10-02
RS232 WITS VARCO
232
SIG +
LOAD CELL
RS232 WITS CUSTOMER
SIG M
MODEM VARCO
E-STOP SWITCH
MODEM CUSTOMER
CCTV VARCO
CCTV CUSTOMER
POWER VARCO
POWER CUSTOMER
NIS
NIS
AMPHION
PRODUCT:
CABLE CONNECTOR
TOLERANCES ARE:
END ITEM:
NEXT ASSY:
10545605-001
X.X
.1
X.XX
.03
X.XXX .010
SIMILAR TO:
TOL > .06

1000

INITIAL
T. PHAM
APPVD
T. PHAM
AC IDEAL RIG 135

SCALE:
RIG SOLUTIONS
ENGINEERING
11/15/2011
TITLE:

CHECKED
DATE
BREAK EDGES .02/.03
D. McGARY
DRAWN
250
FRACTIONS
CURRENT
FINISH
TOL < .06
1/2 DEG
1/16
WT LBS:
ANGLES
DWG NO.
1/1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
REV:
OF
16
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
1.5mm VIO
PS1/2(+3)
TB +24VDC
D
BUSBAR
CB1
10A
2.5mm BLK
2.5mm BLK
L-UPS-A4
PE BAR
L-UPS-A4
2.5mm WHT
2.5mm X 3C
N-UPS-A4
HMI 1
2.5mm WHT
N-UPS-A4
2.5mm GRN/YEL
2.5mm GRN/YEL
PE
PE
10
HMI 1
L1
RB1
PE
-
POSITION 12
CB2
24V
GND
24V
GND
WAGO
CPU
WAGO
ETHERNET I/O
PS1/2(+1)
POSITION 0
BLK
L-UPS-B3
FROM MTC1
(12 AWG X 3C)
WHT
P4202
N-UPS-B3
GRN/YEL
2.5mm BLK
CB6
10A
PE
L1
2.5mm WHT
N
N-UPS-B5
PE BAR
2.5mm GRN/YEL
PE BAR
2.5mm BLK
RB2
PE
POWER SUPPLY
115/230VAC IN
NOV P/N
10066792-001
2.5mm BLK
2.5mm WHT
N-UPS-B6
L-UPS-B6
2.5mm X 3C
HMI 4
2.5mm WHT
N-UPS-B6
2.5mm GRN/YEL
2.5mm GRN/YEL
PE
PE
PS1/2(+8)
0.75mm VIO
PS1/2(+7)
0.75mm VIO
SWITCH #1
V1-
V2-
F2
MOXA
SWITCH #2
V1-
F2
L1
1.5mm VIO
+
PS2 +
1.5mm VIO/BLK
PS2 -
0.75mm VIO
OK
DI 8-6
OK
DI 8-5
0.75mm GRY
L-UPS-B6
V2+
MOXA
HMI 2
PS2 24VDC/10A
PE
PE BAR
L-UPS-B5
2
F1
DI 8-8
PE
V1+
0.75mm GRY
2.5mm GRN/YEL
2.5mm GRN/YEL
PE
CB5
10A
N-UPS-B4
GND
F1
PE
HMI 2
PS1/2(-3)
N-UPS-B4
2.5mm WHT
OV
1.5mm VIO/BLK
PE BAR
2.5mm X 3C
PS1/2(-2)
2.5mm WHT
GND
1.5mm VIO/BLK
L-UPS-B4
PS1/2(-1)
V2-
OV
PE
L-UPS-B4
ETHERNET I/O
750-341 RIGHT
1.5mm GRN/YEL
2.5mm BLK
V2+
POSITION 0
PE BAR
2.5mm BLK
1.5mm VIO/BLK
CB4
10A
V1+
CPU
750-341 LEFT
1.5mm VIO
BUSBAR
PS1/2(+6)
PE
PS1/2(-5)
PE
PE
0.75mm VIO/BLK
2.5mm GRN/YEL
2.5mm GRN/YEL
PS1/2(-5)
N-UPS-A6
0.75mm VIO/BLK
2.5mm WHT
DI 8-4
HMI 3
0.75mm GRY
PE BAR
2.5mm X 3C
N-UPS-A6
PS1/2(-4)
2.5mm WHT
L1
0.75mm VIO/BLK
L-UPS-A6
PS1/2(-4)
HMI 3
0.75mm VIO/BLK
2.5mm BLK
A3
ZN
24 RTN
2.5mm BLK
L-UPS-A6
4
SH
0.75mm GRY
1.5mm VIO/BLK
10A
CONNECTION (2,1)
0.75mm VIO
DI 8-1
PS1/2(+5)
OK
POSITION 8
0.75mm VIO
DI 8-2
A3
ZN
+24V
OK
CB3
PE
0.75mm VIO
1.5mm GRN/YEL
PE BAR
PE BAR
PE
PS1 -
1.5mm VIO
10066792-001
PS1/2(+4)
GRN/YEL
2.5mm GRN/YEL
1.5mm VIO/BLK
PS1/2(-3)
N-UPS-A3
PE BAR
1.5mm VIO
P4201
N-UPS-A5
115/230VAC IN
NOV P/N
1.5mm VIO/BLK
WHT
POWER SUPPLY
PS1/2(+3)
FROM MTC1
(12 AWG X 3C)
2.5mm WHT
12
SH
1.5mm VIO
L-UPS-A3
PS1 +
PS1/2(+2)
BLK
1.5mm VIO
L1
L-UPS-A5
CONNECTION 6
1.5mm VIO
PS1 24VDC/10A
PS1/2(+2)
2.5mm BLK
1.5mm VIO
10A
POSITION 8
CONNECTION (6,5)
4
SH
A3
ZN
CCTV HMI 4
L1
POSITION 12
POSITION 8
POSITION 8
CONNECTION 7
CONNECTION 4
CONNECTION 8
12
A3
A3
11
A3
SH
ZN
SH
ZN
SH
ZN
PE
CB7
10A
TB -24VDC

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
2 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
LEFT I/O PANEL
LEFT INSTRUMENTATION PANEL

POSITION 1
WAGO P/N 750-433

10064178-040
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
80DI24.0
SPARE
80DI24.1
SPARE
80DI24.2
SPARE
80DI24.3
SPARE

POSITION 2
WAGO P/N 750-433

10064178-040
0.75mm VIO
0.75mm VIO
DI 2-2
14
OPEN
13
TD-ELEVATOR
CLOSE
24
DRILL/OFF
14
23
0.75mm GRY
DI 2-2
24 V
DI 2-1
0.75mm VIO
DI 2-1
0.75mm VIO
DI 1
DI 2-6
0.75mm GRY
DI 2-6
0.75mm GRY
24 V
DI 2-5
DI 2-5
DI 2
0.75mm VIO
0.75mm VIO
DI 2-3
DI 2-3
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
0.75mm GRY
13
0.75mm GRY
DI 2-4
TD LINK
TILT
0.75mm GRY
TILT
24
23
DI 2-4
0.75mm VIO
0.75mm VIO
DI 2-7
DI 2-7
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
DI 2-8
DI 2-8
80DI24.4
TD ELEVATOR OPEN
C
80DI24.5
TD ELEVATOR CLOSE
80DI24.6
TD LINK DRILL
80DI24.7
TD LINK TILT

POSITION 3
WAGO P/N 750-433

10064178-040
0.75mm VIO
0.75mm GRY
DI 3-2
14
TD LINK
13
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
DI 3-2
24 V
DI 3-1
DI 3-1
DI 1
0.75mm GRY
FLOAT
24
0.75mm GRY
TD-FLOAT-C
23
GND BAR
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
TD-FLOAT-C
24 V
TD-FLOAT-D
TD-FLOAT-D
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
4
SH
80DI24.8
TD LINK TILT FLOAT
80DI24.9
SPARE
80DI24.10 SPARE
80DI24.11 SPARE
D7
ZN
POSITION 4
LEFT JOYSTICK CATHEAD

3
Y(+) SWITCH
4
2
Y(-) SWITCH
WAGO P/N 750-433

10064178-040
WHT
BLK
WHT
BLK
WHT
DEAD MAN
BLK
-
JS-05A
20 AWG X 1 TSP
WHT
JS-05 A/B
BLK
JS-05B
JS-05C
20 AWG X 1 TSP
WHT
JS-05 C/D
BLK
JS-05D
JS-06A
20 AWG X 1 TSP
WHT
JS-06 A/B
BLK
JS-06B
JS-05A
24 V
JS-05B
DI 1
JS-05C
24 V
JS-05D
DI 2
JS-06A
24 V
JS-06B
DI 3
24 V
8
4
SH
DI 4
80DI24.12
Y (+) SWITCH LINE RELEASE
80DI24.13
Y (-) SWITCH LINE PULL
80DI24.14 DEAD MAN SWITCH
80DI24.15 SPARE
D2
ZN

SCALE:
4
SH
D2
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
3 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
7
3
SH
B7
ZN
3
SH
A2
ZN
LEFT I/O PANEL
3
SH
A2
ZN

POSITION 5
WAGO P/N 750-433

10064178-040
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
80DI25.0
SPARE
80DI25.1
SPARE
80DI25.2
SPARE
80DI25.3
SPARE

POSITION 6
WAGO P/N 750-433

10064178-040
0.75mm VIO
DRAWWORKS
0.75mm VIO
DI 6-2
OFF/AUTO
14
13
PARKING BRAKE
24
ON
23
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
DI 6-2
24 V
DI 6-1
0.75mm VIO
DI 6-1
0.75mm VIO
DI 1
DI 6-6
0.75mm GRY
DI 6-6
0.75mm GRY
24 V
DI 6-5
DI 6-5
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
0.75mm GRY
DRAWWORKS
13
ADS-OR-C
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
ADS-OR-D
ADS-OR-D
0.75mm VIO
OVERRIDE
24
23
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
DI 7-2
24 V
DI 7-1
DI 7-1
DI 1
0.75mm VIO
0.75mm VIO
DI 7-6
14
13
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
DI 7-6
24 V
S-ENABLE-B
S-ENABLE-B
DI 2
0.75mm GRY
SLIPS
ENABLE
24
0.75mm GRY
S-ENABLE-C
23
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
S-ENABLE-C
24 V
S-ENABLE-D
S-ENABLE-D
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
5
SH
14
D2
SH
ZN
BLK
RJS-10A
80DI25.5
DRAWWORKS PARKING BRAKE ON
80DI25.6
SPARE
80DI25.7
SPARE
WAGO P/N 750-433

VARCO P/N 10064178-040
0.75mm VIO
DI 7-2

POSITION 7
0.75mm GRY
ADS-OR-C
14
DRAWWORKS PARKING BRAKE OFF/AUTO
80DI25.4
C3
ZN
80DI25.8
DRAWWORKS OVERRIDE
80DI25.9
SPARE
80DI25.10 SPARE
80DI25.11 SPARE
TB SLIP
1
POSITION 8
0.75mm VIO
CONTINUED TO
PS1
2
C4
SH
ZN
B4
SH
ZN
CONTINUED TO
B2
ZN
24 V
DI 8-1
DI 1
DI 8-6
24 V
DI 8-5
DI 2
+V LCD
24 V
DI 8-4
DI 3
24 V
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm VIO
0.75mm GRY
SW1 FAULT (F2)

SH
0.75mm VIO
PS2
C2
ZN
DI 8-2
0.75mm GRY
CONTINUED TO
7
SH
WAGO P/N 750-433

VARCO P/N 10064178-040
DI 4
80DI25.12 PS1 FAULT
80DI25.13 PS2 FAULT
80DI25.14
MOXA SWITCH 1 FAULT (F2)
80DI25.15 SPARE

SCALE:
5
SH
5
SH
D7
ZN
D2
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
4 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
7
4
SH
A7
ZN
4
SH
A3
ZN
LEFT I/O PANEL
2 CH ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE 4-20 mA

POSITION 9
WAGO P/N 750-552

VARCO P/N 10064178-022
4
SH
AO 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AO 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
80AO0
SPARE
80AO1
SPARE

POSITION 10
B2
ZN
WAGO P/N 750-552

VARCO P/N 10064178-022
AO 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AO 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
80AO2
SPARE
80AO3
SPARE

POSITION 11
WAGO P/N 750-552

VARCO P/N 10064178-022
0.75mm
5
SH
B3
SH
ZN
B3
ZN
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AO 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
GRY
80AO4
80AO5
SPARE
SPARE
2 CH ANALOG INPUT MODULE 0-10 V

POSITION 12
WAGO P/N 750-478

VARCO P/N 10064178-012
WHT
LJS-07B
CONNECTION 7
SH
AO 1
A3
ZN
POSITION 20
0.75mm VIO/BLK
(-) OV
AI 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AI 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
80AI0
SPARE
80AI1
LEFT JOYSTICK POTENTIOMETER

SCALE:
6
SH
D7
ZN
6
SH
D2
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
5 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
7
5
SH
A7
ZN
5
SH
A3
ZN
LEFT I/O PANEL
2 CH ANALOG INPUT MODULE 0-20 mA

POSITION 13
WAGO P/N 750-465

VARCO P/N 10064178-007
AI 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AI 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
80AI2
SPARE
80AI3
SPARE

POSITION 14
WAGO P/N 750-465

VARCO P/N 10064178-007
AI 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AI 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
80AI4
SPARE
80AI5
SPARE

POSITION 15
WAGO P/N 750-465

VARCO P/N 10064178-007
5
SH
AI 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AI 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
80AI6 SPARE
80AI7 SPARE

POSITION 16
B3
ZN
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
80DI26.0
SPARE
80DI26.1
SPARE
80DI26.2
SPARE
A
80DI26.3
SPARE

7
SH
D7
SH
ZN
D2
SH
ZN
D3
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
6 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
2
6
A3
SH
ZN
LEFT I/O PANEL

6
SH

POSITION 17
A3
ZN
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
4mm GRN/YEL
PE
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
80DI26.4
SPARE
80DI26.5
SPARE
80DI26.6
SPARE
80DI26.7
SPARE
CENTRAL
CABIN GND
2 AWG X 1C GRN/YEL
CHAIR GND
4mm GRN/YEL
PE
CENTER PANEL
+SIG MVMT
RED
2 CH ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE 0-10V

POSITION 19
PE
COM MVMT
+SIG MVMT
WAGO P/N 750-550

NOV P/N 10064178-021
TB SIG
RED
R2
R1
AO 1
COMMON
80AO6
WEIGHT INDICATOR SIGNAL MOVEMENT
9.53K
GRN
ELECTRONIC
GRN
BRN
COM MVMT
+SIG LCD
POSITION 8
+SIG LCD
WEIGHT
PIGTAIL
INDICATOR
N5014
D
WHT
BRN
+V LCD
WHT
CONNECTION 2
4
A3
SH
ZN
SHIELD
SHIELD
AO 2
COMMON
BLK
80AO7
LEFT JOYSTICK POTENTIOMETER
2 CH ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE +/-10V
(-) OV
COM LCD
BLK
+V LCD
0.75mm VIO/BLK
COM LCD
POSITION 20
WAGO P/N 750-556

NOV P/N 10064178-026
1
AO 1
COMMON
80AO8
WEIGHT INDICATOR SIGNAL
80AO9
SPARE
POSITION 12
CONNECTION 7
LEFT JOYSTICK
R
POTENTIOMETER
RED
WHT
LJS-07A
A3
SH
ZN
RED
WHT
LJS-07B
18 AWG X 4C
0.75mm VIO/BLK
(-) OV
LJS-07A
SHIELD
SHIELD
AO 2
COMMON
POSITION 12
CONNECTION 5
LJS-07B
5
SH
A3
ZN
LJS-07
L
BLK
GRN
LJS-07C
BLK
LJS-07D
GRN
LJS-07C
LJS-07D

SCALE:
8
SH
D2
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
7 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
7
6
SH
A7
ZN
7
SH
A2
ZN
LEFT I/O PANEL
FIELD SIDE CONNECTION AC/DC 0-230V + & POSITION 18
WAGO P/N 750-614

NOV P/N 10064178-072
POSITION 23
POSITION 24
CONNECTION 1
9
SH
CONNECTION 1
9
SH
0.75mm VIO
D3
ZN
(+) 24 V
(+)
(+) 24 V
(+)
(+)
(+)
(-)
(-)
(-)
(-)
0.75mm VIO
C3
ZN
POSITION 23
CONNECTION 5
9
SH
0.75mm VIO/BLK
(-) OV
D3
ZN
POSITION 24
GRY
GRN
RED
MUD PUMP #1
BLU
THROTTLE
PINK
NOV P/N 10048305-001
GRY
GRN
YEL
WHT
BRN
+5 VDC
YEL
PIGTAIL
OV RTN
MUD-PUMP1
CH A
WHT
CH A/
CH B
BRN
CH B/
CH Z
RED
CH Z/
BLU
(+) 24 V
(-) OV
(-) OV
(+) 24 V
PINK
0.75mm VIO
(-) OV
0.75mm VIO/BLK
C3
ZN
0.75mm VIO
9
SH
0.75mm VIO/BLK
0.75mm VIO/BLK
CONNECTION 5
CH A-1
INCREMENTAL ENCODER MODULE

POSITION 21
WAGO P/N 750-637

NOV P/N 10064178-034
CH A/-1
CH B/-1
CH Z-1
CH Z/-1
+5 VDC-1
OV RTN-1
(+) 24 V
(-) 0 V
N1
JUMPER
CH B-1
N2
(L) LATCH
(G) GATE
(R) REF
(S) SHIELD
80AI8
STATUS WORD
80AI9
VALUE WORD
80AI10
RESERVED WORD
80AI11
LATCH WORD
80AO10
CONTROL WORD
80AO11
SETPOINT WORD
80AO12
RESERVED WORD
80AO13
RESERVED WORD
Ue (5 V)
Uo (0 V)
SHIELD

POSITION 22
WAGO P/N 750-637

NOV P/N 10064178-034
PINK
GRY
GRN
RED
BLU
PINK
GRY
GRN
YEL
WHT
BRN
+5 VDC
YEL
PIGTAIL
OV RTN
MUD-PUMP2
CH A
WHT
CH A/
CH B
BRN
CH B/
CH Z
RED
CH Z/
BLU
CH A-2
CH A/-2
CH B/-2
CH Z-2
CH Z/-2
+5 VDC-2
OV RTN-2
(+) 24 V
(-) 0 V
N1
JUMPER
CH B-2
N2
(L) LATCH
(G) GATE
(R) REF
(S) SHIELD
80AI12
STATUS WORD
80AI13
VALUE WORD
80AI14
RESERVED WORD
80AI15
LATCH WORD
80AO14
CONTROL WORD
80AO15
SETPOINT WORD
80AO16
RESERVED WORD
80AO17
RESERVED WORD
Ue (5 V)
Uo (0 V)
SHIELD

SCALE:
9
SH
D7
ZN
9
SH
D2
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
8 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
7
8
SH
A7
ZN
8
SH
A2
ZN
LEFT I/O PANEL
POSITION 18
CONNECTION 2
8
SH
POSITION 18
CONNECTION 3
8
SH
BLU
THROTTLE
PINK
NOV P/N 10048305-001
GRY
GRN
YEL
WHT
BRN
MUD-PUMP3
CH A
CH B/-2
CH Z-2
CH A/
BRN
CH Z/-2
CH B/
CH Z
CH B-2
WHT
CH B
RED
+5 VDC-2
CH Z/
BLU
OV RTN-2
(+) 24 V
(-) 0 V
N1
JUMPER
YEL
PIGTAIL
OV RTN
WAGO P/N 750-637

NOV P/N 10064178-034
0.75mm VIO/BLK
CH A/-2
GRN
MUD PUMP #3

POSITION 23
(+) 24 V
CH A-2
GRY
+5 VDC
0.75mm VIO
(-) OV
D3
ZN
PINK
RED
D3
ZN
N2
(L) LATCH
(G) GATE
(R) REF
(S) SHIELD
80AI16
STATUS WORD
80AI17
VALUE WORD
80AI18
RESERVED WORD
80AI19
LATCH WORD
80AO18
CONTROL WORD
80AO19
SETPOINT WORD
80AO20
RESERVED WORD
80AO21
RESERVED WORD
Ue (5 V)
Uo (0 V)
SHIELD
POSITION 18
CONNECTION 1
POSITION 18
CONNECTION 8
8
SH
C3
ZN
8
SH
D3
ZN
0.75mm VIO

POSITION 24
(+) 24 V
WAGO P/N 750-637

NOV P/N 10064178-034
0.75mm VIO/BLK
(-) OV
(+) 24 V
(-) 0 V
N1
JUMPER
N2
(L) LATCH
(G) GATE
(R) REF
(S) SHIELD
80AI20
STATUS WORD
80AI21
VALUE WORD
80AI22
RESERVED WORD
80AI23
LATCH WORD
80AO22
CONTROL WORD
80AO23
SETPOINT WORD
80AO24
RESERVED WORD
80AO25
RESERVED WORD
Ue (5 V)
Uo (0 V)

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
9 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
RIGHT I/O PANEL
RIGHT INSTRUMENTATION PANEL

POSITION 1
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
81DI20.0
SPARE
81DI20.1
SPARE
81DI20.2
SPARE
81DI20.3
SPARE

POSITION 2
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
81DI20.4
SPARE
C
81DI20.5
SPARE
81DI20.6
SPARE
81DI20.7
SPARE

POSITION 3
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
81DI20.8
SPARE
81DI20.9
SPARE
81DI20.10 SPARE
81DI20.11 SPARE

POSITION 4
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
GND BAR
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
11
SH
D7
ZN
11
SH
D2
ZN
81DI20.13 SPARE
81DI20.14 SPARE
81DI20.15 SPARE
D3
ZN
SCALE:
11
SH
DI 4
81DI20.12 SPARE
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
10 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
7
10
SH
A7
ZN
10
SH
10
SH
0.75mm VIO
13
RELEASE ALL
24
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
0.75mm GRY
DI 5-2
24 V
DI 5-1
DI 5-1
DI 1
0.75mm GRY
TO-RA-C
23
A3
ZN
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
TOOL OWNERSHIP

POSITION 5
0.75mm VIO
DI 5-2
14
A2
ZN
RIGHT I/O PANEL
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
TO-RA-C
24 V
TO-RA-D
TO-RA-D
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
12
SH
C3
ZN
RJS-14A
14
SH
C3
ZN
BLK
CLR
RJS-14B
81DI21.0
RELEASE ALL TOOL OWNERSHIP
81DI21.1
DEAD MAN SWITCH
81DI21.2
SPARE
81DI21.3
SPARE

POSITION 6
DFSD ESTOP
15
SH
B5
ZN
MP ESTOP
15
A5
SH
ZN
GEN ESTOP
15
A5
SH
ZN
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
0.75mm VIO
DI 6-2
DFSD ESTOP
0.75mm VIO
DI 6-6
15
B5
SH
ZN
0.75mm GRY
DI 6-1
MP ESTOP
0.75mm VIO
DI 6-3
15
A5
SH
ZN
0.75mm GRY
DI 6-6
GEN ESTOP
15
A5
SH
ZN
0.75mm GRY
DI 6-4
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
81DI21.4
DFSD ESTOP
C
81DI21.5
MP ESTOP
81DI21.6
GEN ESTOP
81DI21.7
SPARE

POSITION 7
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
81DI21.8
SPARE
81DI21.9
SPARE
81DI21.10 SPARE
81DI21.11 SPARE

POSITION 8
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
CONTINUED TO
MOXA SW2 FAULT (F2)

2
B1
SH
ZN
0.75mm GRY
DI 8-8
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
81DI21.12 SPARE
81DI21.13 SPARE
81DI21.14 SPARE
81DI21.15
MOXA SWITCH 2 FAULT (F2)

SCALE:
12
SH
D7
ZN
12
SH
D2
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
11 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
7
11
SH
A7
ZN
11
SH
A2
ZN
RIGHT I/O PANEL

POSITION 9
WAGO P/N 750-552

VARCO P/N 10064178-022
BLK
RJS-01A
CONTINUED TO X-AXIS/Y-AXIS
RIGHT JOYSTICK POT(C),(K)
13
SH
C6
ZN
POSITION 13
20 AWG X 1TSP
CONNECTION 7
RJS-01
13
SH
0.75mm GRY
D3
ZN
RX-RET
CLR
RJS-01B
POSITION 14
CONNECTION 7
13
SH
11
SH
0.75mm GRY
C3
ZN
RY1-RET
13
B6
SH
ZN
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AO 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
20 AWG X 1TSP
CONNECTION 7
RJS-02
81AO0
X-AXIS RIGHT JOYSTICK POT (C)
81AO1
Y-AXIS RIGHT JOYSTICK POT (K)
WAGO P/N 750-552

VARCO P/N 10064178-022
BLK
POSITION 15
13
B3
SH
ZN
0.75mm GRY
RY2-RET
CLR
RJS-02B
D2
ZN
CONTINUED TO REDUNDANT Y-AXIS
AO 1

POSITION 10
RJS-02A
RIGHT JOYSTICK POT(G)
AO 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AO 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
81AO2
REDUNDANT Y-AXIS POT (G)
81AO3
SPARE
2 CH ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE 0-10 V

POSITION 11
WAGO P/N 750-550

NOV P/N 10064178-021
AO 1
COMMON
81AO4
SPARE
SHIELD
SHIELD
AO 2
COMMON
B
81AO5
SPARE
0.75mm
13
SH
GRY
2 CH ANALOG INPUT MODULE 0-10 V

POSITION 12
WAGO P/N 750-478

VARCO P/N 10064178-012
A3
ZN
1
AI 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AI 2
+ 24V
24 V
24 RTN
OV
SHIELD
POSITION 0
CONNECTION 6,7 1.5mm VIO
C3
SH
2
ZN
B3
SH
ZN
1.5mm VIO/BLK
81AI0
SPARE
81AI1
SPARE

SCALE:
14
SH
C7
ZN
13
SH
D2
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
12 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
2
12
SH
A2
ZN
RIGHT I/O PANEL
RIGHTJOYSTICK

POSITION 13
WAGO P/N 750-465

VARCO P/N 10064178-007
X-AXIS
POTENTIOMETER
BLK
BLK
CLR
RJS-03A
BLK
RJS-03A
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-01A
RJS-03
0.75mm GRY
RJS-03B
CLR
RJS-03B
POSITION 9
CONNECTION 3
12
SH
POSITION 9
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-01
CONNECTION (1), (5)

12
SH
0.75mm GRY
D3
ZN
RX-RET
AI 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AI 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
81AI2
RIGHT JOYSTICK X-AXIS POT (+)
81AI3
RIGHT JOYSTICK X-AXIS POT (-)
D4
ZN

POSITION 14
WAGO P/N 750-465

VARCO P/N 10064178-007
Y1-AXIS
POTENTIOMETER
BLK
CLR
CLR
RJS-04A
CLR
RJS-04B
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-01B
RJS-04
0.75mm GRY
RJS-04B
BLK
RJS-04A
POSITION 9
CONNECTION 7
12
D3
SH
ZN
0.75mm GRY
RY1-RET
AI 1
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AI 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
RIGHT JOYSTICK Y1-AXIS POT (+)
81AI4
C
RIGHT JOYSTICK Y1-AXIS POT (-)
81AI5

POSITION 15
WAGO P/N 750-465

VARCO P/N 10064178-007
REDUNDANT Y-AXIS
POTENTIOMETER
BLK
BLK
CLR
RJS-05A
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-02A
RJS-05B
RJS-05
X(+) SWITCH
X(-) SWITCH
4
3
Y(+) SWITCH
4
1
Y(-) SWITCH
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
0.75mm GRY
POSITION 10
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-02
CLR
CLR
RJS-05B
RJS-05A
CONNECTION (1)
12
C4
SH
ZN
POSITION 10
RJS-02B
CONNECTION 3
12
C3
SH
ZN
0.75mm GRY
RY2-RET
12
B3
SH
ZN
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-06A
RJS-06B
RJS-07A
RJS-07
RJS-07B
RJS-07B
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-08A
RJS-08A
RJS-08
RJS-08B
RJS-08B
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-09A
RJS-09A
RJS-09
RJS-09B
24 V
OV
SHIELD
AI 2
24 V
OV
SHIELD
81AI6
81AI7
REDUNDANT RIGHT JOYSTICK Y-AXIS POT(+)
REDUNDANT RIGHT JOYSTICK Y-AXIS POT(-)
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
RJS-06B
20 AWG X 1TSP
AI 1

POSITION 16
RJS-06A
RJS-06
RJS-07A
BLK
RJS-09B
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
24 V
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
81DI22.0
X (+) SWITCH
81DI22.1
X (-) SWITCH
81DI22.2
Y (+) SWITCH
81DI22.3
Y (-) SWITCH
14
SH
D7
ZN
14
SH
D2
ZN
14
D3
SH
ZN
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
13 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
7
13
SH
A7
ZN
12
SH
UPPER RIGHT
BLU
SWITCH
GRN
LOWER RIGHT
BRN
SWITCH
WHT
UPPER LEFT
ORN
SWITCH
PURP
LOWER LEFT
GRY
SWITCH
BLK
DEAD MAN
YEL
SWITCH
12
SH
M
N
O
P
U
V
S
T
Q
R
13
SH
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
BLK
CLR
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-10A
RJS-10A
RJS-10

POSITION 17
BLK
4
SH
B3
ZN
CLR
RJS-10B
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-11A
BLK
RJS-11A
RJS-11
RJS-11B
CLR
RJS-11B
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-12A
BLK
RJS-12A
RJS-12
RJS-12B
CLR
RJS-12B
20 AWG X 1TSP
RJS-13A
BLK
RJS-13A
RJS-13
RJS-13B
CLR
RJS-13B
RJS-14A
20 AWG X 1TSP
POSITION 5
RJS-14
CONNECTION 6, 5
RJS-14B
CABIN GND
CLR
DI 1
24 V
DI 2
24 V
DI 3
24 V
DI 4
81DI22.4
POWER SLIPS OPEN
81DI22.5
POWER SLIPS CLOSE
81DI22.6
SPARE
81DI22.7
SPARE
D3
ZN
2 AWG X 1C GRN/YEL
CHAIR GND
4mm GRN/YEL
4 CH DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE DC 24 V

POSITION 18
PE
10064178-054
BLK
HORN-01A
HORN-01A
20 AWG X 1TSP
HORN-01
24 V
WAGO P/N 750-504
HORN
PE
PE
11
SH
4mm GRN/YEL
CENTRAL
BLK
WAGO P/N 750-433

NOV P/N 10064178-040
A3
ZN
RJS-10B
A7
ZN
A3
ZN
RIGHT I/O PANEL
RIGHTJOYSTICK
RED
CLR
HORN-01B
HORN-01B
DO 1
24 V
OV
DO 2
24 V
OV
4
8
81DO18.0
HORN
C
81DO18.1
SPARE
DO 3
81DO18.2
SPARE
DO 4
81DO18.3
SPARE
FIELD SIDE CONNECTION AC/DC 0-230V + & POSITION 19
WAGO P/N 750-614

NOV P/N 10064178-072
POSITION 21
CONNECTION 1
POSITION 22
15 D2
CONNECTION 1
SH ZN
15
C2
SH
0.75mm VIO
(+) 24 V
(+)
(+) 24 V
(+)
(+)
(+)
(-) OV
(-)
(-) OV
(-)
(-)
(-)
0.75mm VIO
ZN
POSITION 21
POSITION 22
CONNECTION 5
CONNECTION 5
15
C2
SH
ZN
D3
SH
ZN
0.75mm VIO/BLK
PINK
TOP DRIVE
BLU
THROTTLE
PINK
NOV P/N 10048305-001
GRY
GRN
YEL
WHT
BRN
TD
CH A
CH B-3
CH Z-3
CH A/
BRN
CH Z/-3
CH B/
CH Z
CH B/-3
WHT
CH B
RED
+5 VDC-3
CH Z/
BLU
OV RTN-3
(+) 24 V
(-) 0 V
N1
JUMPER
YEL
PIGTAIL
OV RTN
WAGO P/N 750-637

NOV P/N 10064178-034
CH A/-3
GRN
+5 VDC

POSITION 20
(+) 24 V
CH A-3
GRY
RED
0.75mm VIO
(-) OV
0.75mm VIO/BLK
15
0.75mm VIO/BLK
N2
(L) LATCH
(G) GATE
(R) REF
(S) SHIELD
15
SH
D2
ZN
81AI9
VALUE WORD
80AI10
RESERVED WORD
81AI11
LATCH WORD
81AO6
CONTROL WORD
81AO7
SETPOINT WORD
81AO8
RESERVED WORD
81AO9
RESERVED WORD
Uo (0 V)

SCALE:
D7
ZN
STATUS WORD
Ue (5 V)
SHIELD
15
SH
81AI8
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
14 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
7
14
SH
A7
ZN
14
SH
A3
ZN
RIGHT I/O PANEL
POSITION 19
CONNECTION 2
14
SH
POSITION 19
CONNECTION 3
14
SH
BLU
THROTTLE
PINK
NOV P/N 10048305-001
GRY
GRN
YEL
WHT
BRN
RT
CH A
CH B/-3
CH Z-3
CH A/
BRN
CH Z/-3
CH B/
CH Z
CH B-3
WHT
CH B
RED
+5 VDC-3
CH Z/
BLU
OV RTN-3
(+) 24 V
(-) 0 V
N1
JUMPER
YEL
PIGTAIL
OV RTN
CH A/-3
GRN
ROTARY TABLE
WAGO P/N 750-637

NOV P/N 10064178-034
0.75mm VIO/BLK
CH A-3
GRY
+5 VDC

POSITION 21
(-) OV
B3
ZN
PINK
RED
0.75mm VIO
(+) 24 V
B2
ZN
N2
(L) LATCH
(G) GATE
(R) REF
(S) SHIELD
81AI12
STATUS WORD
81AI13
VALUE WORD
81AI14
RESERVED WORD
81AI15
LATCH WORD
81AO10
CONTROL WORD
81AO11
SETPOINT WORD
81AO12
RESERVED WORD
81AO13
RESERVED WORD
Ue (5 V)
Uo (0 V)
SHIELD
POSITION 19
CONNECTION 1
POSITION 19
CONNECTION 4
14
SH
B3
ZN
14
SH
0.75mm VIO

POSITION 22
(+) 24 V
B3
ZN
WAGO P/N 750-637

NOV P/N 10064178-034
0.75mm VIO/BLK
(-) OV
(+) 24 V
(-) 0 V
N1
JUMPER
N2
(L) LATCH
(G) GATE
(R) REF
(S) SHIELD
81AI16
STATUS WORD
81AI17
VALUE WORD
81AI18
RESERVED WORD
81AI19
LATCH WORD
81AO14
CONTROL WORD
81AO15
SETPOINT WORD
81AO16
RESERVED WORD
81AO17
RESERVED WORD
Ue (5 V)
Uo (0 V)
CENTER PANEL
TB SIG
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
ESTOP-C1A
ESTOP-CIA
ESTOP-CIA
REST-C1A
REST-C1A
REST-C1A
SPARE
SPARE
TO DFSD TB1
FOR CONTINUATION SEE
SYSTEM INTERCONNECT
16 AWG X 7C
NIS
N4202
POSITION 6
CONNECTION 1,2
11
C3
SH
ZN
B
RIGHT
12
11
PANEL
22
21
DFSD
E-STOP
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
DI 6-1
DI 6-1
DI 6-2
0.75mm VIO
DI 6-2
NIS
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
ESTOP-MUD1A
ESTOP-MUD1A
ESTOP-MUD1A
REST-MUD1A
REST-MUD1A
REST-MUD1A
SPARE
7
8
POSITION 6
CONNECTION 5,6
11
C3
SH
ZN
LEFT
12
11
PANEL
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
DI 6-5
DI 6-5
DI 6-6
0.75mm VIO
MUD PUMP
22
E-STOP
21
DI 6-6
TO DFSD TB16
FOR CONTINUATION SEE
SYSTEM INTERCONNECT
16 AWG X 4C
NIS
N4204
GEN-EST-C1A
REST-GEN-C1A
10
NIS
PANEL GND
SPARE
11
SPARE
12
4mm GRN/YEL
POSITION 6
CONNECTION 3,4
11
C3
SH
ZN
0.75mm GRY
0.75mm GRY
GEN-EST-C1A
GEN-EST-C1A
REST-GEN-C1A
REST-GEN-C1A
RIGHT
12
11
PANEL
0.75mm VIO
0.75mm VIO
DI 6-3
DI 6-3
DI 6-4
0.75mm GRY
GENERATOR
22
E-STOP
21
DI 6-4
PE

SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
15 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
DRILLER'S CHAIR
FIBER PATCH PANEL
1-BLU
2-ORN
D1001
3-GRN
FIBER
FOR
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
FIBER
B1
4-BRN
CONTINUATION
EF
EF
EF
F5001
BLK
A2
62.5/125um X 4C
62.5/125um X 2C
B2
SEE SYSTEM
INTERCONNECT DWG
BLK
A3
62.5/125um X 2C
F5002
RED
A4
EF
62.5/125um X 2C
TX
FIBER
EF
8
RX
EF
TX
F5010
FIBER
EF
RED
A1
RX
B3
RX
B4
RX
EF
EF
7
TX
TX
MOXA
MOXA
ETHERNET
ETHERNET
SWITCH 2
SWITCH 1
C
E/NET X 4 PR
E
E/NET X 4 PR
D5000
POSITION 24
END
13 14
15 16
13 14
15 16
13 14
15 16
13 14
POSITION 23
POSITION 22
POSITION 21
POSITION 20
POSITION 19
POSITION 18
POSITION 17
POSITION 16
POSITION 15
POSITION 14
POSITION 13
POSITION 12
POSITION 11
POSITION 10
POSITION 9
POSITION 8
POSITION 7
POSITION 6
POSITION 5
POSITION 4
POSITION 3
POSITION 2
DATA
POSITION 0
15 16
13 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 14
01 02
POSITION 1
DATA
ETHERNET
DATA PORT
D5006
ON
LINK
24V
0V
13 14
ERROR
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
A1 A2
A1 A2
E1 E2 13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
A1 A2
N1
N2
N1
N2
N1
N2
N1
N2
A1 A2
I/O
LEFT SIDE
750-341
-
OV OV
OV OV
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-552 750-552 750-552 750-478 750-465 750-465 750-465 750-433 750-433 750-614
D5001
DATA
U
15 16
750-637
750-637
750-637
750-637
D5002
DATA
E/NET X 4 PR
D5003
750-550 750-556
E/NET X 4 PR
E
OV OV
E/NET X 4 PR
E
OV OV
A1 A2
DATA
750-600
TxD/RxD
END
ENC-24
ENC-23
ENC-22
ENC-21
FS-20
AO-19
AO-18
DI-17
DI-16
AI-15
AI-14
AI-13
AI-12
AO-11
AO-10
AO-9
DI-8
DI-7
DI-6
DI-5
DI-4
DI-2
DI-3
B
DI-1
B
HMI-3
HMI-1
HMI-2
D5004
(CCTV)
CCTV
MATRIX
J-BOX
DATA
E/NET X 4 PR
E/NET X 4 PR
HMI-4
D5005
ETHERNET
01 02
13 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 14
13 14
15 16
13 14
15 16
13 14
END
POSITION 22
POSITION 21
POSITION 20
POSITION 19
POSITION 18
POSITION 17
POSITION 16
POSITION 15
POSITION 14
POSITION 13
POSITION 12
POSITION 11
POSITION 10
POSITION 9
POSITION 8
POSITION 7
POSITION 6
POSITION 5
POSITION 4
POSITION 3
POSITION 2
POSITION 1
POSITION 0
DATA
15 16
ON
LINK
ERROR
RIGHT SIDE
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
A1 A2
A1 A2
A1 A2
E1 E2 13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
13 14
I/O
OV OV
OV OV
OV OV
OV OV
750-341
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
15 16
DI-17
DI-16
AI-15
AI-14
AI-13
AI-12
AO-11
AO-10
AO-9
DI-8
DI-7
DI-6
DI-5
DI-4
DI-3
DI-2
DI-1
750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-552 750-552 750-552 750-478 750-465 750-465 750-465 750-433 750-433
15 16
750-504
750-614
FS-19
DO-18
A
750-631
750-631
750-631
750-600
END
13 14
ENC-22
0V
ENC-21
24V
ENC-20
TxD/RxD
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622969-DIA
16 OF 16
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
DRILLER'S CABIN
UPS DESK
REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH A
NOV (P/N 10512936-001)
(P/N 10067098-001)
(SOLA P/N A2D130HW)
1-BLK
2-WHT
TB1 IN
L1
L2
10 AWG X 3C
AC LINE INPUT
P202-04
208 VAC, 2 PHASE

3-GRN
GND
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
N/L2
L/L1
N/L2
L/L1
PE
N/L2
L
N
OUTPUT
L-UPS-A
1
L/L1
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
N/L2
N/L2
16A
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - BLK
L
CB1
BUSBAR
2-WHT
1-BLK
3-GRN
(10AWG x 3C)
BYPASS A
UPS
2-WHT
(PIGTAIL)
3-GRN
(10AWG x 3C)
2-WHT
UPS A
3-GRN
L/L1
10 AWG X 3C
P1001
TO MTC CABINET
N/L2
16A
OUTPUT
1
PE
L/L1
N/L2
REMOTE EMERGENCY
POWER OFF
INPUT
BATTERY MODE
PE
SHUT DOWN
BATTERY MODE
(PIGTAIL)
PE
3-GRN
3
TB1 ESTOP
(4TSP x 18AWG)
2
3
BATTERY A
(P/N 10510106-001)
(SOLA P/N S4K2U96BATC)
CB3
REPO A
EXTERNAL BATTERY
MODULE A
2-WHT
16A
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
1-BLK
N-UPS-A
CB2
UPS A (3KVA)
(P/N 10510104-001)
(SOLA P/N S4K2U3000-5C)
1-BLK
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
INPUT
1-BLK
7
LOW BATTERY
8
9
10
11
12
REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH B
(P/N 10067098-001)
(SOLA P/N A2D130HW)
1-BLK
2-WHT
TB2 IN
L1
L2
AC LINE INPUT
3-GRN
GND
L/L1
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
P202-05
208 VAC, 2 PHASE
L/L1
N/L2
N/L2
PE
N/L2
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - WHT
3
10 AWG X 3C
4.0mm - BLK
L
N
OUTPUT
CB4
16A
BUSBAR
INPUT
L/L1
N/L2
L-UPS-B
N/L2
1-BLK
N-UPS-B
2-WHT
CB5
16A
1-BLK
UPS B (3KVA)
(P/N 10510104-001)
2-WHT
3-GRN
1-BLK
(10AWG x 3C)
BYPASS B
UPS
2-WHT
(PIGTAIL)
3-GRN
L/L1
N/L2
OUTPUT
PE
(10AWG x 3C)
2-WHT
UPS B
3-GRN
L/L1
N/L2
REMOTE EMERGENCY
POWER OFF
INPUT
BATTERY MODE
PE
SHUT DOWN
BATTERY MODE
(PIGTAIL)
1
2
TB2 ESTOP
(4TSP x 18AWG)
10 AWG X 3C
P1002
TO MTC CABINET
PE
3-GRN
1
2
3
BATTERY B
(P/N 10510106-001)
REPO B
EXTERNAL BATTERY
MODULE B
CB6
16A
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
1-BLK
5
6
7
LOW BATTERY
8
9
10
11
12
PRODUCT:
TOLERANCES ARE:
END ITEM:
NEXT ASSY:
10545605-001
X.X
.1
X.XX
.03
X.XXX .010
SIMILAR TO:
TOL > .06

1000

INITIAL
T. PHAM
APPVD
T. PHAM
UPS INSTALLATION
AC IDEAL RIG 135

SCALE:
RIG SOLUTIONS
ENGINEERING
11/15/2011
TITLE:

CHECKED
DATE
BREAK EDGES .02/.03
D. McGARY
DRAWN
FRACTIONS
CURRENT
FINISH
250
1/2 DEG
1/16
WT LBS:
TOL < .06
ANGLES
DWG NO.
1/1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622970-DIA
REV:
OF
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
POWER SYSTEM HOUSE

UPS CABINET
NOV (P/N 10513957-001)
REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH A
(P/N 10067098-001)
(SOLA P/N A2D130HW)
D
1-BLK
2-WHT
TB1 IN
L1
L2
AC LINE INPUT
3-GRN
GND
L/L1
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
PA 001
208 VAC, 2 PHASE
L/L1
N/L2
N/L2
PE
N/L2
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - WHT
3
10 AWG X 3C
4.0mm - BLK
L
N
OUTPUT
CB1
BUSBAR
INPUT
L-UPS-A
1
L/L1
N/L2
16A
N/L2
1-BLK
3-GRN
1-BLK
(10AWG x 3C)
BYPASS A
UPS
2-WHT
(PIGTAIL)
3-GRN
2-WHT
3-GRN
16A
L/L1
P2001
TO PWR MTC
CABINET
N/L2
16A
OUTPUT
1
L/L1
N/L2
REMOTE EMERGENCY
POWER OFF
INPUT
BATTERY MODE
PE
SHUT DOWN
BATTERY MODE
(PIGTAIL)
3
TB1 ESTOP
(4TSP x 18AWG)
2
3
BATTERY A
3-GRN
PE
REPO A
(P/N 10510106-001)
10 AWG X 3C
CB3
C
EXTERNAL BATTERY
MODULE A
2-WHT
PE
1-BLK
UPS A
N-UPS-A
CB2
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
(10AWG x 3C)
UPS A (3KVA)
(P/N 10510104-001)
2-WHT
1-BLK
5
6
7
LOW BATTERY
8
9
10
11
12
REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH B
(P/N 10067098-001)
(SOLA P/N A2D130HW)
1-BLK
2-WHT
TB2 IN
L1
L2
AC LINE INPUT
3-GRN
GND
L/L1
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
PB 001
208 VAC, 2 PHASE
L/L1
N/L2
N/L2
PE
N/L2
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - WHT
3
10 AWG X 3C
4.0mm - BLK
L
N
OUTPUT
CB4
16A
BUSBAR
INPUT
L/L1
N/L2
L-UPS-B
N/L2
1-BLK
N-UPS-B
2-WHT
CB5
16A
1-BLK
UPS B (3KVA)
(P/N 10510104-001)
2-WHT
3-GRN
1-BLK
(10AWG x 3C)
BYPASS B
UPS
2-WHT
(PIGTAIL)
3-GRN
L/L1
N/L2
OUTPUT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
(10AWG x 3C)
2-WHT
UPS B
3-GRN
L/L1
N/L2
PE
REMOTE EMERGENCY
POWER OFF
INPUT
BATTERY MODE
SHUT DOWN
TB2 ESTOP
BATTERY MODE
(PIGTAIL)
(P/N 10510106-001)
CABINET
PE
3-GRN
BATTERY B
TO PWR MTC
REPO B
EXTERNAL BATTERY
MODULE B
P2002
(4TSP x 18AWG)
10 AWG X 3C
CB6
16A
PE
1-BLK
5
6
7
LOW BATTERY
8
9
10
11
12
UPS INSTALLATION
SCALE:
3
SH
D4
ZN
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622970-DIA
2 OF 3
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
POWER SYSTEM HOUSE

2
A4
SH
ZN
UPS CABINET
NOV (P/N 10513957-001)
REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH C
(P/N 10067098-001)
(SOLA P/N A2D130HW)
1-BLK
2-WHT
TB3 IN
L
AC LINE INPUT
3-GRN
GND
L/L1
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
N/L2
PE
PC 001
120 VAC, 1 PHASE
L/L1
N/L2
N/L2
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - WHT
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
L/L1
4.0mm - BLK
4.0mm - WHT
3
10 AWG X 3C
4.0mm - BLK
L
N
OUTPUT
CB7
BUSBAR
INPUT
L-UPS-C
1
L/L1
N/L2
25A
N/L2
1-BLK
3-GRN
1-BLK
(10AWG x 3C)
BYPASS C
UPS
2-WHT
(PIGTAIL)
3-GRN
1-BLK
(10AWG x 3C)
2-WHT
UPS C
3-GRN
(10AWG x 3C)
TO VFD LINEUP
CB9
L/L1
N/L2
25A
OUTPUT
1
PE
L/L1
N/L2
PE
REMOTE EMERGENCY
POWER OFF
INPUT
BATTERY MODE
SHUT DOWN
BATTERY MODE
(PIGTAIL)
PE
3-GRN
3
TB3 ESTOP
(4TSP x 18AWG)
2
3
BATTERY C
(P/N 10510106-001)
2-WHT
25A
REPO C
EXTERNAL BATTERY
MODULE C
N-UPS-C
CB8
4.0mm - GRN/YEL
PE
UPS C (3KVA)
(P/N 10513950-001)
(SOLA P/N S4K2U3000C)
2-WHT
1-BLK
5
6
7
LOW BATTERY
8
9
10
11
12
UPS INSTALLATION
SCALE:
1/1
DWG NO.
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10622970-DIA
3 OF 3
REV:
01
DRAWN IN ACAD
RS-MECH_D-TPL-001
MJOB-8375
NEXT ASSY
This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National-Oilwell
Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned
for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use
of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written
consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request and in any event upon
completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and
represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV. National Oilwell Varco
USED ON
APPLICATION
DRAWN
J. ALANIZ
TITLE
CABLE SCHEDULE INDEX, ADS-10SD,

AC IDEAL RIG 135
CHECKED
C. HOVANETZ
SIZE
APPVD
C. HOVANETZ
DATE
11/3/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10548376-IDX 01
NTS
WT LBS
SHEET
OF
D74DCF0049-TPL-001 (REV B)

AC IDEAL RIG 135
CABLE ID
CABLE
NOV
GLAND
GLAND
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
PART NO.
SIZE
P/N
TYPE
FROM
TAG NO.
DATE
TO
LOCATION
TAG NO.
BLOCK DIAG.
LOCATION
DWG. NO.
INTERCONNECT
SHT.
DWG. NO.
11/3/2011 11:58:28 AM
REMARKS
SHT.
CABLE
SUPPLIED BY
D331
PIGTAIL
DATA
ENC-331
DRUM ABSOLUTE ENC. #1
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
6,22
NOV
D332
PIGTAIL
DATA
ENC-332
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
6,22
NOV
DATA
ENC-333
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
6,22
NOV
DATA
AD-SNJB700
TRANSMITTER J-BOX
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
12,22
NOV
DATA
AD-SNJB700
TRANSMITTER J-BOX
SJB-800
RTD J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
9,14
NOV
DATA
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
23
NOV
D333
PIGTAIL
D700
PROFIBUS
30156220
D800
PROFIBUS
30156220
DW-F01A
FIBER
DW-F01
FIBER
DATA
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
MTC CONTROL SYSTEM
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
23
NOV
DW-N01A
16 AWG x 3 TSP
CONTROL
AD-NJB410
INTERMEDIATE ENC./AUX. J-BOX
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-N01
16 AWG x 3 TSP
CONTROL
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-N02A
16 AWG x 3 TSP
CONTROL
AD-NJB410
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-N02
16 AWG x 3 TSP
CONTROL
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
N333
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
NJB-510
"A" BRAKE PNEUMATIC INTERFACE J-BOX
AD-NJB410
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
9,10
NOV
N350
2
1.0mm x 3 TSP
56626-03
CONTROL
NJB-350
E-STOP PUSH-BUTTON STATION
AD-NJB410
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
N511
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
PS-511
CROWN SAVER PRESSURE SWITCH
NJB-510
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
NOV
N512
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
SOV-512
CROWN SAVER OVERRIDE SOLENOID
NJB-510
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
NOV
N513
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
SOV-513
DISENGAGE "A" PARK PRAKE
NJB-510
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
NOV
N516
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
NJB-530
SERVO J-BOX, "A" BRAKE
NJB-510
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
NOV
CONTROL
NJB-530
NJB-510
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
NOV
NJB-521
"A" BRAKE CONTROL BOX
NJB-530
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10,15
NOV
N517
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
N518
2
1.0mm x 3 TSP
56626-03
CONTROL
N519
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
PXR-519
PRESS. TRANSMTR, "A" BRAKE SERVO
NJB-530
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10,15
NOV
N601
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
DPS-601
DIFF PRESS SW, BLOWER "A"
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
17
NOV
N602
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
DPS-602
DIFF PRESS SW, BLOWER "B"
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
17
NOV
N607
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
AD-NJB410
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
9,24
NOV
N608
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56626-01
CONTROL
AD-NJB410
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
9,18
NOV
N610
2
1.0mm x 7 TSP
56626-07
CONTROL
NJB-510
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10,18
NOV
N401
2
1.0mm x 3 TSP
56626-03
CONTROL
ENC-401
"A" ENCODER, DRIVE MOTOR
AD-NJB410
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
N402
2
1.0mm x 3 TSP
56626-03
CONTROL
ENC-402
"B" ENCODER, DRIVE MOTOR
AD-NJB410
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
DW-N04B
16AWG x 7 TSP
CUSTOMER
CONTROL
AD-SNJB01
SENSOR J-BOX
GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
16
CUSTOMER
DW-N04A
16AWG x 7 TSP
CUSTOMER
CONTROL
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
16
CUSTOMER
DW-N04
16AWG x 7 TSP
CUSTOMER
CONTROL
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
16,21
CUSTOMER
CAB-N01A
14AWG x 20C
CUSTOMER
CONTROL
DFT-NJB100
DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
24
CUSTOMER
CAB-N01
14AWG x 20C
CUSTOMER
CONTROL
MTC CONTROL SYSTEM
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
24
CUSTOMER
DW-N03A
14 AWG X 7C
CUSTOMER
CONTROL
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
24
CUSTOMER
DW-N03
14 AWG X 7C
CUSTOMER
CONTROL
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
MTC CONTROL SYSTEM
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
24
CUSTOMER
DW-P01A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
A DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P02A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
A DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P03A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
A DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P04A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
A DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P05A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
A DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P06A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
A DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P07A
4/0 x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
A DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P01
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P02
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P03
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P04
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P05
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P06
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P07
4/0 x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10548376-IDX
REV
01

AC IDEAL RIG 135
FROM
DATE
TO
BLOCK DIAG.
INTERCONNECT
11/3/2011 11:58:28 AM
CABLE ID
CABLE
NOV
GLAND
GLAND
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
PART NO.
SIZE
P/N
TYPE
TAG NO.
LOCATION
TAG NO.
LOCATION
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
REMARKS
SUPPLIED BY
CABLE
DW-P08A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
B DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P09A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
B DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P10A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
B DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P11A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
B DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P12A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
B DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P13A
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
B DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P14A
4/O x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
B DRIVE MOTOR
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P08
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P09
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P10
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P11
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P12
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P13
535MCM x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P14
4/O x 1C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
INV DWA/DWB
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P15B
2
6.0mm X 3/C + E
56625-6.0-04
POWER
MOT-201B
"A" BLOWER MOTOR
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
DW-P15A
10AWG X 4/C
CUSTOMER
POWER
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
DW-P15
10AWG X 4/C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
MCC
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
DW-P16B
2
6.0mm X 3/C + E
56625-6.0-04
POWER
MOT-202B
"B" BLOWER MOTOR
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
DW-P16A
10AWG X 4/C
CUSTOMER
POWER
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P16
10AWG X 4/C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
MCC
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P17A
12AWG X 20/C
CUSTOMER
POWER
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P17
12AWG X 20/C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
MCC
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
CUSTOMER
DW-P18A
12AWG X 20/C
CUSTOMER
POWER
AD-PNJB630
POWER SUPPLY J-BOX
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
25
CUSTOMER
DW-P18
12AWG X 20/C
CUSTOMER
POWER
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
MTC CONTROL SYSTEM
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
25
CUSTOMER
DW-P19
2
2.5mm X 3/C+E
56625-2.5-04
POWER
MOT-205L
"A" LUBE OIL PUMP MOTOR
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
DW-P20
2
1.5mm X 3/C
56625-1.5-03
POWER
HTR-201B
"A" BLOWER MOTOR HEATER
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
DW-P21
2
1.5mm X 3/C
56625-1.5-03
POWER
HTR-202B
"B" BLOWER MOTOR HEATER
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
DW-P22
2
2.5mm X 3/C+E
56625-2.5-04
POWER
MOT-206C
"A" LUBE PUMP COOLING MOTOR
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
DW-P23
2
1.5mm X 3/C
56625-1.5-03
POWER
HTR-201D
"A" DRIVE MOTOR HEATER
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
DW-P24
2
1.5mm X 3/C
56625-1.5-03
POWER
HTR-202D
"B" DRIVE MOTOR HEATER
AD-PJB210
AUX POWER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
NOV
P621
2
1.5mm X 3/C
56625-1.5-03
POWER
NJB-530
BRAKE SERVO J-BOX "A"
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10,23
NOV
P630
2
2.5mm X 7/C
56625-2.5-07
POWER
AD-SNJB600
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
AD-PNJB630
POWER SUPPLY J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
23
NOV
DW-S02
16 AWG x 1 TSP
CUSTOMER
CONTROL
XMTR-725
PRESS. TRANSMITTER STANDPIPE A
AD-SNJB01
SENSOR J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
16
CUSTOMER
S711
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56627-01
CONTROL
PXR-711
PRESS. XMTR, "A" BRAKE AIR SUPP.
AD-SNJB700
TRANSMITTER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
12
NOV
S712
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56627-01
CONTROL
PXR-712
PRESS. XMTR, "A" PARKING BRAKE
AD-SNJB700
TRANSMITTER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
12
NOV
S714
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56627-01
CONTROL
PXR-714
GEAR BOX PRESS. XMTR, "A" LUBE OIL
AD-SNJB700
TRANSMITTER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
12
NOV
AD-S740
PIGTAIL
CONTROL
LC-741,42,43
LOAD CELL ASSY, DEADLINE ANCHOR
AD-SNJB01
SENSOR J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
16
NOV
S731
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56627-01
CONTROL
RTD-731
"A" GEARBOX LUBE OIL TEMP
AD-SNJB700
TRANSMITTER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
14
NOV
S755
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56627-01
CONTROL
RTD-755
AMBIENT AIR
AD-SNJB700
TRANSMITTER J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
14
NOV
S851
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56627-01
CONTROL
RTD-851
EXHAUST AIR, MOTOR "A"
SJB800
RTD J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
NOV
S852
2
1.0mm x 1 TSP
56627-01
CONTROL
RTD-852
EXHAUST AIR, MOTOR "B"
SJB800
RTD J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
NOV
S855
2
1.0mm x 3 TSP
DATA
RTD-855
MTR "A" POWER J-BOX
SJB800
RTD J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
27
NOV
S858
2
1.0mm x 3 TSP
DATA
RTD-858
MTR "B" POWER J-BOX
SJB800
RTD J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
27
NOV
S867
2
1.0mm x 7 TSP
56626-07
SJB-867
SLIP AND CUT CONTROL STAT
SJB800
RTD J-BOX
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
26
NOV
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10548376-IDX
REV
01
MJOB-8375
MUD PUMPS
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
TITLE
CABLE SCEDULE, MUD PUMPS

AC IDEAL RIG 135
CURRENT
INITIAL
DRAWN
E. JOHNSON
B. BOEPPLE
CHECKED
R. MOENCH
R. MOENCH
SIZE
R. MOENCH
R. MOENCH
6/11/2012
11/1/2011
APPVD
DATE
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10564615-IDX 02
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF

AC IDEAL RIG 135
FROM
CABLE ID
CABLE
NOV
GLAND
GLAND
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
PART NO.
SIZE
P/N
TYPE
TAG NO.
MP1-P01
MP1-P02
MP1-P03
MP1-P04
MP1-P05
MP1-P06
MP1-P07
MP1-P08
MP1-P09
MP1-P10
MP1-P11
MP1-P12B
MP1-P12
MP1-P13
MP1-P15
MP1-P16
MP1-N01
MP1-N02
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 4/0 AWG
4C x 10 AWG
4C x 10 AWG
10C x 12 AWG
10C x 12 AWG
10C x 12 AWG
4C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
3C x 14 AWG
3C x 14 AWG
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
POWER
POWER
POWER
GROUND
POWER
POWER
POWER
GROUND
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
MP1 VFD
MP1 VFD
MP1 VFD
MP1 VFD
MP1 VFD
MP1 VFD
MP1 VFD
MP1 VFD
MCC
MCC
MCC
PWR MTC
MP1-P12
SNJB160
SNJB160
SNJB160
SNJB160
SNJB160
MP1-S01
MP1-S02
MP1-S03
MP1-S03A
5 TSP x 16 AWG
5 TSP x 16 AWG
1 TSP x 16 AWG
PIGTAIL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
I.S.
I.S.
I.S.
I.S.
SNJB160
SNJB160
SNJB160
SJB150
MP1-F01A
MP1-F01
62.5-125um x 4C
62.5-125um x 4C
10052375-001
10052385-001
FIELD INSTALL
FIBER
FIBER
MP2-P01
MP2-P02
MP2-P03
MP2-P04
MP2-P05
MP2-P06
MP2-P07
MP2-P08
MP2-P09
MP2-P10
MP2-P11
MP2-P12
MP2-P12A
MP2-P13
MP2-P15
MP2-P16
MP2-N01
MP2-N02
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 4/0 AWG
4C x 10 AWG
4C x 10 AWG
10C x 12 AWG
10C x 12 AWG
10C x 12 AWG
4C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
3C x 14 AWG
3C x 14 AWG
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
MP2-S01
MP2-S02
MP2-S03
MP2-S03A
5 TSP x 16 AWG
5 TSP x 16 AWG
1 TSP x 16 AWG
PIGTAIL
MP2-F01A
MP2-F01
62.5-125um x 4C
62.5-125um x 4C
MP3-P01
MP3-P02
MP3-P03
MP3-P04
MP3-P05
MP3-P06
MP3-P07
MP3-P08
MP3-P09
MP3-P10
MP3-P11
MP3-P12
MP3-P12C
MP3-P13
MP3-P15
MP3-P16
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 777MCM
1C x 4/0 AWG
4C x 10 AWG
4C x 10 AWG
10C x 12 AWG
10C x 12 AWG
10C x 12 AWG
4C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
DATE
TO
LOCATION
TAG NO.
MUD PUMP 1 VFD

MUD PUMP 1 VFD
MUD PUMP 1 VFD
MUD PUMP 1 VFD
MUD PUMP 1 VFD
MUD PUMP 1 VFD
MUD PUMP 1 VFD
MUD PUMP 1 VFD
400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
POWER SYSTEM MTC CUBICLE
AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL
MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX
MP1A
MP1A
MP1A
MP1A
MP1B
MP1B
MP1B
MP1B
MOT-109
MOT-110
SNJB160
MP1-P12
SNJB160
MOT-113
HTR-MP1A
HTR-MP1B
PS-101
PS-102
BLOCK DIAG.
LOCATION
INTERCONNECT
6/11/2012 11:18:02 AM
REMARKS
CABLE
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
SUPPLIED BY
MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR A

MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR B
MUD PUMP 1, MOTOR BLOWER A
MUD PUMP 1, MOTOR BLOWER B
MUD PUMP 1, LINEAR WASHER PUMP
MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR A, MOTOR HEATER
MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR B, MOTOR HEATER
MP1 BLOWER A, PRESSURE SWITCH
MP1 BLOWER B, PRESSURE SWITCH
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3,7
21
7,21
3,7
2,7
2,7
4
4
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV

MUD PUMP 1 SPM PROXIMITY SENSOR I.S. J-BOX
RTD-101
RTD-102
SJB150
ZS-103A
DRILL MOTOR 1A, PHASE U1, V1, W1 RTD

DRILL MOTOR 1B, PHASE U1, V1, W1 RTD
MUD PUMP 1 SPM PROXIMITY SENSOR A
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
3
3
3
3
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
6
6
4
4
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
PWR MTC
MP1-F01

MP1-F01
SNJB160

MUD PUMP 1 REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
20
7,20
NOV
NOV
POWER
POWER
POWER
GROUND
POWER
POWER
POWER
GROUND
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
MP2 VFD
MP2 VFD
MP2 VFD
MP2 VFD
MP2 VFD
MP2 VFD
MP2 VFD
MP2 VFD
MCC
MCC
MCC
MP2-P12
PWR-MTC
SNJB260
SNJB260
SNJB260
SNJB260
SNJB260
MUD PUMP 2 VFD

MUD PUMP 2 VFD
MUD PUMP 2 VFD
MUD PUMP 2 VFD
MUD PUMP 2 VFD
MUD PUMP 2 VFD
MUD PUMP 2 VFD
MUD PUMP 2 VFD

10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9,13
13,21
21
9,13
8,13
8,13
10
10
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
I.S.
I.S.
I.S.
I.S.
SNJB260
SNJB260
SNJB260
SJB250
10052375-001
10052384-001
FIELD INSTALL
FIBER
FIBER
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
POWER
POWER
POWER
GROUND
POWER
POWER
POWER
GROUND
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
MP2A
MP2A
MP2A
MP2A
MP2B
MP2B
MP2B
MP2B
MOT-209
MOT-210
SNJB260
SNJB260
MP2-P12
MOT-213
HTR-MP2A
HTR-MP2B
PS-201
PS-202

RTD-201
RTD-202
SJB250
ZS-203A

10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
2
2
2
2
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
12
12
10
10
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
PWR-MTC
MP2-F01

MP2-F01
SNJB260

10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
20
13,20
NOV
NOV
MP3 VFD
MP3 VFD
MP3 VFD
MP3 VFD
MP3 VFD
MP3 VFD
MP3 VFD
MP3 VFD
MCC
MCC
MCC
MP3-P12
PWR-MTC
SNJB360
SNJB360
SNJB360
MUD PUMP 3 VFD

MUD PUMP 3 VFD
MUD PUMP 3 VFD
MUD PUMP 3 VFD
MUD PUMP 3 VFD
MUD PUMP 3 VFD
MUD PUMP 3 VFD
MUD PUMP 3 VFD

10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15,19
19,21
21
15,19
14,19
14,19
SHEET
MP3A
MP3A
MP3A
MP3A
MP3B
MP3B
MP3B
MP3B
MOT-309
MOT-310
SNJB360
SNJB360
MP3-P12
MOT-313
HTR-MP3A
HTR-MP3B
OF
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
DWG NO
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
10564615-IDX
REV
02

AC IDEAL RIG 135
FROM
DATE
TO
BLOCK DIAG.
INTERCONNECT
6/11/2012 11:18:02 AM
CABLE ID
CABLE
NOV
GLAND
GLAND
CABLE
REMARKS
CABLE
TAG NO.
MP3-N01
MP3-N02
CONSTRUCTION
3C x 14 AWG
3C x 14 AWG
PART NO.
-
SIZE
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
P/N
TYPE
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
TAG NO.
SNJB360
SNJB360
LOCATION
TAG NO.
PS-301
PS-302
LOCATION
DWG. NO.
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
SHT.
4
4
DWG. NO.
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
SHT.
16
16
FUTURE
FUTURE
SUPPLIED BY
NOV
NOV
MP3-S01
MP3-S02
MP3-S03
MP3-S03A
5 TSP x 16 AWG
5 TSP x 16 AWG
1 TSP x 16 AWG
PIGTAIL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
I.S.
I.S.
I.S.
I.S.
SNJB360
SNJB360
SNJB360
SJB350

RTD-301
RTD-302
SJB350
ZS-303A

10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
4
4
4
4
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
18
18
16
16
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
MP3-F01A
MP3-F01
62.5-125um x 4C
62.5-125um x 4C
10052375-001
10052384-001
FIELD INSTALL
FIBER
FIBER
PWR-MTC
MP3-F01

MP3-F01
SNJB360

10564613-DIA
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10564614-DIA
20
19,20
FUTURE
NOV
NOV
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10564615-IDX
REV
02
NOTES:
1. THIS DOCUMENT BEST VIEWED THROUGH MS EXCEL.
2. THE STATUS COLUMN AND REVISION LETTER CORRESPONDS
TO THE MOST CURRENT CHANGE TO RESPECTIVE LINE (ROW).
3. CABLES LISTED ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES ARE SUGGESTED
CABLE SPECIFICATIONS.
MJOB-8375
AUX
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National-Oilwell Varco, L.P.,
its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes
only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of
this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be
returned to NOV upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This
document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.
CURRENT
TITLE

AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
DRAWN
B. BOEPPLE
CHECKED
R. MOENCH
SIZE
APPVD
R. MOENCH
DATE
11/1/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10620475-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET 1 OF 2

AC IDEAL RIG 135
FROM
DATE
TO
BLOCK DIAG.
INTERCONNECT
11/1/2011 11:12:33 AM
CABLE
NOV
GLAND
GLAND
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
PART NO.
SIZE
P/N
TYPE
TAG NO.
LOCATION
TAG NO.
LOCATION
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
SUPPLIED BY
RT-P01A
RT-P01
RT-P01B
RT-P02A
RT-P02
RT-P02B
RT-P03A
RT-P03
RT-P03B
RT-P04A
RT-P04
RT-P04B
RT-P05A
RT-P05
RT-P05B
RT-P06A
RT-P06
RT-P06B
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
4C x 12 AWG
4C x 12 AWG
4C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
-
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
RT-MOT-01
RT-P01
RT-P01B
RT-MOT-01
RT-P02
RT-P02B
RT-MOT-01
RT-P03
RT-P03B
RT-MOT-01
RT-P04
RT-P04B
RT-P05A
RT-P05
MCC
RT-P06A
RT-P06
RT-P06B
ROTARY TABLE AC MOTOR 400HP MOTOR

ROTARY TABLE VFD
ROTARY TABLE VFD
ROTARY TABLE VFD
ROTARY TABLE VFD
480VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCC
ROTARY TABLE VFD
RT-P01A
RT-P01
RT-P01B
RT-P02A
RT-P02
RT-P02B
RT-P03A
RT-P03
RT-P03B
RT-P04A
RT-P04
RT-P04B
RT-MOT-05
RT-P05
RT-P05B
SNJB10
RT-P06A
RT-P06B

ROTARY TABLE MOTOR BLOWER
ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
RT-P07
RT-N01A
RT-N01
RT-N01B
RT-N02
RT-N02A
RT-N03
7C x 1.5mm 2
3TSP x 16 AWG
3TSP x 16 AWG
3TSP x 16 AWG
14C x 14 AWG
14C x 14 AWG
10C x 22 AWG
56625-1.5-07
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
FIELD INSTALL
W/ ENCODER
M25
M20
POWER
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
SNJB10
RT-N01A
RT-N01
RT-N01B
RT-N02
DFT-NJB100
SNJB10

ROTARY TABLE VFD
DRILLERS CABIN
RT-HTR-01
SNJB10
RT-N01
RT-N01B
SNJB10
RT-N02A
RT-ENC-01
ROTARY TABLE AC MOTOR 400HP MOTOR HEATER

DRILLERS CABIN
ROTARY TABLE INCREMENTAL ENCODER
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
2
2
2
2
3,4,5
4,5
2
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
RT-N04
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
N.I.S.
SNJB10
RT-PS-05
ROTARY TABLE BLOWER PRESSURE SWITCH
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
RT-S01
RT-S02
4C x 22 AWG
4C x 22 AWG
10511290-001
10511290-001
M20
M20
I.S.
I.S.
SNJB10
SNJB10

RT-ZS-01
RT-ZS-02
ROTARY TABLE HIGH GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH

ROTARY TABLE LOW GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
2
2
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
3
3
PS-N01
PS-N01A
24C x 16 AWG
24C x 16 AWG
FIELD INSTALL
10042204-026
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
PS-N01
DFT-NJB100
DRILLERS CABIN
NJB320
PS-N01A
PS21/30 N.I.S. J-BOX

DRILLERS CABIN
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
3
3
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
6,7
6,7
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
E9
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
PS21/30 24VDC N.I.S. J-BOX
E9
POWER SLIPS UP SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
E10
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
E10
POWER SLIPS DOWN SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
E15
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
E15
GREASE TO CENTER SLIP SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
E16
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
E16
GREASE TO L&R SLIPS SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
E18
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
E18
GREASE PUMP UP SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
E19
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
E19
GREASE PUMP DOWN SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
E11
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
E11
POWER SLIPS SET PRESSURE SWITCH
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
E12
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
E12
POWER SLIPS LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
E13
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
E13
POWER SLIPS UP PRESSURE SWITCH
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
E17
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
M20
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB320
E17
EMPTY GREASE BIN PRESSURE SWITCH
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
CH-N01
CH-N01A
10TSP x 14 AWG
10TSP x 14 AWG
FIELD INSTALL
10068202-001
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
CH-N01
DFT-NJB100
DRILLERS CABIN
NJB310
CH-N01A
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD N.I.S. J-BOX

DRILLER'S CABIN
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
4
4
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
8,9,10
8,9,10
NOV
NOV
N310-1
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB310
SOV-310-1
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PULL IN SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
N310-2
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB310
SOV-310-2
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PAY OUT SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
N310-3
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB310
SOV-310-3
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #2 PULL IN SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
N310-4
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB310
SOV-310-4
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #2 PAY OUT SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
N310-5
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB310
SOV-310-5
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD ENABLE SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
N311-1
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB310
PV-311-1
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
N311-2
3C x 1.5mm 2
10054266-001
83444-03
N.I.S.
NJB310
PV-311-2
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #2 PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
N312-1
1TSP x 1.0mm 2
10054268-001
83444-01
N.I.S.
NJB310
PT-312-1
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD MAKE UP PRESS TRANSMITTER
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NOV
AUX-D1060
AUX-P1001
AUX-P1002
AUX-N1005
PROFIBUS
3C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
4C x 14 AWG
DATA
POWER
POWER
N.I.S.
MTC #1
MTC #1
MTC #1
DFSD
MULTI TOOL CONTROLLER

DRILL FLOOR SHUTDOWN CONTROLLER
DFT-NJB100
DFT-NJB100
DFT-NJB100
DFT-NJB100

10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620472-DIA
4
4
4
4
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620473-DIA
11
11
11
11
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
SHEET
OF
REMARKS
DWG NO
CABLE
10620475-IDX
REV
01
MJOB-8375
TDS-11SA
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
CURRENT
TITLE

AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
DRAWN
B. BOEPPLE
CHECKED
R. MOENCH
SIZE
APPVD
R. MOENCH
DATE
11/1/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10620483-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF

AC IDEAL RIG 135
FROM
TO
CABLE ID
CABLE
NOV
GLAND
GLAND
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
PART NO.
SIZE
P/N
TYPE
TAG NO.
30175017-75-4-3-B
-
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
PE
POWER
POWER
POWER
PE
POWER
POWER
POWER
PE
N.I.S.
TD-MOT-01
TD-MOT-01
TD-MOT-01
TD-MOT-01
TD-MOT-02
TD-MOT-02
TD-MOT-02
TD-MOT-02
TD-P01
TD-P02
TD-P03
TD-P04
TD-ENC-01
DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY

TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL
MAST PLUG PANEL
MAST PLUG PANEL
MAST PLUG PANEL
MAST PLUG PANEL
GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL
DRILL MOTOR INCREMENTAL ENCODER
TD-P01-U
TD-P01-V
TD-P01-W
TD-P01-G
VFD
VFD
VFD
VFD
TD-PNJB01
TD-N03
7C x 1.5 mm
N.I.S.
TD-HTR-01
DRILL MOTOR HEATER #1
TD-N04
7C x 1.5 mm2
N.I.S.
TD-HTR-02
DRILL MOTOR HEATER #2
TD-P08
4C x 2.5 mm
POWER
TD-MOT-03
TD-P06
4C x 2.5 mm2
POWER
TD-P07
CAB-N03A
CAB-N03
CAB-N03B
TD-LOOP 2
4C x 2.5 mm2
3 TSP x 16 AWG
3 TSP x 16 AWG
3 TSP x 16 AWG
124457-75-4-4-B
POWER
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
POWER
TD-P01C
TD-P02C
TD-P03C
TD-P04C
TD-P01D
TD-P02D
TD-P03D
TD-P04D
TD-LOOP 1
TD-P01A
TD-P02A
TD-P03A
TD-P04A
TD-P01
TD-P02
TD-P03
TD-P04
TD-P01-U
TD-P02-V
TD-P03-W
TD-P04-G
TD-N20
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 4/0 AWG
3C x 777MCM + 3C x 2/0 AWG
1C x 646MCM
1C x 646MCM
1C x 646MCM
1C x 444MCM
1C x 646MCM
1C x 646MCM
1C x 646MCM
1C x 4/0 AWG
1C x 646MCM
1C x 646MCM
1C x 646MCM
1C x 4/0 AWG
2
3 TSP x 1.0 mm
18C x 2.5 mm
TD-P05C
18C x 2.5 mm2
TD-P05A
TD-P05
TD-P05B
TD-LOOP 3
TD-N01
TD-N01A
TD-N01B
18C x 2.5 mm2

20C x 12 AWG
20C x 12 AWG
4 TSP x 14 AWG + 30C x 12 AWG
TD-N05
DATE
LOCATION
TAG NO.
BLOCK DIAG.
REMARKS
CABLE
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
SUPPLIED BY

MAST PLUG PANEL
TOP DRIVE VFD
TOP DRIVE VFD
TOP DRIVE VFD
TOP DRIVE VFD
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
5
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
TD-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR
TD-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-MOT-04
RT. BLOWER MOTOR
TD-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-MOT-05
DFT-NJB100
CAB-N03
-
LT. BLOWER MOTOR

TD-PNJB01
CAB-N03B
-
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
ASSIGNMENT CUBICLE TD/RT
MAST PLUG PANEL
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
2
2
2
2
2
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
3
2,12
2
2
3
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
LOCATION
INTERCONNECT
11/1/2011 2:07:54 PM
124459-01-20
POWER
TD-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
124458-100-B
30183284-75-4-4-B
123985-100-B
122718-01-20
POWER
POWER
POWER
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
N.I.S.
TD-P05
TD-N01
TD-LOOP 3
MAST PLUG PANEL

MAST PLUG PANEL
DRILLER'S CABIN PLUG PANEL
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV

600VAC MCC
MAST PLUG PANEL
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
3
3
3
4
4,8
8
4
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
NOV
3C x 1.5 mm
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
TD-N06
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
PS-01
RT BLOWER DIFF. PRESSURE SWITCH
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
PS-02
LEFT BLOWER DIFF. PRESSURE SWITCH
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
TD-N07
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
NOV
PS-03
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N08
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
PS-04
LUBE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N09
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-01
BRAKE ON SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N10
3C x 1.5 mm
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-02
ROTATE RIGHT SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N11
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-03
ROTATE LEFT SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N12
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-04
IBOP CLOSE SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N13
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-05
TORQUE WRENCH CLAMP SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N14
7C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (A)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-06
LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N15
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-07
LINK TILT "DRILL" SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N16
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-08
LINK TILT "FLOAT" SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N17
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-09
STAND JUMP SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N18
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
SOV-10
Bx ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N21
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
TDS-PNJB01
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
PS-05
Bx ELEVATOR PRESSURE SWITCH
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N30
1 TSP x 1.0 mm
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
CRT PLUG
PS-15
CRT SLIPS SET PRESSURE SWITCH
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N31
1 TSP x 1.0 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
CRT PLUG
PS-16
CRT SJ ELEVATOR CLOSED PRESSURE SWITCH
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N32
1 TSP x 1.0 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
CRT PLUG
PS-17
CRT STOP LOWERING PRESSURE SWITCH
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-P05B
MCC
TD-N01A
DFT-NJB100
TD-PNJB01
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10620483-IDX
REV
01

AC IDEAL RIG 135
DATE
FROM
CABLE ID
CABLE
NOV
GLAND
GLAND
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
PART NO.
SIZE
P/N
TYPE
TAG NO.
TO
LOCATION
TAG NO.
BLOCK DIAG.
LOCATION
INTERCONNECT
REMARKS
11/1/2011 2:07:54 PM
CABLE
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
SUPPLIED BY
TD-N25
3C x 1.5 mm
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
CRT PLUG
SOV-15
CRT SLIPS UP SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N26
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
CRT PLUG
SOV-16
CRT ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N27
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
CRT PLUG
SOV-17
CRT LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N28
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
CRT PLUG
SOV-18
CRT LINK TILT DRILL SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-N29
3C x 1.5 mm2
10054266-001
M20 (O)
10054938-001
N.I.S.
CRT PLUG
SOV-19
CRT LINK TILT FLOAT SOLENOID
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
TD-LOOP 5
24C x 1.5 mm2
N.I.S.
TD-N34B
TD-N34
24C x 1.5 mm2
N.I.S.
TD-LOOP 5
TD-N34A
24C x 1.5 mm2
N.I.S.
TD-N34
TD-N34B
24C x 1.5 mm2
N.I.S.
TD-LOOP 5
TD-LOOP 4
7 TSP x 1.0 mm2
N.I.S.
TD-N33B
TD-N33
TD-N33
7 TSP x 1.0 mm2
N.I.S.
TD-LOOP 4
TD-N33A
7 TSP x 1.0 mm2
N.I.S.
TD-N33
TD-N33B
7 TSP x 1.0 mm2
N.I.S.
TD-LOOP 4
TD-D1001
TD-P1001
TD-P1002
PROFIBUS
3C x 12 AWG
3C x 12 AWG
DATA
POWER
POWER
DFT-NJB100
DFT-NJB100
DFT-NJB100

MTC #1
MTC #1
MTC #1
ANT-D1001
TD-S33
LMR400, COAX
3C x 0.75 mm2
10077615-001
-
DATA
I.S.
DFT-NJB100
LT-02

LINK CYLINDER LINEAR TRANSDUCER
TDS-SJB01
TD-N34
MAST PLUG PANEL
TD-N34A
DFT-NJB100
MAST PLUG PANEL
TD-N33A
DFT-NJB100
-
SHEET
OF
MAST PLUG PANEL
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
6,14
NOV
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
14
NOV
CRT PLUG
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
MAST PLUG PANEL
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
6,13
NOV
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
13
NOV
CRT PLUG
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
NOV
MULTI TOOL CONTROLLER CABINET #1

10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
4
4
4
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
16
16
16
NOV
NOV
NOV
OMNI ANNTENA
FLEX POWER NODE
10620480-DIA
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
10620482-DIA
15
7
NO BLOCK
DWG NO
NOV
NOV
10620483-IDX
REV
01
10545605-001
DFSD
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National
National-Oilwell
Oilwell
CURRENT
DRAWN
TITLE

AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
D. McGARY
CHECKED
T. PHAM
SIZE
APPVD
T. PHAM
DATE
11/11/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10622472-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF

AC IDEAL RIG 135
CABLE ID
CABLE
NOV
GLAND
GLAND
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
PART NO.
SIZE
P/N
TYPE
DATE
FROM
TAG NO.
TO
LOCATION
TAG NO.
BLOCK DIAG.
LOCATION
DWG. NO.
INTERCONNECT
SHT.
DWG. NO.
11/8/2011 3:10:44 PM
REMARKS
SHT.
CABLE
SUPPLIED BY
MCC-N1001
10C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEMS MTC CONTROL CUBICLE
MCC
MAIN MCC RELAY PANEL 01AD
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
11
NOV
VFD-MP1
1TSP x 16AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
VFD-MP1
INVERTER MP1
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
10
NOV
VFD-MP2
1TSP x 16AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
VFD-MP2
INVERTER MP2
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
10
NOV
VFD-MP3
1TSP x 16AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
VFD-MP3
INVERTER MP3
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
10
NOV
VFD-TD/RT
1TSP x 16AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
VFD-TD/RT
INVERTER TOP DRIVE/ROTARY TABLE
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
11
NOV
VFD-DWA
1TSP x 16AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
VFD-DWA
INVERTER DWA
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
11
NOV
INVERTER DWB
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
11
NOV
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
VFD-DWB
1TSP x 16AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
VFD-DWB
DFSD-D100
ETHERNET CAT 5
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
MULTI TOOOL CONTROL CABINET MTC #1
DFT-NJB100
CAB-N01A
20C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DFT-NJB100
CAB-N01A
CAB-N01
20C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
CAB-N01
CAB-N01B
20C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
CAB-N01B
CAB-N02A
3C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DFT-NJB100
CAB-N02
3C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
CAB-N02
CAB-N02B
3C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
CAB-N02B
DW-N03A
7C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DW-N03
7C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DW-N03
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
CAB-N01
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
5,10
NOV
PWR MTC
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
10
NOV
CAB-N02A
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
3,11
NOV
GENERATOR CUBICLE #2
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
11
NOV
CAB-N02
DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O
DW-N03A
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
DW-N03
PWR MTC
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
11
NOV
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
11
NOV
DW-N03B
7C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DW-N03B
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
11
NOV
TD-N1005
4C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DFT-NJB100
TDS-11SA REMOTE I/O
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
AUX-N1005
4C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DFT-NJB100
AUX REMOTE I/O
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
N4202
7C x 16AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DFT-NJB100
DRILLERS CHAIR
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
N4204
4C x 16AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DFT-NJB100
DRILLERS CHAIR
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
DFSD-P1001
3C x 12AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
MTC #1
DFT-NJB100
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
DFSD-P1002
3C x 12AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
MTC #1
DFT-NJB100
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
PCAT-N104B
7C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
DFT-NJB100
PCAT-N104B
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
NOV
SUBSTRUCTURE PLUG PANEL
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
PIPECAT PANEL
10622470-DIA
10622471-DIA
PCAT-N104
7C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PCAT-N104
PCAT-N104
PCAT-N104A
7C x 14AWG
N/A
N/A
N.I.S.
PCAT-N104A
SUBSTRUCTURE PLUG PANEL
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
NOV
BLOCK ONLY
10622472-IDX
NOV
REV
01
10545605-001
AMPHION
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National-Oilwell Varco,
L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited
purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design
or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV.
This document is to be returned to NOV upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for
which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the
copyrighted property of NOV. National Oilwell Varco
CURRENT
DRAWN
TITLE
CABLE SCHEDULE INDEX

AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
D. McGARY
CHECKED
T. PHAM
SIZE
APPVD
T. PHAM
DATE
11/15/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10622968-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF

AC IDEAL RIG 135
FROM
CABLE ID
CABLE
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
TYPE
TAG NO.
CAB-F01A
FIBER 4 CORE 62.5/125 um MULTIMODE
DATA
CAB-F01
DATA
CAB-F01B
CAB-F02A
DATE
TO
BLOCK DIAG.
LOCATION
TAG NO.
LOCATION
DWG. NO.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
CAB-F01A
CAB-F01
CAB-F01
DATA
CAB-F01B
CAB-F01B
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
CAB-F02
DATA
CAB-F02
CAB-F02B
DATA
SD-F01A
SD-F01
INTERCONNECT
11/10/2011 11:37:22 AM
REMARKS
SHT.
CABLE
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SUPPLIED BY
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
15
NOV
10622966-DIA
2,3
10622967-DIA
6,15
NOV
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
CAB-F02A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
15
NOV
CAB-F02
10622966-DIA
2,3
10622967-DIA
6,15
NOV
CAB-F02B
CAB-F02B
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
SD-F01A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
11
NOV
DATA
SD-F01
V-DAQ WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
11
NOV
D1001
DATA
MTC#1
DRILLER'S CHAIR
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP1-F01A
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
MP1-F01A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP1-F01
DATA
MP1-F01
SNJB160
MUD PUMP #1 REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP2-F01A
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
MP2-F01A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
11
NOV
MP2-F01
DATA
MP2-F01
SNJB260
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
11
NOV
MP3-F01A
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
MP3-F01A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
12
NOV
MP3-F01
DATA
MP3-F01
SNJB360
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
12
FUTURE
NOV
DW-F01B
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
DW-F01B
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
DW-F01
DATA
DW-F01
DW-F01
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
8,14
NOV
DW-F01A
DATA
DW-F01A
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
DRAWWORKS WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
14
NOV
FJ-PCAT
DATA
MTC#1
FJ-PCAT
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
PCAT-F01
DATA
PCAT-F01
PCAT-F01
CABLE PCAT-F01A CONNECTOR
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
PCAT-F01A
DATA
PCAT-F01A
CABLE PCAT-F01 CONNECTOR
PCAT-F01A
PIPECAT PLUG PANEL
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
TP-F01A
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
TP-F01A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
10
NOV
TP-F01
DATA
TP-F01
TOOL PUSHER'S OFFICE (ETHERNET SWITCH)
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
10
OPTIONAL
NOV
DFSD-D100
ETHERNET CAT 5 COPPER
DATA
MTC#1
DRILL FLOOR SHUT DOWN
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
NOV
ML-D100
DATA
MTC#1
MUD LOGGER REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
UPS A
DATA
MTC#1
UPS A
UPS A WEBCARD, DRILLER'S CABIN UPS CABINET
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
UPS B
DATA
MTC#1
UPS B
UPS B WEBCARD, DRILLER'S CABIN UPS CABINET
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MCC
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
MCC
MCC WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
12
NOV
INC/RECT #1
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
INC/RECT #1
INC/RECT #1 WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
11
NOV
INC/RECT #2
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
INC/RECT #2
INC/RECT #2 WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
10
NOV
CHOPPER
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
CHOPPER
CHOPPER A/B WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
10
NOV
ASSIGNMENT
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
ASSIGNMENT
ASSIGNMENT WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
12
NOV
UPS A
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
UPS A
UPS A WEBCARD, PS HOUSE UPS CABINET
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
UPS B
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
UPS B
UPS B WEBCARD, PS HOUSE UPS CABINET
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
UPS C
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
UPS C
UPS C WEBCARD, PS HOUSE UPS CABINET
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
10622967-DIA
10
NOV
NOV
MUD PUMP 2
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
INV MP2
INVERTER MUD PUMP 2 CUBICLE
10622966-DIA
R/SERVER
DATA
TOOL PUSHER'S (ETHERNET SWITCH)
TOOL PUSHER'S OFFICE (RIGSENSE SERVER)
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
10
OPTIONAL
R/CLIENT1
DATA
TOOL PUSHER'S (ETHERNET SWITCH)
COMP. MAN OFFICE (RIGSENSE REMOTE CLIENT)
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
10
OPTIONAL
NOV
GEN/PS
PROFIBUS
DATA
GEN#1
GEN #1 CUBICLE
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
AUX-D1060
PROFIBUS
DATA
MTC#1
AUX-D1060
AUX REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
TD-D1001
PROFIBUS
DATA
MTC#1
TD-D1001
TDS 11SA REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
GEN1/GEN2
PROFIBUS
DATA
GEN#1
GEN #1 WAGO I/O
GEN#2
GEN #2 WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
GEN2/GEN3
PROFIBUS
DATA
GEN#2
GEN #2 WAGO I/O
GEN#3
GEN #3 WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
10622967-DIA
FUTURE
NOV
GEN3/GEN4
PROFIBUS
DATA
GEN#3
GEN #3 WAGO I/O
GEN#4
GEN #4 WAGO I/O
10622966-DIA
DW DRIVES
PROFIBUS
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
VFD-DWA
INV DWA CABINET RPBA
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
DWA/DWB
PROFIBUS
DATA
VFD-DWA
INV DWA CABINET RPBA
VFD-DWA
INV DWB CABINET RPBA
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10622968-IDX
REV
01

AC IDEAL RIG 135
CABLE ID
CABLE
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
TYPE
FROM
TAG NO.
DATE
TO
BLOCK DIAG.
INTERCONNECT
11/10/2011 11:37:22 AM
REMARKS
LOCATION
TAG NO.
LOCATION
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
CABLE
SUPPLIED BY
INV. TD/RT
PROFIBUS
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
VFD-TD/RT
INV TD/RT CABINET RPBA
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
11
MP DRIVES
PROFIBUS
DATA
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
VFD-MP1
MP1 CUBICLE RPBA
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP1/MP2
PROFIBUS
DATA
VFD-MP1
MP1 CUBICLE RPBA
VFD-MP2
MP2 CUBICLE RPBA
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP2/MP3
PROFIBUS
DATA
VFD-MP2
MP2 CUBICLE RPBA
VFD-MP3
MP3 CUBICLE RPBA
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
FUTURE
NOV
NOV
NOV
SIGNAL
CAB-N01A
14 AWG X 20C
N.I.S.
DFTR
CAB-N01A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
CAB-N01
14 AWG X 20C
N.I.S.
CAB-N01
CAB-N01
10622966-DIA
2,3
10622967-DIA
2,13
NOV
CAB-N01B
14 AWG X 20C
N.I.S.
CAB-N01B
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
13,14
NOV
CAB-N02A
14 AWG X 3C
N.I.S.
DFTR
CAB-N02A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
2,3
10622967-DIA
2,14
NOV
CAB-N02
14 AWG X 3C
N.I.S.
CAB-N02
CAB-N02
10622966-DIA
CAB-N02B
14 AWG X 3C
N.I.S.
CAB-N02B
GENERATOR CUBICLE
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
14
NOV
N4202
16AWG X 7C
N.I.S.
DFTR
DRILLER'S CHAIR
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
N4204
16AWG X 4C
N.I.S.
DFTR
DRILLER'S CHAIR
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
DW-N03B
14 AWG X 7C
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
DW-N03B
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
14
NOV
DW-N03
14 AWG X 7C
N.I.S.
DW-N03
DW-N03
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
14
NOV
DW-N03A
14 AWG X 7C
N.I.S.
DW-N03A
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
14
NOV
CAM-N01
COAX CABLE
N.I.S.
CAM-N01
CAM-N01
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
CAM-N01A
COAX CABLE
N.I.S.
CAM-N01A
CAM#1
FB CAM #1 CONNECTOR
10622966-DIA
CAM-N02
COAX CABLE
N.I.S.
CAM-N02
CAM-N02
10622966-DIA
CAM-N02A
COAX CABLE
N.I.S.
CAM-N02A
CAM#2
DW CAM #2 CONNECTOR
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
CAM-N03
COAX CABLE
N.I.S.
CAM-N03
CAM-N03
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
NOV
CAM-N03A
COAX CABLE
N.I.S.
CAM-N03A
CAM#3
MS CAM #3 CONNECTOR
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
MCC-N1001
14 AWG X 10C
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
MCC
MAIN MCC RELAY PANEL 01AD
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
14
NOV
PCAT-N104
14 AWG X 7C
N.I.S.
DFTR
PCAT-N104
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
PCAT-N104B
14 AWG X 7C
N.I.S.
PCAT-N104B
PCAT-N104B
PIPECAT PLUG PANEL
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
VFD-MP1
16 AWG X 1TSP
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
VFD-MP1
VFD-MP1
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
13
NOV
VFD-MP2
16 AWG X 1TSP
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
VFD-MP2
VFD-MP2
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
13
NOV
VFD-MP3
16 AWG X 1TSP
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
VFD-MP3
VFD-MP3
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
13
NOV
VFD-TD/RT
16 AWG X 1TSP
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
VFD-TD/RT
VFD-TD/RT
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
14
NOV
VFD-DWA
16 AWG X 1TSP
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
VFD-DWA
VFD-DWA
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
14
NOV
VFD-DWB
16 AWG X 1TSP
N.I.S.
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
VFD-DWB
VFD-DWB
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
14
NOV
BOP-F01
16 AWG X 2TSP
N.I.S.
BOP PANEL
BOP-F01
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
BOP-F01A
16 AWG X 2TSP
N.I.S.
BOP-F01A
BOP REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
BOP-N01
12 AWG X 3C
N.I.S.
BOP PANEL
BOP-N01
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
BOP-N01A
12 AWG X 3C
N.I.S.
BOP-N01A
BOP REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
BOP-N02
12 AWG X 3C
N.I.S.
LIGHTING PANEL
BOP PANEL
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
BLOCK ONLY
NOV
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10622968-IDX
REV
01

AC IDEAL RIG 135
FROM
DATE
TO
BLOCK DIAG.
INTERCONNECT
11/10/2011 11:37:22 AM
CABLE ID
CABLE
CABLE
TAG NO.
CONSTRUCTION
TYPE
TAG NO.
LOCATION
TAG NO.
LOCATION
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
REMARKS
CABLE
10 AWG X 3C
POWER
UPS A
UPS A
MTC#1
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
10622967-DIA
NOV
NOV
SUPPLIED BY
POWER
P1001
P1002
10 AWG X 3C
POWER
UPS B
UPS B
MTC#1
10622966-DIA
P1003
8 AWG X 3C
POWER
P1003
NON UPS A (RIG A) (LIGHTING PANEL CB #31)
MTC#1
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
P1004
8 AWG X 3C
POWER
P1004
NON UPS B (RIG B) (LIGHTING PANEL CB #32)
MTC#1
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
G1001
2
10mm X 1C
GROUND
G1001
RIG GROUND
MTC#1
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
P2001
10 AWG X 3C
POWER
UPS A
UPS A
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
P2002
10 AWG X 3C
POWER
UPS B
UPS B
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
P2003
8 AWG X 3C
POWER
P2003
NON UPS A (RIG A)
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
P2004
8 AWG X 3C
POWER
P2004
NON UPS B (RIG B)
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
G2001
8 AWG X 1C
GROUND
G2001
RIG GROUND
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
P4201
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
DRILLER'S CHAIR
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
P4202
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
DRILLER'S CHAIR
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
G4201
2
6mm X 1C
GROUND
RIG GROUND
DRILLER'S CHAIR
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
SD-P01A
12 AWG X 10C
POWER
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
SD-P01A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
SD-P01
12 AWG X 10C
POWER
SD-P01
V-DAQ
V-DAQ REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
DFSD-P1001
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
DFSD-P1001
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
10622967-DIA
NOV
DFSD-P1002
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
DFSD-P1002
10622966-DIA
AUX-P1001
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
AUX-P1001
AUX REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
AUX-P1002
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
AUX-P1002
AUX REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
DW-P18B
12 AWG X 12C
POWER
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
DW-P18B
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
DW-P18
12 AWG X 20C
POWER
DW-P18
DW-P18
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
DW-P18A
12 AWG X 20C
POWER
DW-P18A
DW BOOM PLUG PANEL
DW-P18A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
TD-P1001
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
TD-P1001
TDS-11SA REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
10622967-DIA
NOV
TD-P1002
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
TD-P1002
TDS-11SA REMOTE I/O
10622966-DIA
MP1-P12B
12 AWG X 12C
POWER
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
MP1-P12B
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP1-P12
12 AWG X 10C
POWER
MP1-P12
SNJB160
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP2-P12A
12 AWG X 12C
POWER
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
MP2-P12A
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP2-P12
12 AWG X 10C
POWER
MP2-P12
SNJB260
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP3-P12C
12 AWG X 10C
POWER
PWR MTC
POWER SYSTEM MTC
MP3-P12C
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
MP3-P12
12 AWG X 10C
POWER
MP3-P12
SNJB360
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
FUTURE
NOV
ML-P1001
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
DS1-P1001
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
WPS-P1001
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
WIPER SYSTEM REMOTE I/O (DRILL FLOOR I/O)
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
PCAT-P01B
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
PCAT-P01B
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
PCAT-P01
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
PCAT-P01
PCAT-P01
PIPECAT PLUG PANEL
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
BC-P01
12 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
BOP CART RADIO
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
OPTIONAL
NOV
TUG-P01
14 AWG X 3C
POWER
MTC#1
TUGGER J-BOX #1 (OUTSIDE CABIN WALL)
10622966-DIA
10622967-DIA
NOV
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10622968-IDX
REV
01
MJOB-8375
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
DRAWN
J. ALANIZ
TITLE
HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT AREA INDEX,

CHECKED
C. HOVANETZ
SIZE
APPVD
C. HOVANETZ
DATE
11/3/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10548378-IDX 01
NTS
WT LBS
SHEET
OF

NOV
NOV
TAG NO.
P/N:
DPS-601
76842
DPS-602
76842
ENC-331
30155842-040-HE
ENC-332
DESCRIPTION
BLOWER A DIFF PRESS SWITCH (2 to
80 WC)
BLOWER B DIFF PRESS SWITCH (2 to
80 WC)
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
DATE
MANUFACTURER
HAZARDOUS
HAZARDOUS
CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATE
TEMP.
IP
P/N:
RATING
ZONE
AGENCY
No.
RATING
RATING
MATERIAL
BLOCK DIAG.
INTERCONNECT
11/3/2011 12:07:45 PM
ASSOCIATED
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
REMARKS
COMPONENT
J120K-15641
EEx d IIC T6
Zone 1
DEMKO
03 ATEX0305048
-40 TO+71C
IP66
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
17
Set switch at 18 WC
Motor/Skid
United Electric
Controls
United Electric
Controls
J120K-15641
EEx d IIC T6
Zone 1
DEMKO
03 ATEX0305048
-40 TO+71C
IP66
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
17
Set switch at 18 WC
DRUM ABSOLUTE ENCODER #1
Skid
HENGSTLER
0 539 888 / 1 HE
EExd IIC 2 G
Zone 1
PTB
00 ATEX1107
-40 TO +60C
IP66/67
316L SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
30155842-040-HE
Skid
HENGSTLER
0 539 888 / 1 HE
EExd IIC 2 G
Zone 1
PTB
00 ATEX1107
-40 TO +60C
IP66/67
316L SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
ENC-333
30155842-040-HE
Skid
HENGSTLER
0 539 888 / 1 HE
EExd IIC 2 G
Zone 1
PTB
00 ATEX1107
-40 TO +60C
IP66/67
316L SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
ENC-401
30158032-1
MOTOR A INCREMENTAL ENCODER
Motor/Skid
AVTRON
M6-5S3HX51-W003
EEx de IIC T4
Zone 1
DEMKO
02 ATEX 131477X
-20 TO+80C
IP66
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
ENC-402
30158032-1
MOTOR B INCREMENTAL ENCODER
Motor/Skid
AVTRON
M6-5S3HX51-W003
EEx de IIC T4
Zone 1
DEMKO
02 ATEX 131477X
-20 TO+80C
IP66
CAST
ALLUMINUM
CAST
ALLUMINUM
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
HTR-201D
6550-10-0069
MAIN MOTOR A SPACE HEATER
Skid
BARTEC
27-2551-2720
EEx d IIC T3
Zone 1
PTB
02ATEX1094U
IP66
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
HTR-202D
6550-10-0069
MAIN MOTOR B SPACE HEATER
Skid
BARTEC
27-2551-2720
EEx d IIC T3
Zone 1
PTB
02ATEX1094U
IP66
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
Part of GE Motor P/N

M734000264
M734000264-500
HTR-201B
BLOWER A MOTOR SPACE HEATER
Skid
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
Part of 30170005-8
HTR-202B
BLOWER B MOTOR SPACE HEATER
Skid
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
Part of 30170005-8
Motor/Skid

M734000264
M734000264-500
LC-741
CCE-045K-E551-01HD DEADLINE ANCHOR LOAD CELL #1
Drill Floor
NOV/MDT
CCE-045K-E551-01HD
EEx ia IIB T4
Zone 0
DEMKO
03ATEX0305995X
-40 TO 140F
PH17-4SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
16
LC-742
Drill Floor
NOV/MDT
CCE-045K-E551-01HD
EEx ia IIB T4
Zone 0
DEMKO
03ATEX0305995X
-40 TO 140F
PH17-4SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
16
LC-743
Drill Floor
NOV/MDT
CCE-045K-E551-01HD
EEx ia IIB T4
Zone 0
DEMKO
03ATEX0305995X
-40 TO 140F
PH17-4SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
16
Part of M801001640KIT(Installation Kit)

MOT-100
M734000264
MAIN MOTOR A, 917KW
Skid
GE
CM628TUT-119B
EEx e II T3
Zone 1
SIRA
01ATEX3197X
-20 TO +45C
IP56
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
M734000287
MOT-200
M734000264-500
MAIN MOTOR B, 917KW
Skid
GE
CM628TUT-119A
EEx e II T3
Zone 1
SIRA
01ATEX3197X
-20 TO +45C
IP56
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
M734000287-100
MOT-201B
30170005-8
BLOWER MOTOR A, 13KW
Skid/motor
HUNT ENGINE
EMGV-160LB-02
EExe II T3
Zone 1
PTB
98ATEX3511
+40C
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
M734000287
MOT-202B
30170005-8
BLOWER MOTOR B, 13KW
Skid/motor
HUNT ENGINE
EMGV-160LB-02
EExe II T3
Zone 1
PTB
98ATEX3511
+40C
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
M734000287-100
MOT-205L
97886-3
Skid
LOHER
DNGW-112MB-04F
Eex de IIC T4
Zone 1
PTB
Ex-91.C.3268
-20 TO +55C
IP56
CAST IRON
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
Part of 30171363-3
PS-511
79388
Skid/Pneumatic
Panel
United Electric
Controls
J120-15642
EEx d IIC T6
Zone 1
DEMKO
03 ATEX0305048
-40 TO +71C
IP66
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
Part of M734000232
PXR-519
30154368
DRUCK
PTX651-9031
EEx d IIC T6
Zone 1
INERIS
02ATEX0087X
-40 T0 +80C
IP66
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
15
Part of Brake Assembly

30181188
PXR-711
30156355-2
DRUCK
PTX671-1140
EEx ia IIC T4
Zone 0
BASEEFA
02 ATEX0235X
-20 TO+80C
IP66
316L SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
12
PXR-712
30156355-2
BRAKE A AIR SUPPLY PRESSURE

XMTR 0-200 PSI
Skid/Lube System
PARKING BRAKE A PRESSURE XMTR 0- Skid/Pneumatic
200 PSI
Panel
DRUCK
PTX671-1140
EEx ia IIC T4
Zone 0
BASEEFA
02 ATEX0235X
-20 TO+80C
IP66
316L SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
12
PXR-714
30156355-2
LUBE OIL TRANSMITTER A 0-200PSI
DRUCK
PTX671-1140
EEx ia IIC T4
Zone 0
BASEEFA
02 ATEX0235X
-20 TO+80C
IP66
316L SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
12
XMTR-725
221145-002HD
Drill Floor
MDT
221212-1H05DC
EEx ia IIC T5
Zone 0
DEMKO
03ATEX0305995X
-40 TO 60C
PH17-4SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
13
LUBE MOTOR A, 3KW (4HP)
CROWN SAVER AIR PRESSURE

SWITCH (20-200 PSI)
BRAKE A SERVO PRESSURE XMTR 0200 PSI
STAND PIPE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

A 0-5,000 PSI
SHEET
OF
Part of 30154200-1
Part of 221212-1H05DC
DWG NO
10548378-IDX
REV
01

NOV
NOV
TAG NO.
P/N:
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
RTD-731
30156722-2.5
GEAR BOX A LUBE OIL RTD
RTD-755
30156722-2.5
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE
RTD-851
30156722-2.5
MAIN MOTOR A AIR EXHAUST RTD
Skid/Lube Skid
RTD-852
30156722-2.5
MAIN MOTOR B AIR EXHAUST RTD
RTD-855
RTD-856
Skid/Lube System
MANUFACTURER
HEAT
TECHNOLOGY
DATE
MANUFACTURER
HAZARDOUS
HAZARDOUS
CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATE
TEMP.
IP
P/N:
RATING
ZONE
AGENCY
No.
RATING
RATING
R9BGL-01W-R02-5-025-W
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
-85 TO +200F
IP67
R9BGL-01W-R02-5-025-W
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
-85 TO +200F
MATERIAL
BLOCK DIAG.
INTERCONNECT
ASSOCIATED
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
316 SS
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
14
IP67
316 SS
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
14
R9BGL-01W-R02-5-025-W
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
-85 TO +200F
IP67
316 SS
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
Skid/Lube Skid
HEAT
TECHNOLOGY
HEAT
TECHNOLOGY
HEAT
TECHNOLOGY
R9BGL-01W-R02-5-025-W
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
-85 TO +200F
IP67
316 SS
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
MAIN MOTOR A A PHASE RTD
Skid/motor
HUNT ENGINE
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
10548374-DIA
11
10548375-DIA
27
MAIN MOTOR A B PHASE RTD
Skid/motor
HUNT ENGINE
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
10548374-DIA
11
10548375-DIA
27
RTD-857
MAIN MOTOR A C PHASE RTD
Skid/motor
HUNT ENGINE
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
10548374-DIA
11
10548375-DIA
27
RTD-858
MAIN MOTOR B A PHASE RTD
Skid/motor
HUNT ENGINE
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
10548374-DIA
11
10548375-DIA
27
Skid
11/3/2011 12:07:45 PM
REMARKS
COMPONENT
RTD-859
MAIN MOTOR B B PHASE RTD
Skid/motor
HUNT ENGINE
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
10548374-DIA
11
10548375-DIA
27
RTD-860
MAIN MOTOR B C PHASE RTD
Skid/motor
HUNT ENGINE
Simple Device
Cert Not Required
10548374-DIA
11
10548375-DIA
27

M734000264
M734000264-500
M734000264
M734000264
M734000264
M734000264-500
M734000264-500
M734000264-500
SOV-512
85890-C24
Skid/Pneumatic Pnl
VERSA
02ATEX2281X
-40 TO +40C
316L SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
Part of 30160083
Skid/Pneumatic Pnl
VERSA
EEx d IIB +H2 T6

Ex II (2)G, Eex d
IIC T5
KEMA
M734000280
KSG-4332-6K-XN-D024
VGS-3709-MS-XDAS-16BD024
Zone 1
SOV-513
CROWN SAVER OVERRIDE SOLENOID

VALVE
DISENGAGE "A" PARK BRAKE
SOLENOID VALVE
Zone 1
CESI
02ATEX016
316L SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
Part of 30160083
SRV-518
30154322-ex
BRAKE PROPORTIONAL VALVE A
Skid/Pneumatic Pnl
VERSA
VGS-3729-XDAS-16B-D024
EEx d IIC
T4,T5,T6
Zone 1
CESI
02ATEX016
316L SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
15
Part of 30170732
Skid
BARTEC
A7-3136-3016-0001
EEx nA [L] IIC T3
Zone 2
BARTEC
A7-3136-3106/0001
-40 TO 160F
IP66
316 SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
15
Part of 30170778
SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
Part of 30157272-10SD
IP66
316 SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
Part of 30154915-4
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10
Part of 30158693-1
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
7
9,26,27
J-BOXES
NJB-521
30170732
AD-NJB410
92928
NJB-530
30158506-4
NJB-510
92927
NJB-350
140243-1-N81
AD-PJB210
30156512
AD-SNJB800
30177023-4
AD-SNJB700
30177173-10SD-M
AD-SNJB01
M801001823-2
AD-SNJB600
30177162-10SD-M
AD-PNJB630
10505357-001
SJB-867
30174896
BRAKE CONTROL J-BOX

Skid
WEIDMULLER
TB12 Ex
EEx e IIC T6
Zone 0
EECS
BAS01ATEX2210X
BRAKE SERVO J-BOX
Skid
BARTEC
A7-3136-4021/0003
EEx nA [L] IIC T3
Zone 2
BARTEC
A7-3136-4021/0003
-40 TO 160F
BRAKE PNEUMATIC INTERFACE J-BOX
Skid
WEIDMULLER
TB11 Ex
EEx e II T6
Zone 1
EECS
BAS01ATEX2210
E-STOP PUSHBUTTON STATION
Skid
BARTEC
07-3511-10N8-1
EEx e d m IIC T6
Zone 1
PTB
00ATEX1068
AUX POWER J-BOX
Skid
WEIDMULLER
TB11 Ex
Zone 1
SIRA
02ATEX3201
-50 TO 55C
RTD BOX
Skid
NOV/MDT
30177023-4
Zone 2
MDT
30177023-INDEX
-20 TO +52C
IP66
316 SS
10548374-DIA
10,11
10548375-DIA
TRANSMITTER BOX
Skid
NOV/MDT
30177173-10SD-M
Zone 2
MDT
30177173-INDEX
-20 TO +55C
IP66
316 SS
10548374-DIA
6,7,8,10
10548375-DIA
SENSOR J-BOX
Skid
MDT
40224461-0018A
Zone 2
MDT
M801001823-INDEX
-20 TO +55C
IP66
304 SS
10548374-DIA
10548375-DIA
REMOTE I/O J-BOX
Skid
NOV/MDT
30177162-10SD-M
EEx e II T5
II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia]
IIB T3
IIB T3
IIB T3
IIB T3
Zone 2
MDT
30177162-INDEX
-0 TO +55C
IP66
316 SS
10548374-DIA
5-9
10548375-DIA
POWER SUPPLY BOX
Skid
NOV/MDT
40224461-0010A
Zone 2
DEMKO
07ATEX0649571U
IP66
316 SS
10548374-DIA
5-9
10548375-DIA
25
SLIP AND CUT CONTROL STATION
Skid
BARTEC
9002364
EEx e d m IIC T6
Zone 2
PTB
00ATEX1068
10548374-DIA
10
10548375-DIA
26
SHEET
OF
IP66/67
THERMOPLASTIC
Part of 30156511-7
Part of 30177024-5
Part of 30177174-10SD12,13,15
M
Part of M80100164010
KIT(Installation Kit)
Part of 30177163-10SD17-24
M
Part of 30177079-1
DWG NO
10548378-IDX
REV
01
MJOB-8375
MUD PUMPS
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
TITLE
HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT INDEX,

MUD PUMPS, AC IDEAL RIG 135
CURRENT
INITIAL
DRAWN
E. JOHNSON
B. BOEPPLE
CHECKED
R. MOENCH
R. MOENCH
SIZE
APPVD
R. MOENCH
R. MOENCH
6/11/2012
11/1/2011
DATE
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10564618-IDX 02
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF

NOV
NOV
TAG NO.
P/N:
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MP1A
CM628TUT
MUD PUMP 1 AC MOTOR 1A
MUD PUMP 1
MP1B
CM628TUT
MUD PUMP 1 AC MOTOR 1B
MUD PUMP 1
HTR-MP1A
6550-10-0069
MUD PUMP 1A MOTOR HEATER
HTR-MP1B
6550-10-0069
MUD PUMP 1B MOTOR HEATER
PS-101
78187084-1
PS-102
78187084-1
MOT-109
MOT-110
MOT-113
MANUFACTURER
DATE
MANUFACTURER
HAZARDOUS
HAZARDOUS
CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATE
AMBIENT
IP
P/N:
RATING
ZONE
AGENCY
No.
TEMP RATING
RATING
BAYLOR
CM628TUT
EExe II T3
Zone 1
TRL
05ATEX31083X
-40C to +45C
IP45
BAYLOR
CM628TUT
EExe II T3
Zone 1
TRL
05ATEX31083X
-40C to +45C
IP45
MUD PUMP 1
BARTEC
27-2551-1710
EExd II T3/T4
Zone 1
PTB
02ATEX1094U
-50C to +60C
MUD PUMP 1
BARTEC
27-2551-1710
EExd II T3/T4
Zone 1
PTB
02ATEX1094U
-50C to +60C
MUD PUMP 1 BLOWER 1A PRESSURE SWITCH
MUD PUMP 1
DWYER
1950-00-2F
CLASS I, GROUP C,D
CLASS I DIV I
UL
NOWT.E62583
MUD PUMP 1 BLOWER 1B PRESSURE SWITCH
MUD PUMP 1
DWYER
1950-00-2F
CLASS I, GROUP C,D
CLASS I DIV I
UL
NOWT.E62583
30170005-5
MUD PUMP 1 BLOWER MOTOR 1A
MUD PUMP 1
LOHER
EMGV-160LB-02
EEx de II T3
Zone 1
PTB
30170005-5
MUD PUMP 1 BLOWER MOTOR 1B
MUD PUMP 1
LOHER
EMGV-160LB-02
EEx de II T3
Zone 1
PTB
7812798
MUD PUMP 1 LINER WASH PUMP MOTOR
MUD PUMP 1
BALDOR
36L739X915H2
CLASS I, GROUP D
CLASS I DIV I
RTD-101
DRILL MOTOR 1A PHASE U1, V1, W1 RTD
MUD PUMP 1
SUPPLIED WITH AC MOTOR
SIMPLE DEVICE
RTD-102
DRILL MOTOR 1B PHASE U1, V1, W1 RTD
MUD PUMP 1
SIMPLE DEVICE
MATERIAL
BLOCK DIAG.
INTERCONNECT
ASSOCIATED
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
IP66
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
IP66
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
-40C to +60C
IP54
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
-40C to +60C
IP54
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
98ATEX3511
-20C to +50C
IP56
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
98ATEX3511
-20C to +50C
IP56
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
UL
PTDR.E6951
-25C to +55C
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
CERT NOT REQUIRED
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
CERT NOT REQUIRED
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
ZS-103A
10043709-001
MUD PUMP 1
PEPPERL & FUCHS
NJ10-30GM-N-V1
EEx ia IIC T6
Zone 1
PTB
00ATEX2048X
-25C to +100C
IP65
CRASTIN
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
SNJB150
10046598-001
MUD PUMP 1
ABTECH
BPG1
EEX ia
Zone 1
SIRA
99ATEX3173
-40C to +80C
IP66
ST. STEEL
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
SNJB160
10064545-001
ASSEMBLY, MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O J-BOX
SNJB160
10064389-001
ENCL-JBOX, 24"H x 24"W x 8"D, 304SS
SNJB160
10044589-001
SNJB160
NOV
10064545-001
Zone 2
IP66
316SS
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
MD TOTCO
40224461-0024
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
DEMKO
07ATEX0649571U
-40C to +60C
IP66
304SS
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
BREATHER DRAIN, (Eex ell), IP66, 1/2"NPT, 316SS
REDAPT
DP-E-3-0-29-S3
Eex eII
Zone 1
SIRA
99ATEX3050U
-50C to +85C
IP66
316SS
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
10055036-001
ISOLATOR TERMINAL SWITCH, Eex de, 4A AT 250VAC
BARTEC
07-7311-6131/EE00
EEx de IIC
Zone 1
PTB
99ATEX1020U
-40C to +75C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10066402-001
BARRIER-I.S. SWITCH, ISOLATOR
PEPPERL & FUCHS
KFD2-SOT2-Ex1.LB.IO
Ex II 2G [EExe ia] IIC
Zone 1
PTB
00ATEX2035
-20C to +60C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10052366-001
THERMOSTAT
THERMON
TRANSBERG T-STAT
EEx m II T6
Zone 1
NEMKO
03ATEX1470X
-40C to +50C
IP67
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10052362-001
HEATER, ELECTRIC 110-230VAC, 140E, Eexd
THERMON
DSE-140E
EEx d IIB
Zone 1
DEMKO
04ATEX0333433X
-50C to +66C
IP67
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10066985-001
TB-BLK, THRU, 2-COND, 5.2mm, GREY, UT 2.5
PHOENIX
3044076
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10066965-001
TB-BLK, THRU, 2-COND, 5.2mm, GRN/YEL, UT 2.5
PHOENIX
3044092
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10066669-001
TB-BLK, THRU, 2-COND, 8.2mm, GREY, UT 6
PHOENIX
3044131
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10066671-001
TB-BLK, THRU, 2-COND, 8.2mm, GRN/YEL, UT 6
PHOENIX
3044157
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10052344-001
POWER SUPPLY, 24V/10A, ZONE 2
PHOENIX
2938866
EEx nAC IIC T4
Zone 2
TUV
03ATEX2047X
-25C to +60C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10064178-070
PC-END MODULE
WAGO
750-600
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +60C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10064178-074
INTRINSICALLY SAFE SUPPLY MODULE 24VDC
WAGO
750-625
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10064178-072
FIELD SIDE CONNECTION MODULE
WAGO
750-614
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +60C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10064178-032
WAGO
750-631
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10064178-040
4 CH DIGITAL INPUT MODULE DC 24V
WAGO
750-433
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +60C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10064178-013
2 CH ANALOG INPUT RTD MODULE
WAGO
750-481
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10064178-088
WAGO
750-341
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
SNJB160
10055033-001
MOXA ETHERNET CONVERTER
MOXA
IMC-101-M-ST
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
DEMKO
03ATEX0324537U
-20C to +60C
IP30
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
4 thru 7
MP2A
CM628TUT
MUD PUMP 2
BAYLOR
CM628TUT
EExe II T3
Zone 1
TRL
05ATEX31083X
-40C to +45C
IP45
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
MP2B
CM628TUT
MUD PUMP 2
BAYLOR
CM628TUT
EExe II T3
Zone 1
TRL
05ATEX31083X
-40C to +45C
IP45
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
HTR-MP2A
6550-10-0069
MUD PUMP 2
BARTEC
27-2551-1710
EExd II T3/T4
Zone 1
PTB
02ATEX1094U
-50C to +60C
IP66
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
HTR-MP2B
6550-10-0069
MUD PUMP 2
BARTEC
27-2551-1710
EExd II T3/T4
Zone 1
PTB
02ATEX1094U
-50C to +60C
IP66
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
PS-201
78187084-1
MUD PUMP 2
DWYER
1950-00-2F
CLASS I, GROUP C,D
CLASS I DIV I
UL
NOWT.E62583
-40C to +60C
IP54
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10
PS-202
78187084-1
MUD PUMP 2
DWYER
1950-00-2F
CLASS I, GROUP C,D
CLASS I DIV I
UL
NOWT.E62583
-40C to +60C
IP54
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10
MOT-209
30170005-5
MUD PUMP 2
LOHER
EMGV-160LB-02
EEx de II T3
Zone 1
PTB
98ATEX3511
-20C to +50C
IP56
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
MOT-210
30170005-5
MUD PUMP 2
LOHER
EMGV-160LB-02
EEx de II T3
Zone 1
PTB
98ATEX3511
-20C to +50C
IP56
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
MOT-213
7812798
MUD PUMP 2
BALDOR
36L739X915H2
CLASS I, GROUP D
CLASS I DIV I
UL
PTDR.E6951
-25C to +55C
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
RTD-201
MUD PUMP 2
SIMPLE DEVICE
CERT NOT REQUIRED
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
12
RTD-202
MUD PUMP 2
SIMPLE DEVICE
CERT NOT REQUIRED
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
12
ZS-203A
10043709-001
MUD PUMP 2
PEPPERL & FUCHS
NJ10-30GM-N-V1
EEx ia IIC T6
Zone 1
PTB
00ATEX2048X
-25C to +100C
IP65
CRASTIN
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10
SNJB250
10046598-001
MUD PUMP 2
ABTECH
BPG1
EEX ia
Zone 1
SIRA
99ATEX3173
-40C to +80C
IP66
ST. STEEL
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10
SNJB260
10064545-001
SNJB260
10064389-001
NOV
10064545-001
Zone 2
IP66
316SS
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
MD TOTCO
40224461-0024
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
DEMKO
07ATEX0649571U
-40C to +60C
IP66
304SS
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SHEET
OF
6/11/2012 11:45:12 AM
REMARKS
COMPONENT
DWG NO
10564618-IDX
REV
02

NOV
NOV
TAG NO.
P/N:
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
DATE
MANUFACTURER
HAZARDOUS
HAZARDOUS
CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATE
AMBIENT
IP
P/N:
RATING
ZONE
AGENCY
No.
TEMP RATING
RATING
MATERIAL
BLOCK DIAG.
INTERCONNECT
6/11/2012 11:45:12 AM
ASSOCIATED
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
SNJB260
10044589-001
REDAPT
DP-E-3-0-29-S3
Eex eII
Zone 1
SIRA
99ATEX3050U
-50C to +85C
IP66
316SS
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10055036-001
BARTEC
07-7311-6131/EE00
EEx de IIC
Zone 1
PTB
99ATEX1020U
-40C to +75C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10066402-001
PEPPERL & FUCHS
KFD2-SOT2-Ex1.LB.IO
Zone 1
PTB
00ATEX2035
-20C to +60C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10052366-001
THERMOSTAT
THERMON
TRANSBERG T-STAT
EEx m II T6
Zone 1
NEMKO
03ATEX1470X
-40C to +50C
IP67
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10052362-001
THERMON
DSE-140E
EEx d IIB
Zone 1
DEMKO
04ATEX0333433X
-50C to +66C
IP67
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10066985-001
PHOENIX
3044076
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10066965-001
PHOENIX
3044092
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10066669-001
PHOENIX
3044131
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10066671-001
PHOENIX
3044157
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10052344-001
PHOENIX
2938866
EEx nAC IIC T4
Zone 2
TUV
03ATEX2047X
-25C to +60C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10064178-070
PC-END MODULE
WAGO
750-600
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10064178-074
WAGO
750-625
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10064178-072
WAGO
750-614
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10064178-040
WAGO
750-433
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
REMARKS
COMPONENT
SNJB260
10064178-013
WAGO
750-481
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10064178-088
WAGO
750-341
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
SNJB260
10055033-001
MOXA
IMC-101-M-ST
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
DEMKO
03ATEX0324537U
-20C to +60C
IP30
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
10 thru 13
MP3A
CM628TUT
MUD PUMP 3
BAYLOR
CM628TUT
EExe II T3
Zone 1
TRL
05ATEX31083X
-40C to +45C
IP45
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
14
FUTURE
MP3B
CM628TUT
MUD PUMP 3
BAYLOR
CM628TUT
EExe II T3
Zone 1
TRL
05ATEX31083X
-40C to +45C
IP45
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
14
FUTURE
HTR-MP3A
6550-10-0069
MUD PUMP 3
BARTEC
27-2551-1710
EExd II T3/T4
Zone 1
PTB
02ATEX1094U
-50C to +60C
IP66
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
14
FUTURE
HTR-MP3B
6550-10-0069
MUD PUMP 3
BARTEC
27-2551-1710
EExd II T3/T4
Zone 1
PTB
02ATEX1094U
-50C to +60C
IP66
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
14
FUTURE
PS-301
78187084-1
MUD PUMP 3
DWYER
1950-00-2F
CLASS I, GROUP C,D
CLASS I DIV I
UL
NOWT.E62583
-40C to +60C
IP54
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16
FUTURE
PS-302
78187084-1
MUD PUMP 3
DWYER
1950-00-2F
CLASS I, GROUP C,D
CLASS I DIV I
UL
NOWT.E62583
-40C to +60C
IP54
ANOD. ALUM.
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16
FUTURE
MOT-309
30170005-5
MUD PUMP 3
LOHER
EMGV-160LB-02
EEx de II T3
Zone 1
PTB
98ATEX3511
-20C to +50C
IP56
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
15
FUTURE
MOT-310
30170005-5
MUD PUMP 3
LOHER
EMGV-160LB-02
EEx de II T3
Zone 1
PTB
98ATEX3511
-20C to +50C
IP56
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
15
FUTURE
MOT-313
7812798
MUD PUMP 3
BALDOR
36L739X915H2
CLASS I, GROUP D
CLASS I DIV I
UL
PTDR.E6951
-25C to +55C
CAST IRON
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
15
FUTURE
RTD-301
MUD PUMP 3
SIMPLE DEVICE
CERT NOT REQUIRED
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
18
FUTURE
RTD-302
MUD PUMP 3
SIMPLE DEVICE
CERT NOT REQUIRED
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
18
FUTURE
ZS-303A
10043709-001
MUD PUMP 3
PEPPERL & FUCHS
NJ10-30GM-N-V1
EEx ia IIC T6
Zone 1
PTB
00ATEX2048X
-25C to +100C
IP65
CRASTIN
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16
FUTURE
SNJB350
10046598-001
MUD PUMP 3
ABTECH
BPG1
EEX ia
Zone 1
SIRA
99ATEX3173
-40C to +80C
IP66
ST. STEEL
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16
FUTURE
SNJB360
10064545-001
SNJB360
10064389-001
NOV
10064545-001
Zone 2
IP66
316SS
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
MD TOTCO
40224461-0024
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
DEMKO
07ATEX0649571U
-40C to +60C
IP66
304SS
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
SNJB360
10044589-001
FUTURE
REDAPT
DP-E-3-0-29-S3
Eex eII
Zone 1
SIRA
99ATEX3050U
-50C to +85C
IP66
316SS
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
SNJB360
FUTURE
10055036-001
BARTEC
07-7311-6131/EE00
EEx de IIC
Zone 1
PTB
99ATEX1020U
-40C to +75C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10066402-001
PEPPERL & FUCHS
KFD2-SOT2-Ex1.LB.IO
Zone 1
PTB
00ATEX2035
-20C to +60C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10052366-001
THERMOSTAT
THERMON
TRANSBERG T-STAT
EEx m II T6
Zone 1
NEMKO
03ATEX1470X
-40C to +50C
IP67
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10052362-001
THERMON
DSE-140E
EEx d IIB
Zone 1
DEMKO
04ATEX0333433X
-50C to +66C
IP67
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10066985-001
PHOENIX
3044076
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10066965-001
PHOENIX
3044092
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10066669-001
PHOENIX
3044131
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10066671-001
PHOENIX
3044157
Ex II 2G Exe II
Zone 1
KEMA
04ATEX2048U
-50C to +110C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10052344-001
PHOENIX
2938866
EEx nAC IIC T4
Zone 2
TUV
03ATEX2047X
-25C to +60C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10064178-070
PC-END MODULE
WAGO
750-600
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10064178-074
WAGO
750-625
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10064178-072
WAGO
750-614
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10064178-040
WAGO
750-433
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10064178-013
WAGO
750-481
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10064178-088
WAGO
750-341
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
KEMA
01ATEX1024X
-0C to +55C
IP20
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SNJB360
10055033-001
MOXA
IMC-101-M-ST
EEx nC IIC T4
Zone 2
DEMKO
03ATEX0324537U
-20C to +60C
IP30
10564613-DIA
10564614-DIA
16 thru 19
FUTURE
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10564618-IDX
REV
02
MJOB-8375
AUX
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
CURRENT
TITLE
HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT INDEX

AUXILIARY, AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
DRAWN
B. BOEPPLE
CHECKED
R. MOENCH
SIZE
APPVD
R. MOENCH
DATE
11/1/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10620479-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF
HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT INDEX

AUXILIARY, AC IDEAL RIG 135

NOV
NOV
TAG NO.
P/N:
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
DATE
MANUFACTURER
HAZARDOUS
HAZARDOUS
CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATE
TEMP.
IP
P/N:
RATING
ZONE
AGENCY
No.
RATING
RATING
-20C to +50C
IP40
MATERIAL
BLOCK DIAG.
DWG. NO.
INTERCONNECT
SHT.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
11/1/2011 11:24:18 AM
ASSOCIATED
REMARKS
COMPONENT
ROTARY TABLE
RT-MOT-01
108235-40L60
ROTARY TABLE AC MOTOR
ROTARY TABLE
RT-MOT-05
TBD
ROTARY TABLE MOTOR BLOWER
ROTARY TABLE
RT-PS-05
6526-66-0067
ROTARY TABLE BLOWER PRESSURE

SWITCH
ROTARY TABLE
RT-ENC-01
115299
ROTARY TABLE MOTOR INCREMENTAL

ENCODER
RT-ZS-01
7818530
RT-ZS-02
RELIANCE ELECTRIC
4046
II 3G EEx nC II T3
ZONE 2
EPSILON
DWYER
1950-10-2F
CLASS I C,D
CLASS II E,F,G
ROTARY TABLE
BEI INDUSTRIAL ENCODERS
H25D-SS-1024-ABC-4469-SM18-S
NONE
RST HIGH GEAR PROXIMITY SENSOR
ROTARY TABLE
PEPPERL & FUCHS
NJ10-30GM-N-V1
7818530
RST LOW GEAR PROXIMITY SENSOR
ROTARY TABLE
PEPPERL & FUCHS
SNJB10
10052457-001
ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. JBOX
ROTARY TABLE
ISO-01
10508604-001
4 CHANNEL ISOLATOR AMPLIFIER
ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE

I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX
RT-SOV-01
10043620-001
ROTARY TABLE INERTIA BRAKE

SOLENOID VALVE
ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE

I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX
VERSA
KSG-4332-KMLB-LB-PC-ST-XN-DO24
II 2G EEx d IIB + H2 T6 or T4
NJB320
50004480
PS-21/30 N.I.S. J-BOX
PS CONTROL STATION
ASSEMBLY
SOV-320-1
112554-J2
POWER SLIPS UP SOLENOID (E9)
PS CONTROL STATION
ASSEMBLY
ATOS
000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20
II 2G EEx d IIC T6,T4,T3
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
112554-J2
POWER SLIPS SET SOLENOID (E10)
PS CONTROL STATION
ASSEMBLY
ATOS
000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
SOV-320-3
112554-J2
PS CONTROL STATION
GREASE TO SLIP CENTER SOLENOID (E15)
ASSEMBLY
ATOS
000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
SOV-320-4
112554-J2
GREASE TO L&R SLIPS SOLENOID (E16)
PS CONTROL STATION
ASSEMBLY
ATOS
000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
CESI
GREASE PUMP UP SOLENOID (E18)
PS CONTROL STATION
ASSEMBLY
ATOS
000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
ATOS
000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
CLASS 1, DIV 1
CSA
II 2G EEx ia IIC T6
ZONE 1
NJ10-30GM-N-V1
II 2G EEx ia IIC T6
ADALET
TN4X-20208U
BARTEC
07-7311-97MT/BA12
04ATEX1284X
CAST IRON
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
042749-0-000
-40C to +60C
IP54
-40C to +100C
IP54
HARD ANODIZED
ALUMINUM
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
PTB
00ATEX2048X
-40C to +100C
IP67
STAINLESS STEEL
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
ZONE 1
PTB
00ATEX2048X
-40C to +100C
IP67
STAINLESS STEEL
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
II 2GD EEx e II T4
ZONE 1
DEMKO
01ATEX0112700U
-40C to +70C
IP66
STAINLESS STEEL
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
2,3
II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC T6
ZONE 1
TUV
97ATEX1211X
-25C to +75C
IP20
THERMOPLASTIC
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
ANODIZED
ALUMINUM
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
CAST IRON
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
IP66
CAST IRON
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
-20C to +70C
IP66
CAST IRON
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
CAST IRON
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
CAST IRON
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
CAST IRON
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
ZONE 1
KEMA
02ATEX2281X
-40C to +40C
PS CONTROL STATION
SOV-320-2
SOV-320-5
112554-J2
SOV-320-6
112554-J2
GREASE PUMP DOWN SOLENOID (E19)
PS CONTROL STATION
ASSEMBLY
PS-321-1
203016
POWER SLIPS SET PRESSURE SWITCH (E11)
PS CONTROL STATION
ASSEMBLY
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
PS-321-2
203016
POWER SLIPS LOW PRESSURE SWITCH

(E12)
PS CONTROL STATION
ASSEMBLY
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
203016
PS CONTROL STATION
POWER SLIPS UP PRESSURE SWITCH (E13)
ASSEMBLY
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
PS-321-4
203016-1
EMPTY GREASE BIN PRESSURE SWITCH

(E17)
PS CONTROL STATION
ASSEMBLY
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
NJB310
89310
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD
WEIDMULLER
INTERFACE PANEL ASSEMBLY
TB10Ex
II 2GD T85C, EEx e II T6
ZONE 1
EECS
BAS01ATEX2210X
-20C to +60C
IP66
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
SOV-310-1
112554-J2
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PULL IN

SOLENOID
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD
ATOS
000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
SOV-310-2
112554-J2
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PAY OUT

SOLENOID
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD
ATOS
000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
SOV-310-3
112554-J2
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #2 PULL IN

SOLENOID
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD
ATOS
000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
SOV-310-4
112554-J2
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #2 PAYOUT

SOLENOID
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD
ATOS
000290-DHA-0631/2/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
SOV-310-5
10050893-001
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD ENABLE SOLENOID
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD
ATOS
000290-DHA-0631/2/M/7-24VDC/20
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
PV-311-1
130358-RV1
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIC CATHEAD

ATOS
SOLENOID
OZA-A-12DC
II 2G, EEx d IIC T6,T4,T3
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
PV-311-2
130358-RV1
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #2 PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIC CATHEAD

ATOS
SOLENOID
OZA-A-12DC
II 2G, EEx d IIC T6,T4,T3
ZONE 1
CESI
02ATEX014
-20C to +70C
IP66
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
PT-312-1
10051830-001
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD MAKE-UP

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
50306308
II 2G, EEx d IIC T6T1
ZONE 1
KEMA
05ATEX2240X
-40C to +105C
IP67
10620472-DIA
10620473-DIA
PS-321-3
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD
HYDRAULIC CATHEAD
WIKA
SHEET
OF
STAINLESS STEEL
DWG NO
10620479-IDX
REV
01
NOTES:
1. THIS DOCUMENT BEST VIEWED THROUGH MS EXCEL.
2. THE STATUS COLUMN AND REVISION LETTER CORRESPONDS
TO THE MOST CURRENT CHANGE TO RESPECTIVE LINE (ROW).
MJOB-8375
TDS-11SA
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
CURRENT
INITIAL
TITLE
HAZARDOUS AREA INDEX, TDS-11SA

AC IDEAL RIG 135
DRAWN
B. BOEPPLE
CHECKED
R. MOENCH
SIZE
APPVD
R. MOENCH
DATE
11/1/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10620485-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF

AC IDEAL RIG 135
NOV
TAG NO.
NOV
P/N:
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
MANUFACTURER
P/N:
HAZARDOUS
RATING
HAZARDOUS
ZONE
CERTIFICATION
AGENCY
DATE
CERTIFICATE
No.
TEMP.
RATING
IP
RATING
MATERIAL
BLOCK DIAG.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
INTERCONNECT
DWG. NO.
SHT.
11/1/2011 2:16:16 PM
ASSOCIATED
COMPONENT
REMARKS
TDS-11SA
TD-MOT-01
108235
TD-11SA
RELIANCE ELECTRIC
108235
EEx nC II T3
ZONE 2
EPSILON
04ATEX1284X
-20C TO +50C
IP40
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
TD-MOT-02
108235
TD-11SA
RELIANCE ELECTRIC
108235
EEx nC II T3
ZONE 2
EPSILON
Ex95Y4141X
-20C TO +50C
IP40
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
TD-MOT-03
109755-2
HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR
TD-11SA
RELIANCE ELECTRIC
109755-2
CLASS 1, DIV 1, GRP D
UL
E10822 (N)
-25C TO +40C
IP56
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
TD-MOT-04
30172028-1
RT. BLOWER MOTOR
TD-11SA
RELIANCE ELECTRIC
6283074
UL
E10822 (N)
-25C TO +40C
IP56
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
TD-MOT-05
30172028-1
LT. BLOWER MOTOR
TD-11SA
RELIANCE ELECTRIC
6283074
UL
E10822 (N)
-25C TO +40C
IP56
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
TD-PNJB01
110139
INSTRUMENT J-BOX
TD-11SA
HOFFMAN
A-1412NFSS
UL
NEMA 4X
304SS
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
PS-01
76841
RT. BLOWER DIFF

PRESSURE SWITCH
TD-11SA
UNITED ELEC CONTROLS
J120K-15642
CLASS 1, DIV 1 & 2, GRP B,CD
UL
E40857(N)
-40C TO +71C
IP66
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
PS-02
76841
LT. BLOWER DIFF

PRESSURE SWITCH
TD-11SA
J120K-15642
UL
E40857(N)
-40C TO +71C
IP66
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
PS-03
83095-1
TD-11SA
J120-15643
UL
E40857(N)
-40C TO +71C
IP66
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
PS-04
87541-1
LUBE OIL PRESSURE

SWITCH
TD-11SA
J120-15646
UL
E40857(N)
-40C TO +71C
IP66
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
PS-05
83095-2
B & V ELEVATOR
PRESSURE SWITCH
TD-11SA
J120-15644
UL
E40857(N)
-40C TO +71C
IP66
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
S0V-01
127908-D2
BRAKES ON SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
S0V-02
127908J2
ROTATE RIGHT SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
DHA/UL-0713/NPT 24DC/20
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-03
127908J2
ROTATE LEFT SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-04
127908-D2
IBOP CLOSE SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10620485-IDX
REV
01

AC IDEAL RIG 135
NOV
TAG NO.
NOV
P/N:
SOV-05
DATE
BLOCK DIAG.
DWG. NO.
SHT.
INTERCONNECT
DWG. NO.
SHT.
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
MANUFACTURER
P/N:
HAZARDOUS
RATING
HAZARDOUS
ZONE
CERTIFICATION
AGENCY
CERTIFICATE
No.
TEMP.
RATING
IP
RATING
MATERIAL
127908-D2
TORQUE WRENCH
SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-06
127908J2
LINK TILT EXTEND

SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-07
127908J2
LINK TILT DRILL SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-08
127908-D2
LINK TILT FLOAT

SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-09
127908-D2
STAND JUMP SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-10
127908-D2
Bx ELEVATOR OPEN
SOLENOID
TD-11SA
ATOS
DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20
CLASS 1, DIV 1
UL
TBS
IP66
CAST IRON
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-15
TBD
CRT SLIPS UP SOLENOID
TD-11SA
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-16
TBD
CRT ELEVATOR OPEN

SOLENOID
TD-11SA
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-17
TBD
CRT LINK TILT EXTEND

SOLENOID
TD-11SA
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-18
TBD
CRT LINK TILT DRILL

SOLENOID
TD-11SA
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SOV-19
TBD
CRT LINK TILT FLOAT

SOLENOID
TD-11SA
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
PS-15
30178379
CRT SLIPS SET PRESSURE

SWITCH
TD-11SA
CLASS 1, DIV 1 & 2, GRP A,B,CD
ZONE 1
DEMKO
03ATEX0252466X
-50C TO +80C
IP66
SS
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
PS-16
CRT SJ ELEVATOR
CLOSED PRESSURE
SWITCH
TD-11SA
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
PS-17
CRT STOP LOWERING

PRESSURE SWITCH
TD-11SA
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
LT-02
10077587-001
LINK CYLINDER LINEAR

TRANSDUER
TD-11SA
ROTA
LTSY02621.SHB1804
EXII 1G, Eex ia IIC T4
ZONE 1
ATEX
BASOATEX1322
-20C TO +85C
SS
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
TDS-SJB01
10509113-001
BANNER FLEX POWER

NODE
TD-11SA
BANNER ENGINEERING
14428
Ex ia IIC T4
ZONE 0
LCIE
08ATEX6098X
-40C TO +70C
IP68
PLYCARBONATE
10620480-DIA
10620482-DIA
SHEET
OF
11/1/2011 2:16:16 PM
ASSOCIATED
COMPONENT
DWG NO
REMARKS
10620485-IDX
REV
01
MJOB-8375
TITLE
I/O MAP INDEX, ADS-10SD,

AC IDEAL RIG 135
NEXT ASSY
APPLICATION
DRAWN
J. ALANIZ
CHECKED
C. HOVANETZ
SIZE
APPVD
C. HOVANETZ
DATE
11/3/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10548377-IDX 01
NTS
WT LBS
SHEET
OF

AC IDEAL RIG 135
I/O DESCRIPTION
I/O
DATE
I/O
SIGNAL
NETWORK
NODE
ADDRESS
TYPE
ID
No.
1 FUNCTION
0 FUNCTION
ENG.
MIN ENG.
MAX ENG.
UNITS
UNITS
UNITS
DI 0.0
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Blower A Differential Pressure Switch
DI 0.1
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
DI 0.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
DI 0.3
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Spare
DI 0.4
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Master ESD (RL1A
DI 0.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Crown Saver RL3
Crown Saver of Local E-Stop
Depressed
DI 0.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
CAT 2 E-STOP
CAT 2 E-STOP
Depressed
DI 0.7
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Spare
DI 1.0
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Driller E-Stop
DI 1.1
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
E-STOP Pushbutton
10
Local E-STOP
LOCAL E-STOP Depressed
DI 1.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Spare
11
DI 1.3
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Spare
12
DI 1.4
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Open/Short Input Circuit
13
ISO-1 input O.K.
ISO-1 Open/Short
DI 1.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
A Brake Load Pwr Sense
14
A Brake Load Pwr Sense OK
A Brake Load Pwr Sense - Fault
DI 1.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
OLM/LWL Status
15
OLM/LWL O.K.
OLM/LWL Fault
DI 1.7
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
Spare
16
DQ 0.0
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Crown Saver Override Solenoid Valve
Crown Saver Enabled
Crown Saver Disabled
DQ 0.1
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
A Parking BrakeDisengage Solenoid
A Parking Brake Disengaged
A Parking Brake - Engaged
DQ 0.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Spare
DQ 0.3
DQ 0.4
NIS 24 vdc
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
DP1
12
12
A Brake Bypass
Spare
4
5
DQ 0.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Spare
DQ 0.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Spare
DQ 0.7
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Spare
DQ 1.0
DQ 1.1
NIS 24 vdc
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
DP1
12
12
Spare
Spare
10
DQ 1.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Spare
11
DQ 1.3
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Spare
12
DQ 1.4
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Spare
13
DQ 1.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Spare
14
DQ 1.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
Cat 2 E-Stop for VFD
15
DQ 1.7
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
12
CAT 0 E-Stop
16
AI 0
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
13
A Brake Servo Valve Feedback
1,2
PSI
200
AI 2
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
13
AI 4
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
13
A Pressure Transmitter Stand Pipe
3,4
PSI
5,000
Spare
5,6
AI 6
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
13
Spare
7,8
AI 8
NIS 4-20mA
DPI
13
A Brake Cooling Flow
9,10
LOCATION
1
Air Flow through Motor A Normal
Air Flow through Motor A - Low
Blower B Differential Pressure Switch
Air Flow through Motor B Normal
Air Flow through Motor B - Low
Spare
RL1A E-STOP
Depressed
SHEET
Service Brake A Controlled by
Service Brake A
Servo Valve
(Brake Full Pressure)
Cat 2 for VFD OK
CAT 2 for VFD
OF
11/3/2011 12:02:22 PM
SETPOINTS
DWG NO
REMARKS
10548377-IDX
REV
01

AC IDEAL RIG 135
I/O
SIGNAL
NETWORK
NODE
ADDRESS
TYPE
ID
No.
I/O DESCRIPTION
I/O
AI 10
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
13
Spare
11,12
AI 12
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
13
Spare
13,14
AI 14
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
13
Spare
15,16
1 FUNCTION
LOCATION
DATE
0 FUNCTION
ENG.
MIN ENG.
MAX ENG.
UNITS
UNITS
UNITS
AI 0
NIS 4-20mA
DPI
14
Deadline Anchor Load Cell #1
1,2
Klbs
325
AI 2
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
14
4,5
Klbs
325
7,8
Klbs
325
100
AI 4
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
14
AI 6
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
14
Spare
10,11
AQ 0
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
14
A Brake Servo CMD
13,14
AQ 2
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
14
Spare
16,17
AQ 6
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
14
Spare
19,20
AQ 8
NIS 4-20mA
DP1
14
Spare
22,23
Profibus
NIS
DP1
20
Drum Absolute Encoder #1
Profibus
NIS
DP1
21
Profibus
NIS
DP1
22
AI 0
IS 4-20mA
DP1
15
A Brake Air Supply Pressure
1,2
PSI
200
AI 2
IS 4-20mA
DP1
15
A Brake, Parking Pressure
3,4
PSI
200
AI 4
IS 4-20mA
DP1
15
Spare
5,6
AI 6
IS 4-20mA
DP1
15
Lube Oil Pressure Transmitter Gearbox A
7,8
PSI
200
AI 8
IS 4-20mA
DP1
15
Spare
9,10
AI 10
IS 4-20mA
DP1
15
Spare
11,12
AI 12
IS 4-20mA
DP1
15
Spare
13,14
AI 14
IS 4-20mA
DP1
15
Spare
15,16
AI 0
IS 4-20mA
DP1
16
Spare
1,2
AI 2
IS 4-20mA
DP1
16
Spare
3,4
AI 4
IS 4-20mA
DP1
16
Spare
5,6
AI 6
IS 4-20mA
DP1
16
Spare
7,8
AI 8
IS 4-20mA
DP1
16
Spare
9,10
AI 10
IS 4-20mA
DP1
16
Spare
11,12
AI 12
IS 4-20mA
DP1
16
Spare
13,14
AI 14
IS 4-20mA
DP1
16
Spare
15,16
AI 0
IS
DP1
17
Spare
1,2,3
AI 2
IS
DP1
17
Spare
4,5,6
AI 4
IS
DP1
17
Spare
7,8,9
SHEET
OF
11/3/2011 12:02:22 PM
SETPOINTS
DWG NO
REMARKS
10548377-IDX
REV
01

AC IDEAL RIG 135
I/O
SIGNAL
NETWORK
NODE
ADDRESS
TYPE
ID
No.
I/O DESCRIPTION
I/O
AI 6
IS
DP1
17
A Gearbox Lube Oil Temperature
AI 0
IS
DP1
18
Spare
1,2,3
AI 2
IS
DP1
18
Spare
4,5,6
AI 4
IS
DP1
18
Ambient Air Temperature
AI 6
IS
DP1
18
Spare
AI 0
IS
DP1
19
AI 2
IS
DP1
AI 4
IS
AI 6
IS
DI 0.0
1 FUNCTION
DATE
ENG.
MIN ENG.
MAX ENG.
LOCATION
0 FUNCTION
UNITS
UNITS
UNITS
10,11,12
Deg C
-150
850
7,8,9
Deg C
-150
850
10,11,12
Deg C
-150
850
A Motor Exhaust Temperature
1,2,3
Deg C
-150
850
19
B Motor Exhaust Temperature
4,5,6
Deg C
-150
850
DP1
19
Spare
7,8,9
DP1
19
Spare
10,11,12
IS
DP1
23
Control Station Slip & Cut
Control Request
DI 0.1
IS
DP1
23
Control Release
DI 0.2
IS
DP1
23
Hoist
DI 0.3
IS
DP1
23
Lower
DI 0.4
IS
DP1
23
Spare
DQ 0.0
IS
DP1
23
18
DQ 0.1
IS
DP1
23
Spare
20
AI 0
IS
DP1
24
Mtr A (Red) Phase A RTD
1,2,3
AI 2
IS
DP1
24
Mtr A (Yellow) Phase B RTD
4,5,6
AI 4
IS
DP1
24
Mtr A (Blue) Phase C RTD
7,8,9
AI 6
IS
DP1
24
Mtr B (Red) Phase A RTD
10,11,12
AI 0
IS
DP1
25
Mtr B (Yellow) Phase B RTD
1,2,3
AI 2
IS
DP1
25
Mtr B (Blue) Phase C RTD
4,5,6
AI 4
IS
DP1
25
Spare
7,8,9
AI 6
IS
DP1
25
Spare
10,11,12
11/3/2011 12:02:22 PM
SETPOINTS
REMARKS
Assign Status
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10548377-IDX
REV
01
MJOB-8375
MUD PUMPS
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
CURRENT
TITLE
I/O MAP, MUD PUMPS

AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
DRAWN
B. BOEPPLE
CHECKED
R. MOENCH
SIZE
APPVD
R. MOENCH
DATE
11/1/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10564616-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF
I/O MAP, MUD PUMPS

AC IDEAL RIG 135
I/O DESCRIPTION
I/O
DATE
I/O
SIGNAL
NETWORK
NODE
ADDRESS
TYPE
ID
No.
1 FUNCTION
0 FUNCTION
ENG.
MIN ENG.
MAX ENG.
UNITS
UNITS
UNITS
181DI14.0
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 Blower A Pressure Switch
Pos 2 (1)
MP1 Blower A Activated
181DI14.1
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 Blower B Pressure Switch
Pos 2 (5)
MP1 Blower B Activated
MP1 Blower A De-activated
MP1 Blower B De-activated
181DI14.2
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
Spare
Pos 2 (4)
181DI14.3
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
Spare
Pos 2 (8)
181DI14.4
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 SPM Proximity Sensor
Pos 4 (1)
181DI14.5
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
Spare
Pos 4 (5)
181DI14.6
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
Spare
Pos 4 (4)
181DI14.7
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
Spare
Pos 4 (8)
181 IW 0
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 ENCODER MODULE STATUS WORD
Pos 6 (1)
181 IW 1
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 ENCODER MODULE VALUE WORD
Pos 6 (5)
181 IW 2
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 ENCODER MODULE RESERVED WORD
Pos 6 (2)
181 IW 3
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 ENCODER MODULE LATCH WORD
Pos 6 (6)
181 QW 0
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 ENCODER MODULE CONTROL WORD
Pos 6 (3)
181 QW 1
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 ENCODER MODULE SETPOINT WORD
Pos 6 (7)
181 QW 2
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
Pos 6 (4)
181 QW 3
N.I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
Pos 6 (8)
181AI4
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1A RTD-U
Pos 8 (1)
181AI5
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1A RTD-V
Pos 8 (5)
181AI6
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1A RTD-W
Pos 9 (1)
181AI7
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 DRIVE END BEARING 1A RTD
Pos 9 (5)
181AI8
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 NON DRIVE END BEARING 1A RTD
Pos 10 (1)
LOCATION
181AI9
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1B RTD-U
Pos 10 (5)
181AI10
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1B RTD-V
Pos 11 (1)
181AI11
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1B RTD-W
Pos 11 (5)
181AI12
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 DRIVE END BEARING 1B RTD
Pos 12 (1)
181AI13
I.S.
192.168.31.181
181
MP1 NON DRIVE END BEARING 1B RTD
Pos 12 (5)
182DI14.0
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 2 (1)
182DI14.1
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 2 (5)
182DI14.2
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Spare
Pos 2 (4)
182DI14.3
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Spare
Pos 2 (8)
182DI14.4
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 4 (1)
182DI14.5
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Spare
Pos 4 (5)
182DI14.6
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Spare
Pos 4 (4)
182DI14.7
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Spare
Pos 4 (8)
182 IW 0
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 6 (1)
182 IW 1
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 6 (5)
182 IW 2
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 6 (2)
182 IW 3
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 6 (6)
182 QW 0
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 6 (3)
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
11/1/2011 1:29:09 PM
SETPOINTS
REMARKS
10564616-IDX
REV
01
I/O MAP, MUD PUMPS

AC IDEAL RIG 135
I/O DESCRIPTION
I/O
DATE
I/O
SIGNAL
NETWORK
NODE
ADDRESS
TYPE
ID
No.
1 FUNCTION
0 FUNCTION
182 QW 1
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 6 (7)
182 QW 2
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 6 (4)
182 QW 3
N.I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 6 (8)
182AI4
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 8 (1)
182AI5
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 8 (5)
182AI6
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 9 (1)
182AI7
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 9 (5)
182AI8
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 10 (1)
LOCATION
ENG.
MIN ENG.
MAX ENG.
UNITS
UNITS
UNITS
11/1/2011 1:29:09 PM
SETPOINTS
REMARKS
182AI9
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 10 (5)
182AI10
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 11 (1)
182AI11
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 11 (5)
182AI12
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 12 (1)
182AI13
I.S.
192.168.31.182
182
Pos 12 (5)
183DI14.0
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 2 (1)
FUTURE
183DI14.1
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 2 (5)
FUTURE
183DI14.2
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Spare
Pos 2 (4)
FUTURE
183DI14.3
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Spare
Pos 2 (8)
FUTURE
183DI14.4
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 4 (1)
FUTURE
183DI14.5
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Spare
Pos 4 (5)
FUTURE
183DI14.6
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Spare
Pos 4 (4)
FUTURE
183DI14.7
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Spare
Pos 4 (8)
FUTURE
183 IW 0
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 6 (1)
FUTURE
183 IW 1
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 6 (5)
FUTURE
183 IW 2
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 6 (2)
FUTURE
183 IW 3
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 6 (6)
FUTURE
183 QW 0
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 6 (3)
FUTURE
183 QW 1
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 6 (7)
FUTURE
183 QW 2
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 6 (4)
FUTURE
183 QW 3
N.I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 6 (8)
FUTURE
FUTURE
FUTURE
183AI4
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 8 (1)
FUTURE
183AI5
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 8 (5)
FUTURE
183AI6
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 9 (1)
FUTURE
183AI7
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 9 (5)
FUTURE
183AI8
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 10 (1)
FUTURE
183AI9
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 10 (5)
FUTURE
183AI10
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 11 (1)
FUTURE
183AI11
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 11 (5)
FUTURE
183AI12
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 12 (1)
FUTURE
183AI13
I.S.
192.168.31.183
183
Pos 12 (5)
FUTURE
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10564616-IDX
REV
01
MJOB-8375
AUX
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
CURRENT
TITLE
I/O MAP, AUXILIARY,

AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
DRAWN
B. BOEPPLE
CHECKED
R. MOENCH
SIZE
APPVD
R. MOENCH
DATE
11/1/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10620478-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET 1 OF 2
I/O MAP, AUXILIARY,

AC IDEAL RIG 135
I/O
ADDRESS
SIGNAL
TYPE
NETWORK NODE I/O DESCRIPTION

ID
No.
I/O
LOCATION
DATE
1 FUNCTION
0 FUNCTION
ENG. MIN ENG. MAX ENG. SETPOINTS REMARKS/

UNITS
UNITS
UNITS
TAG NO
10DI0.0
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-PS-05 STATUS
POS 1 (1)
POWER OKAY
POWER FAILURE
10DI0.1
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-PS-06 STATUS
POS 1 (5)
POWER OKAY
POWER FAILURE
10DI0.2
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-CAT 0 E-STOP
POS 1 (4)
ACTIVE
E-STOP
10DI0.3
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 1 (8)
10DI0.4
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-RT DRILL MOTOR OVERTEMP SWITCH
POS 4 (1)
MOTOR TEMP OKAY
MOTOR TEMP HIGH
10DI0.5
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-RT BLOWER MOTOR PRESSURE SWITCH
POS 4 (5)
AIR FLOW OKAY
AIR FLOW LOW
10DI0.6
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 4 (4)
10DI0.7
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 4 (8)
10DI1.0
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-RT HIGH GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH
POS 5 (1)
HIGH GEAR SET
HIGH GEAR NOT SET
10DI1.1
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-RT LOW GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH
POS 5 (5)
LOW GEAR SET
LOW GEAR NOT SET
10DI1.2
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-SPARE PROXIMITY SWITCH
POS 5 (4)
PROXIMITY SWITCH SET
PROXIMITY SWITCH NOT SET
10DI1.3
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-SPARE PROXIMITY SWITCH
POS 5 (8)
PROXIMITY SWITCH SET
PROXIMITY SWITCH NOT SET
10DI1.4
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX POWER SLIPS SET PRESSURE SW
POS 12 (1)
POWER SLIPS NOT SET
POWER SLIPS SET
10DI1.5
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX POWER SLIPS LOW PRESSURE SW
POS 12 (5)
POWER SLIPS HYDRAULIC PRESSURE LOW
POWER SLIPS HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ADEQUATE
10DI1.6
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX POWER SLIPS UP PRESSURE SW
POS 12 (4)
POWER SLIPS NOT UP
POWER SLIPS UP
10DI1.7
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-EMPTY GREASE BIN PRESS SW
POS 12 (8)
GREASE BIN OK
GREASE BIN EMPTY
10DI2.0
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 13 (1)
10DI2.1
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 13 (5)
10DI2.2
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 13 (4)
10DI2.3
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 13 (8)
10AI3
4-20 mA.
DP1
10
AUX-HYD CATHEAD MAKE-UP PRESS
POS 21 (1)
mA
20
10AI5
4-20 mA.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 21 (5)
mA
20
10DO0.0
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-RT INERTIA BRAKE SOLENOID
POS 7 (1)
10DO0.1
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 7 (5)
10DO0.2
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-POWER SLIPS UP SOLENOID
POS 8 (1)
10DO0.3
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-POWER SLIPS DOWN SOLENOID
POS 8 (5)
10DO0.4
10DO0.5
24VDC N.I.S.
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
DP1
10
10
AUX-GREASE TO CENTER SLIP SOLENOID

AUX-GREASE TO L&R SLIPS SOLENOID
POS 9 (1)
POS 9 (5)
10DO0.6
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-GREASE PUMP UP SOLENOID
POS 10 (1)
10DO0.7
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-GREASE PUMP DOWN SOLENOID
POS 10 (5)
10DO1.0
10DO1.1
10DO1.2
10DO1.3
10DO1.4
24VDC N.I.S.
24VDC N.I.S.
24VDC N.I.S.
24VDC N.I.S.
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
DP1
DP1
DP1
DP1
10
10
10
10
10
AUX-MAKEUP CATHEAD #1 PULL IN SOLENOID

AUX-MAKEUP CATHEAD #1 PAY OUT SOLENOID
AUX-BREAKOUT CATHEAD #2 PULL IN SOLENOID
AUX-BREAKOUT CATHEAD #2 PAY OUT SOLENOID
AUX-HYD CATHEAD ENABLE SOLENOID
POS 15 (1)
POS 15 (5)
POS 16 (1)
POS 16 (5)
POS 17 (1)
10DO1.5
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
AUX-HYD CATHEAD SPARE SOLENOID
POS 17 (5)
10DO1.6
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 18 (1)
10DO1.7
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 18 (5)
10DO2.0
10DO2.1
24VDC N.I.S.
24VDC N.I.S.
DP1
DP1
10
10
HYD CATHEAD MAKE UP TORQUE ENABLE

HYD CATHEAD FLOW ENABLE
POS 19 (1)
POS 19 (5)
SHEET
OF
11/1/2011 11:20:56 AM
DWG NO
10620478-IDX
REV
01
MJOB-8375
TDS-11SA
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
CURRENT
TITLE
I/O MAP, TDS-11SA

AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
DRAWN
B. BOEPPLE
CHECKED
R. MOENCH
SIZE
APPVD
R. MOENCH
DATE
11/1/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10620484-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF
I/O MAP, TDS-11SA

AC IDEAL RIG 135
NETWORK NODE
I/O DESCRIPTION
I/O
1 FUNCTION
DATE
I/O
SIGNAL
ADDRESS
TYPE
ID
No.
0 FUNCTION
10DI0.0
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-PS-01 STATUS
POS 1(1)
STATUS OK
PS FAILURE
10DI0.1
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-PS-02 STATUS
10DI0.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CAT 0 E-STOP
POS 1(5)
POS 1(4)
STATUS OK
E-STOP NOT ENGAGED
PS FAILURE
E-STOP ENGAGED
10DI0.3
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CAT 2 E-STOP
POS 1(8)
E-STOP NOT ENGAGED
E-STOP ENGAGED
10DI0.4
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-DRILL MTR#1 (RIGHT) OVERTEMP SW
POS 3(1)
MOTOR TEMP OK
MOTOR TEMP HIGH
10DI0.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-DRILL MTR#2 (LEFT) OVERTEMP SW
10DI0.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-RIGHT BLOWER MOTOR PRESS SW
POS 3(5)
POS 3(4)
MOTOR TEMP OK
TD AIR FLOW OK
MOTOR TEMP HIGH

TDS AIR FLOW LOW
10DI0.7
10DI1.0
NIS 24 vdc
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
DP1
10
10
TD-LEFT BLOWER MOTOR PRESS SW
POS 3(8)
TD AIR FLOW OK
TDS AIR FLOW LOW
TD-IBOP PRESS SW
10DI1.1
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-LUBE OIL PRESS SW
POS 4(1)
POS 4(5)
IBOP CLOSED
LUBE OIL PRESSURE OK
IBOP OPEN
LUBE OIL PRESSURE LOW
10DI1.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-Bx ELEVATOR CLOSED PRESS SW
POS 4(4)
Bx ELEVATOR CLOSED
Bx ELEVATOR ARMED OR OPEN
10DI1.3
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 4(8)
10DI1.4
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
10DI1.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 5(1)
POS 5(5)
10DI1.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 5(4)
10DI1.7
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 5(8)
10DI8.0
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CRT SLIPS SET PRESS SW
10DI8.1
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CRT SJ ELEVATOR CLOSED PRESS
POS 19(1)
POS 19(5)
CRT SLIPS SET

CRT ELEVATOR CLOSED
CRT SLIPS NOT SET

CRT ELEVATOR ARMED OR OPEN
10DI8.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CRT STOP LOWERING PRESS SW
POS 19(4)
CRT LOWERING
10DI8.3
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 19(8)
CRT STOPPED LOWERING

-
10DI8.4
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
10DI8.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 20(1)
POS 20(5)
10DI8.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 20(4)
10DI8.7
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 20(8)
10DQ0.0
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-BRAKE ON SOLENOID
POS 7(1)
10DQ0.1
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-ROTATE RIGHT SOLENOID
POS 7(5)
BRAKE APPLIED
TD ROTATES RIGHT
BRAKE RELEASED
TD STOPS
10DQ0.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-ROTATE LEFT SOLENOID
TD ROTATES LEFT
TD STOPS
10DQ0.3
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-IBOP CLOSE SOLENOID
10DQ0.4
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-TORQUE WRENCH SOLENOID
POS 8(1)
POS 8(5)
POS 9(1)
IBOP CLOSED
RLA JOGS, SHOT PIN ENGAGES, TORQUE WRENCH CLAMPS
LAST STATE
TORQUE WRENCH RELEASE
10DQ0.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID
POS 9(5)
LINK TILT MOVES TO EXTEND POSITION OR FLOATS
LINK TILT STOPS
10DQ0.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-LINK TILT DRILL SOLENOID
POS 11(1)
LINK TILT MOVES TO DRILL POSITION OR FLOATS
LINK TILT STOPS
10DQ0.7
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-LINK TILT FLOAT SOLENOID
POS 11(5)
LINK TILT MOVES TO FLOAT POSITION OR FLOATS
LINK TILT STOPS
10DQ1.0
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-STAND JUMP SOLENOID
10DQ1.1
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-Bx ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID
POS 12(1)
POS 12(5)
COUNTER BALANCE CYLINDERS RETRACT

Bx ELEVATOR OPEN
COUNTER BALANCE CYLINDERS EXTENDS

Bx ELEVATOR ARMED OR CLOSED
10DQ1.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 13(1)
10DQ1.3
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 13(5)
LOCATION
ENG.
UNITS
SHEET
OF
11/1/2011 2:13:31 PM
MIN ENG. MAX ENG. SETPOINTS REMARKS

UNITS
UNITS
DWG NO
10620484-IDX
REV
01
I/O MAP, TDS-11SA

AC IDEAL RIG 135
I/O
SIGNAL
ADDRESS
10DQ1.4
TYPE
NIS 24 vdc
ID
DP1
No.
10
SPARE
POS 15(1)
10DQ1.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 15(5)
10DQ1.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 16(1)
10DQ1.7
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 16(5)
10DQ8.0
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CRT SLIPS UP SOLENOID
10DQ8.1
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CRT ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID
POS 22(1)
POS 22(5)
SLIPS UP
ELEVATOR OPEN
SLIPS DOWN
ELEVATOR ARMED OR CLOSED
10DQ8.2
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CRT LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID
POS 23(1)
LINK TILT MOVES TO EXTEND POSITION OR FLOATS
LINK TILT STOPS
10DQ8.3
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CRT LINK TILT DRILL SOLENOID
POS 23(5)
LINK TILT MOVES TO DRILL POSITION OR FLOATS
LINK TILT STOPS
10DQ8.4
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
TD-CRT LINK TILT FLOAT SOLENOID
POS 24(1)
LINK TILT MOVES TO FLOAT POSITION OR FLOATS
10DQ8.5
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 24(5)
LINK TILT STOPS

-
10DQ8.6
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 25(1)
10DQ8.7
NIS 24 vdc
DP1
10
SPARE
POS 25(5)
DATA
DP1
10
STATUS BYTE
POS 17
POS 17
10IB2
NETWORK NODE
I/O DESCRIPTION
I/O
1 FUNCTION
DATE
0 FUNCTION
LOCATION
ENG.
UNITS
10IB3
DATA
DP1
10
STATUS BYTE
10IB4
DATA
DP1
10
VALUE BYTE
POS 17
10IB5
DATA
DP1
10
RESERVED BYTE
POS 17
10IB6
DATA
DP1
10
RESERVED BYTE
POS 17
10IB7
DATA
DP1
10
RESERVED BYTE
POS 17
POS 17
10QB2
DATA
DP1
10
CONTROL BYTE
10QB3
DATA
DP1
10
SETPOINT BYTE
POS 17
10QB4
DATA
DP1
10
SETPOINT BYTE
POS 17
10QB5
DATA
DP1
10
RESERVED BYTE
POS 17
10QB6
DATA
DP1
10
RESERVED BYTE
POS 17
10QB7
DATA
DP1
10
RESERVED BYTE
POS 17
SHEET
OF
11/1/2011 2:13:31 PM
MIN ENG. MAX ENG. SETPOINTS REMARKS

UNITS
UNITS
DWG NO
10620484-IDX
REV
01
10545605-001
DFSD
NEXT ASSY
USED ON
APPLICATION
This d
Thi
documentt contains
t i proprietary
i t
and
d confidential
fid ti l information
i f
ti which
hi h belongs
b l
to
t National-Oilwell
N ti
l Oil ll Varco,
V
L.P.,
LP
CURRENT
DRAWN
TITLE
I/O MAP, DFSD

AC IDEAL RIG 135
INITIAL
D. McGARY
CHECKED
T. PHAM
SIZE
APPVD
T. PHAM
DATE
11/11/2011
SCALE
DWG NO
REV
10622473-IDX 01
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
OF
I/O MAP, DFSD

AC IDEAL RIG 135
I/O
SIGNAL
NETWORK
I.P.
ADDRESS
TYPE
ID
ADDRESS
I/O DESCRIPTION
I/O
1 FUNCTION
90DI0.0
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #1 Status
POS 1 (1)
Relay Cat. 0 #1 On
90DI0.1
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #2 Status
POS 1 (5)
90DI0.2
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #3 Status
90DI0.3
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #4 Status
90DI0.4
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
90DI0.5
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
90DI0.6
N.I.S. 24vdc
90DI0.7
90DI0.8
DATE
0 FUNCTION
11/8/2011 3:16:10 PM
ENG.
MIN ENG.
UNITS
UNITS
UNITS
Relay Cat. 0 #1 Off
Relay Cat. 0 #2 On
Relay Cat. 0 #2 Off
POS 1 (4)
Relay Cat. 0 #3 On
Relay Cat. 0 #3 Off
POS 1 (8)
Relay Cat. 0 #4 On
Relay Cat. 0 #4 Off
192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #5 Status
POS 2 (1)
Relay Cat. 0 #5 On
Relay Cat. 0 #5 Off
192.168.31.90 Relay ADS1 Status
POS 2 (5)
Relay ADS1 On
Relay ADS1 Off
ETHERNET
POS 2 (4)
Relay ADS2 On
Relay ADS2 Off
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
POS 2 (8)
Relay ADS3 On
Relay ADS3 Off
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #6 Status
POS 3 (1)
Relay Cat. 0 #6 On
Relay Cat. 0 #6 Off
LOCATION
MAX ENG. SETPOINTS
REMARKS
90DI0.9
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #7 Status
POS 3 (5)
Relay Cat. 0 #7 On
Relay Cat. 0 #7 Off
90DI0.10
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 2 #8 Status
POS 3 (4)
Relay Cat. 2 #8 On
Relay Cat. 2 #8 Off
90DI0.11
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 2 #9 Status
POS 3 (8)
Relay Cat. 2 #9 On
Relay Cat. 2 #9 Off
90DI0.12
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 Relay RLDF 1 Status
POS 4 (1)
Relay RLDF 1 On
Relay RLDF 1 Off
90DI0.13
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
POS 4 (5)
Relay RLDF 2 On
Relay RLDF 2 Off
90DI0.14
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
POS 4 (4)
Relay RLDF 3 On
Relay RLDF 3 Off
90DI0.15
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 SPARE
POS 4 (8)
SPARE
SPARE
90DI1.0
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 SPARE
POS 5 (1)
SPARE
SPARE
90DI1.1
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 SPARE
POS 5 (5)
SPARE
SPARE
90DI1.2
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 SPARE
POS 5 (4)
SPARE
SPARE
90DI1.3
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 SPARE
POS 5 (8)
SPARE
SPARE
90DI1.4
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 DFSD-PS08 STATUS
POS 6 (1)
PS 08 ON
PS 08 OFF
90DI1.5
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 DFSD-PS09 STATUS
POS 6 (5)
PS 09 ON
PS 09 OFF
90DI1.6
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 SPARE
POS 6 (4)
SPARE
SPARE
90DI1.7
N.I.S. 24vdc
ETHERNET
192.168.31.90 MCWS LOCKOUT SWITCH
POS 6 (8)
NORMAL
MCWS LOCKOUT
SHEET
OF
DWG NO
10622473-IDX
REV
01

Sistema Integral Amphion

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Sistema Integral Amphion

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Ideal Rig 135

Amphion Integrated System

National Oilwell Varco

11000 Corporate Centre Drive.

Houston, Texas 77041

FAX: (281) 854-0607

Reason for issue

Final Documentation Package

Document Number: 10707837-TOC

FINAL DOCUMENTATION PACKAGE

Installation, Operation & Maintenance

Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 1.1

Spare Parts ...................................................................................................................... 1.2

Technical Document & Drawing Package

General Drawings ........................................................................................................... 2.1

System Diagram & Specifications ................................................................................. 2.2

Final Documentation Package

Document Number: 10707837-TOC

Electrical/Instrument ....................................................................................................... 2.3

CHAPTER 1 INDEX 1.1

Operation & Maintenance

This document contains proprietary and confidential information

National Oilwell Varco

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

AMPHION OPERATORS GUIDE

AMPHION TOOL CONTROLLER

AMPHION TECHNICAL REF (STD)

SERVICE CENTER DIRECTORY

Standard AC Ideal Rig

Amphion Operators Guide

This document contains proprietary and confidential

National Oilwell Varco

Reason for issue

Chapter 2: Amphion Overview

Chapter 3: Alarms and Events

Chapter 5: Chair (Workstation)

Chapter 8: Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)

Chapter 10: Power Slips

Chapter 11: Power System

Chapter 12: Rotary Table

Chapter 13: Top Drive System (TDS)

Chapter 14: Trip Tank Pumps

Appendix A: Network Information

This section of the manual contains examples of Amphion

Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

The note symbol indicates that additional information is

The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of

General System Safety Practices

Isolate energy sources before beginning work.

Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation.

Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, maintenance, or

Replace failed or damaged components with NOV certified parts. Failure to do so

Proper Use of Equipment

This section of the manual contains examples of Amphion

Main Features and Equipment

One or more operator workstations, equipped with touchscreens

One or more multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets

Equipment service manuals

Amphion tool controller service manual

Amphion operators guide

Amphion technical reference manual

Amphion touchscreens (four shown here)

Joysticks (one shown here)

Two discrete switch control panels